onl
THE 'CULY

BOTANICAL GAZETTE ~
Volume XXI1

January - June 1896

MiIssouR!I BOTANICAL
GARDEN LIBRARX
A ee ee ee
Reprinted with the permission of the University of Chicago Press
JOHNSON REPRINT CORPORATION
NEW YORK AND LONDON

THE

BOTANICAL GAZETTE

EDITORS:
JOHN M. COULTER, University of Chicago, Chicago, Ill.
CHARLES R. BARNES, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis.
J. C. ARTHUR, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind.

VOLUME XxI

1896
MADISON, WISCONSIN
PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Notes on Carex, XVIII (with plate 1) L. H. Bailey.
A new Californian liverwort (with plate 11)
Douglas H. Campbell.
Further criticism of Mr. Nash’s ‘‘New or noteworthy
American grasses” : ; < ‘ , ;
Notes on Sporobolus. F. Lamson-Scribner.
The validity of Mr. Nash’s changes 7. G. Smith.
Some comments on Kerner and Oliver’s ‘‘Natural His-

tory of Plants” Conway MacMillan.
_ Noteworthy Paes and physiological researches
i 6, 159, 229, 290,
Researches on transpiration and aes
A, F. Woods.
On the twisting of the grain of pine LZ. S. Cheney.
The mechanics of curvature D. T. MacDougal.

Selection of organic food by plants Rodney H. True.
On the prevailing ombrophilous character of the fol-
iage of tropical plants ; . Theo. Holm.
The embryo-sac of Taraxacum Chas. Chamberlain.
Correlation effects following mechanical hindrance
of growth j ‘ R. H. True.
[i

iv The Botanical Gazette.

Noteworthy anatomical and physiological researches
(continued).

Fertilization of Batrachospermum : 5. BiG
Carbon dioxide and living protoplasm i R.
The phenomena of disorganization . G- Rode
The physiology of tendrils . Rodney H. True.

The physiology of Drosera rotundifolia, R. H. True.
Researches on Drosophyllum lusitanicum ‘
va H. True.
The root-hairs of Coniferz R.
New or peculiar aquatic fungi (with Slates III ay XXI-
XXIII) Roland Thaxter. 45, 317
Michael Schuck Bebb (with stots plate Iv) :
Walter Dees 53
Notes on our Hepatice, IV Lucien M. Underwood. 67
Flowers and insects, XV and XVI :
Charles Riera: 72, 266
The nomenclature question . : : . Se
Some inconsistencies in plant sicinienctgtare

Botanical nomenclature : G. E. Davenport.
Some remarks on nomenclature . Ofto Kuntze.
Dates and references, and priority in nomenclature
Thomas Meehan.
Notes on cultures of Exobasidia (with plate v1)
Herbert M. Richards. 101
Development of the cystocarp of Champia parvula (with
plates vir and vii) . Bradley M. Davis. 109
Notes on the flora of Chicers and vicinity £. ¥. Hill, 118
The embryo-sac of Alisma Plantago (with plates IX
and X Fohn H. Schaffner. 123
New North Amsieh, ¢ grasses 3 (with plates XI-XIII) «
F. Lamson-Scribner. 133
Some aqueous media for preserving alge for class mate-
ri W. A. Setchell and W. ¥. V. Osterhout. 149

Table of Contents.

The purposes of ethno-botany . ¥. W. Harshberger.
Notes on grasses , George V. Nash.
Notes on the North Aaeees species of Plagiochila

(with plates Xv and XVI) : Alex. W. Evans.

A simple freezing device (illustrated) W. ¥. V. Osterhout.
Notes on some North American species of Parmelia
Henry Willey.
Remarks upon Paleohillia, a problematic fossil plant
Theo. Holm.
Notes from my herbarium, V Walter Deane.
Notes on calcareous alge from Michigan
Bak. ‘Peihalieds
Notes on Isoetes riparia and I. saccharata_.
T. Chalkley Patear.
On some species of the genus Meliola_ . F.S. Earle.
Filices Mexican, VI (with plate xv1I1)

Geo. E. Déséapore,

Aster tardiflorus and its forms. . ML. Fernald.
The root-tubers of Isopyrum occidentale (illustrated)

. T. McDougal.

Albert Nelson Prentiss (with portrait, plate Hix): is
Geo. F. a aca
Contribution to the life-history of Sequoia sempervirens
(with plate xxIv) . : Walter Robert Shaw.
Notes concerning the development of Nemalion multifi-
dum (with plates xxv and xxvi) Grace D. Chester.
Synopsis of North American Amaranthacee, V_ .
E. B. Uline and W. L. Bray.
A study of some ae = characters of N. Am. Gra-
minez, VI (with plates xxvil and Xxvill) Theo. Holm.
A synopsis of the American species of Ctenium (with

plate xxix). ; Fared G. Smith.
The rate and mode of oeneth of banana leaves. .
Walter Mecwstl

253
275

280

vi The Botanical Gazette.

BRIEFER ARTICLES—
Distribution of prickly lettuce in the United States poe pep) ss

H, Dewey.
A = oo j ‘ F : “Ralph E. Smith.
Twos of Idaho plants ; : . John M. Holsinger.
Lasi Eolodia, n. gen. (with plate v) ; ; . Ida Clendenin.
Accessory buds (with plate x1v) 5 . Geo. H. Shull.
Relations of cutinized membranes to gases, ; Rk. ND
Hamamelis Virginiana _ Bessie L, Putnam.
Some new or rare plants . Charles L. pei
Pebble mimicry in Philippine island beans : WH. Sherzer.
ms, the only ‘‘thallop nies ‘ Ask pH an
Bibliog “ American E Sar ge:
adescantia rane 4 x) : é.
A eemenithiies aes ‘ospore : } | Chas. Chamberlain
Aster tardiflorus, acorrection . | . . «. ML. Fernald.
EDITORIAL—
I7I, 303.

558

34
35
36
92

170
233

235
. 237
, 238

301
374

374

Gaprnerd CC titles see Index under

iy 93 173, 239, 305, 375-
OPEN LETTERS—

rsp af of the inforencance of grasses Vice: a emia: has

Mim of fungi in insec

Is publleaiion of ‘iste ical and toological papers in aan
journals justifiable? . W. W. Ro a

Nature of the binary na ‘ : : Edw, L. Greene.

‘Nature of the binary bates M epalty Sirus bin &-2 by AO

NOTES AND NEWS—
42, 97, 181, 247, 311, 380.

4!
4!
178

179
246

IA ep ct ere ear tneny neo sre

VUVUUUDUUUPPYUUP DUPED UD

ERRATA.

13, line 6, for ‘‘dichotomous by’’ read dichotomously.
21, line 15, for first ‘‘of’’ read by.

21, line 14 from below, for ‘‘or’’ read and.

22, line 5 from below, for first ‘‘is’’ read functions as.
39, line 2 from below, for ‘‘Sandburg’’ read Sandberg.
66, line 2 from below, for ‘‘371'’ read 372.

92, line 19 for ‘‘patatoes” read potatoes.

125, line 13, for ‘‘controspheres” read centrospheres.
126, line 7, for ‘‘controsomes”’ read centrospheres.

133, line 8, for ‘'4-6-’’ read 1-6-,

147, line 17, for ‘‘made useful’’ read put to ne useful end.
147, line 8 from below, for ‘‘second” read third.

148, line 3, for ‘‘an"’ read a ——

148, dele last sentence in paragraph 2

148, line 23, for ‘‘Cohobba’’ oe Gchahna:

149, line 19, for ‘‘Hogan’’ read Logan

150, line 5, for ‘‘Mancas’’ read Mancos.

161, line 10, for ‘‘he’’ read the

206, line 6, for Mt oarene ed amulenia,

241, line 8, add’ at end.

278, line 18 from holes for ‘‘simply’’ read simple

- 281, below figure insert explanation: Diagram of longitudinal section of

root tuber of Jsopyrum occidentale.—a, endodermis; 4, proto-xylem; ¢,
pericycle; d, xylem; ¢, medulla; /, sclerenchyma.

DATES OF PUBLICATION.

No. 1, January 16; No. 2, dees 18; No. 3, March 28; No. 4, April 25;

No 5, May 20; No. 6, June t

[vii]

TIOTANTIOCAL. (54276817

FANUARY, 1896.

Notes on Carex. XVIII.
L. H. BAILEY.
WITH PLATE I.

1. CAREX IN THE CHECK-LIST.—There are two or three
features of the Carex catalogue in the ‘‘List of Pteridophyta
and Spermatophyta” which do not represent my own views
(although my name is attached to the article), and to which I
wish briefly to advert. My chief reason for discussing the
subject is to bring up one or two features of the nomenclature
of the Check-List.

My first remark has reference to the double or alge-
braic citation of authorities. It is admittedly the purpose of
all citation of authority to identify the name; giving honor or
‘‘credit” to the author of the name is no part of the object.
If we adopt the double citation system, we enclose in our
parenthesis the name of the author of the given specific or
varietal name, and this is followed by the author of the ac-
cepted combination; or if only one name is cited, it is under-
stood to stand for both the creation and the combination.
Thus, Carex granularis Haleana (Olney) Porter, means that
the name Haleana was first proposed by Olney and was
placed in combination with Carex granularis by Porter. But
now suppose that Olney himself, instead of Porter, had later
attached the name to Carex granularis. The proper citation
would, in that case, certainly be Carex granularis Haleana
(Olney) Olney.

But this method the Check-List does not allow, although
Ido not know why. Attention was called to it at least twice
when the List was going through the press.

; Let us take a concrete example. Carex no. 772 in the list
Is Carex cephaloidea Dewey, Rep. Pl. Mass. 262. ( 1840).
I—Vol. XXI.—No. 1.

2 The Botanical Gazette. [January,

This citation indicates that the word cephaloidea was first used
for a Carex by Dewey in the Catalogue of Massachusetts Plants
published in 1840, otherwise there should have been a double —
citation; but the name was really made four years before this
time, and it is so stated in the synonymy: Carex muricata
var. cephalotidea Dewey, Amer. Journ. Sci. 11: 308. 1836.

Now if John Smith had first made cephaloidea, his name —
would have appeared in the parenthesis; then why not Dew- —
ey’s? Certainly no personal element can enter into the mat- —
ter, and if the double citation is worth anything, it is valu- ©
able only in proportion as it adheres to the principle of keep- —
ing tally of the two points in the history of the trivial name—
its creation and its latest use. The citation, therefore, should
be Carex cephaloidea (Dewey) Dewey.

The only reason which I have ever heard for the refusal to
cite the same authority twice is that it gives the author too
much ‘‘credit”; but certainly credit can be no part of nomen- ©
clature. Iam not urging this repetition of the same author —
because I believe in the double citation of authorities, but be- —
cause I should like to see the system consistent with itself.

It seems that ‘‘credit” is really too much concerned in —
the promulgation of this system of double or parenthetical
citation of authorities. At all events, I am not convinced —
that the system has intrinsic merits in any superlative degree. ©
I cannot conceive that a system of botanical nomenclature —
should have for its object a record of the history or migra- —
tions of names. Its sole purpose should be to designate par- —
ticular plants unmistakably and concisely, and the authority ©
is cited only for the purpose of distinguishing the name which
John Smith makes from a like name which James Brown may
chance to make. If, however, the authority is to constitute
a history and lexicon of the name, it should comprise the com-
plete history, and should have a parenthesis for every occa-
sion in which the name has changed hands, or changed places.
If the citation is to include an index of the synomymy, let us
have the whole of it. I do not know why we should select
out the first and last points and omit all the intermediate
events. For instance, Carex mirabilis was described by
Dewey; it was made a variety of C. festucacea by Carey; of
C. cristata by Gray; of C. lagopodioides by Olney; and of C.
straminea by Tuckerman. Then the citation of authorities
should be: Carex straminea mirabilis (Dewey) (Carey) (Gray)
(Olney) Tuckerm.

1896. } Notes on Carex. 3

If one were to make any full discussion of this subject upon
its merits, he would need to decide first of all what a name is.
This question lies at the very bottom of the present unrest in
nomenclature, yet it is one which is not freely discussed by
itself. Most of the attention of controversialists is given to
special and generally subsidiary points in nomenclature. Is
the name of the plant—that form of expression by which it is
to be distinguished from all other plants—one word or two,
the original specific or varietal name or the combination of
these with the generic name? Is nomenclature monomial or
binomial? Is du//ata, or Carex bullata, the name of a sedge?

make synonymous names. Linnzus is supposed to have
taught that a name has two coordinate and essential parts,
and that either part alone is not capable of designating any
particular plant. How, then, do we introduce a different sys-
tem and then take Linnzus as our starting point?

A name of any natural object must have two elements: it
must unequivocally designate the object; and it must have
some element of permanency in usage. Now, bullata does
not designate my plant; it does not distinguish if the plant is
Carex, Salixor Cabbage. But Carex bullata is designative,
and it has more elements of permanency than bullata from
the very fact that it is explicit, and also because the combin-
ation of the two words—Carex and bullata—is likely to be
more recent, and therefore better understood, than the crea-
tion of either one alone. The proposed new nomenclature is
boisterous for stability. Very well! But why is not a com-
bination of two words just as ‘‘stable” as one word? It is
easier to get at the proper combination than it is at the or-
igin of the single word, because the combination, as I have
said, is the more recent event. Why not tie up at the first
safe landing place, rather than to run forever backward in a
profitless search of some shipwrecked name?

. My second advertence to the Check-List is in reference
to the exaltation of the varietal name. It was not my privi-
lege to attend the meeting of the Botanical Club at Madison,
but it is recorded that a resolution was introduced ‘that the
varietal name be subject to the same laws of permanency as
those which govern the specific,” and that after nine persons
had discussed the proposition ‘‘the Club adjourned without

4 The Botanical Gazette. {January,

reaching a vote.” (BOT. Gaz. 18: 343.) The other three |
propositions submitted by the committee on nomenclature at

that time were adopted. It is clear that there was at least
much doubt amongst the members as to the wisdom of treat-

ing the varietal name with the same exactness as we treat the |

specific name; yet, in the face of this lack of support for the
proposition and virtual refusal of it, this same committee it-
self adopts a rule ‘‘that the original name is to be maintained |

whether published as species, subspecies or variety.” I think
it is only fair for me to say, therefore, that the manuscript
for Carex in the Check-List was prepared with the customary

or old-time treatment of varietal names, and that the follow- _

ing numbers do not represent my own desires, at least not

until the whole question of nomenclature shall have been
passed upon by some organization fairly representing the bo- —

tanists of the world: 765, 785, 808, 867, 888, 901, 902, 955,
958

c. My third remark upon the Check-List concerns the sup-

pression of names printed without description or synonymy. —
Such names, and those occurring in exsiccate, are held not
to have been ‘‘published.” Wahlenberg published Carex glar-

cosa in 1803. Dewey published C. ursina in 1835. In 1884,

I wrote Carex glareosa var. ursina in my Carex Catalogue ©

without synonymy or comment except to add ‘‘Arc. Am.” to

designate range; and under Carex ursina Dewey, I said ‘‘see

glareosa.” Of course, this is not publication, yet no one

could mistake what I meant. I find in the Check-List:
Carex glareosa ursina (Dewey) Britton.

Carex glareosa var. ursina Bailey, Carex Cat. (1884), name only.
Now, I do not object te the name. ursina standing to the

authority of ‘‘(Dewey) Britton,” for my own cataloguing of it~

ought not to stand for a publication; but it seems to me to be -

a good principle to enunciate that tfa given name ts So Un-

mistakable that tt can be cited as a synonym, it is also sufi-

ctently unmistakable to be cited as a valid name. That is, if

nomina nuda are held not to have been published, then they )

can be cited neither as valid names nor as synonyms, !0f

synonyms are only published names which have been laid

aside for the time.

. Another point of which I wish to speak is the reference ©
of Carex microglochin to the genus Uncinia. The see-saW

1896, ] Notes on Carex. 5

between Carex and Uncinia has upset this poor little plant
from the days of Wahlenberg and Sprengel. The technical
character of the racheola appearing in the perigynium seems
to put it into Uncinia, but many of our common carices de-
velop racheola occasionally. Uncinia is now accepted rather
more upon habit than upon this one technical character, and
nearly all the later treatment of the genus refers the plant in
question to Carex.

/2. Carex Hassei, n. sp.—Pacific coast representative of
the type of C. /axiffora: differs in paler color and much nar-
rower leaves; and especially in the perigynium, which is about
as long as the scale, not trigonous nor beaked, the point only
slightly bent, not striate or stipe-like at base, the walls thin
and soft; scale broad, the point scarcely cusp-like; bracts
rarely leaf-like.—In a meadow, San Antonio Cafion, San
Bernardino range, California, 4, 500° altitude. H. E. Hasse,
July, 1894.

“3. Carex multimoda, n. sp.—(C. festiva var. gracilis, au-
thors). Carex festiva, the Rocky Mountain and Pacific coast
representative of Carex straminea, is one of the most perplex-
ing carices in the American flora. A good part of the confu-
sion arises, however, from the fact that the species is made
to comprise many unlike forms. If two or three of these out-
lying forms were to be set off as specifically distinct, the spe-
cies would be much easier to understand. The plants com-
monly referred to var. gracilis, which I now erect into a
Species, are very slender, with narrow leaves (lacking wholly
the stiff aspect of C. festiva), the spikes small and mostly
massed into a little tawny or dark head; points of the narrow
Perigynia generally conspicuously spreading.—Seems to be
distributed from the Sierras of California to British Columbia.
More closely allied to C. subfusca W. Boott, than to C. fes-
“iva. C. subfusca is more straminea-like, with more distinct
roundish spikes, and a stiffer habit.

v4. Carex Idahoa, n. sp.—A dioecious member of the Mi-
Crorhynche, but with three stigmas, and not closely related
to any carex which I know; possibly C. salina is its nearest
kin. Tall and slender (about 2" high), the culm exceeding
the flat rather short leaves; spikes generally three on both stam-
ate and pistillate culms (sometimes one on staminate culm),
all close together but the terminal one twice longer than
the others (about an inch long, and cylindrical), the lowest

6 The Botanical Gazette. [January,

one generally on a stalk a fourth inch long, all of them fer-
rugineous in color; bracts very short, only the lowermost
prominent and that one little exceeding the pedicel of the
spike; perigynium very small, trigonous and not inflated,
smooth and nearly or wholly nerveless, contracted both ways,
abruptly terminated in a short and entire beak; scale twice
longer than the perigynium, lance-pointed, the margin dull
brown and the mid-nerve broad and lighter colored.—Beaver
Cafion, Idaho, Aug. 7, 1895. P. A. Rydberg (no. 2,339).

/ 5. Carex Congdoni, n. sp.—Closest ally of C. Yosemitana
Bailey (C. Sartwelliana Olney), from which it differs in the
nearly or quite complete absence of pubescence on the leaves
and sheaths, an androgynous terminal spike (pistillate at top), _
and especially in the shape of the perigynium, which is lance-
olate and very gradually attenuated into the beak-like top,
and slightly toothed. The perigynium of C. Yosemitana is
ovoid, prominently widened above the middle and very
abruptly contracted or rounded into a short and entire beak;
that of C. Congdon is narrowly lanceolate or spindle-shape.
I suspect that the terminal spike of C. Congdoni may be found
to be sometimes wholly staminate. The Atlantic ally of
these plants is C. vestita Willd.—California: Mt. Warren
Pass, Tuolumne county, and east side of Mt. Warren, Mono
county. J. W. Congdon, 1894.

/ 6. Carex Arkansana, n. sp.—(C. rosea Schk., var.? Ar
kansana Bailey, BoT. Gaz. 18: 87.) Sufficient material has
now accumulated to show the true character of this plant,
and it is clearly unlike C. rosea. It differs in its larger and
glomerate spikes, the very broad and prominently spongy-
based perigynium, and particularly by the two or three leafy
bracts (from 1 to 5" long) which subtend the lower spikes.
It differs also from Carex Muhlenbergii var. australis by i
slender habit and long narrow leaves, by the long and leafy
bracts, and especially by the spongy and broad-based pet!
gynium. I have the plant from La Fourche creek, near Little

nd
from three places in Indian Territory: Muskogee, M. A
v7. Carex Eggertii, n.sp.—An ally of Carex bullae”

Schw., but more /upudina-like: coarser, with broad flat leave*
spikes two to four and approximate, whitish, longer than in

1896. ] Notes on Carex. 7

C. bullata, much more erect, looser; perigynium prominently
ascending, long-pointed, coarsely several-nerved, little or
not at all glossy nor red-brown at maturity, the beak
rough and deeply toothed; achenium of characteristic shape,
being very sharply triquetrous but short, each of the three
angles being produced into a callous point at the middle, so
as to make the achenium nearly equally six-sided. The peri-
gynium is much larger than that of C. du//ata, more inflated
and gradually tapering into the long beak.—In a swamp,
‘‘growing as single individuals from runners,” Butler county,
Missouri. Henry Eggert. My first impression of this carex
was that it might be a hybrid, but studies of various speci-
mens from collections by Mr. Eggert have led me to regard it
as a good species. Mr. Eggert is also of the opinion that it
isnot ahybrid. It is uniformly fruitful, which carex hybrids
are not likely to be.
CAREX ALBICANS Willd. in herb.; Spreng. Syst. Veg.
3: 818. 1826. C. Emmonsii Dewey, var. elliptica Boott
Illustr. 97, p/. 287. 1860. C. Peckii Howe, Rept. State Bot.
N. Y. 1894, 40 (in 47th Rep. N. Y. Mus. Nat. Hist.). This
is certainly a well-marked species, and, as Dr. Howe remarks,
It is allied rather more to C. deflexa than to C. varia. It
ranges from New England and Pennsylvania to Minnesota
and northwards, and it probably occurs south of this limit.
It is distinguished from C. varia by its lighter color, fewer
and much shorter and broader leaves, which are greatly over-
topped by the stiff straight culms, and by the closely glom-
eratespikelets and mostly very inconspicuous staminate spike,
and the rather longer perigynium. C. varia has slender and
generally curved or weak culms which are commonly over-
topped by the dark narrow and long-pointed profuse leaves,
Mostly separated spikes and prominently protruding stam-
inate spike. Willdenow’s name, C. a/bicans, is an appropri-
ate one, denoting the light color of the plant, although it
appears to have been chosen because of the light-colored
spikes. Willdenow’s specimen is said to have come from
North Carolina. Plate [ admirably distinguishes the species.
9. “ CAREX GRANDIs Bailey, var. Helleri, n. var.—Differs
from the species in the smallness of its stature and spikes
(10-15"high), and narrow lax leaves; spikes two to three, 3
to ;" long, contiguous near the top of the culm.—Franklin
County, southeastern Virginia, ‘‘in the shade in a well wooded

8 The Botanical Gazette. [January,

and very soft swamp, in company with Saururus cernuus,

Dianthera ovata, and Proserpinaca palustris.” A. A. Heller

(no. 989), June, 1893.
v1o. CAREX QUADRIFIDA Bailey, var. caeca, n.
Smaller than the species (10-16" tall); heads Mare dull

dark brown; spikes four or five, the lowest one sometimes an ©

inch remote, a half inch or less long, mostly small and slen-
der; perigynium smaller than in the species; scales equaling

or exceeding the perigynium, broad, not sharp-pointed; culms ©

rather slender, considerably exceeding the broadish, long-
pointed leaves.—Tanquitz Meadow, San Jacinto mountains,

San Diego county, California, 8,000" altitude. H. E. Hasse, ©

July 1892. Perhaps a good species

/ 11. CAREX NEBRASKENSIS Dewey, var. ultriformis, n.
var,—More like the var. previa Bailey (C. Fameszz Torr.)
than the type of C. Nebraskensis, but differs in the habitually
much narrower leaves (#," or less wide), and particularly in

the short, often almost slaliting spikes (which are a or less —

long). —Ritzville, Adams County, Washington, 7 rp * altitude.
J. H. Sandberg and J. B. Leiberg (no. 194), 1

4

12. CAREX FETA Bailey, var. multa, n. var. igo Po feta )
generally has a long and loose head of well separated and —

more or less rounded or cylindrical-conical spikes, but the

roposed variety mu/ta has less defined and looser or more —

chaff-like spikes in a glomerate and often compound head.
This variety is to C. feta what var. cumulata is to the east-
ern C. albolutescens. I have it from San Jacinto Mountains,
San Diego County, California, and from two stations in Ore-
gon.

or RETEST TS Ne

13. Carex prasina x crinita, n. hyb.—A well marked —

hybrid of these two species has been found at Summit,

Jersey, by J. R. Churchill, and in Summers County, West
Virginia, by C. F. Millspaugh. Judge Churchill’s specimens
have more the aspect of C. prasina, whilst Dr. Millspaugh's

seem rather more to resemble C. crinita, especially in the
foliage. Both collections lack the robustness of C. crinita.

14. Carex scabrata x crinita ene in herb., was collected —

in 1891, on Mt. Clinton, N. H., by Dr. Geo. G. Kennedy.

It seems to be a very good nnerniediate between the two spe —

cies, although apparently losing something in size and vigor.
Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.

A new Californian liverwort.

DOUGLAS HOUGHTON CAMPBELL.
WITH PLATE Il,

In March of last year the writer received from San Diego
a liverwort, which on examination seemed to differ very much
from any described form, and was therefore subjected to a
somewhat careful study. An investigation of the structure of
the plant showed such marked peculiarities that it could not
be satisfactorily referred to any described genus, and there-
fore it seemed necessary that a new genus should be estab-
lished to contain it. For this the name Geothallus is pro-
posed.

The plants were growing in company with Ophtoglossum
nudicaule, and were collected by Mrs. Brandegee, to whom
am also indebted for additional specimens which made it pos-
sible to determine the most important points of structure, and
the systematic position of the plant.

When the specimens of Ophioglossum were received, they
were not examined immediately, but the clods of earth upon
which they were growing were watered, and placed under bell-
jars, where they were left undisturbed for a week or more.
When they were examined, at the end of this time, my atten-
tion was at once drawn to a number of bright green, palm-
ately lobed little plants which had not been noticed when the
Specimens were first received. They were evidently thallose
liverworts of some kind whose growth had been stimulated by
the moisture under the bell-jar. A careful examination of
Schiffner’s Hepaticze! failed to throw any light upon the sys-
tematic position of the plant, and specimens were then sent
to Dr. L. M. Underwood, who reported that it was a form
quite new to him. There were no sporogonia found in the
first lot of specimens, but later these were obtained when it
Was evident that the plant belonged to the group of anacrog-
ynous Jungermanniacee to which Goebel* gives the name
Anelaterez, owing to the absence of perfect elaters. As at
Present but a single genus belonging to this group, Sphero-

ee and Prantl, Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien 90, oT.

el, Die Muscineen. Schenk’s Handbuch der Botanik 2: 363.
[9]

10 The Botanical Gazette. {January,

carpus, is known from the United States, and this genus is
in some respects the most primitive of all known Hepatica,
the discovery of an allied genus is of more than ordinary in-
terest as perhaps throwing some light on the affinities of the
lower Hepatice.

The older thallus is more or less wedge-shaped, but often
nearly orbicular in outline, about 5—7™ in length by 3-4™ in
breadth (figs. 1-3). It is usually simple, but occasionally
once dichotomous (fig. 3). | The body of the thallus is thick
and fleshy, passing quite abruptly into the margin, or wings,
which consist of more or less regularly lobed lamine com-
posed for the most part of asingle layer of cells. These mar-
ginai lamina are sometimes arranged quite regularly, so that
they recall the similar leaf-like laminz of Fossombronia; in-
deed in some cases the general aspect of the plant is not un-
like the common Californian Fossombronia longiseta. In ad-
dition to these marginal lobes, there are numerous dorsal
laminar outgrowths, which may almost completely conceal
the dorsal surface of the thallus (fig. 2, a.), and give it a very
characteristic appearance. The plant is attached to the ground
by numerous colorless rhizoids, and from the ventral surface,
especially near the apex, are jointed, glandular hairs, which
curve over the growing-point, and are like those characteristic
of most of the thallose Jungermanniacez.

If the old plants are given plenty of moisture, growth is
resumed, and the apex of the thallus rapidly grows out into —
the fresh green shoot first observed. The marginal lobes of
these secondary growths are narrower and longer than in nor-
mally developed specimens, due, no doubt, to the excess of
moisture where they were grown.

The specimens were too old for a satisfactory study of the —

1896, ] A New Californian Liverwort. II

sexual organs, and these were not produced in a normal man-
ner upon the secondary shoots. Enough was seen, however,
to show that in a general way both archegonia and antheridia
are similar to those of Sphaerocarpus. The archegonium
fig. 7), however, is larger, and the neck somewhat longer
and straighter, and it is not so distinctly stalked. The an-
theridium is much the same shape as that of Sphaerocarpus,
but the early divisions are apparently less regular. A very
marked difference between the genera is the much greater
number of the sexual organs in Sphaerocarpus, where they
completely cover the the dorsal surface of the thallus. In
Geothallus they are produced much more sparingly, and there
is, apparently, no difference in the form and size of the male
and female plants, whereas this is very noticeable in Sphaero-
carpus. Indeed it is not impossible that Geothallus may some-
times be monoecious. As in Sphaerocarpus the sexual organs
are surrounded individually by a sac-shaped envelope, which
is relatively much less developed than there.
he sporogonium resembles closely that of Sphaerocarpus
terrestris, but is larger. The fully grown sporogonium is a
nearly spherical capsule about 1™ in diameter, connected by
a very short seta to the bulbous foot which is sunk in the thal-
us. Owing to the nearly sessile position of the archegonium,
the foot is not raised above the level of the thallus as is the
Case in Sphaerocarpus. The sporogonium wall is composed of
a single layer of rather thick walled cells, which at maturity
are almost black in color. The capsule is filled with a mass
of spores intermingled with thin-walled oval cells like those
found in Sphaerocarpus (fig. 8, c.). These sterile cells which
here are probably only nutritive in function, are doubtless the
homologues of the elaters of the more specialized Hepaticz.
hey are oval cells, measuring from 48—108y in length, and
as a rule are relatively longer than the similar cells of Sphae-
Ffocarpus. They contain some chlorophyll, and scattered
gtanules, apparently of albuminous nature, but little or no
starch, while in Sphaerocarpus there are numerous large starch
granules present.

The Spores are very large, and at maturity separate com-
Pletely - They are nearly globular and range from 120—140#
‘n diameter. The wall is very thick, and in section (fig. 6, 6.)
Shows two well marked layers, perinium (epispore), and exo-
Spore. An endospore is also probably present, but in micro-

12 The Botanical Gazette. [January,

tome sections is not clearly differentiated from the inner
layers of the exospore. The perinium appears perfectly ho-
mogeneous, and is smooth except upon the ventral surface of
the spore where it is folded so as to produce reticulated ridges
which in section have the appearance of spines (fig. 8, 4, ¢.).
The character of the spore-contents was not especially studied
beyond noting the fact that the nucleus is quite small, as is”
usually the case in the spores of liverworts.

The most peculiar feature of the plant, and one which ap-
pears to be unique among Hepatice, is the formation of tubers
by means of which it becomes perennial. These tubers were
always met with in the older individuals, and in the second-
ary shoots from the older thallus were also developed after a
short time. The tuber consists of an oval mass of cells de-_
rived from the interior tissue of the thallus, and including its”
growing-point. These cells are densely filled with coarsely
granular contents, mostly made up of albuminous. granules
and oil-drops, very little starch being present. The first in-
dication of the formation of the tuber is an accumulation of
granular matter in the interior cells of the thallus just back
of the apex, and this extends in all directions until it includes
nearly the whole central region of the thallus, as well as the |
cells of the growing point. The chlorophyll disappears from
the cells and sections of the ripe tuber appear white an
opaque. Surrounding the central tissue is a more or less
clearly defined dark cortex, which does not, however, extend
over the cells of the growing point. The whole tuber is sur-
rounded by a loose brownish envelope composed of the dead
outer cells of the thallus. The full grown tuber is a flattened
body from 1-2™ in length and about half as wide. :

The tubers are obviously a special provision for carrying
the plant through the long dry season. Specimens kept pet
fectly dry from May until about the first of October, germi-
nated promptly when placed in water for a few days. Growth
begins by the cells near the growing point turning green and
the latter resuming its activity. The development of the
young plants from the tubers has not yet been studied in de
tail, but it is hoped soon that it may be possible. to follow out
completely the life-history of this interesting form.

There seems no doubt that the affinities of Geothallus af
with the lower Jungermanniacee, the Anelateree. 45
already stated it agrees with Sphaerocarpus in the general

1896.] A New Californian Liverwort. 13

characters of the sexual organs and sporogonium, but the
very different structure of the thallus, the similarity of the
male and female plants, and especially the formation of the
tubers, make it impossible to unite it with that genus.
GEOTHALLUS, nov. gen. —Plant thalloid, simple or
dichotomous by branched, thallus fleshy, wedge-shaped
or nearly orbicular, partially buried in the earth; margin of
thallus divided into irregular leaf-like lobes, similar laminz
upon the dorsal surface; ventral surface with numerous sim-

surrounded by a sac-shaped envelope: sporogonium globular,
with very short seta and bulbous foot; capsule-wall composed
of a single layer of black cells; spores very large, mingled
with thin-walled sterile cells; plant perennial by means of
tubers developed at the end of the growing season.

G. tuberosus, nov. sp.—Plant dioecious, male and female
alike: spores black, smooth except upon the ventral surface
where there are reticulate ridges, 120—140y in diameter;
sterile cells 48—108y in length.

andy soil near San Diego, California, growing with Ophi-
oglossum nudicaule. Collected by Mrs. Katherine Brandegee,
March, April, 1895.
Stanford University.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

Geothallus tuberosus Campbell.
Figs. 1, 2. Two old plants; 2, seen from above; 4, from the side;
X

Fig. 3. A large specimen showing dichotomy; X 4.
Fig. 4. Secondary shoot from a specimen which had been grown
under a bell-jar; x 10
_ Fig. 5. Median section of a fruiting thallus, showing sf, a sporogon-
lum, 4, the young tuber; X 10
Fig. 6. a, microtome section of a ripe sporogonium, X 30. 4, mi-
crotome section of a ripe spore, x 150. ¢, transverse section of the
Teticulated ridges upon the ventral surface of the spore, X 300.
ig. 7- An old archegonium, seen in optical section, X 100.
Fig. 8. a, tetrad of nearly full-grown spores, X 150. 4, two ripe
Spores, X 150. «¢, three sterile cells, x 150.

Further criticism of Mr. Nash’s ‘New or noteworthy
American grasses.’
Notes on Sporobolus.

Some confusion exists in regard to certain North American
species of Sporobolus, as is manifested in botanical publica-
tions of this country, and especially in our larger herbaria. —
A writer in a recent Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club
attempted to clear up this confusion, but, through an evident
misconception of the species, has unintentionally added to-
it. Agrostis brevifolia Nutt. has been taken up for Sporo-
bolus cuspidatus (Vilfa cuspidata Torr.), and there is no
doubt as to their identity. Nuttall very clearly and fully
described his species (Agrostis brevifolia) in the first volume —
of his ‘‘Genera,” and Sporobolus cuspidatus is equally well char-
acterized by Hooker in the second volume of his ‘‘Flora Bore-
ali-Americane,” and there is only one grass in the region of |
the type localities to which these descriptions could apply.
I can not help thinking that the writer in the Bulletin, above
referred to, must have failed to fully read Nuttall’s descrip-
tion of Agrostis brevifolia, or he would not have applied it
to the very distinct species noted below. One essential and
almost decisive character given by Nuttall for Agrostis brevt-
folia is: ‘‘Culms solid and compressed . . ._ not terete,
but solid and ancipital.” This character affords a clue t0
Nuttall’s plant, and, combined with the others given, leaves |
no doubt as to its identity with Sporobolus cuspidatus, fot
there is no other grass within the range (Fort Mandan on the |
Missouri) possessing all these characters. Another good
character presented by this grass is a minute pubescence at
and extending for a greater or less distance below, the nodes:
This character holds good throughout all specimens in the
National Herbarium.

For the species we have the following synonymy:

Sporobolus cuspidatus Scribn. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 10: 63.

Sporobolus brevifolius (Nutt.) Scribn. Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 5: 39-

Vilfa cuspidata Torr. Hook.Flor. Bor. Am. 2: 238.

Vilfa gracilis Trin. Agros. 1: 82. not V. gracilis Trin. 1. c. 52

Agrostis brevifolia Nutt. Gen. 1: 44. 1818.

eae ee
1 The two following articles received independently may be combined leer
editors under this caption. See also Bor. Gaz. 20: 554. D 1895, and Mr. N
reply on p. 4! of this number.—Eps.
[14]

1896. ] Nash’s ‘American Grasses.”’ 15

Represented in the National Herbarium by specimens from:
Montana (350 Scribner); Nebraska (771 C. L. Shear, 2,551
Rydberg, and 2,795 Fred Clements); Devil’s Lake, N. Dak.
(C. A. Geyer); Minnesota (E. P. Sheldon); Missouri (no.
4236 B. F. Bush), Kansas (Dr. Carruth, and Mr. Swingle);
Colorado (S. M. Tracy).

The grass which appears to have caused the existing con-
fusion here, is the more slender and heretofore unidentified
Vilfa Richardsonis Trin., of which the following is the
synonymy:

Sporobolus aspericaulis (Nees).

Muhlenbergia aspericaulis Nees, ex Trin.

Vilfa Richardsonis Trin. Agrost. 1: 81.

Vilfa cuspidata auct. plur., not Torrey in Hook. Flor. Bor. Am.

Sporobolus brevifolius Nash, not Scribner.

This species has a very wide range, and is well represented
in the National Herbarium: Northern Maine (C. G. Pringle);
(147 Fernald); New Brunswick (19 John Brittain); Anticosti
(48 John Macoun); Oregon (765 Cusick); Colorado (1075 John
Wolfe); Idaho (552 Coulter); Nevada (1279 Sereno Watson);
Montana (410 and 627 C. L. Shear), etc.

This is a very slender, erect grass, branching only at or
near the base, with sheaths much shorter than the internodes,
and very short, almost filiform, arcuate-spreading leaves. A
constant character, mentioned by Trinius, is that the culms
are minutely, but distinctly punctate, ‘‘punctis asperis obsiti.”
This species is very closely allied to Sporobolus depauperatus
(Vilfa squarrosa Trin.), into which it may pass.

Referring again to the article published in the Torrey Bul-
letin, I would say that, if Sporobolus vaginaeflorus Vasey be
regarded as a species distinct from Sporobolus vaginaeflorus
Wood, why make a new name for the former, when there is
One that might be taken up? Cryptostachys vaginata Steud.
Is evidently Sporobolus vaginaeflorus Vasey, and, carrying
out the premises, the rules of nomenclature require us to take
up Steudel’s name which gives us for the species the follow-
ng synonymy:

Sporobolus vaginatus (Steud.).

Sporobolus vaginacfiorus Vasey, not Wood.

Sporobolus neglectus Nash (1895).

Cryptostachys vaginata Steud. (1855).

16 The Botanical Gazette. [January,

It is quite possible that there are other and yet older names,
but at all events Sporobolus neglectus is an unnecessary addi-
tion toa much-burdened synonymy.—F. LAMSON-SCRIBNER, |
Washington, D. C.

The validity of Mr. Nash’s changes.

In a recent article on the subject of ‘‘New or Noteworthy.
American Grasses,”? several new species are described and a
number of new names applied to old ones. Evrianthus com-
pactus is a form which has been known to botanists for sev- |
enty years, being widely distributed through the eastern)
manual range. It has been included in the manuals under £.
saccharoides Michx., and E. alopecuroides Ell., and has been
commonly known by these names, yet the author neglects to
mention the fact and hence leads us to infer that it is an en-
tirely new discovery. The change in the name is said to have
been made because there is in the Herbarium of Columbia
college a fragment of Gronovius’ number 133, 2 which has the |
twisted awn, ‘‘aristis tortuosis” of the original description of
Andropogon alopecuroides Linn. Munro,* who has examined -
the grasses of the Linnaean Herbarium, says: ‘‘The numbers:
in the Herbarium refer to those used in the first edition of
the ‘Species Plantarum,’ Linnaeus’ own copy being very care-
fully marked by himself. In the following list I have used
these numbers, uaderlining them, as was done by Linnseti
himself, thus 1, 2, etc., to imply that the plant was actually
in the Herbarium. I have carefully examined every grass {0
the Herbarium; and in annexing the following list of names
which I consider they should bear, I trust the list may be of
some little use to botanists who are unable to consult the Het
barium itself.”

unro gives |. c. §2, in his subjoined list, under Andropo-
on: ‘4. A. alopecurotdes, from North America, is Erianthus
saccharoides Mich.” MHackel* places the Linnaean species,
excluding Sloane’s synonym, under E. saccharoides Mich.
subspecies a, genuinus. He does not consider the twisting of
the awn a character of specific value. The description
Mr. .Nash’s new species does not differentiate his plant from
oe nee

1Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 22: 419. 1895.
*Linn, Sp. Pl. 1045. 1753.
*Proc. Linn. Soc. Bot. 6: 33 ¢¢ sss 1861,

1896. ] Nash's ‘‘American Grasses.” 17

stoups together. The study of systematic botany is a study
of relationships. The chief end of this branch of botany is
not to provide every plant which possesses individual variations
with a name. It is of the greatest importance that we know
to what known species a new one bears the closest relation-
ship. The synonymy given under Syutherisma is faulty, if
Wwe are to judge it by that of Doell, 5 who has furnished us the
Most recent monograph of this group of Panicums.
Concerning the species botanists have known for many
years as Panicum latifolium L., but which we are informed
Must now be called P. Porterianum Nash, Munro‘ says: ise
P. latifolium L.! From Kalm, North America. A specimen
attached to this from Carolina is P. divaricatum L., to which

“From Jamaica. This plant has often been confounded with
P. latifolium, and bears the names of P. ruscifolium, macula-
tum, glutinosum, and agglutinans. Another specimen of d-
varicatum is marked arborescens by Smith.” According to
this the Linnaean name does really belong to the North Amer-
'€an species and not to ‘a tropical species,” as stated in the

be raised to more than varietal rank. It has a more slender
habit than the common form of the species, but the other

Doell in Mart. Pl. Bras, 22: 128. 1871-6.
2—Vol. XXI.—No. 1.

18 The Botanical Gazette. [January,

characters given by the author do not separate it from P.
capillare L. As to the synonymy given, there must be con-
siderable doubt until the type specimens of Pursh, Torrey and
Bernhardi have been examined and compared with the form
which we believe to be the variety minus Muhlenberg.
There is the same doubt concerning the validity of ‘‘Pani-
cum boreale n. sp.” In the manuals it is included under P.
aichotomum L., being more closely related to that than to P.
laxifiorum Lam. It certainly does not deserve specific rank,
as it is only one of many forms that go to make up the spe-
cies dichotomum. It is well named and perhaps deserves to
be separated out as a form or variety. That can only be de-
termined after a study of all the material obtainable. Here

the true /rophorus at the National Herbarium, but failed to
recognize it. He has increased and obscured the synonymy
of Setaria by an addition of four names.
wish to enter a protest against the use of the word ‘‘scale”

in describing the bracts of a grass inflorescence. The tef-
minology most generally adopted by systematic botanists is
that proposed by Bentham.® It has been adopted because of
the great confusion caused by the various authors using dif-
ferent terms to denote the same organs. Morphologically —
these glumes are not scales. Each spikelet is a reduce
branch. The empty glumes and the flowering glume are leaf
sheaths. The palea is a prophyllum. The flower is lateral and

*®Linnaea 31: 420. 1861-62.

7Rel. Haenk. 1: 319. 1830.

*Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 18: 502, 1877,

1896. ] Nash's ‘‘American Grasses.” 19

never terminal except in certain Agrostis species and other
grasses from which the palea is wholly absent, and there is
no homology between the floral glumes and the true scales of
a rhizome. e glumes are not borne upon the axis of the
flower. The latter is a branch bearing a naked flower. If
true scales exist in the grass spikelet they are represented by
the lodicules to which the term scale has frequently been ap-
plied in systematic works.

a botanical journal of eminent standing should inaugurate so
radical a change in terminology without presenting any rea-
sons for so doing is remarkable.—JARED G. SMITH, JU. S.
Dep't of A griculture,

Some comments on those chapters in Kerner and Oliver's

‘Natural History of Plants,’’ which deal
with reproduction.

CONWAY MAC MILLAN.

The bringing out of an American edition of Kerner and_
Oliver’s Natural History of Plants, together with its great

attractiveness and generally great value, makes it certain that
this work will be used throughout the United States as a

reference book or encyclopedia of botany. It therefore

seems sufficiently worth while to give some attention to the
ideas that are promulgated in its pages. It is not a particu-

larly pleasant task to point out imperfections in so beautifully _

printed and skilfully compiled a work as the one in hand, but
if botanical students are to be referred to this Natural H1s-

tory of Plants by their teachers, and it is to be held before

them as an authority, it is of the greatest importance that
some of its shortcomings should be known that they may be
guarded against by teacher and by pupil.

I shall confine myself in this paper to indicating some of

the errors, as I take them, in only one division of the work—
that is, the chapters on the Genesis of plant offspring, ™
volume II, pt. 1 (half-vol. III of the four vol. edition, Henry
Holt & Co.). It is not too much to say that this part of the
Natural History is absolutely untrustworthy, not only in its
statements of theory but again and again in its statements
of fact. Ihave convinced myself by reference to the orig
inal German edition that these errors are not those of the

translators. In order to point out a few of them a series of |

quotations and comments will be given.

protoplast does not require the special stimulus afforded by unio?
with another.”

p. “If a fruit is to arise, the ooplasm, i. e. the pron des
tined to initiate a new generation, must unite with the fertilizing Pf!”
toplasm which is called spermatoplasm,” and p. 46, “the union of tW?
protoplasts constitutes the essence of fertilization.”

Comment. The last quotation is truth but at variance with

1896.} ‘‘Natural History of Plants.’’ 21

the others and, as will be shown, deeply opposed to later
statements. It is not true that the ‘‘single protoplast” which
forms the starting point fora new individual, sexually pro-
duced, requires any such stimulus. TZhzs ‘‘single protoplast”
is the syngamete or resultant cell from gametic fusion. It is
also erroneous to suggest that from the ooplasm arises the
new individual. This, on the contrary, arises from the syn-
gamete.
p. 9. “As the spores of ferns are not the direct result of a process
of fertilization they are not parts of fruits but brood-bodies.”
35. “The ably structure rightly to be considered a moss-fruit is

that in which the embryo is produced as a result of fertilization.”

p. 16. (Describing rupture of moss-calyptra.) “The coat of the
fruit being torn away.”

. P. 47. “The ooplasm rendered capable of fertilization, of this par-
ticular kind of growth” (i. e., into a new generation) “is to be consid-
— as an embryo, even in cases where no visible change has taken
place.

p- 66. In mosses “it is best to look upon the formation of fruit as
being complete as soon as fertilization has taken place.”

Comment. Clearly the word embryo is used here as a syn-
onym of fecundated-egg, oosperm, or syngamete. The
structure called a moss-fruit is, as clearly, a fecundated egg
together with the enclosing archegone. And the further de-
velopment of a moss sporophyte is called a development from
the fruit. Here terms are used in an unusual sense, but not
€ven consistently as the context will show.

P. 47. “We consider every structure to be a fruit which is the prod-
uct of fertilization and at the same time constitutes the first step
towards the renewal of the fertilized plant.”

Comment. From the above it is clear that the only struc-
tures properly termed fruits in flowering plants would be the
micropylar syngamete nucleus of the embryo-sac (after fertil-
ization has taken place), or the antipodal syngamete nucleus
(under the theory of Morot, that this cell represents gametic
Components). Now as a matter of fact, it is not these struc-
tures that are termed fruits at all, by Kerner, but those en-
tirely different bodies—the fruits in the popular sense. See

“At one end of the chain we have the unicellular fruits of the mi-
roscopic desmids, at the other the fruit of the cocoa-nut, which is
differentiated into seeds on the one hand, and, several envelopes on
the other and is as large asa man’shead.” st

- 49. Cryptogams possess “organs of fructification not clearly visi-
ble Without aid from the microscope, whilst the term Phanerogam will
comprise such plants as have organs of fructification which are visible
without aid from the microscope.

22 The Botanical Gazette. [January,

ment. Remembering the definition given of fruct and
of fertilization, it is at once apparent that the word fructifi-
cation is used ambiguously above. Under Kerner’s own def:
nition the /ruzt, that is the body or embryo, arising from the
fusion of two protoplasts, is quite as invisible to ordinary eyes
in phanerogams as in cryptogams. Nor are the ‘‘organs
any plainer in the one case than in the other. |
p. 49. “In cryptogams fertilization takes place in water or iné@
watery medium, whereas the process in phanerogams is accomplished
almost exclusively in the air.’ :
his is the old confusion between pollination,
which is the scattering of spores on a favorable locality, and
fertilization which, as is properly stated by Kerner, consists
in the union of two protoplasts. As a matter of fact fertiliza-
tion in phanerogams, under Kerner’s own definition nevé
takes place ‘‘in the air,” but always in the tissues of the ovule
and ovary. It would be quite as proper to say that the fer-
tilization of all vascular cryptogams takes place ‘‘in the alt,
since in these spores are blown out of the sporangia into the
atmosphere, thence to light on some favorable germinatio!
spot.

p- 47. “The cell wherein the spermatoplasm is brought to ; 4
proper form and composition for the purpose of fertilization 1s calle
an antheridium in the case of a cryptogam, and a pollen-grain in the
case of a phanerogam.”

p. 85. “Pollen consists of cells which contain spermatoplasm, and
Ss." .

ment and inference in it is erroneous. For the term anthe
ridium, at least among archegoniates, is employed to desig”
nate, not a cell but an organ, and is properly employed by
Kerner farther on (p. 65), where he describes in the ordinary
manner how moss antheridia are produced, “mingled wi
paraphyses.” The ‘‘cell in which the spermatoplasm is pre
pared,” etc., is a sperm-mother-cell or spermatocyte, not a |
antheridium. Neor is a spermatocyte or antheridium in “
degree homologous or analogous with a pollen-grain. Fo

p- 68. Discussing the Filices: “The fertilized ooplasm now hich
divides . . . and thus is produced a multicellular embryo ¥
remains imbedded in the unaltered amphigonium (archegone).

1896.] ‘‘Natural History of Plants.”’ 23

structure, though scarcely differing at all from the fruit rudiment must
be considered as a fruit. After a short period of rest the embryo
germinates and the new generation which gradually makes its appear-
ance as stem, roots and fronds emerging from the embryo continues
to receive its food-stuffs through the mediation of the prothallium.”

Comment. Here is an amazing account of the regular de-
velopment, from the syngamete, of the ordinary sporophytic
fern. The conception of the spherical embryo ‘‘germinat-
ing” is peculiarly gratuitous, nor is there the dormant period
referred to. One might as well speak of the babe ‘‘germin-
ating” after a dormant period and becoming a man.

. The account of the Rhizocarpez and Selaginellaceze
is badly confused. For example, speaking of the germination
of microspores it is said that in Salvinia, Marsilia and Sela-
ginella one or two cells are ‘‘pushed out through rents made
here and there,” whereas as a matter of fact this does not oc-
cur in any of the genera mentioned except Sa/vinia, nor is
the phrase ‘‘rents here and there” at all definite enough.

Pp. “The tissue produced from a macrospore in the Rhizo-
carpee and Selaginelleze has been compared to the ovule as it occurs
in the phanerogams.”

And after a few comments on this surprising alleged ho-
mology, Kerner adds:

“But if it is made the basis of far-reaching speculations concerning
the evolution of one group of plants from another, the descent of
Phanerogams from cryptogams, ADs example, I must enter an emphatic

&

24 The Botanical Gazette. nal

phological straw-men is a reprehensible practice. It becomes

doubly so when a writer after knocking down his unrecogniz-
able dummy tells us that it bore the theory of evolution about
its garments.

p. 84. “The nucellus of the ovule arises in many instances (¢. g. i
orchids) from a mass of tissue produced by the division of a si
epidermal cell.” This is based on Hofmeister’s statement, but I be
lieve it is contradicted by later research.

p- “Pollination is only the prelude to the phenomenon known
as fertilization. It is important to distinguish clearly between these
two events

Comment. Here the proper view of pollination is presented,
but no withdrawal of the statement that flowering plants are
‘‘air-fertilized” while flowerless plants are ‘‘water-fertilized.’
Indeed (p. 71, bottom and 72, top) it is expressly stated that
the reason cryptogams lack blossoms is because these are not
needed for aquatic fertilization, while they are for air-fertiliza-
tion, hence are developed by flowering plants.

In general the pages 401-427 in which the true fertiliza-
tion, or, better, fecundation, of the metaspermic egg is con-
sidered do not connect with the earlier chapters. This is due
to the careful rewriting of the latter part, by the editor, I pre
sume. At any rate it reads differently enough from the
German original where the same mixture of terms goes Of
from cover to cover.

here are many more of these errors and confusions in the
third half volume of the Natural History of Plants. 1 have
not time to point them out but may if it seems necessary
contribute a series of comments like the above upon othef
points that might prove dangerous if not turned in the right |
direction. In general I am compelled to say, after a careful
and complete perusal of the Natural History of Plants, that
while as a popular store-house of botanical facts it is indeed
mine of information to the one who knows gold from pyrites
it is quite unsafe to consider all that glitters, gold. There at
a large number of facts in it which ‘‘are not so.” And sec
ond, as an expression of botanical theory I consider it gener
ally sound but here and there insidiously and insistently m'*
leading. To the trained student of botanical science thes
slips will not prove troublesome but to the less widely !™
formed reader they will be dangerous.

To sum it all up: the work is invaluable to the thoroughly
informed botanical teacher or investigator; he can use the

1896. ] ‘‘Natural History of Plants.”’ 25

good and discard the bad. It is equally to be commended to
the general reader who will profit by what is true and excel-
lent and will not be particularly harmed by the faults. There
is one class, however, to whom this book would bean almost
unmixed evil and that is to the group of young men intend-
ing to become professional botanists. If they base their bo-
tanical information or speculation upon the Natural History
of Plants they will in several important phases of the science
find themselves badly confused and misinformed.
University of Minnesota, Minneapolis.

Noteworthy anatomical and physiological researches.
Researches on transpiration and assimilation.’
I. Transpiration experiments.

Stahl’s purpose in writing the paper here reviewed was
mainly to present a method by means of which it could be
demonstrated to the eye whether a plant loses water by trans-
piration, and through what parts of its surface the loss takes
place. The method does not take the place of weighing the
loss of water for all the more accurate experiments. It is val-
uable on account of its simplicity and the facility it offers for
public demonstration coupled with the fact that by it certain
problems can be investigated which are not possible by other
methods.

Marget? was probably the first investigator who used the
method about to be described. According to Stahl he im-
pregnated white paper with a mixture of mercurous chloride
and pallidous chloride, and also with pallidous chloride, tat
taric acid and ferrous chloride. In the dry state the pape!
was whitish-yellow, but as it absorbed water it became darker
and finally black. When applied to the transpiring surface
the loss of water could be estimated by the change in color.
The color could be fixed at any point by wetting the pape! is
ferric chloride.? Others who have tried to use Marget®

1 Stahl, Ernest. Einige Versuche iiber Transpiration und Assimilation. Bot.
Zeit. 652: 117-145. p/. 4. Jl. 1894.

2 Marget, Sur les fonctions des feuilles. R6dle des stomates dans l’exba
lation et dans l’inhalation des vapeurs aqueuses par les feuilles. Comptes-re®
dus de l’acad. des sc. 87: 293. 1878.

echerches sur la transpiration des végétaux et le réle des feuilles dans @
phénoméne. Annales de la soc. d’Agric. etc. de Lyon 1878: Lxxv-Lxxvul.

® The first account of this method published by Marget in Annales de la a
d’ Agric. etc. de Lyon 1. c. says that the paper was treated with a solution
pallidous chloride, tartaric acid and ferric chloride, mot ferrous chloride. The

aper was then dried and exposed to light which changed the ferric chloride ©
ferrous chloride. In this condition the paper when moistened turned darkef
b as amount of moisture increased.
Comptes rendus 1. c., he simply says that he used a paper sensitized photochem,
i i i i ide. The method
of doing this is not given but is probably the same as that given in the
EY i am

oppor
tages over the cobalt method if it could be used readily. I find no mention ®
the papers cited of the use of mercurous chloride.

[26]

1896. ] Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 27

method have failed, probably because it was so briefly de-
scribed by him. Stahl found a much more satisfactory ma-
terial in the cobalt salts, especially cobalt chloride.* Strips
of Swedish filter paper were soaked in from I-—5 per cent.
water solution of this salt and then dried. When dry the
color varies from a light blue in the I per cent. solution toa
deeper blue in the stronger solutions. The color fades from
very light blue to pink, then white, as the paper becomes
moist. The paper impregnated with the stronger solution is
best for public demonstration but that soaked in the one per
cent. solution is best for comparing small differences in evap-
oration from various parts of the same leaf. A small piece
of cobalt paper having been thoroughly dried, is placed on
the part of the plant desired, then to hold it firmly against
the surface and protect it from the air a thin piece of glass
or mica is placed over it and held on with small clamps.
After the observation is made the piece may be dried ready
for use again. ®

The author describes a number of experiments with this
Paper as an indicator which I will briefly summarize.

1, Stomatic and cuticular transpiration.—In cases where
leaves have stomata only on the under side this side reddens
the cobalt paper very quickly, often in a few seconds, while
Paper on the upper side of the same leaf holds its color often
for several hours. The contrast between the upper and under
Surface is present even in the smallest leaves accessible to
treatment, even those still in vernation. Among the plants
used are Syringa vulgaris, Cornus stolonifera, Ribes alpinum,
Populus fastigiata, and Quercus pedunculata. Where stom-
ata occur on both sides the reddening of the paper is propor-
tional to the number. In Trifolium repens, which has more
stomata on the upper than on the under side, the paper faded
Most rapidly on that side. In the case of slightly wilted
_ *Cobaltous chloride was used by Marget but abandoned because the change
in color passes quickly and can not be fixed. See Annales de la Soc. de Agric.
ete. de Lyon 1. c.

* In using the paper I have found it necessary to exercise caution in regard to
several points. Any soft filter paper that takes up moisture readily may be
used. Care should be taken to wet the paper evenly with the cobalt. Strips of
Paper may be dipped in the solutions then laid on blotting paper to absorb the

1 ‘i
Must be taken that the cobalt paper is pressed with equal force at all points
against the surface to be tested, otherwise the parts most closely pressed against
= plant will fade first. This is particularly liable to occur where mica is used

.

© Protect the paper from the air.

28 The Botanical Gazette. [January,

leaves and in fact in all cases where the stomata were closed
on account of an insufficiency of water in the plant even
though they were exposed to the sun, no reddening of the paper
occurred. This shows how very small the evaporation is
through cuticularized epidermis even when exposed to the
bright sun. The same was found to be true with fully tur-
gescent leaves supplied with water.

2. Regulation of transpiration by means of the guard-cells.
—Stahl confirms the observation of Mohl, Leitgeb and others
that in the wilting of a leaf the guard-cells are the first to be
affected by the loss of water. When two leaves as nearly
alike as possible except that one is slightly wilted and has the
stomata closed, are placed together between two pieces of
glass and the upper surfaces exposed to the bright July sun,
the one with the stomata closed gives off no water and wilts
no further while the turgid one with open stomata at the start
discolors the cobalt paper rapidly and becomes completely
wilted. This was found true in all cases investigated, viz.,
leaves of Tropacolum majus, Tradescantia zebrina, Pharbttis
hispida, Pelargonium zonale, Rhus cotinus. Rapid wilting
also occurs when freshly picked leaves are exposed to bright
sun in highly saturated air, while leaves which were first
slightly wilted so that their stomata are closed lose no more
water when exposed to the sun. Sometimes the stomata
would open again in the saturated air and then transpiration
would continue.

These experiments show that stomata do not close in sat-
urated air even though the evaporation from the leaf has led
to its complete wilting. They further indicate that as the
stomata open widest in bright sunlight and saturated air that
€vaporation under these conditions may be much greater than
we expect. Haberlandt’s observations on tropical plants‘
(viz., that they lose two or three times less water than plants
in Germany) may be even very short of the reality for plants
removed from the direct influence of the sun. On the othef
hand those exposed to the direct sun probably lose more that
Haberlandt found. Stahl found that many marsh plants and
shrubs in the damp tropical forests are unable to close theif
stomata. When exposed to dry air they dry up in a few
hours. It was also found in these cases that the loss wa |
|
|

]

*Haberlandt, G. Anatomisch-physiologische Untersuchungen iiber 43°
tropische Laubblatt. Sitzungsb. d. Wiener Akademie 101: 785-816. O. 189%

a a ea ee ee

1896.] Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 29

mostly through the stomata. A number of trees inhabiting
damp soil were also found to be unable to regulate transpira-
tion, viz., Betula alba, Alnus glutinosa, and various species
of Salix; also the shrub Hydrangea hortensis, so thoroughly
examined by Wiesner. 7?

“The ability to close the stomata, however, under condi-
tions unfavorable for assimilation is surely very common with
plants, which in their native locality frequently have to battle
with a transient scarcity of water.” An hermetic closing of
the stomata is especially common with plants whose vegeta-
tion is interrupted by long periods of rest. Cobalt tests made
October 20th showed a complete closing up of the stomata
in Buxus sempervirens, Mahonia aquifolium, and Zaxrus bac-
cata. They were still open in /lex aguifolium and Hedera
helix.

Evergreen leaves which have discontinued stomatory trans-
piration will not redden the cobalt paper even after they
have been exposed for a long time in a hot moist room to the
sun. For example vigorous branches of Buxus, Mahonia,
Ilex, Hedera, and Taxus were cut off in sunny frosty weather
Dec. 12th. The cut ‘surfaces were immersed in water and
the branches exposed in a moist atmosphere to the sun. The
cobalt test after three hours showed a loss of water only in
Ilex aquifolium. After eight days Taxus and Mahonia be-
gan to show loss but Buxus and Hedera still kept their stom-
ata closed. Of all these evergreens, Ilex is the one that suf-
fers first from the cold. Stahl confirms the earlier observations
that in colored autumn leaves the stomata are closed. He
agrees with Wiesner that the reduction in transpiration greatly
influences the defoliation of deciduous plants.

Il. Role of the stomata in the exchange of gases during as-
simtlation.

*Sitzungsber. der Kais. Akad. d. Wiss. in Wien. 96: 182-214. Je.-D. 1887.

30 The Batanical Gazette. [January,

Kreusler* has shown the great influence of the amount of
water contained in leaves on their assimilative activity.
‘‘While a complete saturation of the atmosphere does not in
itself seem unfavorable to assimilation, the latter may, on the
other hand, be considerably reduced by a dry atmosphere and
the subsequent powerful evaporation, long before the leaf
loses visibly in turgescence. Although it is well known that
starch does not represent the primary product of assimila-
tion® still its presence or absence may be used as a good com-
parative test. It was found that in thase plants which can
not close their stomata even after they are quite withered
starch was made, viz., in Rumex aquaticus, Caltha palus-
tris, Hydrangea hortensts, and Calla palustris. On the other
hand leaves with closed stomata made no starch. If the sto-
mata on a turgid leaf are closed with a mixture of one part

bleached bees-wax and three parts of cocoa butter (this mix-

ture is perfectly harmless to the leaf, does not melt below 40°
C. and is easily washed off with water) no starch will be found.

If the upper and not the under side is coated there will be no
noticeable decrease in the amount of starch formed. The au-_

thor concludes that under ordinary conditions the main gas
exchange is through the stomata and that through the cuti¢-
ularized epidermis is very small incomparison. This is true
even in very young leaves. When the cuticularized surface
is scratched or cut, allowing the entrance of CO,, starch will
be formed by the cells receiving CO, through the wound.
When the air around the leaves contains about 5 per cent:
CO, a sufficient amount passes through the cuticularized walls
to make a large amount of starch.

Ill. Prejudicial effect of an increased amount of salt in the
substratum on assimilation.

th
mung agebl
der Naturforscher-Versammlung zu Strassburg 1885: ; ;
*Brown & Morris, A contribution to the cdasnabitey cua physiology of folis#?
leaves. Jour. Chem. Soc. Transactions London 63: . . :
*°Schimper, A. F. W., Botanische Mittheilungen aus den Trope?. im”
Indo-Malayische Strandflora. Heft 3. 1891.

q
i

1896.] Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 31

He considers the reduced transpiration as a guard against ex-
cessive accumulation of salt. Stahl goes on with the work
for non-halophytes where Schimper left it. He cultivated
corn plants in normal solutions with and without 5 per cent. so-
lution of cooking salt; also plantsin soil, some watered with the
salt solution and others with well water. Inall cases he found
that the plants given the salt solution stopped developing in
a few days, while control plants kept on developing. It was
found that there was no starch or sugar present in the plants
watered with salt solution while it was plentiful in the others.
In a few hours after watering with salt solution the stomata
were closed, and the cobalt test showed very little evapora-
tion, even in sunlight. When these plants with the stomata
closed were exposed to an atmosphere containing several per
cent. of CO, they were able to make starch. he presence
of sodium chloride in any part of the plant may be demon-
strated (according to Schimper) by the use of a saturated
aqueous solution of thallium sulphate on tissues freed from
air. Crystals of chlorothallium will appear in cells contain-
ing the salt. The crystals are black by reflected light. In
this way Stahl found that the sodium chloride passes into the
epidermal cells but not into the guard cells of the stomata.
This, of course, explains their closing.

Leaves of Alisma Plantago, Menyanthes trifoliata, and
Lilium candidum were allowed to absorb thallium sulphate
(which does not cause the closing of the stomata for some
time at least). After allowing transpiration to go on for some
time, the chlorothallium was precipitated with calcium chlo-
tide. It appears first and most strongly in the guard cells,
showing, as Stahl thinks, that there is a current of water in
this direction caused by the loss from the guard cells. Later
the salt appears in the other epidermal cells also.

Now in regard to the halophytes, it is well known that they
thrive perfectly even with large amounts of salt in their tissues.

he reason for this as far as the cells themselves are con-

Shows, however, that these plants do lose large amounts of
water and that all these arrangements for the reduction of
transpiration are as far as possible to take the place of the
lack of the power to close the stomata, so common in marsh

32 The Botanical Gazette. [January,

plants. In this case, Stahl considers that the staying open
on the part of the stomata has to be accepted as a ‘‘neces-
sary evil” in order to grow in a substratum that renders the ©
development of other plants impossible on account of the
closing of the stomata due to the salt.

IV. Closing remarks.

The closing remarks of the paper are especially interesting
because they give more clearly the author’s ideas on several”
important questions.

He points out in the first place that the power to open and
close the stomata has been of great value in the evolution of
plants, in that it gives them the power to grow ina much
wider moisture range. Those which have not this power can
grow only in extremely moist places. |

He goes on to say that the fact that transpiration repre-
sents a usual accompaniment of assimilation has been undet-
stood in different ways. Some look upon it as a necessary
evil, while others (especially following Sachs) recognize in it
an important physiological function, whose significance lies
in the fact that it enables a continuous supply of water con
taining mineral nutriments, to reach the assimilating cells.

he opposite opinion has been expressed in a most efm-
phatic manner by Volkens and is based (in his case) on the |
astonishingly many sided arrangements for the protection of
desert plants against loss of water.

In support of the first idea Stahl states that in numerous
domestic and especially tropical plants, various arrangements
exist which can be explained in no other way than that they
are used in transpiration. Many plants are, of course, able
to rid themselves of an excess of water in some other way, ®
by water pores; but still there are many which have no water

ores. Here it is transpiration alone which carries off the
water from the leaves and makes room for afresh supply Co™
taining nutritive substances. He thinks the importance of
transpiration may also depend on the fact that it promotes the
distribution of mineral nutrients. He agrees with Sachs
sentence that ‘‘the organization of the land plants is only
comprehensible when we bear in mind the indicated purposé
of the waterstream.” While inthe desert and prairie plants,
there are many water-saving devices, on the other hand,
the shade plants and those growing in the dampest tropical

3

eR aa NIBP COB HORN LN APES LENET

1896. | Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 33

countries there are modifications, according to the author,
‘that only become comprehensible to us when we sufficiently
value the great importance of transpiration.”

The first of these is the spongy parenchyma, which is es-
pecially fully developed in plants growing in moist, shady
places and in the dampest tropical countries. The many
branched cells, bordering on large intercellular spaces, facili-
tate evaporation. Polypodium setigerum is a good example
of a tropical plant of this kind. It is made up almost entirely
of spongy parenchyma, bordering on very large intercellular
spaces.

In his article on rain fall and the shape of leaves,!! Stahl
concludes that the principal use of the draining of the leaf
surface was to promote transpiration. The author promises
another paper containing more complete discussion of the
adaptations for transpiration.

In this connection I will call attention to what Dr. H.
Schenck!? has to say in regard to the development of spongy
parenchyma in shade and especially in water plants. He
does not consider it in any way as a means of facilitating
transpiration, but on account of the less intense light it is
necessary in order to increase the surface as well as the num-
ber of working cells which may be exposed to CO,. This
latter view it seems to me is most probably the true one.

_Although Stahl holds firmly to the notion that transpira-
tion is of great physiological value to the plant, yet the facts
which he has observed may be readily interpreted the other
way. In spite of some uncomplimentary things which have
been said about this paper by a foreign reviewer, *® it is one
of the most suggestive and helpful articles on transpiration
which has appeared for several years.—ALBERT F. Woops.

B “’Stahl, E., Regenfall und Blattgestalt. Annales du jardin botanique de
uitenzorg 11; 98-182, p/. 5-12. 1893.
137° Biologie der Wassergewachse 7-9. Bonn, 1886.
Jensen, H., Botan. Litteraturblade —: 149-152. 1894. [Copenhagen. ]
3—Vol. XXI.—No. 1

BRIEFER ARTICLES.

Distribution of prickly lettuce in the United States.—Among tht
weeds of recent introduction in America the prickly lettuce, Lactucs
Scariola, ranks next to the Russian thistle in the rapidity with which
it has spread to new localities and in the completeness with which it
has occupied the area infested. Its range almost equals that of the
Russian thistle, extending from ocean to ocean, and from southerl
Minnesota to northern Texas. It is most abundant in the region from
western New York to eastern lowa. There is a wide area from Mon
tana to Mexico, including the Rocky Mountains and the westerl
plains, from which it has not been reported. It is present in the

reat Basin in Utah, Idaho, and Nevada, and west of the Cascades and
Sierras in Oregon and California.

The first record that we have of the presence of this plant in Amer
ica is a specimen now in the Harvard herbarium collected at Cam
bridge, Massachusetts, in 1863. In the fifth edition of Gray’s Manual
(1867) it is said to be found in “waste grounds and roadsides, Cat
bridge, Mass.” Aside from this there appears to be no farther record
of it until 1877, when it was collected in St. Louis, Missouri. Fro@
1878 to 1883 it was reported from at least twenty-two localities
states bordering on the great lakes, many of these reports appearing
in the GazeTTe for those years. It was introduced in Salt Lake CilJ
as early as 1880. During the subsequent decade comparatively Jittle
was written about it. In 1894, however, it became so abundant as to
attract attention in many parts of the country. Hundreds of requests
for the identification of this species were received by the experimen!
stations and by the U. S. Department of Agriculture. Surviving !®
spite of the dry weather which prevented other vegetation from gro¥
ing, the prickly lettuce became the most abundant and conspicuous
weeds in many places where it had never been noticed before. Th*
alarm caused by the prickly lettuce in 1894, was due in part, doubt
less, to the fact that it was often mistaken for the Russian thistle
During the season of 1895, just past, both the prickly lettuce and the
Russian thistle have been better known and less has been heard fro®
either of them, although the practical work of destroying them has
been carried on with more vigor than ever.

In some localities the prickly lettuce is less prominent than it wee
last year. Instances are known where a few plants were noticed thé

[34]

1896. ] Briefer Articles. 35

first year; the following year they were abundant and large; the third
year they were very abundant and smaller; the fourth year other veg-
etation began to choke them out. Insect or fungus enemies may have
aided in subduing them, but there are no observations confirming this

The accompanying map indicates the localities in which prickly let-
tuce has been found, so far as known to the writer at the present time,
October 30, 1895. The circles represent localities from which speci-
mens have been examined. The crosses represent reports of localities
Not yet confirmed by specimens.

_This note is published for the sake of obtaining further informa-
tion about the distribution of the plant; therefore, botanists and others
Whose attention may be called to it are specially requested to forward
to the writer information regarding other localities where it has been
found, or where it has been introduced and afterward exterminated.—
Lyster H. Dewey, Washington, D. C.

A curious coincidence.—The leaves of several India rubber plants
(Ficus elastica), growing inthe Massachusetts Agricultural College
greenhouses, are considerably disfigured by the attacks of Leffostro-
mella elastica Ellis. This fungus produces large, ashy grey, dark-bord-
ered spots on the leaves, of a definite and usually oval or elongated
form. On these light colored areas the perithecia break out in mi-
hute black dots. The effect is very noticeable on the dark green leaves
and would seem to be most characteristic and unmistakable. When

36 The Botanical Gazette. [January,

therefore I observed in the same house a leaf of a banyan (Picus reli-
gtosus) spotted in precisely the same manner, so far as could be seen
with the naked eye, there seemed to be little doubt that the disease
had spread from the one species of Ficus to the other. The leaf in
question was disfigured by the characteristic light colored, dead area
surrounded by a dark border and dotted over with apparent perithe
cia. Microscopic examination however showed that these were not per
thecia of Leptostromella but were clusters of hyphe and spores of :
species of Macrosporium. Farther investigation showed that the spol
on the leaf was probably a burn, as greenhouse plants are often burned
ina similar way bythe heating pipes and by the sun. The spol
caused by Leptostromella look very much like such burns. On this
dead area the macrosporium developed in many minute clusters and
thus produced a remarkably exact imitation—-RaLpH E. SMITH, 4a
herst, Mass.

Two new species of Idaho plants.—Dr. J. H. Sandberg, in 1892, col
lected two rosaceous plants quite distinct from all their near relatives;
one a Fragaria, the other a Rosa. The generic characters are so pre
nounced and so well-known by all botanists that it is superfluous t
enter into long detailed descriptions.

Fragaria Helleri, n. sp.—Aspect and leaves of F. vesca, but flower
ing stems weak, 1 to 2 long: the large light rose-colored flowers 15
to 2™ in diameter nodding on curved pedicels: scattered hairs amovg
the superficial achenes: ripe fruit not collected. |

Rosa Macdougali, n. sp.—Stem with few epidermal spines or fi
quently none: infrastipular thorns none: leaves and size of flowe®
nearly as in &. /uctda: flowers solitary at the ends of short lealy
branches: fruits densely spiny.—By the last character this plant is al
once distinguished from all other North American roses.—JOHN ™
HOLZINGER, Winona, Minn.

CURRENT LITERATURE.
Natural History of Plants.

The completion of Oliver’s translation of Kerner’s “Natural His-
tory of Plants”! has been very prompt, and continues the excellent
typographical work and illustrations of the preceding parts, which
have been reviewed in this journal (20: 327.) The subjects treated in
the present parts are styled “the genesis of plant offspring,” and “the
history of species.” Under the latter title the subdivisions are “the
nature of species,” “alternation in the form of species,” “the origin of
species,” “the distribution of species” and “the extinction of species.”
These broad subjects are treated in the author’s usual interesting style,
and a large amouni of useful information is brought together. Inthe
first part of the second volume, however, in considering the subject
of fertilization and fruit production, we are treated to several surprises.
The author is very full of pleasant information concerning the general
subject of pollination, and treats it with a fullness apparently out of
all proportion to the other subjects, but of this we do not complain,
for Kerner is at his best when treating of ecological subjects. But
when fertilization and the fruit are considered? the first impression is
that the ancient date of the German text has to do with the presenta-
tion. Such is not the case, however, for so recent a thing as chala-
zogamy is discussed, and a closing chapter on alternation of genera-
tions is modern and proper enough; so different, in fact, from the body
of the work, that it seems as if written by an entirely different author.
Where the organs and processes of reproduction are spoken of in de-
tail, there seems to be no conception of recent morphology; in fact
the phanerogams and cryptogams stand wholly unrelated; the pollen
grain contains the “fertilizing substance” and is the equivalent of the
antheridium; the ovule finds its morphological equivalent in a bud;
the male fertilizing substance passes by osmosis to the “ooplasm;” and
Soon. The term “fruit” is not that of ordinary usage. It is defined
as “a structure which is the product of fertilization, and at the same
time constitutes the first step towards the renewal of the fertilized
plant.” At the same time the term archegonium is discarded and

*KERNER Von MarILaun, ANTON: The natural history of plants, their forms,
Feat. reproduction, and distribution. From:the German by F. W. Oliver.
ol. II, Roy. 8° pp. iv + 983. pl. 9-16. figs. 189-482. New York: Henry
Holt & Co., 1895. $7.50. :
€ also on this part Professor MacMillan’s criticisms, p. 20. The reviewer
Wrote en re. S.

tirely without knowledge of this paper.—
[37]

'

38 The Botanical Gazette. [January,

“fruit-rudiment” or “amphigonium” used in its stead, antheridia and
fruit-rudiments being the usual association of terms. The archego-
nium, that is “fruit-rudiment,” is said to be a multicellular sheath about
the oogonium, and still it is the fruit-rudiment that is fertilized and
develops into the fruit. It seems that the “fruit” of moss, which is
the embyro of the sporogonium, develops “brood-cells” (the spores), —
and yet “it is best to look upon the formation of fruit as being com-
plete as soon as fertilization has taken place; from this moment the
ooplasm must be considered to be an embryo, and its envelopes to be
fruit coats.” Just what the conception of “fruit” is in the authors
mind the reviewer has failed to discover. “The tissue produced from
a macrospore in the Se/agine/l@ has been compared to the ovule as it
occurs in the phanerogams” is certainly a curious statement, as also
“these two (polar nuclei) approach one another at about the moment
of fertilization.” Evidently the author has a theory of fertilization
and fruit formation to work out, but it is so at variance with our cut
rent notions of morphology that it seems to result in utter confusion
How such a presentation is made consistent with a short account of
alternation of generation given at the close of the volume is inexpli-
cable. In this account the cumbrous ideas and terminology are aba
doned and archegonium, gametophyte, and sporophyte appear in log
ical order throughout the whole series of plants, including the phan
erogams. In his preface to the chapters on reproduction the autho!
assures us that “hitherto the subjects of fruit-formation and of the al-
ternation of generations in their relation to the history of plants have —
remained unrecognized and unelucidated. In one of the following
sections of this volume an attempt will be made to solve this great
mystery.”

In spite of the strange presentation of fertilization, the book re
mains, as was stated in the outset, a most valuable summary of ecole
gical facts and a model of interesting style in presentation.

Minor Notices.

THE MOST RECENT “Contribution” from the Botanical Division of
the Department of Agriculture contains a report by John M. Coultef
and J. N. Rose upon Mexican Umbelliferze, mostly from Oaxaca, be:
ing based upon collections of C. G. Pringle and E. W. Nelson. SP®
cial attention was given to the group by these collectors, and the result
is that Oaxaca has been discovered to contain an unusually rich UY
belliferous flora. But ten species had been reported from that stal®
while the collections of Pringle and Nelson contain forty-two species
twenty-three of which are new. Among the new species, four new

1896. ] Current Literature. 39

genera are represented, although two of them (/Veogoezia Hemsley and
Deanea Coulter & Rose) have been published in anticipation of the
present contribution. The other two are named /Veonelsonia and
Coaxana. Species outside of Oaxaca bring up the number of new ones
described to twenty-seven. Altogether, this forms the most valuable
contribution to our knowledge of Mexican Umbellifere.

In addition to descriptions of new genera and species, and critical
notes upon the other species collected, there is a somewhat detailed
account of the topography of the stations explored, and a revision of
Museniopsis, a genus now far better understood, and containing at least
eleven species, the Mexican forms heretofore referred to Zu/ophus be-
ing included.

A second part of the “Contribution” is by Mr. Rose, who presents
new or noteworthy plants from Mexico and the United States, includ-
ing descriptions by Baker fil. and Cogniaux. The contribution also
contains twelve plates.

AN EXCELLENT experimental and critical study of some of the fungi
parasitic upon insects has been made by Mr. Rufus H. Pettit, of Cor-
nell University. The material for the study was largely found in the
vicinity of Ithaca, N. Y., and yielded a number of new forms and spe-
cies. In all cases the fungus was transferred from the insect on which
it was found to nutrient media. Several media were used, but more
especially agar and potato. The forms studied were Cordyceps clavu-
lata (Schw), Ellis on scale insects of the genus Lecanora C. militaris

-) Lk., C. melolonthe (Tul.) Sacc. on a white grub, the larva of the
Lachnosterna, /saria farinosa (Dicks.) Fr. on an arctiid cocoon, 7
fenuipes Peck on pupe of species of arctiids, 7. anisoplia Americana
n. var. on wireworms, Agriotes mancus, /. anisoplie (Metch.) received
from France, 7. densa (Lk.) Fr., also from France, /. vexansn. sp.,on a
larva of Lachnosterna, Sporotrichum globuliferum Speg. on a carabid
beetle, on chinch-bug and on a vespa, and S. minimum Speg. on a
black ant of the genus Camponotus. A bibliography of 76 numbers
sappended. Eleven good plates illustrate the gross and minute
Structure of the fungi, and the appearance of the artificial cultures.
The paper is a valuable contribution to our knowledge of insect para-
Sites and to the possibility of using them to arrest their destructive
increase,

A CONTRIBUTION from the National Herbarium, just published, pre-
Sents a report on a collection of plants made by J. H. Sandburg and
ee ee

B (Perr, Rurus H.—Studies in artificial cultures of entomogenous fungi.
ull. Cornell Exper. Station. 97: 339-378. pl. 1-11. July, 1895.

40 The Botanical Gazette. January,

made by Mr. John Holzinger, assisted by specialists in various groups.
The region of northern Idaho is one of great botanical interest and
has been of late years contributing many novelties. A few species are
described, not so many perhaps as were expected, but many of the
plants are of great interest. Asa matter of nomenclature it may be
worth while mentioning a new Cardamine which is described as C.
Letbergit and figured as C. Sandbergii. Just which of these names has
the “right of way” may be a question.

THE FOURTH PaRT of John Donnell Smith’s “Enumeration of Gua
temalan Plants” has been issued. In this enumeration not only are
Guatemalan plants included, but also numbers from other republics of |
Central America. The list is printed to accompany the distribution
of sets, and represents the work of several American and Europeat
botanists. Following the list are reprints of these descriptions and
thirteen Meisel plates. Captain Smith cannot be too strongly com-
mended for his vigorous development of our knowledge of Central
American plants, to which he contributes largely of his time and
means.

OPEN LETTERS.

Terminology of the inflorescence of grasses.

carinate, but a large number are rounded. There can be no possible

Mimicry of fungi in insects.
Professor Farlow! has evidently overlooked the description of the
mimicry of fungus spots on the wings of Kallima which is given by
es 207 and 208. Although he does not
Pag the fungus LE AL ig gives the essential facts as stated by
- Farlow.—R.

*Bor. Gaz. 20: 547. 1895.

[41]
4~-Vol. XXf Ne

NOTES AND NEWS.

Dr. G. LacERuEIM of the Botanical Museum of Troms, Norway,
has been made professor of botany, and director of the Botanical In-
stitute of the University of Stockholm, Sweden.

Mr. GEORGE Hatey writes us that he has discovered Lycopodium al-
pinum sabinacfolium at Chatham, N. H., alt. 3,500%, and inquires
whether any other station has been reported for it in the United States.

Mr. Gro, E. Davenport asks us to say that the story’ of Prof. D.C.
Eaton having been led to interest himself in ferns through the young
lady who afterward became his wife is untrue, as he learns from Mrs.
Eaton herself.

Prof. GEORGE Lawson of Dalhousie College, Halifax, N. S., died
Nov. roth. He published many papers upon the flora of the maritime
provinces, partly printed in the Proceedings of the Royal Society of

88.

Canada, of which he was president in 18

T A RECENT meeting of the Linnean Society (Nov. 7th) Mr. C. T.
Druery exhibited a specimen of Scolopendrium bearing antheridia
and archegonia upon the fronds, said to “constitute a more advanced
phase of apospory than any previously noted.”

A WISCONSIN correspondent of Garden and Forest (Nov. 27th) gives
some details as to the supposed poisoning of horses by Solidago. The
case is not proved against Solidago, but the genus is under suspicion.
As to the species suspected there is no intimation.

Professor E. L. GREENE has determined the dates of issue of Nut-
tall’s Composite, a matter of considerable importance in matters of
priority. He publishes his results in Zry¢hea (Dec.) as follows: pages
283 to 356 were published in 1840; pages 357 to 455, in 1841.

Sw. and A. acul, Moritzianum.

THE SPOT DISEASE of orchids, which disfigures the leaves, has been
studied by George Massee (dan. Bot. 9: 421), and found to be due
to small drops of water on the leaves at the time when the plants are
chilled. The histological appearances resemble those caused by the
so-called Plasmodiophora of the grape.

Mr. A. A. HELLER has just returned from a nine months collecting
tour in the Sandwich Islands. Nearly the entire period was spent 02
the islands of Kauai and Oahu. His collection contains thirty thou-

ee — eat. *2ss collection contains thirty (i
— his sketch of the life of Prof. D.C. Eaton in this journal. 20: 36
1895.

[42]

Sree TES on 20” ey TCT

Ge ee ee ee

1896.) Notes and News. 43

sand specimens and includes about one thousand numbers. At least
a score of new species have been secured.

Mr. Bruce Fink has published (Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. State Univ.
lowa) a list of Iowa lichens, the first attempt, so far as we know, to
enumerate the lichen flora of the state. Some interesting generaliza-
tions are also made, such as: “Of the 196 forms listed, g2 were found
von on Si 57 only on rocks, 2 on wood and earth, and 3 on rocks
and earth.”

1s to be hoped that the needed encouragement will be obtained from
British botanists, and the Gazetre sends its best wishes to its trans-
Atlantic colleague.

R. H. Marsuart Warp, professor of botany in the Indian Engi-
neering College, has been elected professor of botany in the Univer-
bad Cambridge. Dr. Ward’s admirable researches on the coffee-
Sease of Ceylon, the root tubercles of leguminous plants, the action
of light on bacteria, etc., have made his reputation world wide, and
i aoe botanists will be glad to know that the botanical department
ambridge is to have a vigorous head.

ie BARTRAM BOTANIC GARDEN in Philadelphia, possibly the oldest
fd in this country, and certainly the most famous, has recently been
paced in charge of the botanical department of the University of

pennsylvania, It has already been considerably renovated and ex-
Pee by Professor Macfarlane. The garden became a part of the

of city parks some time since, and all financial responsibility,

Si as the general care and protection of the grounds, rests with
Patk commissioners

ioe GARDEN scholarships in the Missouri Botanic Garden will be

One of ra Dir ector of the Garden, prior to the first of April next.

informa the Director not later than the first day of March. Further

St. Pring may be obtained of the Director, Dr. William Trelease,

T .
Gao. RANGE of greenhouses in the botanic garden of Smith
With hinge just been completed. It includes an experimental house

toom attached, and cool temperate, succulent, warm tem-

44 The Botanical Gazette. {January.

modern improvements. Smith College is thus well provided with the
essentials for the furthering of this part of her botanical work.

atter with two, Aispida and chilensis. It is surprising to note the in- —
discriminate reference that has been made in previous publications.

known); (3) the ovule clothes itself with an intecument, as in /ug/ans
and Myrica, porogamy; (4) central placenta wah pent 08
reetlag (6) Betula; (7) Uimus, an intermediate condi-
th tk tween porogamy and chalazogamy; (8) typical angiosperms
n the development of dicotyledons two lines of descent have manl-

the Coniferz; the Casuari : ; “i
from the Cycadez. nex from the Gnetacee; the monocotyledo

a

niet linia

Oe ee ee

BOTANICAL GAZETTE

FEBRUARY, 1896.

Contributions from the Cryptogamic Laboratory of Har-
vard University. XXX.

New or peculiar aquatic fungi, 3. Blastocladia.
ROLAND THAXTER.
WITH PLATE III,

In the two preceding notes on aquatic fungi reference has
Several times been made to a paper by Reinsch! in which,
among other interesting forms, he describes the curious genus
Blastocladia ; including the single species B. Pringsheimiz,
which, as far as the writer is aware, has not been again ob-
Served. The genus has since been wholly ignored by system-
Placed among the doubtful Saprolegniex. . Fischer in
Bets Comycetes* includes it among the genera of this group
which are doubtful or to be excluded, while Schroeter in his

ies of the genus Rhipidium, as was formerly
The uncertainties which have sur-
Gdleiientas, « ve been in part due toa lack of exact knowledge
the pla a3 't, and in part to the truly anomalous character of
tins . “ee which occupies a distinctly isolated position

N sinigad aquatic Phycomycetes.
° withstanding the fact that it has remained unknown for

fungj : “xperience to be one of the more common aquatic
8h Occurring in almost every locality where it has been
jPringsheim’s
benh. K

flanzenfam, 93: 103. 1893. [I Th., 1 Abth.].
pa segs . de France 24: 2271877. °°
ol. XXI.—No, -.

46 The Botanical Gazette. [February,

sought for, both in the vicinity of Cambridge and of Kittery
Point, Maine. The present note therefore is based on the
examination of very abundant material from widely separated
localities, which illustrates by an almost unbroken series the
wide range of variation for which this plant is remarkable.
In general terms the fungus may be described as consisting
of a highly developed unicellular main axis (‘‘Hauptstamm’)
more or less clearly differentiated, which may remain simple
or become distally variously branched, and is attached by
copious rhizoids to the substratum on which it grows. The
branching of this axis may be sub-umbellate or irregularly
dichotomous, while the branches themselves may be in turn
several times more or less irregularly branched, varying
greatly in size, habit and appearance. The axis if it is simple,

rule more or less abruptly swollen distally into often well de-
veloped heads from the surface of which are produced, ter-
minally or sub-terminally, the organs of reproduction, as well
as certain peculiar sterile branchlets which will be mentioned
subsequently. In some branched forms, however, this ter-

themselves to the inner surface of the wall of the terminal en
largement of the axis already mentioned, they were said [

° "Diese Zellchen legen sich an die innere Schl ~
auchwandung an, durchbrech™
Nees der Beruhrungsstelle mit der Schlauchwandung cnavacheeie:
= ran des >chiauches und kommen auf der Aussenseite der Schlaueh
wandung als kleine Hékerschen zum Vorschein.’’—Reinsch 1. c. 292.

1896.] Aquatic Fungi. 47

truth of this, in itself improbable, supposition of Reinsch.
Although they are somewhat peculiar from the fact that they
stain readily, and permanently retain their form and charac-
teristic appearance after the plant has been crushed and its
contents scattered in the surrounding medium, there seems
no ground for the belief that they are anything more than
masses of fatty protoplasm, as would naturally be inferred
from the fact that they may be present or absent according to
the character of the nutrient substratum. The variation in
size of such masses in a given individual is usually extreme,
some appearing as mere minute granules, while others nearly
fill the terminal heads. In no instance, moreover, has the
writer seen one which seemed in any way to connect itself
with the formation of one of the buds which develop into re-
productive organs.
he zoosporangia first make their appearance as papille
formed at or near the extremity of the axis or of its branches,
which are soon cut off by septa as independent cells (fig. 4,
at the left) and soon increase in size, assuming the form char-
acteristic of the mature sporangia. The latter vary very
greatly in shape and size, so that any one who chanced to
nd the extremes of variation without knowledge of inter-
mediate forms would hardly hesitate to separate such varie-
ties as distinct species; especially in view of the fact that vari-
ations in the sporangia are often associated with differences
almost as extreme in the form and size of the resting spores
4S Well as in the general habit of the mainaxis. From slender
elongate nearly cylindrical zoosporangia (fig. 2) to much
shorter and stouter (fig. 3) or even broadly oval forms, every

ee a general uniformity in their size and shape. They
its “aig in considerable numbers on a given tip, usually at
ath uaa but sometimes also in small numbers laterally be-
to and when mature the contents divide into a very large
is f &r of zoospores, while a thickened papilla of dehiscence

medat the apex (fig. 10). Finally this papilla, as it be-
hla deliquesce, is pushed off by the mass of zoospores
ing . soe the latter make their escape one by one, swarm-
uall — immediately, The empty sporangium wall event-
and the a Ppears, leaving a circular scar where it was attached,

€ is thickly studded
With er of exhausted plants is thickly stu

48 The Botanical Gazette. (February,

The zoospores are peculiar in appearance and can readily
be distinguished from any similar bodies known to the writer
by the characteristic disposition of their contents. In general
form they are oval or elliptical and are, at least in many
cases, biciliate; the two cilia arising side by side from the
smaller end of the spore. In some instances it has been
found impossible to make out more than a single cilium even
after the zoospore was stained; but the presence of two (fig.
11) has been determined definitely in so many cases that this
number may be considered as typical. The nucleus is very
large and sub-triangular in outline, its base connected with that
of the cilia by a fine strand of granular protoplasm. In front
of the nucleus lies a broad and distinct mass of granular pro-
toplasm while small groups of granules occur here and there
around it in the otherwise nearly clear cytoplasm. In gen-
eral appearance they are not unlike the zoospore of Gona-
podya, but may always be distinguished by the form and po-
sition of the nucleus and the evident connection of the lat-
ter with the base of the cilia. As the fungus developes,
growing as it almost invariably does in tufts, it forms the cen-
ter of a dense mass of bacteria which finally choke the spo-
rangia completely; so that as arule only those first formed are
able to discharge their contents. Asa result the zoospores
commonly die without escaping; the remains of their large
nuclei just mentioned filling the sporangia, as is indicated
in the central sporangium of fig. 3. These dead nuclei were
taken by Reinsch for the zoospores themselves and are repre-
sented in his plate xvI, fig. 8.

Associated with the sporangia are often found numerous
slender filaments which arise as buds ina fashion exactly sim-
ilar to that by which the former are produced. They are
very slender, simple or irregularly branched, without septa,
and often greatly exceed the sporangiain length (fig. 2). In
a majority of cases, however, they are wholly absent oF
undeveloped (fig. 1 at the right) and they seem to bear no
definite relation either to the sporangia or to the resting
conidia. They seem to be quite sterile and although Reinsch
suggests that they may be antheridia they are probably with-
out definite function, and are certainly not male organs.

The resting spores, already referred to, and described by
Reinsch as doubtful oospores, do not as a rule make their ap-
pearance until some time after the sporangia have been de-

1896.] Aquatic Fungt. 49

veloped; in other words the former are characteristic of the
earlier, the latter of the later conditions of the plant. In or-
igin these spores correspond in all respects to the sporangia;
arising as buds from the surface of the swollen extremities of
the axis from which they are soon separated by a septum. As
they mature they usually assume a more or less oval form, be-
come very thick walled and when ripe fall readily from their
attachment, leaving a circular scar. The mature spore has two
walls, an outer, thin and even, and an inner, thick and curiously
Modified, so as to present the appearance represented in fig.
12, when viewed in optical section. Whether the character-
istic markings figured are really pits, as they appear to be,
can hardly be definitely determined without an examination
of an absolute section of the wall, and such a section has not
been obtained. The surface view of these ‘‘pits” is repre-
sented by the circular outlines shown in fig. 13. Several

tinued for more than a month. In form they vary almost as
Much as the sporangia; being in some cases quite spherical,
with a small papilla of attachment as in figs. 8 and 9, in oth-
~s Nearly oval with a broad base as in fig. 7, or long piri-
‘es There is, however, a notable tendency in
given plant to produce resting spores of a given form even
fe fe 8 this form is ‘an unusual one.

in naturally suggested the possibility of the existence
rst but ¢ gatherozoids similar to those found in Monoblepha-
Poa Sag is certainly only one kind of sporangium, and
all cases €rozoids in reality existed, it would be, in almost
from th tee impossible for them to perform their office
form «oct that, by the time the resting spores begin to

50 The Botanical Gazette. (February,
|

Among the material collected in one locality near Kittery
Point, numerous plants were found bearing peculiar sporangia,
proportionately much larger and more nearly oval than the
ordinary forms, many of which contained large well defined
rounded masses of protoplasm which at first suggested the
presence of oospheres; but further examination showed them
to be early conditions of the resting spores of a species of Ro
zella parasitic on the Blastocladia, which, when mature, be
came spherical, thick walled, and echinulate.

The position of the genus among related forms is vey
doubtful, and although in habit it resembles Rhipidium, whik
its zoospores recall those of Gonapodya, there is no reasol
for believing that it is at all closely related to either of thes

|
.

ing apparently the erection of a special family for its recep”
tion.

In addition to the material of B. Pringsheimii obtained,#
second and much less well defined species was found in com
pany with it ina single locality at Kittery Point. In tM!
form the resting spores are less highly differentiated, thougt
produced in greater abundance, and resemble thick wallet,
sporangia, slightly modified in form. There can howevet be
little doubt of the correctness of the generic reference of the
plant, which may be characterized as follows: 4

Blastocladia ramosa, nov. sp.—Main axis nearly cylia
drical, attached to the substratum by rhizoidal divisions
its base; above copiously branched, irregularly or sub-dichot
omously, the branchlets producing terminally and sub-t!
minally sporangia and resting spores. Sporangia broa@’
oval, bluntly pointed, 30x15u. Resting conidia terminal
bluntly rounded gradually narrower towards the truncate ba
about 30X11. The whole plant 260 to 600p high, its mal
axis 14 to 204 in diameter.—On submerged twigs, Kittel
Point, Maine. Plate III, figs. 14-16. oe

This species has been found in only one locality grow"
with B. Pringsheimii and other forms in a small pool I
sphagnum bog, and occurred in such small quantity that |

was unable to observe the escape of its zoospores; since”

i
UM ERE

1896. ] Aquatic Fungt. 51

the material examined, the zoosporangia were comparatively
rare. In all cases the resting spores were formed in grea
profusion and seemed constant in form though somewhat vari-
able in size. Their walls, though usually distinctly thick-
ened, are never as conspicuously so as in the larger species,
and might very properly be spoken of as conidia; since, in
many instances, even after they are detached, their walls do
not appear to be much thicker than those of the sporangia. I
have never seen an instance, however, in which one seemed
to have discharged its contents like the normal zoosporangia.
The species is an insignificant one, and would not have been
described without further observation, had it not possessed a
pti interest in connection with its more highly developed
a

For convenience of reference a description of B. Pring-
sheimit is appended, no measurements of this species having

een previously published.

BLASTOCLADIA PRINGSHEIMII Reinsch.—Main axis simple
or several times successively branched sub-dichotomously
sub-umbellately or irregularly, the free extremities usually
but not always distally swollen into more or less well defined
terminal heads. Reproductive organs, sporangia and non-
sexual resting spores, produced terminally and sub-terminally
and often associated with slender sterile filaments branched
or simple and similarly produced. Sporangia long cylindrical
to long oval, more commonly more or less pod-shaped, pro-
ducing very numerous biciliate zoospores. Resting spores
formed like the sporangia, spherical, oval, or long piriform,

Zoosporangia 150X254 (50X25—225x18u). Zoospores

about 7x 5u. Resting spores 50x 30-75 x 44yu.—On apples

and other decaying vegetable matter in ponds and ditches.

Vicinity of Cambridge, Mass., and Kittery Point, Maine. On

eccaying apples in water, Germany (Reinsch). Plate III,
gs. I-13.

Cambridge, Mass.

52 The Botanical Gazette. [February,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.
enprpia sani ga Reinsch.

Fig. 1. Single plant of large size showing rhizoids; sub-dichoto-
mously branching axis with fatty bodies in its contents; sporangia, many
of which are empty (two bgeioad Shs zoospores); young resting spores
and two see branchlet

Fi febenting two heads with long perce sporangia,
some of them éapty, and long sterile branchlet |

n older simple plant with larger “ape masses and mature
resting aac four of the sporangia empty the other two filled with
the nae! of dead zoospores.

Mature resting spore 7 sz/u; at the left a young resting spore —
just senerated as a bu pt bis surface = the head.

Fig. 5. Mature resting spore, surfac
Fig. 6. Small plant; the habit and the. aad of the resting spores un:
usual.
Fig. 7. Abranch of the same enlarged, with single terminal resting
s

Fig. 8. A page irregularly branched with spherical resting sports
‘ ae 2. Two resting spores of the same, that at the right seen in op

ical section.

ig 10. Sporangium just before the discharge of zoospores showing —
papill

ig. 11. A single zoos
Fig. 12. Optical bate of wall of resting spore
Fig. 13. Surface view of a portion of wall of resting spore.
acute ise Thaxter.
Fig. 14. General abit of pla
ig. 15. A asc branch with two sporangia (one of them empty)
and six resting spore
Fig. 16. Two renihe spores showing relative thickness of wall.

g. The original figures were drawn with the pion appros:

Magnifications in 5 ig ers, ray rig been reduced abo ne-third bf

photolithography. pe Pe fr , X90. Figs. 4, 5, 15, 16, 7
0. i et2, 13x ais

Michael Schuck Bebb.
WALTER DEANE.

WITH A PORTRAIT.—PLATE IV.

critical mind. He was a true student of nature. Accus-

turned to botanical studies and in particular to the willows.
_ His early training peculiarly fitted him to deal with a sub-
ject that required most careful and patient work both in the
= and in the study, and he treated that most difficult genus
Saliz with a master mind. Mr. Bebb won a well-deserved
‘*putation as the leading salicologist of this country and
Europe, and his valuable contributions to science will remain
‘Sa permanent memorial. Within the past few years our
tanks have been sadly depleted by the death of many of the
older botanists, men who wrought at the foundations of sys-
tematic botany in this country, and to whom the younger
g€neration owes everything. Our friend was one of these.
unostentatiously, and with unremitting labor he did
tok; and with sad but grateful hearts we pay our tribute
° his memory.
te year 1789, Edward Bebb, the grandfather of the sub-
down tee notice, in company with his young bride floated
eae € Ohio river in a flat-bottomed boat to start their new
tee us Butler county, southern Ohio. The story of their
Rivinn 7. a romantic one and deserves special mention.
dome ye ebb was a Welshman and, on leaving his old home
he ae before, to fight his way to success in the new world,
Roberts % ind him a young girl, a native of Wales, Margaret
for her ee whom he was engaged. He intended to return
little & s when he had secured a home. There was but
"munication between the two countries in those early
[53]

54 The Botanical Gazette. (February,

days, and as some years passed by and Edward Bebb was not
heard from, Mr. and Mrs. Roberts thought that he had for-
gotten their daughter, and she was persuaded to marry a
young clergyman.
The newly married couple sailed for America, but on the
voyage misfortune came upon them. A cargo of copperas —
which the ship had taken on a previous trip had poisoned the
water, and this unhappy circumstance caused the death of |
Margaret’s husband and many other passengers. When the |
ship reached Philadelphia, the young widow made her way to
her brother’s home in Johnstown, Penn., doubtless intending
to stay there till she could return to her native country.
Meanwhile Edward Bebb, seeing his way clear to return to
Wales for the maiden whom he had not seen for so long, had
actually started on his way. His route lay through Johns-
town, and there the lovers met. They were married, and
over a hilly country they walked for eighty miles to Pitts-
burg, whence they floated down the Ohio river to the home
which Edward had been faithfully preparing. For three years
he had been a pioneer in the Miami valley, in southwestem
Ohio, clearing up his farm and building his two-storied house
of hewn logs. :
In 1802, William Bebb, one of three children, was bora.
As a baby he ‘‘was often entrusted to the care of the Indian
women,” belonging to the friendly Miami Indians who had 2
camp near by, ‘‘and swung from a bough with the rest of the
pappooses.” His early life was spent on the old place. Af
rived at manhood he conducted a successful boarding-school,
less than a mile from his old home in the same county, andit
was during this time that he studied law and was admitted t0
the bar. He married Sarah, the daughter of Michael Schuck,
a German, and by her he had five children, one of whom wa
Michael Schuck Bebb. |
He was born on December 23, 1833, in the school building, ©
and was named for his grandfather. In later years he ©
scribed his birthplace thus:—‘‘There was a brick building with |

two-story barn-like structure for dormitory, and a separatt
schoolhouse. Besides, the older boys had log cabins which |
they built for themselves and to which they could retire fof
quiet study or for little suppers of their own which were prob-

ably not so quiet!” |

1896. ] Michael Schuck Bebb. 55

Shortly after Michael’s birth, the school was closed and in
1835 the family moved to Hamilton, the county seat, a few
miles distant, where Mr. Bebb wished to practise law. He
had already become a very successful lawyer, as was attested
by the comfortable house and ample grounds which they now
occupied. Here Michael’s boyhood was spent, and here be-
gan his first love for botany. ‘The pleasure grounds, vege-
table and fruit gardens,” he writes, ‘‘occupied four acres
There were four acres more of pasture for the horse and cow,
and in addition to this four acres of Morus multicaulis with a
cocoonery. ‘‘The garden was laid out in old-fashioned geo-
metric style; the borders well filled with rare shrubs and per-
ennials, Holland bulbs, and, I am happy to add, native plants
as well.” If we add to this a well-stocked greenhouse, twenty
by one hundred and fifty feet in dimensions, we can readily
understand how Michael early acquired a passion for the study
of the plants about him.

He attended a private school, did a boy’s share of work
on the farm and in the garden, and enjoyed the companion-
ship of the head gardener, whose practical talks on horticul-
tural subjects made a great impression upon him. In later
years he spoke with great fondness of this time, and he
always dwelt very tenderly upon the influence of his mother,

a fair-haired, comely, serene woman, who had almost the
entire care of the social, moral and home life of the family of
five children.” On the occasion of her death in 1892, he
biting “It was the closing of a long and useful life. Two
‘alts in her character were so predominant as to be at once
wo by every one with whom she came into personal
Scien first, an unswerving conscientiousness; second, a
as erful placidity of demeanor.” It is when we know of
: Influences as these that we can understand the genial

ature and the true love for home and family that were so
Prominent in Mr. Bebb.
Wises : father’s library in Hamilton were many books on
this eee more or less botanical in character, but it was
in No the influence of his uncle, Evan Bebb, a merchant
ew York city, that his father received some volumes re-
ie 4 Purely botanical subjects. These were a cont
Which in a Natural History Reports of the State of New in ,
later & ¢ uded the two volumes of Torrey’s Flora. A little
merson’s Trees and Shrubs of Massachusetts was added

.
”»

56 The Botanical Gazette. [February,

to the collection. Young Bebb seized upon these with

g
avidity, for before this, as he himself says, he did not know
that there was such a thing as a text-book or introduction

to the study of the science, with a key by which the young

student might trace the genera and species, and learn some-
thing of their relationship.

Mr. Bebb was about sixteen years old at this time, and by
these valuable acquisitions, an added impulse was given to
his pursuit. He quickly found the key to families and

enera. He had never seen anything like it before, and
then for the first time he recognized its use and its value.
Here was order and system. ‘‘Going out into the garden,’
he says, ‘‘I broke off a branch of a native shrub the common
name of which was familiar, and easily traced it to Viburnum
Lentago. This threw me into a perfect fever of excitement.
I rushed out for fresh material with which I was equally suc-
cessful.” The way was now clear, and he quickly became
familiar with every tree, shrub and herb about him. He
started a little herbarium on sheets of quarto size, preparing
the specimens as nearly as possible like the plates in the
books he was studying, and drawing on the sheets the flower
and fruit analyses. He had no idea that a fruit of any size,
such as that of Echinocystis, could be pressed. We must not,
indeed, despise the day of little things. From this small be-
ginning and as a direct consequence of it, sprang the splendid
herbarium of later years.

In the meantime Mr. Bebb’s father had become actively
engaged in polities. Inthe presidential campaigns of 154°
and 1844, he figured prominently as a zealous Whig, and 10
1846 he was nominated for governor of Ohio on the Whig
ticket and elected by an overwhelming majority. Governor
Bebb declined, however, a second nomination and decided
to withdraw from public life. Purchasing a tract of land em-
bracing five thousand acres in the Rock river valley, in Win-
nebago county, northern Illinois, one hundred miles north-

Michael, at this time a boy of seventeen years
ful vigor and enthusiasm, took quite a different course.
assisted his brother-in-law in driving a herd of Short-horn cat:

we
ee

1896.] Michael Schuck Bebb. 57

tle into the state of Illinois. Here was certainly a novel ex-
perience. The distance was four hundred miles, and a new
flora was constantly opening out before him, giving him fresh
delight each succeeding day.

he new home to which we are now introduced was to be
the scene of important botanical labors. The boy botanist
was to become a trained and skilled veteran, and his efforts
were to be concentrated upon his favorite specialty. The es-
tate consisted of beautiful, rolling, prairie land, ‘‘well watered,”
he says, ‘‘by cold, clear, spring-fed brooks, along the banks
of which, where the water courses had given partial protec-
tion from prairie fires, were fine, open groves of oak.” Th
house, built after a design by Charles Downing, was con-
structed of lumber hauled from Chicago, and was fifteen miles
distant from the nearest town. The virgin prairie filled our
young friend with eager delight. ‘‘Ah!” he writes, ‘‘that was
lovely beyond description, and a perfect paradise for the out-
of-doors botanist.” His cup was full and running over with
Joy when he came into possession at this time of four stand-
ard books, Wood's Class Book of Botany, Gray’s Botanical
Text Book and Manual, Torrey and Gray’s Flora of North
America, and Gray’s Genera IIlustrata. Imagine the feelings
oa young botanist, longing for the proper kind of system-
atic instruction, on receiving at one and the same moment
such a collection as this. But it was still five or six years
more before he was to know the advantage and the keen
Pleasure to be derived from personal acquaintance with fellow
otanists, and the consequent interchange of ideas as well as
exchange of specimens.
gene the early years of the family life at Fountaindale,

. nal, besides working on the farm and studying the na-

ve

the

nue he was attending, Dr. George Vasey, then living at
iN8wood, Illinois. The acquaintance soon ripened into a

Sedges, a
the first
bo

Says of this event. Such enthusiasm belongs to the
, anist. ‘I cannot tell how rich this made me. I spread
“ Specimens out over the floor, over the chairs, over the

|

58 The Botanical Gazette. [February, —

piano. I gloated over them. Here were some of the very
things from ‘Oneida Co., N. Y.,’ mentioned in Dr. Torrey’s
Flora! What rare and valuable authentic material!”

In 1857 he was married to Katherine Hancock at Barre,
Massachusetts, and it was shortly after this that the whole
family moved away from Fountaindale, and for a few years
Mr. and Mrs. Michael Bebb lived in various parts of the state,
in Odin and Salem, southern Illinois, and in Springfield. At
these places he made extensive collections of plants. In 1859
he made a trip east and derived fresh inspiration from meet-
ing Dr. Asa Gray. At Springfield, Massachusetts, he at-
tended a meeting of the American Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science, where he met the eminent botanists of
the day, and he returned home with new and enlarged ideas
as to what to do and how to do it. Nobody was more ready
to profit by the advice and experience of others.

Meanwhile Mr. and Mrs. William Bebb after leaving Foun-

taindale went to Knoxville, Tennessee, where Mr. Bebb prac-

tised law and interested himself in a Welsh colony which was
starting in the mountains of eastern Tennessee. At the out-

it was a period of intense botanical delight and activity with
him. He quickly became acquainted with the leading s¢i-
entific men of the city, joined the Naturalists’ Club, collected
plants eagerly during his hours of leisure, carried on a large
correspondence with the botanical world and made copious €*
changes. He soon became the intimate friend of Mr. William
M. Canby, and his many letters to this well-known botanist

vations. He paid special attention to the difficult genus Ju™
cus and illustrated his notes by careful drawings of detal’s

|
|

1896, ] Michael Schuck Bebb. 59

This material he afterwards handed over to Dr. George Engel-
mann for his revision of that genus. He numbered among his

Bebb married Anna E. Carpenter of Providence, Rhode

A few weeks after their marriage they left Washington and
Went to Illinois. | Mr. Bebb’s father, being at this time in
ashington and not desiring to return to Fountaindale, had
iicred the estate for sale, and Mr. Bebb, who had always
longed to realize the ideal life of acountry gentleman, bought
the old homestead with its acres of rich prairie land. Finan-
“ally the undertaking was not a success, and in 1873 he
thought seriously of selling the place, owing to the ‘‘large in-
flux into the west of a foreign population and consequent over-
Production of farm staples” which had destroyed farming ex-
cept for those willing to work with their own hands for smali
bet His pecuniary affairs, however, took a turn for the
etter soon after, and he decided to remain where he was.
a his life in Fountaindale was a checkered one. He was.
mata, t© contend against every discouragement for many
a the midst of his ardent pursuit of botany. During
a and afterwards, when his health began to fail, in all
um en on the farm and among his plants, in all his_tri-
and ® and in all his disappointments, he was ever sustained
fice rouraged by the constant devotion and ready self-sacri-
this wife. She cheerfully and lovingly took upon her-

60 The Botanical Gazette. [February,

self almost the entire care of the household, brought up a

family of nine children, and yet found time to take a deep in- ©
terest in her husband’s botanical work and be his constant aid. ©

To her is largely due the success which he attained as an emi-
nent salicologist.

It was about the year 1873 that Mr. Bebb gave himself up
to the special study of willows. He had shown a growing in-
terest in this subject for some years, and at this time was cor-
responding with Rev. J. E. Leefe, the British authority on
Salix. Even as far back as February, 1861, he wrote ‘‘Salix
is my pet genus if I have any special preference.” No decided
inclination, however, was shown in this direction till now. It
is interesting to note the circumstance that led him to de-
vote himself heart and soul to this group. He tells the story
briefly in his own fascinating words. ‘Within gunshot of
the house was a charming bit of lowland prairie upon which
flourished the most diversified wild growth of willows I ever
saw or heard of—my school in the study of this genus.”
This lay along a creek and was entirely undisturbed by culti-

vation. Mr. Bebb guarded it with jealous care, and in this”

school, with nature for a teacher, he learned how to unravel

many a knotty problem. He soon became an authority, and

in 1874 he was asked by Dr. Asa Gray to contribute the Sal-
ices to Brewer and Watson’s Botany of California. It was in
this year that he published in the American Naturalist his
first paper on willows, entitled “A new species of willow (S.
laevigata) from California, and notes on some other North
American species.”

In a letter to Dr. Gray, dated January 3, 1873, Mr. Bebb

speaks of his longing for spring that he might set out his sal

icetum. This plantation of willows grew to large proportions
and was of the greatest value to him in his studies. It cov

ered an extent of two acres and was composed, Mrs. Bebb |
says, ‘‘of rare and varying forms of our native willows, which |

were sent to him by correspondents, and also a fine collection of
European willows sent by Dr. Hooker from Kew.” The labo
and care expended in collecting, planting and tending this
willow garden can hardly be overestimated. In May, 1875
he writes that of one thousand cuttings sent him from Kew
all came up successfully.

It was in 1858 that he laid the foundation of his herbariu™

and by 1873 it had assumed very large proportions. It con-

|

‘

1896,] Michael Schuck Bebb. 61

sisted of about 15,000 species, illustrated by over 30,000
specimens. For fifteen years he had enjoyed a liberal ex-
change with the best collectors, and his special effort had been
to illustrate the Gray Manual Flora, each species showing, as
far as possible, flower, fruit and root, with marked varieties
and geographical range. Besides these he had valuable addi-
tions from Europe and Southern Africa, and all these speci-
mens he mounted himself with loving care. The specimens
of his own collecting were of the finest quality, and were al-
ways an object of admiration to those who possessed them.
He still carried on his wide botanical correspondence, and in
1878 he began to publish in the BOTANICAL GAZETTE various
notes on willows, and this he continued to do till 1891. These
consisted of six papers, entitled ‘‘Notes on North American
willows,” besides special observations on individual species.
In this same year, 1878, he published the willows in Roth-
tock’s Botany of the Wheeler Report, and in 1880 appeared
his work on the willows in the Botany of California. In 1880
Nils J, Andersson, the eminent Swedish authority on the
genus Salix, died, and Mr. Bebb stood without a rival at
ome or abroad. Every important collection of willows
: through his hands for determina-
tion, and not the least valuable portion of the work left be-
hind him are these plants authentically named and scattered
herbaria both here and in Europe.

_ Life in Fountaindale, however, at last came to an end, and

cue but, a few years later they sold the place, where Mr.
a had lived so long and had done so much valuable work
pe de that the very words willow and Fountaindale
boncn 1S be associated with each other. A practical farmer
Ought the estate, and truly did Mr. Bebb mourn the fate of
in th The wild growth of willows, his school
and © study of that genus, ‘‘was speedily grubbed, drained

seeded down,” he relates sadly. ‘‘The plantation of wil-
cost meso much in care and outlay, was
pital place to feed steers, and enclosed by a high
sb hag Ce. The teams drove along between the rows.
biielt er was thrown off on the bushes, and the cattle fol-
ter naa 4 at their leisure, with an occasional bite of bit-
distres Ow for tonic and stimulant.” Even in times of deep

Aes he could show his fine sense of humor.
Vol. XXI.—No, 2

62 The Botanical Gazette. [February,

During the first few years of his life in Rockford, Mr. Bebb
was as active as ever in his botanical pursuits, and in 1880
he attended the meeting of the American Association for the
Advancement of Science at Portland, Maine. He had been
present at the meeting of this society in 1872, at Dubuque,
Iowa. In the winter of 1880 and 1881 he issued his first
fascicle of Salices. These consisted mainly of specimens from
plants either growing naturally at Fountaindale or set out in
his willow plantation. Any herbarium is rich that possesses
this collection. His skill as a draughtsman is shown in the
beautiful drawings that accompany the plants. Mr. Bebb
fully intended and hoped to issue a second fascicle, and he
often referred to it in his letters, but various circumstances,
combined with ill health, unfortunately prevented. In the
autumn of 1885 he was seized with a severe attack of pleurisy
and he never after regained perfect health. His interest in
botanical subjects was still unabated, and he was enabled to
accomplish much valuable work. He published in the Budletin
of the Torrey Botanical Club, between 1888 and 1890, four
series of ‘‘Notes on the White Mountain willows,” and in
1890 he contributed the Salices to the sixth edition of Gray’s
Manual. His correspondence from this time until his death
is full of the charm of a graceful letter writer. He was al-
ways interested in all the questions of the day as well as in
all branches of science. At one time he pursued with great
zeal the study of conchology and made quite a collection of
shells, and he acquired a good knowledge of entomology and
geology, fully realizing the importance of their bearing on the
study of plants.

Mr. Bebb was of a retiring nature, and most of his time if
Rockford was spent in the privacy of his family. To his fa
miliar correspondents his letters were always full of charming
pictures of home scenes, and by many he will be affection-
ately remembered not as the botanist merely, but as a loving
and devoted father. During a great deal of this time he was
well enough to enjoy heartily the various festivities that the

years brought round, and I cannot forbear giving his account —

of a Christmas scene in December, 1889. ‘‘From early mort
when the youngsters came tumbling down stairs before it w4S
yet light to explore the depths of their stockings, until late

in the evening when the last member of the family put out

the lights and went, rather tired withal, to bed, we had one ®

ee ae

1896. ] Michael Schuck Bebb. 63

just the merriest, happiest Christmases imaginable. Not a
ripple of discontent to mar the enjoyment of the family fes-
tivity. The children were hilarious and the old folk serenely
content. The demon of misfit, who stalks abroad at this sea-
son, Overcoming some good, kindly, well-intentioned souls,
happily brought not a single one of our friends under his bale-
ful spell. On the contrary, many a little gift was rendered
thrice welcome, because it at once recalled some wish ex-
pressed months ago and forgotten, save as loving remem-
brance on the part of others carried it on to the joyous sea-
son of good-will to all.”

Adjoining his house was a small garden, and this was al-
ways his great delight. He worked in it constantly and kept
it well supplied with hardy shrubs and perennials, many of
Ww ich he secured from the Arnold Arboretum. His herba-
rium which is estimated to contain about 50,000 specimens,
besides the willows, was still his constant thought. Though
during his life in Rockford he was unable to add much to his
general collection, he kept up his Salix herbarium to the very
last. His willows filled two walnut cabinets, about three by

Greene published in the Bulletin of the California Academy
of Science the genus Bedbdia, native to Southern California and
‘zona, with the following inscription: ‘‘The genus is
‘dicated to Mr. Michael S, Bebb of Rockford, Ill., an able

ae ‘st to whom all students of the science on the Pacific
S$

Of California.” In 1889 Prof. L. H. Bailey created the va-

Carex tribuloides Wahl. var. Bebdiz, common to the

did joueh naturally shrinking from public notice, Mr. Bebb

64 The Botanical Gazette. (February,

years he was a member of the school board and he assisted
largely by his energy and wisdom in raising the public schools
to their present high standard. For eight years he served on
the library board. In 1888 he bought a piece of land in
southern Wisconsin on the shore of the Lauderdale lakes and
built a small house, where for eight successive years the fam-
ily spent their summers in rest and retirement. In this way
Mr. Bebb avoided the summer heat and there he did some of
his best work on the willows. He built with his own hands
a lapstreak boat large enough to take all the family, and he
was never tired of being rowed about over the clear water.
August 9, 1888, he writes, ‘‘At the extreme west end of
Middle lake are a number of immense springs probably the
outlet of some subterranean communication with other bodies
of water. They vary from ten to one hundred feet in depth,
and to float over them in a boat gives one a strange impres
sion, as if suspended in mid-air. The water is beautifully

Harbor, Florida. He enjoyed his stay there for three mont
and, before returning home, spent two weeks in Demorest. —
His last trip south was with his wife in January, 1895. They
kept house for three months in Demorest, but unexpected cold
weather rendered this visit unsuccessful, and Mr. Bebb w4
glad to get home.

ae In June, 1895, he published the willows of the Peary Aux
iliary Expedition in Bulletin V of the Geographical Club
Philadelphia. With this exception he had not published af)" _

1896. ] Michael Schuck Bebb. 65

thing since 1891. His last contributions to the subject were
now soon to follow. He devoted himself to work with a good
deal of energy in the summer of 1895 toward finishing some
notes which he had promised to Garden and Forest, and near
the close of the year he published in these columns five series
of ‘Notes on some arborescent willows.” Mr. Bebb assisted
in the forth-coming volume of Sargent’s Silva by selecting the
material from which Mr. Charles E. Faxon drew the willow
plates, and by criticising the sketches which were all sub-
mitted to him.

During the past year, however, consumption had set in and
his strength was failing fast. His summer at Lauderdale had
brought no improvement, and it was decided to pass the win-
ter in San Bernardino, California. He started with Mrs. Bebb
November 2d, full of courage and hope, and he even formed
plans of going on with the task which he had at heart. He
was not able, however, to touch any botanical work, but con-
stantly grew weaker. Mr. and Mrs. Samuel B. Parish were
unremitting in their kind attentions and helped to brighten
the last moments of the sick man. At last on the morning
of December 5, 1895, Mr. Bebb passed quietly away sur-

ite Kerr, his pastor, conducted the ceremony and spoke
Cautifully of Mr. Bebb’s life and work. His six sons bore
Im from the house, and he was laid to rest in the West Side

of years and
ee be the basis of future work. Mr. Bebb by his character
ability honored the science with which he was so long

Nentified, and he will always be remembered as a botanist of
€ highest rank
Cambridge, Mass.

; BIBLIOGRAPHY.
List of

Rois, ing ants Occurring in the northern counties of the state of Illi-
Ill. Agr Gition to the catalogue given by Dr. I. A. Lapham. Trans.
—— Soc. 3: 586-587. 1859.
some othe ies of willow (S. laevigata) from California, and notes on
* North American species. Am, Nat. 8: 202-203. 1874.

66 The Botanical Gazette. {February,

Hoe ar? apply pressure in making botanical specimens. Bot. Gaz.
:

Satis Barley Anders. a native of the northern states. Bot. Gaz.
8:

__silices. In Rothrock’s Botany of the Wheeler eer 240-242.

older name for S. Co rita Anders. Bot. Gas o 1g0-192. 1879.
Salices. In Watson, Bot. Calif. 2: 82-9
on botany nevertheless (nsedd: ines). Bot. Gaz. 6: 298-

"Note on Salix Sitchensis and its affinities. Bot. Gaz. 7: 25-26. 1882.
A note from Emesby (fsewd. Emesby). Bot. Gaz. 7: 27-30. 1882
Receitiy introduced plants in and about Rockford, Ill. Bot. Gaz.

be Setar" 1882.

Salix flavescens Nutt., var. Scouleriana. Bot. Gaz 129. 1882.
More about Rafinesque. Bot. Gaz. 8: 191-192.
Soe popular botany (pseud. 7 Ae gat ade ted Bot Gaz. 8: 209-

210. I

The ise basket. Bot. Gaz. 9: 48. 1884.

Salices. In Coulter’s Man. Rocky Mt. Reg. 334-339. 1885.

sa macrocarpa Nutt., not of Andersson. Bor Gaz. 10: 221-223.

5:
Willows (Salix). Bot. Gaz. 11: 136-137. 1886.
yA mistaken estimates made by amateurs. Bot. Gaz. 18: 63

64.

White Mountain willows. I-IV. Bull. Torr. Bot. ia Lic oe
121-125. pl. 8 aes lc sae 39-42. 1889.—III. 1. c. 16: 21
215. 1880-_IV. 14 49-1

49°54. pl.g. 18 89.—IV. 1G Bs 115-117 1889. —V. lc. 15: tf
g0.—VI. A review of the willows of Galifornia. Li “t6: 102-108.
Willow galls. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 16: 22- —23. 1889.
Some queer botany. Bot. Gaz. 14: 136. 1889.
Salices. In Gray, Man. ed. 6, a 1890.
Gaz

1895.
Notes on some de lead eae of Soe: “America ica V. Gar-

Notes on our Hepatice. IV.
The genus Fossombronia.
LUCIEN M. UNDERWOOD.

_ Among the genera of the Jungermaniales the present genus
's perhaps the only one in which the spore markings have
been used as specific characters. The older hepaticologists

European species and as this was done before the right recog-
nition of species obtained there, we have a complicated tangle
of misapplied names to unravel.

n order of sequence the following species have been re-
ferred to our flora by various authors

evidently a species of Fossombronia as first pointed
out by Sullivant in 1845. While it probably represented F.
frveclata, our most common species, there is no means at

© has figured is teally F. foveolata.

1869. Austin published* F. cristuda from New Jersey and
Spec. F]

1
: Fl. Am. Sept. 25. 1821.

tMosetlleg no. 277. 1845
(ed, 2) = and Hepatice of the Eastern U. S. in Gray, Man. 691. 1856.

4 .
Proc. Phila Acad 1869; 228. 1869
[67]

68 The Botanical Gazette. [February,

Androcryphia longiseta from California and Texas, giving F.
longiseta Aust. MS. as a synonym for the latter.

2. Austin issued four species® as follows: F. longiseta
no. 118, F. angulosa, no. 119, F. pustlia, no. 120, and F.
cristula, no. 121

1875. Lindberg incommenting on Austin’s exsiccatzx® rec-
ognizes nos. 118 and 121 as good species, the former allied
to F. cristata and the latter to F. foveolata of Europe. With
no. 118, he says, a second species occurs (the Texas speci-
mens) which he briefly characterizes under a name (Ff. Texana
Lindb. MS.). No. 119 he asserts is not F. angulosa as known
in Europe, and he briefly characterizes the sterile specimens
under the MS. name of F. sa/ina Lindb. No. 120he refers
doubtfully to F. foveolata but later? refers it to this species
with more positiveness.

1876, ustin described® F. Macouni from Canada (Port-
age La Lochs, lat. 57°), and F. Wrighti¢ from Cuba (the
latter based on material distributed later in Hep. Cubenses
Wrightiane as ‘‘F. pusilla”), and briefly characterized the
Texan specimens (originally included in F. longiseta and
named F. Texana by Lindberg) under the name of F. Cubana
(Gott.) Aust., including with them material collected in Cuba
by Charles Wright which had been named by Gottsche and
were afterwards distributed in Hep. Cubenses Wrightiane as
‘F. pusilla, var. Cubana G.”

The above species represent all the material that was known
to me when the compilation was made for my descriptive cat-
alogue of species.® It is fair to state that at the time of
publication of that paper Lindberg’s publication noted above
was not known to me.

- Underwood and Cook issued?° specimens of F. Du-

morttert‘. as no. 47. This species had previously been cited

® Hepatice Boreali-Americanz.

* Hepatice in Hiberniz lectz. Acta Soc. Scien. Fern. 10: 533- 1875.

7 Rev. Bryol. 12:39. 1885.

* Bot. Bulletin (now Bot. Gazette) 1: 36. 1876.

* Bull, Ill. State Lab. Nat. Hist. 2: 1-133. 1884.

1° Hepatice Americanz, dec. V-VI. N 1885. a
he name of this species here given cannot stand under the present rules
nomenclature as it was based on a nomen nudum and that issued in exsiccaté.
Lindberg's original name, therefore, must hold. The synonymy of the species
is as follows::

FOSSOMBRONIA FOVEOLATA Lindb. 1873. :

Codonia Dumortieri Hueb. et Genth. Deutschlands Lebermoose i?
getrockneten Exemplaren xo. 80. 1 37; name only.
Fossombronia Dumortieri Lindb. Not. pro F. et Fl. Fenn. 13: 417. 1374

1896, ] The Genus Fossombronia. 69

as American by Lindberg (Drummond, Musc. Amer. II. no.
163 from Louisiana),

1892. Underwood reported'? F. cristata from Indiana.
From a study of the herbarium material at hand we appear
to have the following species:
I. F. ANGULOSA (Dicks.) Raddi. Mem. della Soc. Ital. di
Mod. 18: 4o. 1818.
Cuba, Wright; Florida, Underwood; Alabama, Under-
wood; Texas, Thurow. The specimens issued in Hep. Amer.

loicous.

2. F. CRISTATA Lindb. ‘tapud Soc. pro F. et Fl. fenn. die
6th Dec. 1873” Not. pro F. et Fl. fenn.. 13: 388.
1874.13

Indiana, Underwood; Ohio, Werner.
3. F. CRIsSTULA Aust. Proc. Phila. Acad. 1869: 228. 1869.
New Jersey, Austin; Distributed in Hep. Bor.—Am.
mo. 127,

4. F. FoveoLaTa Lindb. ‘‘apud Soc. pro F. et FI. fenn.
ay 6 Dec. 1873.” Not. pro F. et Fl. fenn. 13: 382.
1074.18

Maine, Rand; New Jersey, Austin; Delaware, Com-
mons, Fames ; Ontario, Macoun, Britton; British Columbia,

i also to belong here as is also the case with various sim-
F peccimens in exsiccatz. 14 Distributed in Hep. Amer. as
: Dumortieri, no
5. F, tA Aust. as syn. Proc. Phila. Acad. 1869:
228. 1

cindrocryphia longiseta Aust, 1. c.
Dist — ifornia, Bolander, Brandegee, Farlow, Parish, Howe.
* ss uted in Hep. Bor.~Am. no. z78, and in Hep. Amer.

6. mipeya Lindb. Acta Soc. Scien. fenn. 10: 533.
5:

12
Ind. Acad. Sci ‘
lay - Science 1891: 90. 1892.
are act 2¥€ been unable to verify the earlier citations of Lindberg. The species
in the second Paper cited, with illustrations of the spores.
» Alleg. no. 277. zo. Canadian Hepat.

70 The Botanical Gazette. [February,

F. Cubana (Gott.) Aust. Bot. Bulletin (now Bot. Gazette) 1:
6.

F. pusilla, v var. Cubana Gott., name only, in Hep. Cubenses
Wri
Cuba, Wright, Austin also reported it from Texas but
I have no means of verifying the reference
7. F. WRIGHTIT Aust. Bot. Bulletin pat Bot. Gazette)
Be:56. 3876.
Cuba, Wright.
SPECIES DUBI.
%.. ¥,, PUSILLA es ) Dumort. Recueil d’obs. sur les Jung.
Il. 18
This species so often alluded to in the above references
must be placed in the doubtful list as we are unable to cite 4
single fertile plant from any part of North America.
9g. F. SALINA Lindb. Acta me Oaeh fenn. 10: 533: 1875.
¥. angulosa Aust. Hep. 19; Rad
This species founded on sterile apkercdiia will wave to be
placed in the doubtful list unless fertile specimens can be
found. It is unfortunate that it was ever given a name!
10. F, Macoun! Aust. Bot. Bulletin (now Bot. Gazette)
1:36. 1876.

‘*Portage La Lochs, lat. 57°, Macoun.” I have seen 10 |

specimens of this species. Mr. Pearson writes me that n0
specimens exist in either of the parts of the Austin collection)
nor does Mr. Macoun, its collector, possess any specimens.

In order to facilitate the determination of our species 1 ap |

pend the following table with the more important characters
emphasized.
*Spores clearly foveolate or reticulate

sect ew or ee spores pale pretas 35-444)

paroi ‘ F. cristult |
Elaters guudaeas spores dark brown. |
Dioicous; spores 35- 40 with few reticulations;
elaters 220-250 F. one
Heteroicous; spores. 42- so) with more . numerous
reticulations; elaters 120-1352... ..-& foveolatt:

° Dumortier clearly intended to write ‘‘pusilla’’ at this reference. but yr
aiuinee typographical error he wrote ‘‘pumila’’ which happens to be Iso 08
of the species of the Linnaean genus Jungermania.

1896. ] The Genus Fossombronia. 71

**Spores spinulose-cristate, the crests only occasionally anas-
tomosing.

Dioicous.
Spores 29-40; elaters 160-300u . . F, longiseta.
Spores 50-60; elaters 135-200n . F. Texana.

Heteroicous; spores 29-404; elaters about 120p.
F. cristata.

**Spores verrucose, 53-56"; dioicous?) . . F. Wrightit.

Having never seen F. Macount I can only quote Austin’s
description of its spores: ‘Sports parviusculis subopacis den-
Sissime minutissime papillosts.” It would doubtless fall in
the table near F. Wrighti2.

It is hoped that collectors will send in material illustrating
more fully the distribution of this interesting genus. The
Species all grow in sandy or clayey soil, closely creeping, and

. or Sullivant’s Musc. Alleg. examine the species above
Noted for Spores and report any modifications necessary in

been figured in accessible works, e. g. Not. pro Fl. et Faun.
Fenn 13: pl. zr. and Rev. Bryol. 17: pl. 7. These include
iy. angulosa, foveolata, cristata, and pusilla besides other
Species not found in America.

Auburn, Ala.

Flowers and insects. XY.!
CHARLES ROBERTSON.

POLYGONUM Tourn.—For the present I withhold the ©
consideration of the mode of pollination and of the copious
special literature and contribute lists of insect visitors of the
two following species.

POLYGONUM PENNSYLVANICUM L.—The visitors observed
on nine days between Aug. 8th and Sept. 16th, are as fol-
lows:

YMENOPTERA—Afi ide: (1) Apis mellifica L. 8, ab.; (2) Bombus sep:
aratus Cr. 6; (3) B. americanorum F. 4y; P Ms inicus Oliv. sy, ab. |
(5) Megachile brevis Say 6; Aeleeniia: (6) Andrena mre Rob. 33()
Agapostemon radiatus Say 8; (8) Augochtora viridula Sm. ¢; (9) A
Ee Say 9; (10) Halictus fasciatus Nyl. 9; (11) H. pilos oh Sm. 9; (13)

confusus Sm. % (13) H. stultus a F EC ores (14) Polistes Le

ephus ribesii L as rericanus Wd., fre (34) Ktesogran
polita M ta Say; (36) Srictalis. tenax L.; (37) &
eus F.; (38) Tropidia quadrata Soe: (39) Syritta pipiens L.; £4 sil
ide: (40) Cis ter Immaculata Mcq.; (41) Jurinia smaragdina Mcq,
ab.; (42) J. apicifera WIk.; ; (43) Micropalpus fulgens Frowss
acitatiec 45) F. flavicauda Rile y; (46) Atr ophopoda me
ns.; Sarconke pies: (47, 48) Se aohac spp.; Mus : (49)

raphanayis sp., freq.; (50) iis caesar L.; (51) L. Pe ee + ; (52)

Liiboreei — Rhopalocera: (53) Pieris protodice B-L.; (54)
rape L.; (55) Colias phtodice a: 63) } Ehevisphaaas) thoe B.-L.; ($1
Pamphila ce ernes B.-L.; nee: = Heliothis armiger Hiib.; |
Scepsis fulvicollis Hiib.—

on jcus
DeGrs. hn RA Temiviane (60) Chauliognathus pennsylvan!

Patseaere HYDROPIPEROIDES Michx.— The followi"é
visitors were observed Aug. 30th and Sept. 20th:

*Contributions to an account of the ecological lations of the entomophilovs
flora og the anthophilous insect fauna 7 the neighnci thos of Carlinvill

{72}

1896. ] Flowers and [nsects. 73

HyMENOPTERA—A fide: (1) Apis mellifica L.,¥; (2) Ceratina dupla
Say 2; (3) Megachile brevis Say 4; (4) M. mendica Cr.?; Andrenide:
(5) Andrena solidaginis Rob. ¢; (6) Agapostemon radiatus Say ¢ 9; (7)
Halictus coriaceus Sm. 4, freq.; (8) H. lerouxii Lep. ?; (9) H. fasciatus
Nyl. 9; (10) Colletes armata Pttn. 3; (11) C. eulophi Rob. 4; (12) C. am-
ericana Cr. $9, freq.; (13) C. latitarsis Rob.9; (14) Prosopis pygmaea

Cr. 8; Vespide: (15) Polistes pallipes Lep.; (16) P. metricus Say; Zx-
menid@ : (17) Odynerus capra s.; (18) O. dorsalis F.; (19) O. arven-
sis Sauss.; Crabroni rabro texanus Cr.; trifasciatus

Say; (22) Thyreopus tumidus Pack.; (23) Anacrabro ocellatus Pack.;
(24) Oxybelus 4-notatus Say; (25) O. emarginatus Say; Philanthide:

ica Lep.; (37) Sphex ichneumonea L.; (38) Priononyx thome F.;
(39) P. atrata. Lep.; Pompilide: (40) Pompilus philadelphicus Lep.;
(41) P. algidus Sm.; (42) P. biguttatus F.; (43) P. navus Cr.; (44) Cer

cincta F.; Musillide: (47) Sphaerophthalma macra Cr.; Chrystdide:

i Holopyga ventralis Say; (49) Hedychrum wiltii Cr.; (50) H. vio-
ceum Brullé; (51) Chrysis texana Grib.; (52) C. nitidula F.

‘ WPTERA—Bombylide: (53) Systoechus vulgaris Lw.; Conopide: (54)
Onops brachyrrhynchus Mcq.; Syrphide: (55) Paragus tibialis FIl.;

ride: (70) Chauliognathus ennsvlvanicus DeG.; Chrysomelide: (71
nsonyeha limbicolis ao pallipes Cr.; octal ales (72) t useo.
tig PALUSTRIS L.—This is a low shrub blooming quite
‘iy resi 18th to April 13th, and bearing small greenish
of mage Owers which appear before the leaves. At the ends
ehctiat tanchlets are situated buds of about four hairy scales
leaf-bud » In Cases observed by me, three flower-buds and a
the bud he flowers are pendulous and are sheltered by
. scales which form a hood above them.

Ree a tube is about 5™™ long and is truncate, with ob-
the ovar es. The bottom of the tube is completely filled by
all the dd So that with a proboscis 4" long a bee may obtain
diets, €ctar, which I think is secreted by the tube. For the

ce of about 1™" from the ovary to the point where the

itt. 2, ve inserted the i : stint
itis Wider by tube is narrow. Above that p

74 The Botanical Gazette. [February,

style. The anthers are exserted about 2™ beyond the mouth
of the tube, the alternate ones being somewhat shorter. The
stigma is advanced about 2™ further.

In a bud which had just begun to open I found that the
flowers had the anthers reaching just to the mouth, but the
stigmas advanced 2™" beyond. The anthers were closed but
the stigmas were receptive. There was thus an appearance
of proterogyny, but it must be short-lived, for all of the other
flowers which I observed had the anthers dehiscent, the lar
ger ones, however, shedding their pollen first. The arrange
ment for cross-pollination is the simple one, common in pet —
dulous flowers, of the stigma being in advance of the anthers _
Pollination between flowers of the same plant may occur, but
I think there is little chance of self-pollination.

As noted above, the calyx has obscure lobes, and my & _
amination of early cases, in which the open mouths of the
tubes were crowded with the swollen anthers, leads me
believe that the abortion of the lobes is correlated with the
fact that the young flowers are protected by the scales which
form the common envelope of the leaf-bud and the flows
cluster.

The pendulous position of the flowers, the comparatively
deep, narrow tube, and the early blooming time convince m —
that the flowers are adapted to the smaller bees. The fol
lowing list of visitors, observed March 21st, confirms this
view:

HyMENoPTERA—A fide: (1 i - (2) C. tejonens®
Cr. g: (3) Osmia im the a ae ie é; Vndrtt
ide: (5) Halictus sp. 9; (6) H. zephyrus Sm. ¢; (7) H. confusus Sm.
(8) Augochlora labrosa Say 9; (9) Andrena rugosa Rob. ¢; (10) Collet
inaequalis Say é—all s.

EPIDOPTERA—WVymphalide: (11) Vanessa antiopa L.., s. of

EUPHORBIA L.—As in the case of Polygonum, 1 mt”
remarks upon the mode of pollination and references to the
literature.

EUPHORBIA COROLLATA L.—The stems grow from 6:8 |
10" high and are terminated by large umbel-like clusters with
white involucres which make it the most conspicuous ° of
Euphorbias. |

It was observed in bloom from May 24th to Sept. 27 .
The following list, consisting mainly of flies, on which Qe
plant seems to depend, with the exception of no. I, W% :
served on July 25th:

1896.) Flowers and Insects. 75

Dirptera—ombylide : (1) Anthrax alternata Say; Syrhpida: (2) Par-
agus tibialis Fll.; (3) P. bicolor F.; (4) Pipiza pulchella Will.; (5) Chry-
sogaster nitida Wd.; (6) Allograpta obliqua Say; (7) Spaerophoria
cylindrica Say; (8) Syritta pipiens L.; Zachinide: (9) Cistogaster im-
maculata Mcq.; (10) Miltogramma argentifrons Twns.; Muscide: (11)
Lucilia cornicina F.; (12) Cyrtoneura sp.

YMENOPTERA — Andrentde: (13) Prosopsis pygmaea Cr. 9; Pom-
pilide: (14 )Pompilus relativus Fox.—all sucking.

HEMIPTERA--Coreida : (15) Chariesterus antennator F., s.

SALIX Tourn.—The flowers of willows are dioecious and
entomophilous, but Warming (21) regards S. herbacea and
some other species as anemophilous in Greenland. In the
Alps, according to Miiller (15), S. Aerbacea secretes abundant
nectar and is visited by insects. Kerner (24) observed some
species to be proterogynous, with the result that at first they
could only receive pollen from flowers of other species and
consequently produced hybrids.

Sprengel (1) regarded the staminate catkins as being more
conspicuous than the pistillate in order that the latter might
thus be more likely to be visited by insects which had first be-
come dusted with pollen from the staminate flowers. While
tis a fact that the staminate catkins are more attractive to
insects, and, in spite of Bonnier’s (11) statements to the con-

ay, are more abundantly visited by them, it can hardly be
aint

than the others, | have often noticed that the catkins of

more brightly colored than in any of our species of Salix.
the a their readily accessible nectar and exposed pollen,
i catkins are especially attractive to the less specialized
i entd@) and to the flower flies (Syrphide) and in
dant of the cases given in the table these are the most abun-
Ex Suests, together forming a majority of all the visitors.
tl “Pt for the services of these insects there seems to be lit-
€ reaso
Sect groups, except the Ampide, have more species
fason. I suspect that, whenever a satisfactory
ts of a willow is made out, it will show a prepon-
Andrenide and Syrphida, unless there is some
in the insect fauna of the region.
Owing table gives the results of observations made

Peculiarity
he fol]

76 The Botanical Gazette. [February

in different regions in cases in which the insects have been
identified:

2 le 1 os <4
< & % r]
jal | jel &
a s| 2 6} js) al:
C8 Be foie
Sauix. REGION. OBSERVER. a = % |e # | 8 z x |e
25) E exlelslsl elk
2710 lO" |4/<|n| 0 6
cordata..... Illinois 49| 38 7| 8|28j21) 18) §
humilis ..... Illinois 24} 5] 3/20] 7) 9 7
cinerea ...
caprea .... Germany..} Miiller(6,12,17)..| 61] 52 g|t9|44|17} 16 !
aurita 2s
cinerea ..... Germany..| Loew (20)........ I I EL] Te efeeeefen
capreay.'3% Germany..| Loew (28)........ I! 5 «| 4{ta}..} Bee
aurita cies ermany..| Loew (20, 28)..... I 2 | alee) pene
nigricans Germany..| Loew (20)........ I I 1} Heels cenee
Wve. oe. ermany..j Loew (28). .......<|...- I |.cleafee) ee
amygdalina..| Germany..| Loew (28)........ I I]. eJeeees
amygdalina. .| Germany..| Miiller (12)....... 2 3). 0-6] 3] Aho oe
fragilis ..... rmany iiller (12)....... 2] al st} | 2f..fere
rmany..| Miiller (6, 17) 4-6) °° 3) 2 aie {
£2 Soke orderney| Verhoeff (26).....{ 7] 26) 2 4} 1| 6| 14 :
Early spp Flanders. .| Mac Leod (27) 15| 28) 5} 6|12) 3} 1
Late spp landers. .} Mac Leod (27 71 5}----| 13, 4 ee
ea. Ps Miiller (15, 17) E aie, AIA ae ip
reticulata Alps...... iiller (15) ears rl
as eek Alps......} Miiller a ESR rd atone @ I Il.alexherlereeeae
_ienenea ee

Those species which bloom before the leaves appear—@ i
the two following cases—are more abundantly visited becaus
they have fewer competitors, and because their flowers a
less concealed by the leaves.

SALIX CORDATA Muhl. blooms from March 18th to Apt
23d. On April 9-11th, 14th, 17th, 18th, and 2oth the follot
Ing insects were taken on the flowers: Osmis

YMENOPTERA—Afide : (1) Ceratina dupla Say ¢, Sy freq.; (2) ala .
= ides Rob’
on 8%, S.,very ab.; (5) N. luteola Lep. ,49 s., ab.; (6) N. luteoloides ar

m. 4, s.; (8) N. integra Rob. 39, s., ab.; 4”
de: (9) Andrena erpaecnunlee Reais 89, “4 and c. p., ab., in COP» (

“
~I
=
f>
“
a
oO
oc
pet
f
co
f
wm

d (I
i 49, s., ab.. in : b. 49, s. and ¢. Ps
A. illinoensis Rob. 69, s one cs eee abe 13 ye
Sm. 62, s., ab., in ¢ - Cressonii Rob. 4, 15) A . (8
b. 2, S.; (16) A. rugosa Rob. 82, S.; (17) rythronii Rob. Pe
A. forbesii Rob. 9, s.; (19) A hippotes Rob. 4, s.; (20) A. marl&

; 8.5 oat
s. and c. p., ab.: in cop.; (21) A. claytonie Rob. 9, s., ab.; (22) &\®
dibularis Rob. 4, s.; (23) A. pruni Rob. 8; (24) Panurgus? andrent”” =

1896, ] Flowers and Insects. 77

Cr. 8%, s., very ab., in cop.; (25) Agapostemon radiatus Say, s.; (26)
Augochlora similis Rob. @, S.; (27) A. pu re Say 9, s.; (28) Halictus foxii
Rob. %, s., ab.: (29) H. forbesii Rob. 2, s., (30) H. ‘lerouxii Lep. 9, s

95%; 2s,
sis Pttn. 2, s.; (36) Colletes saree be Say é, Vespide : (37) Polistes
neon riahe abate d@: (38) Priocnemis eth Say, s.; Jch-

e
Pumice Geen (44) Simulium sp. s.; Zmpide : (45) Empis oti-
osa Coq., s.; (46) Rhamphomyia gilvipilos a Coq., s.; Conopide: (47)
Myopa vesiculosa Say, s.; (48) M. pilosa Will.; Sordi id@: (49) Psi-
lota buccata Mcq.; ( 50) Chrysogaster pictipennis Will., ab.; (51) Chilo-
sla sp.; (52) Melanostoma obscurum Say; (53) Platychirus hyperboreus
8; (54) P. sor eas ak freq.; ‘ 5) Syrphus ribesii L.; (56
americanus Wd., ab.; (57) Sp Betis Bo cylindrica Say; (58) C al-
comyia aerea La; an Brachyopa vacua O. S.; (60) Eristalis aeneus
» ab.; (61) E. dimidiatus Wd., ab.; (62) E. transversus Wd.; (63) E.
flavipes Wlk.; (64) Helophilus similis Mcq., ab.; (65) Tropidia mamil-
a Lw,; Brachypalpus rileyi Will. is ab.; (67) B. frontosus Lw.,
we ab | ; (68) Xylota fraudulosa Ls ab.; (69) gor hy snes ds) -~ a-
rcophagide:
(72) Cyhomyia sp., ab.; Muscidae me Lucilia die F., ab.; yo tho-
de: ide: (75) Sca

8» ab.; Sciomyzide: (76) Tetanocera sp.; (77) T. pictipes Lw.; Zon-
On (78) Lonchaea sp.; (79) L. polita Say; " Sepside: (80) Sepsis ns ond
epee ies 1) Osci Sp.; MW. Rene (82) sp.—all s. or f. -

“eee punetes lis Say, freq.—all s.
EMIPTERA—Capside ; (87 ) Lygus pratensis e s.
si HUMILIS Marsh.—This species was observed in
°om from the 18th of March to the 21st of April. On
April 6-12th, 14th, 17th, 20th and 21st

Rob. 49,'s., fre (7) A. oe Rob. 4; (8) A. erythroni
nob. a (9) A. “cressonit os 8; (10) A. flavo- poe Sm. 6; (11) A
Say 9. - 8; (12) A. forbesii Rob. 9; (13) Agapostemon ‘radiatus
H. for 4 Augochlora pura Say 9; (1 Qo Halctus: 4 Rob. ¢; (16)
ab.; (1 ) ul Rob. 9; (17) H. coriaceus o:
ont 4 H. fasciatus Nyl. ¢; (20) H. confusus Sm. 9; (21) H. pruino-
Say $9, be (22) Sphecodes he ic Pttn. 2; (23) se Ce ee
hathy. 20,3 “chneumonide : ) Ie Denes funestu Cr.; (25) C oe
D. us hsibvien Cr.:
bicolor Br ms ab.;

IPTERA< : “ “ f
h yrphida : (29) Syrphus americanus Wd.; (30) Sphaero
Phoria engl Sa ae ‘ae aeneus F.; (32) E. dimidiatus Wd.,

78 The Botanical Gazette. (February,

ab.; (33) E. latifrons Lw.; (34) Helophilus similis Mcq., ab.; (35) Brachy:
palpus frontosus Lw., ab., Zachinide: (36) Gonia frontosa Say, ab,
Sarcophagide: (37) Cynomyia s)., ab.; AZuscide: (38) Lucilia caesat

.) (39) Lucilia cornicina F., ab.; Anthomyide: (40-41) Chortophila
spp.; (42) Hyetodosia 4-no
eg Mg., ab. i Sepside

S

pe Y

pyride: (46) Ellychnia corrusca L.; Chyrsomelide : (47) Orsodachm |
atra Ahr., ab.—all s. .

On the literature of Sa/ix see:
_(1) Sprengel, Das entdeckte Geheimniss 31. 437-8. 1793. _ 5. <apr
visitors, etc.—(2) Hildebrand, eedehivetiver-vectiell Gain bei den Phas
e I Diclinism.—(3) Axell, Om anordningarna for de
fanerogama vaxternas befruktning 47, 62, 93, 113. 1869. S. pentandrh
cinerea, nigricans.—(4) White,Winter fertilization by agency of insec® |
Journ. Bot. N.S. 1: 48, F 1872. Visitors of 4 and ¢ fls—(5) Delpia |
Ulteriori osservazioni Pt. II. fasc. 2: (15 75 tti d. Soc. Italé

unberufene Gaste. 1876. S. daphnoides, Wachsiiberzige. (Just Bot ;
Jahresbericht 4: 942).—(9) Meehan, On self-fertilization and cross tt :
tilization of flowers. Penn Monthly. N 1876. S. caprea. Sep. pamgh
let 1877. (Just 4: 939).—(z0) H. H., Fertilization of Salix repens y
ture 16: 184. 1877. Visitors. (Just 5: 746). — (11) Bonmiel

Behrens, Biologische mente. Jahresbericht d W
schaft zu Elberfeld. 1880. 5S. vi i 14) Delpino, Proporzioné i
plante anemofile ed entomofile nelle isole. Rev anica 1

50-2. Lit. (13) (Just 8': 190).—(15) Miiller, Alpenblumen 162-3.)
—(16) Mez, Geathlechtsan vcore dine Weide. Deutsch. bot. bt
schr. 1: 93. 1883. S. urpurea X viminalis. (Just 11°: 483)-t
Miller, Fertilization of Flowers 524-6. 1883.—(18) Heinricher, be
zur Pflanzenteratologie und Bliitenmorphologie. Sitzber. d. |
d. Wissensch. Wien 87: 1882.

ee des potenise bien Gartens zu Berlin. Jahrb. re Gartet
* 52, 274, 276. (14, 72, 74). 1884.—(21) Warming, Om
gen og den formodede Scot ak saan ‘ feds gronlandske blow

1896.) Flowers and Insects. 79

i handl. 1886: 116,
1 d. K. D. Vidensk. Selsk. For ,
Be ore are, ¢ BaD. Engler u. Prantl. Die ahs ergs
ih ee 33- 1887. (Just 16': 563).—(23) Bulman,
illo I :

en N
discolor, visitors, etc. : 5
IS Tourn.—In this genus we find regular Si perap ttre
tribe flowers. Each sepal, with a stamen and a ae e atin
is modified. into a form which is almost a RUSTE ARN ee
ofa specialized flower such as we find in the oh the kind of
etc. The form of the style serves to ger tpn ollen to
insect pollinators and secures the application o : E at Tae
the insect’s back. Kerner (5,23) mentions pees showin
* Serving to protect the pollen, without, ght ds devel-
the Probability of this having anything to do w
opment.

i ers

Except in the single case mentioned ain Bi hr
are adapted to bumblebees, but are also visited y g
bees, such

Synhalonia,

; erved
rase as yet recorded is that of Aconitum lycoctonum, obs

by Aurivill;
ited by bu

i by a
Son (28) in an account of the blue-flag, accompanied by

ae S
ently of /. versicolor, implies that Jris in emcral ‘4
eed to bumblebees and large pete Riverine 15
father logs t Rhingia rostrata. ;
ris has neeee peed eet as a type of ae aeg
Cogame Contingente, Delpino 6), but J. séb¢rica has : 5 il ae
‘© be proterandrous (Dodel Port 24, Loew 30). some ex-
“en below that I. versicolor is also pr oterandrous eg is said
nt. Meehan (9) records a case in which /. virgin
to have Proved fertile under a net.

80 The Botanical Gazette. [February,

IRIS VERSICOLOR L. Larger blue flag.—This flower is de
scribed by Professor Goodale in ‘‘Wild Flowers of America,’
32-35, and is there illustrated by a drawing by Isaac Sprague

stigma may be touched. From the above it will be seen thi
the flower shows a tendency to proterandry.

The flower is adapted to long-tongued bees I have setl_
it visited by Bombus americanorum F. 9, B. pennsylvanii
DeG. 9, and Synhalonia frater Cr. 22, ab. I have also seti
a beetle, Trichius piger F., enter the flower so as to effet
pollination, but this insect cannot reach the nectar. Some

ay.
On the pollination of /rzs see:

(1) Sprengel, Das entdeckte Geheimniss. 20, 43-4, 69-79- 179% ;
pseudacorus, xiphium, germanica, sibirica.—(2) Hildebrand, Geschle#

tina, pseudacorus.—(7) Gray, Botany f le. II. How
; y for young people. Ll. ee

: $ Britsh wild flowers in relate

insects 176. 1875. J. pseudacorus.—(g) Meehan, On self-fertilizati

See ae ey ee

aici he tactic hited ht

|
|
|

1896. ] Flowers and Insects. 8I

cross-fertilization of flowers. Penn Monthly, N 1876. Sep. pamphlet
(4). 1877.—(10) Delpino, Dicogamia ed omogamia nelle piante. Nuovo
Giorn. Bot. Ital. 8: 143. 1876.—(11) Errera et Gevaert, Sur la struct-
4
Farben der Bliithen in ihre jetzigen Variation und friiheren Entwicke-
lung 36. 1879. (Just 71: 110)—(1 3) Dodel-Port, Die Liebe der Blumen.
4, 5: 185-240. 1880. (Just 8': 183)—(14) Gray, Structural Botany, 230.

1880. J. pumila.—(15) Focke, Nageli’s Einwande ge ie Blumen-
theorie, erlautert an den Nachtfalterblumen. Kos os 14
Just 12! —(16) Leow, Beobachtungen iiber den Blumenbesuch

apoli 24:—1885. [No. 8.]—(18) Licopoli, Le pollen de I’ Iris tuber-
esa. Journ. de micrographie 1886: No. ig, Ei

€in neues Kriterium der Schmetterlings-und Hummelblumen. Biol.

17: 140-1. 1888. (Just 16!: —(22) Loew, Beitrage zur bliitenbio-
logischen Facet Pay Sar Re
tC

‘ mpisch gedeelte van Vlaanderen. Bot. Jaarboek
ih » 315. 1893. 7. pseudacorus.—(28) Gibson, The welcomes of the
logisch, y 88: 560. Mr 1894.—(29) Dodel-Port, Bio-
ee K, Atlas der Botanik. Serie “Iris.” 1894. J. sibirica, plates and
- (Knuth Bot. Centralblatt 58: 95)—(30) Loew, Bliitenbiologische
346 391. L. xiphioides, pseudacorus, sibirica. 1894.—(31)

Pig Ten New England blossoms and their insect visitors 98-104.

Carlinville, Illinois.

The nomenclature question.
Some inconsistencies in plant nomenclature.

In a recent unpublished letter a prominent botanist call
attention once more to an argument that has often been matt
use of by the opponents of the so-called ‘‘reform” movemett
in botanical nomenclature: namely, that a motive, if notit
deed the prime motive, for all this upsetting of names is 0
be found in the desire of the reviser to append his own nail
to all possible combinations of genera and species; in othet
words, that the sole end and aim of this nomenclatorial ag:
tation is the theoretical opportunities it gives for incompetett
writers to juggle with the names of our plants with the put
pose of constituting themselves the authority for as many®
possible. Asa matter of fact nothing could have been fat
ther from the minds of the nomenclature committee than thi
feature; and it was largely to obviate just such a possibility

that the reform movement originated. By setting an initia

ture behind which it is agreed not to go, and referring each
species to the oldest subsequent name, the matter become
fixed for all time. It is unfortunate that it is found necess#]
to change so many of our plant appellations, but when om
so changed in accord with this logical principle, we shall
it seems to me, a practically stable system of nomenclatut
Other departments of biology have long since found it nec®
Sary to adopt similar rules, and their experience proves pie
clusively that it isa reform which reforms. The Americ#
ornithologists, for example, have been obliged to make i
than one per cent. of corrections during the ten years 4PPY”
Cation of their code, and not one of these corrections WaS ©" ~
to mere personal opinion ; the nomenclature of North Am®
ican birds is therefore Practically stable, and I can see 0° ie
son why the botanists may not consequently hope for 38
ilar fixation of plant names. ici
In order to show that the principle is open to crite
which regards the last author of a combination of genus *
Species as more important than the original namer of et:
plant, I take the liberty of citing a number of examples us
the Synoptical Flora of North America 17: 397-407, the Be
[82]

1896. ] The Nomenclature Question. 83

Cnicus is found to embrace forty-two species and varieties.
Of these, Gray is given as authority for no less than thirty-
two; but by looking through the synonymy it appears that
fifteen of the names, or nearly fifty per cent., had been given
previously by other authors, as Nuttall, Muhlenberg, Hooker,
Engelmann and De Candolle. Thus Carduus undulatus Nutt.,
1818, becomes Cuicus undulatus Gray, 1874; Cnicus discolor
Muhl., 1804, becomes C. altissimus var. atscolor Gray, 1883,
etc. The same practice may be observed in Watson’s treat-
ment of Lesquerella elsewhere, in which twenty-four out of
thirty-five names credited to him had been previously given
by other authors. All right and title of the original discov-
erer of a species thus disappears.

Another step in the working of this principle is shown in
the recently issued fascicle 1 of volume 1, part 1 of the Syn-
optical Flora, where the transferred species or varieties are
followed by the abbreviations ‘‘n. sp.” or ‘'n. var.” as the
fase may be. Thus we learn that Clematis Pitcheri var. Bige-
lovit is a *‘n, var.” notwithstanding the fact that C. Bigelovit
Was described by Torrey in 1856! C. Prtcherdi var. filifera,
another ‘‘n, var.” was described as C. filifera by Bentham in
1848. C. verticillaris var. Columbiana Gray, n. var. 1895,
ee described originally by Nuttall in 1834 and was made a

Eschscholtzianum Robinson, n. sp. 1895, is Aphragmus Esch-
‘holtzianus Andrz., 1824, while Braya humilis Robinson, n.
*P 1895, is Stsymbrium humile C. A. Méyer, 1831. It is
unnecessary to multiply examples. To my mind it does not
he Probable that the practice of placing one’s name after a
te hg likely to be more abused by the advocates of sound
conn nnature than it has been in the past by the adherents of
sp.” _. It has usually been the custon to append ‘‘n.
a the first time as new to science, although the same abbre-
ations have occasionally been used where it has been found
Inst give a new name to a previously described plant,
“nces of which may be found in this same fascicle of the
Me tie Flora. This is the usage throughout the whole
If thie 4 biology » without, so far as I can find an exception.

84 The Botanical Gazette. [February,

new will have to be devised, since the old familiar practice
will have lost its force. !

The facts in the case, it seems, are simply these: The prop-
osition that the author who makes ‘‘the first correct combine
tion” of genus and species is entitled to more credit than the |
original discoverer of that species, cannot be maintained —
Upon this point the committee appointed by the British As-
sociation to prepare a code of nomenclature makes the follow-
ing statement:

hos We conceive that the author who first describes
and names a species which forms the groundwork of later
generalizations possesses a higher claim to have his name
recorded than he who afterward defines the genus which &
found to embrace that species, or who may be the mere acci-
dental means of bringing the generic and specific names into
contact. By giving the authority for the specific name!
preference to all others, the inquirer is referred directly to the
original description, habitat, etc., of the species, and is att
same time reminded of the date of its discovery.”

This committee numbered Darwin, Henslow, Wallac
Babington, J. D. Hooker, Balfour and Bentham among I
members.

To the statement that preference should be given to the te
ferrer of the species to its proper genus on the ground thal
“it requires greater knowledge of the structure and relation
ship of species to properly classify them than to simply name
and describe them,” the code of nomenclature adopted by tt
American Ornithologists’ Union says, ‘‘But it often happet
that the authority for the combination of names used is no)
that of the classifier, but of the author who merely shuffled —
names,’ or worked out the synonymy in accordance with 1
menclatural rules, and has had nothing to do with the corred
allocation of the species.”

The concurrence of opinion is, therefore, to the effect tha
the name of the original author of a species is an inseparabl
part of the specific name, and should go with it no ™®)
what its vicissitudes may be, not only as a matter of simple |
Justice, but from the standpoint of historical accuracy:
so-called “‘correst combination” is « personal eqvatiot

1Since the above was written Prof. Bail ms
pig i has, tunately it see i
wie this innovation and writes ‘‘n PF ” after oa ject Arkansana, whi

had been described as bona fide new asa variety in 1888.

1896. ] The Nomenclature Question. 85

can never be a fixed quantity. It needs but a glance at our
manuals to show that generic and specific limitations are vari-
ously understood by writers, and who shall be entitled to say
which is the truly ‘‘correct” combination? Indeed the author-
ity for the last combination is regarded as of solittle importance
by American ornithologists that they omit it in writing the
names of North American birds. Personally, I prefer the
double citation, for then the history of the species becomes
complete. The namer of the species and the authority for
its present combination both receive the recognition justly
due them.—F. H. KNow tron.

Botanical nomenclature.

Perhaps enough has been said on the subject of botanical
nomenclature, yet I would like to offer some comments on cer-
tain phases of it that have been made prominent by some of
the advocates of the Rochester and Madison rules.

It seems to be taken for granted by them that the signers
of the Harvard circular were, and are, influenced by consider-
ations of sentiment and prejudice in opposing the so-called re-
it botanical nomenclature, whereas the contrary is the

To assert that such men as Dr. Farlow, Prof. Eaton, Dr.
Goodal

Pathy with the spirit which subsequently found expression in
* Harvard Circular, would permit themselves to be influ-

e
the * this effect only a short time before his fatal illness, that
ce °Posed methods of reform, so-called, would tend to in-

* father than to diminish confusion.

i : fa the ablest paper, the fairest and most courteous that
by ieee in defense of the new rules is that published
Club in ‘r F. Ward in the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical
that pealily, 1895, yet Mr. Ward certainly errs in assuming

signers of the Harvard Circular are influenced by
ntiment and prejudice, or a ‘personal disinclination
Set of * ¢ annoyance of accustoming themselves to a new
mes.” Among those signers of whom I have knowl-

ai
86 The Botanical Gazette. (Februar,

edge and acquaintance the contrary is true. But one my
well pause to consider the deplorable results likely to acerit
from the ambitious revisions of the time-honored work of ou
greatest botanists through the opportunities opened up by tht
new system before approving of a method which tends
increase confusion by the multiplication of needless synonyms

If Mr. Ward’s suggestion of doing away altogether wil
authoritative names could be carried out it might perhaps #
away with much of this objection by removing at least ot
motive for it, but it is doubtful if the suggestion is practicable
or desirable if practicable. An author’s name has a cetalf
historic significance and value. It not only furnishes a meal
for reference, but it is an indication of the direction in whit

ment? Here, it seems to me Mr. Ward is somewhat inconsitt
ent. He accuses the signers of the Harvard Circular with |

aside for sentiment, and because Swartz’ name of Aspidill#

happens to be in common use among fern gatherers (we

botanists?) we are enjoined from taking up the perfectly
a

It is a practical application of the principles of priority “J |
f re

botanists who adhere to Swartz’ genera. taal
When Swartz elaborated the genus Aspidium he origin@

an entirely New order of things back of which there is <r
lutely nothing entitled to consideration. ‘«Swartz ye |
1s

first to reduce fern genera to anything like systematic oF
wrote Prof. Eaton to me not long ago, and his wor has yi
ceived the endorsement of nearly a century; of what value

1896. ] The Nomenclature Question. 87

I have alluded to Mr. Ward’s paper because it represents
the best of what I am criticising. It is in fact the strongest
and best defense of the Rochester and Madison rules that I
have seen, and I doubt if an abler can be made; but I feel
obliged to dissent from its conclusions though gladly bearing
witness to the admirable spirit of courtesy with which it is so
thoroughly imbued.

The argument however which he draws from analysis be-
tween searching for the parentage of a lost child and a lost
plant, though ingenious and taking, is like a two edged sword
that cuts both ways, ora boomerang that rebounds upon its
thrower, and any such analysis is false and misleading with
little or no application to botanical science. If this is not so,
one might offer a similar analysis with an entirely different
result. For example: the new nomenclature insists upon the
specific name being in itself the name of the plant although
such is not the fact. John Smith has two sons, William and
John, either one of whom under certain conditions, and at
certain times may properly be called Mr. Smith, or, in the
Privacy of their own homes, William, or John; but when it comes
to public recognition it becomes necessary to designate either,
or both, as the case may be as William Smith, John Smith,
Jr., the abbreviation being affixed to distinguish the younger
from the elder John, or it may even be necessary to add the
residence, even to the detail of street and number in order to
distinguish the sons of John from the sons of Samuel before
the absolute identity of either of the Smiths can be conclu-
‘ively established; so that a knowledge of the full name is
fie to fix the personality of each individual for a cer-

Inty,

: Now
Ing pre
Name |
to dist

among the ferns there are many distinct species bear-
cisely the same specific name, so that if the specific
lone is the true name it would obviously be impossible
nguish the different individuals by their names alone.
fo « Mere statement of this is sufficient to show the necessity
tp other distinguishing appellation and the elit
niu “genericname. The fern is an Acrostichum, an Asple-

iy Myriophyllum or a Botrychium with or without its
Ng name, but not a lanceolatum, a Wrightii or a Linden
Once from the generic. The two names are inseparable.
te ‘wise there could be no good reason for fixing upon the

eining of the Linnaean binomial system for plant nomen-

88 The Botanical Gazette. (February,

clature, and we might as well go back to the very beginning
of plant names if we want to be absolutely just and ‘render
unto Cesar the things that are Czsar’s.” n this point no
less an authority than Bentham declared that ‘‘the specific
adjective of itself is not the name of a plant,” and that ‘ora
species the combination of the substantive and adjective is ab-
solutely necessary.” It follows from this that a plant is not
correctly named, until it receives its proper generic and spe-
cific name in combination.

But perhaps the strongest objection to the insistence on
the use of the specific name under any and all circumstances
is the absurdity to which it leads in the use of homonyms.
In a reply which I wrote to Mr. Stearns’ paper on Nomen-
clature in the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, but
which was withheld from publication, I pointed out that the
legitimate outcome from the proposed reform, if carried out,
must lead to the adoption of what DeCandolle, Bentham, Dr.
Hooker, Dr. Gray and such eminent botanists had always fe
garded as too absurd for consideration, as it was not thought
probable that any botanist would adopt anything of the kind.
Yet it has come about exactly as I said and we are treated t0
such absurd combinations as Phegopteris Phegopteris, Scaie

polypodium! What a wonderful revelation of scientific know! |

rules proposed by the German botanists at Berlin offer am" ;
permanent agreement than our own af

Roe

would be glad to see them, or similar ones prevail. —GEO
ORT.

E. DavENpP

Some remarks On nomenclature. ase
€ how the nomenclature question can other#!
an by a Paris congress in the year 1900 wit

I cannot se
be settled th

ee Ee OF) ee ee eee ee ee

1896. ] The Nomenclature Question. 89

or five years international preparation for the reformed Paris
Codex.

But the Société botanique de France needs to be encour-
aged by foreign botanists to arrange for such a congress, in-
asmuch as the nomenclature questions are the least treated
by French botanists, and the Paris Codex of 1867 was more
the work of foreigners.

It seems also that the French Botanical Society lacks the
funds to prepare properly for such a congress; in your coun-
try more is spent for science by private people than in any
other land, so it is to be hoped that somebody will offer money
promptly for that purpose, helping thereby to establish an in-
ternational nomenclature of plants.

I did not mix after 1893 in the United States botanists
quarrels over nomenclature, considering them as home quar-
rels. But I may say that wrong enough has been done on
both sides, and I proved only in 1894 that the two specific
North American rules, accepted so promptly in Madison be-
fore the beginning of the congress there, were very bad. See
my Nomenclaturstudien in Bull. Herb. Boissier. The BOTAN-
ICAL GAZETTE, although most conciliatory and impartial, did
hot print my figures, which convinced the European botanists
about the harmfulness—if retroactive—of the two American
tules, so I hope you will do it still. 1. ‘‘Priority in place at
at events” from Linné’s Species Plantarum 1753 causes the
changing of at least twenty generic names and 4,600 specific
names. 2. The rule: ‘Once a synonym always a synonym” is
very bad if retroactive. I gave in my Nomenclaturstudien a
de made in a short time, of 200 generic names of personal

vation, which would thereby be changed with about 1,737
‘pecific names. Surely for the whole system 300-400 more
Seneric names would lose their wsua/ names. For the future
feo ats 's excellent; that is to say not for the ‘future diffi-
Shits © define” but for each future case. If any one finds a
—o renewal is necessitated by priority, he shall not
beets it, if a former homonym exists since the international
ane "ing of our nomenclature. That is very easy to man-

It is
that th
€nna b

trary t

go Tre Botanical Gazette. [February

which congress at Berlin, although proposed for 1895, noth-
ing has been done or prepared, so far as I know, although!
worked in the Berlin botanic museum till last October. —OT1
KUNTZE, San Remo, Italy.

Dates and references, and priority in nomenclature.

I am just now at work on the two species of Chimaphilt
C. umbellata and C. maculata. My good friend Conway

turn to ‘Index Kewensis,” and find it is ‘Jour. Phys. %¢

Examining ‘Journal de Physique” for that year, I find a pap
by Rafinesque entitled i

onta should be changed ‘‘as dete
to a gardener who does not merit the honor.” ‘‘L

1896. ] The Nomenclature Question. gI

there is a reference to ‘‘Pseva.” ‘‘Chimaphila Pursh is Pseva
Raf. Obs., but the name of Pursh is better and more signifi-
This is all, and this is the authority of ‘‘Index Kew-
ensis’ for the name.

A clue is at length furnished by Rafinesque’s own work
“Medical Botany,” under Pyrola maculata. ‘‘The genus
must be divided into sub-genera: Streptylia, Orthylia, Psiseva
and Chimaphila.” Under Psiseva he would only retain P.
maculata, even as a subgenus. For this name he quotes Raf.
1808. Prof. MacMillan has Pseva 1809. I can find nothing
in 1808 relating to it. But there is another reference, ‘‘Ob-
servations on some plants of the United States in Medical
Repository for 1809.” I cannot find this. If it be here that
the name was first employed, we have Rafinesque misquoting
his own date!

Just here comes in another matter: how far may we be jus-
tified in changing an evident error in orthography in an au-
thor’s name? Those who are acquainted with Rafinesque’s
handwriting as I am, know how difficult it is to determine the
individual letters, and how fond he is of abbreviations. It is
ho Wonder the printer set up Scoria for Hicoria. In the ar-

criticised through the chapter as Dr. Jorrey. He seems,
however, generally, to accept these printed versions of his
manuscripts. Pachistima, if it had been employed by Nuttall
or Pursh, he would have characterized as ‘‘absurd” or ‘‘abom-
» and suggested something else. Meisner corrected it
Subsequently to what Rafinesque’s manuscript no doubt in-
tended, Pachystigma, but no one follows it.
I By the form Pséseva, which he uses in ‘Medical Botany,”
pte little doubt he intended to name this plant after its
“clan name Pipsisewa, but that the printer in despair at the
a eript, rendered it Pseva, an ‘‘absurd and meaningless
nF likely as not, he may have writted P’seva.
PS ip this is what I want to emphasize—ought not re-
thi "S to reform along the whole line, and not puzzle us in
*way?—THOMAS MEEHAN.

BRIEFER ARTICLES.
LASIODIPLODIA E. & E., n. gen.—With Plate V.— Perithecia col
lected in a stroma, clothed with brown mycelium; basidia and spor
ules with paraphyses intermingled; otherwise as in Diplodia.
Lasiodiplodia tubericola E. & E., n. sp.—Perithecia are si
350m (inner cavity 175-1904), clothed outside with an abundant bro

olive-green and grey. The olive-green parts show an abundant, datt
brown, septate, branchi e brow
cells of the host (fig. 1). It may be added also, that the matur
spores frequently show longitudinal striations (fig. 4). the df
As Lasiodiplodia has not been previously described, and dint
eases of the sweet potato have been pretty thoroughly studie or
United States, it seems more than probable that the form is 1895
ported one. Sweet potatoes brought from Java in hist ed i
ffected by the same fungus when they were set fro
Baton Rouge, so in this case they could not have been infect
the soil at the Louisiana station. he work
Cultures of the fungus have been undertaken, looking to thé

“ah Scho
ing-out of its life history.—Ipa CLENDENIN, The Girls’ High
Brooklyn, N. Y.

EXPLANATION oF PLar

witbit
Same. Paraphyses and immature spores
t
Fig. 3. Portion of
Fig. 4. Mature spo

[92]

Se as ee

SS ee

CURRENT LITERATURE.
Mosses and ferns.

Dr. Campbell’s long continued studies upon the ferns and liver-
worts have prepared him admirably for the preparation of the volume
on the Archegoniate which has recently been issued.t This is be-
yond question the most important morphological work yet published
by an American botanist and the publishers have given it a dress
worthy of it.

In this work Professor Campbell brings together a large amount of
heretofore scattered information regarding these plants, not a little of
which he has himself contributed. ‘The first 150 pages are devoted to
the Hepaticze, less than 70 to the Musci, and 300 to the Pteridophyta.
In this distribution of space the author has done wisely, giving to the
Polytypic liverworts a fuller discussion than the much less varied
mosses, a course more necessary as the liverworts are considered by
Dr. Campbell in all probability the progenitors of both mosses and
ferns, While this proportion is a perfectly just one, it is also one
which accords with the author’s predilections and the length corre-
sponds curiously with the strength of treatment.

It is impossible to criticise this excellent work in detail. It must
suffice to Say that the full and lucid account of the structure and de-
eet of archegoniate plants will be most helpful, not only to
: ents of these groups, but also to those teachers who, because their
oon — lie in other lines, need such a compendium as this to
father ree may turn with confidence. For the book is compendious
pee an philosophical. The author seems to have avoided of
prea Tpose any extended theoretical discussions. He has, however,
oe admirable condensed statements of the affinities of the most
i age groups outlining divergent views when they exist. (It may
on p Sapa In passing that by an error, apparently typographical,

a 513, Bower’s theory is misstated.

ne of the most Important features of the book is that the author
€n able by reason of his study of a considerable number of
; i — to use these in illustration of morphological points.
sins of Funaria hygrometrica to illustrate the structure of the
eet te tierefore something of a disappointment, for
iNet H.—The structure and development of the mosses and ferns
Millan & Co. gg Pp. viii + 544. figs. 266. New York and London: Mac-

Ameri

&—Vol. Xx1._No. 2 (93]

94 The Botanical Gazette. [February,

this moss has been exploited until the very name is a wearines
to the flesh.

Dr. Campbell has laid us under obligations further in publishing a
large number of new drawings, whose fresh ds tl i

as their natural look. Many of these leave nothing to be desired, &
pecially the outline drawings, but some are really too sketchy ant
crude to be found in such good company. The re-drawing of illus
trations from other papers is not usually well done. One would
rather see Luerssen’s beautiful figures of Salvinia, for instance, that |
these pen sketches of them.

We have more serious fault to find with the book on the score of
terminology than any other. The homologies among the archego

to use sporogonium and prothallium in a way that would be confusilg
toa novice. For example: “The most striking difference, then, be
tween the sporogonium of Anthoceros and the sporophyte of the
simple pteridophytes,” etc., p. 51 3. The subheads are not only evel”
where particularly illogical but also lend their aid to create confusidl
of ideas. For example, under the Marattiacez, there is a subheah
the gametophyte, under which the sporophyte is also described; undet
Isoetaceze the subheads are the gametophyte, the embryo, the spol
phyte, the sporangium.

This failure to discard obsolescent terms leads naturally to the 0%
casional inculcation of some antiquated ideas. E. g., p. 5) “Ii .

sporophyte, the latter being, physiologically, merely a spore-fruit - °
This is very questionable from the physiologists’ standpoint ant
the less said about such analogies in morphological treatises the ”
ter.

If we may now express regret that the author did not provide®
good index—something more than a mere register of names—OUF =
welcome task of pointing out the few blemishes in a most praiseworl
book shall be concluded.

The soil.

Se

1896. ] Current Literature. 95

sity of Wisconsin upon the soil water have led him to a general study
of soil physics and at Professor Bailey’s suggestion he has prepared
this book as the first volume of a “Rural Science Series” (L. H. Bailey,
editor, issued by Macmillan & Co.) which is to be an authoritative
series of readable monographs treating rural problems in the light of
underlying principles. It is particularly appropriate that the initial
volume of the seriest should discuss the soil, upon which most “rural
problems” depend.

The book treats concisely and interestingly the nature, functions,
origin, texture, composition, and kinds of soil; nitrogen of the soil;
the distribution of roots; relation of air and water to soil; tempera-
ture; drainage and irrigation; and the physical effects of tillage and
fertilizers. In most of these chapters there is much to interest the
physiologist and the book may be commended as a necessity for the
library.

Minor Notices.

Just’s BoraniscHER JAHRESBERICHT is so well known that it seems
scarcely necessary to call attention to its value. The twentieth vol-
~~ has recently been completed. This Annual Report endeavors
to give reviews every year of all botanical works, treating bacteriology
and pharmacy only so far as these are of g linterest to botanists. In
Producing this invaluable work of reference Dr. E. Koehne, the editor,
: aided by several well known specialists. By giving abstracts here-
_ ia more concise form, the Annual Report is to be reduced both
in price and size. The completeness of this work is a consideration
of so much importance for all botanists that the editor earnestly re-
ests botanists in all countries to send him separates of all papers,
“pecially of such as are not likely otherwise to be referred to in the
Such contributions would permit more prompt pub-
more reliance upon the Report. It is particularly
LE _€verything to the editor’s adddress: Professor
‘©. Koehne, Friedenau-Berlin, Kirchstr. 5, Germany.

= ANNOTATED List of the aquatic phanerogams of Iowa has been

of t Mr. R. I. Cratty* as a separate from the science bulletin
pete University of Iowa. It embraces eighteen genera and
; *
manag’ H.—The soil; its nature, relations, and fundamental principles of
Pp. xvi

1895."$o.7¢, 20. pp. xvi + 303. figs. 45. New York: Macmillan & Co.

:

15. Ge

B
*Cra m.
Bulletin eg otes on the aquatic phenogams of —_—. Pings from

96 The Botanical Gazette. [Februay,

forty-one species. Nine species are added to the state flora as here
fore listed in Arthur’s “Contributions to the flora of Iowa” and Hitt
cock’s “Catalogue of the Anthophyta and Pteridophyta of Ams’
They are the following: Echinodorus rostratus Engelm., Lophotocari”

Sagittaria Arifolia Nutt., and Wolfia brasiliensis Wedd. It is am
excellent piece of local botanical work. The data are very full ands
critically considered that they can be taken as authoritative. Lo
lists of this kind are most welcome, and their number should increst

A CHARMING little book is that Professor W. W. Bailey has wrilit
about Rhode Island wild flowers. It has the breath of the woot
about it, especially as we follow the author to the “favored spo
where grow the floral prizes. Like the trumpet to the war horse, ti
book stirs us and arouses the desire to wander afield again and gate
the treasures which used to awaken our earlier enthusiasm. With
entertaining chapters go some of scientific value which record Rhot
Island ferns and trees; but the book is primarily for the nature love

A MOST COMMENDABLE and serviceable work has just been p» |
lished on the bibliography of Italian botany by Prof. P. A. Saccatll

Brief biographical items and the titles of chief works of 1434 Itil#
and 287 foreign writers on the botany of the country are given. wl
ever has been anticipated in Pritzel’s Thesaurus is referred tom
not duplicated. The work also includes notes on all public, pee
and educational botanic gardens, of which the number is surprisilf
large, including a list of their publications. Some other matters as
find place.

- ———_ nl -
1 Bailey, W. W.—Among Rhode Island wild flowers. 12mo. pp. ii * *T
Pl. 3. Providence: Preston & Rounds. 189s. . at :
, -accardo. P. A.—La botanica in Italia: materiali per la storia di
Scienza. 4to. pp. 236. Venezia, 1895. 10 fr. .

NOTES AND NEWS.

THE PIGMENT of the negro skin, also found in white races to a much
less extent, is believed (Abel and Davis in Scéence 2: 110) to hold some
chemical relation to chlorophyll.

A KEY TO THE WOODY PLANTS of Mower county, Minnesota, has been
published by Mr. K. C. Davis. It is intended to be used in the winter
time, and embraces fifty-two species of ligneous plants.

THE BOTANICAL LIBRARY of Mr. C. G. Lloyd of Cincinnati numbers
3,000 bound volumes and 1,000 pamphlets, and contains many choice
and valuable works. It receives a large number of additions yearly.

_ ToxicopENpRIc ACID, which was studied by Maisch in 1865, and
Since that time generally accepted as the poisonous principle of Rhus
Toxicodendron or poison ivy, is now said by Pfaff (Sczence 2: 118) to
be identical with acetic acid, and that the poisonous substance is an
oil, which he calls toxicodendrol.

Mr. Epwarp C. Jerrrey, of the University of Toronto, finds that

three, or even fourembryos. Of these only one persists in the ripened
Seed. Cf. Annals of Botany 9: 537. D 1895

tent persons, but the determination was incorrect. The plant in ques-
won isa form of A. Novi-Belgii L. The Myriophyllum scabratum Mx.
ae to be M. Farwellii Morong.—A. J. Grout, Columbia College,

- Second paper supplements the first by correcting a number of
terminations. sae PP y

y a TIONAL donation of $10,000 for the endowment of the New
Hen, Potanic Gard

of hte a few years the foremost botanic garden in America, and one

erecting }es4.2 the world. The work of constructing roads and

"8 buildings will begin in the spring. About 250 species of
[97]

98 The Botanical Gazette. {February,

plants in addition to those now growing on the grounds have bee
placed in a temporary nursery, and a gift of $5,000 worth of plant
from Mr. James A. Pitcher is available at any time.

RAMIE, THE FIBER derived from Boehmeria, is the material of the
ancients, which has been called linen and cotton by translaton,
according to Mr. C. O. Boring, who writes in the Dry Goods Bulletin

THE PHARMACEUTISCHE RUNDSCHAU has changed its name tou
Pharmaceutical Review, and is hereafter to be published chiefly”
English, though not to the exclusion of German articles. The veteral

ot
ps)
3
5B
bn |
@
or
=
5
i
3
5
=
@
0
2.
3
5
=
cr
>
ot
=
Oo
ras
2.
Z

The direct cooperation of seven of the leading pharmacists and a

.

ists has been secured and their names appear upon the title page

most direct interest and we cordially commend it to our readers:

Tragut' describes two modes in which Aristida ciliaris Dest
s the desert

by the ants, which should i i says

: » W. gather their grains. The author 52%

A, oligantha is called “blé de fours in Texas, a fact that 1
recorded in our agrostological works.—T. H.

PaRASITIC FUNGI, as an ind i to

, ex to the inner nature of plant 1)

pave bess tested by Dr. Jakob Eriksson at the experiment pean

ockholm, Sweden, in a particularly interesting manner (Bo ;

ty. 2 Pe Pia hig It.
Petit ge nga ea ciliaris Desf. et les fourmis. Bull. de la 8% =

Pe ee en ee ee

1896. } Notes and News. 99

Notiser 1895: 251-253). Plants grown from seed received from Ger-
many were attacked by rust, which proved to be Puccinia dispersa
iks, enn., a species having two well marked physiological races,
lants on

presence of this particular race of rust showed that the supposed hy-
brid partook of the physiological nature of wheat and not of rye,
whatever might be true of the morphological characters.

Tae Experiment Srarion bulletins containing botanical matter,
which have come to hand since the last notice, are as follows: Some
experiments with fungicides on peach foliage, by S. M. Bain (Tenn.
Vol. 8, no. 3); Effect of liming upon the development of potato tu-
bers, by H. J, Wheeler, J. D. Towar and G. M. Tucker (R. I. no. 33),
teaches the conclusion that lime upon sour soils increases the yield

ut also promotes the scab; Upon the effect of barnyard manure and

With a n
0

Mors

Some good advice in mi i i
not always kept in mind; The wild onion, Allium
pneale, by R. L. Watts (Tenn. ag , no. 2), an account of its distri-

uti . ‘ ,
‘on, habits and the methods of extermination.

fol scADEMY OF SciENcEs of Iowa, Ohio and Indiana presented

Sions °wing botanical subjects in their programs at the holiday ses-

Mok Notes on the flora of western Iowa, by L. H. Pammel; Notes
Orado s S between Jefferson, Iowa, and the Rocky mountains in Col-
Benic b : L. - Pammel and F. Lamson-Scribner; Notes on chromo-
Ments “teria, by L. H. Pammel and R. Combs; Inoculation experi-

ray mnosporangium macropus, by F. C. Stewart and G. W.

|

100 The Botanical Gazette. (February

Carver; Forest distribution in Iowa and its significance, and Notes 0
the problem of nomenclature as it appears in the Myxomycetes,ly
T. H. McBride; Some anatomical studies of the leaves of Sporobolit
and Panicum, by Emma Pammel an mma Sirrine; Perfect flowes |
in Salix, and Notes on the Iowa flora, by B. Shimek; A comparatit
= of the spores of North American ferns, by C. B. Weaver.
Ohio: List of white mildews in Cuyahoga, Erie and Medina cout
ties, List of mosses and hepaticze new to or rare in Ohio, Does
misia biennis live over winter, and Additions to the flora of Ohio aul
to those of certain counties, by Edo Claassen; A contribution to tlk
flora of Fairfield county, and Formalin as a preservative of vegetallt |
tissues, by E. M. Wilcox; Two new German handbooks of plant dis
eases, Some hitherto unlisted Ohio fungi, by Aug. D. Selby; Adi)

tions to the bibliography of Ohio botany, Distribution of the mistle

early Ohio botanists, by W. A. Kellerman;

ty.
Indiana: Botanical literature of the state library, and Microscopi
slides of vegetable material for use in determinative work, by John $

bi dein pies = X. strumarium, and An inter Frit
at of new design, . C. Arthur; S otes on wood Si"
age, by M. J. Golden. yj aad Benatar

mension

BOTANICAL GAZETTE
MARCH, 1896.

Contributions from the Cryptogamic Laboratory of
Harvard University. XXXII.

Notes on cultures of Exobasidium Andromedz and of
Exobasidium Vaccinii.
HERBERT MAULE RICHARDS.
WITH PLATE VI,

Among the various species of Exobasidium there has been
one described on Andromeda ligustrina characterized mainly
by the large hollow distortions which it produces on its host.
Peck, who is the authority for this species, has given the orig-
inal description of it in one of his reports! and the few other

» which some consider a variety of &. Vaccinit
(Fuckel) Woronin, Z. Andromed@ Peck has never been ques-
a as a distinct species and this mainly on the character of
the distortion it produces. Itis true that the measurements of
the spores as given by Peck are much larger than those of any
Hi Exobasidium but in all the specimens examined by the
— including those in exsiccatze, no such large spores
were found.
fune order to determine thing bout the nature of this
a and to compare it with other species of the genus an in-
wii was begun at the suggestion of Professor F arlow
availabl intention of examining all of the species of Exobasidium
Plete ‘hi, Since it will be impossible for the writer to com-
and ex 'S work now, and since the results of the observations
forty Periments already completed are definite, though un-
igh wately Somewhat incomplete, it has seemed best to pub-
» at the present time, what has been done.

1
Report State Botanist N. Y, 26: 73.
9-Vol. XXI.—_No. 3.

[101]

102 The Botanical Gazette. [Marc

The distortions caused by Exobasidium Andromeda, whith
are much the largest of any caused by the Exobasidia, han
down as large, usually greenish, bag-like distortions from th|
smaller branches of the host, Andromeda ligustrina. As fat
as could be determined the distortions arise from the young
buds, either leaf or flower buds, but usually the former. The
are attached by a very small point and easily break off. I)
size the bags vary anywhere from five to six inches long ly
four across, to small distortions not over two inches in thei
longest diameter. The color, while often more greenish that
other Exobasidia, sometimes is the characteristic pink ort
that one sees in E. Vaccinii on Gaylussacia.

In structure the mature gall is hollow with comparativel
thin walls which are supported by numerous more or Ié
branched cords of tissue that radiate from the point of at
tachment and terminate on the inner surface of the W
With the exception of these cords and a certain amount
loose tissue hanging to them, the fully grown distortion §
quite empty, contrasting with the form of E. Vaccinil®
Rhododendron viscosum commonly known as E. Azalez. lt
the young condition the distortions of E. Andromede #*
solid and almost succulent like those of the other form®™
ferred to.

_ The cords which traverse the interior of the gall are noth
ing more than the distorted vascular bundles to which half
a certain amount of loose parenchymatous tissue. The’,
of the latter are very much elongated and very thin walle
Sometimes they even branch (fig. 12), forming a mesh wot,
of filaments, often of considerable extent. In the younge
distortions this parenchymatous tissue is more solid, and!
may be said indeed to represent the distorted leaf parel
chyma, but, as the gallincreases in size, the cells até ee
apart and, ceasing to multiply, leave the interior of the dist
Gen hollow. As far as the vascular bundles are conce ath
while they are very much split up and twisted, the spirald re
and other wood elements individually present no very @
mal appearance.

The wall, which in the mature specimens is really
all there is to the distortion, consists of a number of lay®
rounded parenchyma cells, tightly packed near the i
and gradually merging into the elongated cells below be
The epidermal cells themselves, while enormously incr

eatil
rs

1896. ] Cultures of Exobasidia. 103

in number, retain their normal size, but the others are con-
siderably enlarged. It is to the excessively rapid growth of
the cells on the periphery and almost entire quiescence of

those in the interior that the hollow character of the gall is
ue.

The hyphe of the parasite are mainly located in the wall of
the distortion but some are seen among the parenchyma cells
which cling around the vascular bundles. They are very fine,
not more than 1.5% in diameter, and are much branched, but
never seem actually to enter the cells. The basidia which
arise from them push their way up in the usual fashion be-
tween the cells of the epidermis. They arise as outgrowths
directly from the hyphe, with which their connection may be
easily demonstrated (figs. 7, 8, 9). In each basidium a well
defined nucleus is seen and its division and the subsequent
formation of the spores were not seen to differ at all from that
described by Rosen? in other Basidiomycetes. For further
details one should consult this article and also the papers by
Wager. Of the general course of the formation of the
spores Woronin has given a description, which corresponds
to the figures here shown (figs. 2-6). As in other Exobasidia
the number of spores on a single basidium is not constant,
Varying usually from four to seven, while in rare cases two
were observed.

As far as the writer has seen the spores do not differ ma-
terially from those of Exobasidium Vaccinii and are subject
9 as much variation. They have the same elongate, some-
times slightly curved shape and finely granular contents.

© size as measured in the specimens examined is scarcely
More than that of the spores of E. Vaccinii, being about 14-
ma by 3é wide. This does not correspond, it is true,
ne € published descriptions, which give the size as 22-254
tk — the spores measured were mature there can be no
sms - “3 many of them had become divided after the sient
Exob the ripe spores of Exobasidia. In the specimens 0
Wik pi Andromede in Ellis* the longest spore obtained

Tn a but ‘the majority were of the size already given. —_
hacia, connection attention may be called to a misprint in

os Sylloge Fungorum® and in Winter's Pilze® where

*Cohn’s Beitr : iteilaik: Sgetocy Rie,

3 €6: 259.

wwe Botany 71 489, 1893.— 8: 321. 1894.

> 66,

‘ ae
Rabh, Krypt. Flora 14: 322.

104 The Botanical Gazette. [Marcb,

the measurement of the spores of E. Vaccinii is given as 5-8p.
On turning to Woronin’s paper,” to which both of these de
scriptions are referred, it is seen that the measurement given
by him is 14-17 x 3y.

Besides the basidiospores there are found certain forms of
conidial fructification. The first form is like that described
by other writers on Exobasidium Vaccinii and consists of
small acicular spores borne on much branched hyphz among
the basidia. The conidia of the second form are larger and are
borne singly on rather stout hyphe not occurring with the
basidia (fig. 11). In germinating both of these forms send
out the small acicular secondary spores, like those produced
in the germination of the basidiospores. The large hollow
distortions are also found on other species of Andromeda.
Specimens of an Exobasidium on Andromeda floribunda wert
sent me by Dr. W. C. Sturgis, collected by him in West Vir-
cine. which resembles exactly in all respects the E. Androm-
ede.

these distortions resembles Woronin’s figures.? There is
not a very great derangement of the leaf tissues; the palisade
cells are somewhat enlarged and the parenchyma consider
ably thicker than is normal. The hyphz and basidia are in

rst it was attempted to raise the spores on nutriet
wi

media and for this Purpose cultures were made on agat

7Verhandl. Nat. Ges, ; *
aay ee z. Freiburg 4: —_. [Heft 4.]

*l.c. pf. 2. “figs. ay

1896.] Cultures of Exobasidia. 105

fusiform secondary spores, such as Woronin!® and Bre-
feld’* figure, which kept on multiplying for some time and
then finally refused togrow any more. Transfers of these on
live plants produced no results, sothe plan was abandoned for
the time being and attention was turned to making {nocula-
tions on living plants from fresh material.

For the cultures on live plants healthy young specimens of
Andromeda ligustrina, Rhododendron viscosum, and Gaylus-
saccia resinosa entirely free from any signs of Exobasidia were
selected. The experiments were carried on at Newport,
R. L, during the summer of 1894, the plants having been se-
lected the previous year so that they would be well established.
During the course of the experiments the plants were kept
ina glass case excluded from accidental infection and sep-
arated from each other. Beginning on the roth of July, and
or a number of days following, infections were made on these
plants with the spores of various Exobasidia.

he specimens of Exobasidium used were selected with
great care, only perfectly fresh ones which were as far as pos-
sible removed from contamination with other spores being col-

ahi As soon as picked they were placed in sterilized tin
0

cde the surface of the distortion being scraped with a ster-
llized Platinum spatula moistened with a drop or two of
_ The spores thus obtained were examined in a
Sterilized Van Tieghem cell and afterwards transferred to the
ae and young leaves of the plants to be inoculated. In
a. let several plants of Andromeda, Rhododendron, and
ied ussaccia of the species already named were infected. The
Plants thus Prepared were then isolated in a moist chamber to
“wait developments. This treatment was repeated on other

Specimens,
ie the Same way other plants of the same kind were inocu-
late with spores of Exobasidium Vaccinii and also duly iso-
eats The €xperiments on Rhododendron viscosum failed for
; T€ason or other and we will turn our attention to those

ont :
he other plants which were more successful.
19
11

lc. pf
- 3. figs. 10-13,
Untersuch, aus d. Gesammtgeb. der Myk. 8: 9. p/. 1. figs. 17-22.

| :
106 The Botanical Gazette. [March,

About ten days after the inoculation of the Andromeda
plants with the spores of E. Andromedz, there were noticed
on the leaves faint discolorations, at first yellowish and later
turning to pink. About five days later, the spots, which had
considerably enlarged, began to show unmistakable signs a
thickening, forming the familiar concavities in the leaves see
in other Exobasidia. In external form, and also in the mat
ter of basidia and spores which will be discussed later, this
distortion resembled precisely the leaf form on Andromet:
ligustrina which had been collected previously. This indi |
cates the fact that the Exobasidium Andromede which pt
duces the large distortions of the young buds is identical with
the leaf form found later in the summer.

The transfers on Gaylussaccia from the E. Andromedé
gave no definite results, perhaps owing to a number of mis
haps to which these specimens were unfortunately subjected

The infections made from E. Vaccinii now to be spokel
of were, however, especially instructive. Those on Gaylus
saccia developed in the way one would expect, the distortiot
on the leaf being of the kind collected out of doors near tit
end of the season. The most critical and interesting culturts
however, were those of this species on the Andromeda. Tit

Jeal

left until now because of their great similarity. In their 8°

1896, ] Cultures of Exobasidia. 107

eral form all of these distortions resulting from the growth of
artificial inoculations closely resemble the form of Exobasid-
ium Vaccinii on Vaccinium Vitis-Idaea described by Woro-
nin,’* and the forms collected by the writer on the leaves of
Andromeda and Gaylussaccia (figs. 17-20). Microscopically
considered the character of the distortion on the Andromeda,
from the infections of both the E. Andromede and the E.
Vaccinii, is so precisely similar to that already described as
collected in the field on the leaves of Andromeda that a de-
scription of them would be a mere repetition of the facts
therein given. The mycelium, basidia, and spores likewise
Present no peculiarities which can separate them from those
of E. Vaccinii. The spores measure 12-16 x 3m and have the
characteristic shape and appearance of those of the last named
fungus (figs. 13-16).

Summing up the case, it is something like this. As has
been shown above, aside from the form of the distortion, Ex-
obasidium Vaccinii (Fuckel) Woronin and £. Andromede
Peck cannot well be distinguished. The former can produce
the same form of distortion on both Gaylussaccia and An-
dromeda and the latter has been made to produce a similar

um are one and the same and the form producing
atge bag-like distortions on Andromeda should be considered
aform of Exobasidium Vaccinii (Fuckel) Woronin.

It must be admitted that, at the time of writing, identity
has not been i

cal form of E. Andromedz with inoculations of spores of E.

Lo8s would have to be made. It ought to be perfectly easy
of i ver to grow distortions on Gaylussaccia from specimens
ex « So-called E. Andromedz and it was the failure of these
Periments which is most to be regretted.

basis s ifference in size and structure of the distortions as a
It is ¢ gaged distinction does not seem to have much weight.
the oh €nt that the larger distortions are produced only in

Y Part of the year when the fungus attacks the young
wsitive tissue. In the forms ordinarily acknowledged

©n Rhododendron viscosum formerly known as E.

» and also on Gaylussaccia resinosa in the earliest
nr y © alae
» C,

*P.5. pf zr. Jigs. 1-6,

108 The Botanical Gazette. [March,

formed distortions, whole shoots are transformed. 18 pe
the season the Exobasidium forms only slight local ee
tions on the leaves, and still later one finds forms w :
do not distort the tissues of the host plant at all, but simply
form a scurf on the lower side of the leaves. The same pe
cession is found in the forms on Andromeda down to fe ;
mentioned, to which my attention was called by Dr. W. .
Setchell at Woods Hole, Mass., late in the month of A
It was also found up to early September in Newport, ‘“
This form, which appears as simply slight whitish spots ’
under side of the leaves, has not been definitely con M4
the others as yet by means of cultures, but the spores an ‘
dia are the same as those of the other forms on And -4

This being the case it would appear that, in peri :
Vaccinii at least, the form and extent of the hyper
pends both on the host and the age of the tissues ie"
The older tissues do not respond so readily to the ie :
of the parasite, and the result is a more local hypertrop se
none at all. Differences of these kinds may be ey
than is generally recognized, and where, in the simpler 10f"
of fungi, the distortion plays an important part in ae
distinctions only actual experiment with living a o
determine whether two closely similar species are really
tinct or not.

Cambridge, Mass.

XPLANATION OF PLaTE VI.

= zs moe i of wall of distortion of Exobasidium —

on romeda ligustrina. x 210. aa
igs. 2-9. Venous ies in the development of the basidia
spores of E. Andromedz. x 550,
ig. 10. Mature and germinating spores of same. X 55°-
Fig. 11. Conidial spores of same. 5 60.
s

: x
Fig. 12. Distorted parenchyma cel lows the center of the gall
210. dromeda le!
Figs. 13-14. Basidia and spores from infection of An
with E. Andromedz. xX 550. ‘ dromeda led
Figs. 15-16. Basidia wee, spores from infection of Andr
with E. Vac inii. E inii oD Ap
ig. 17. Outline of distortion produced by E. Vaccl
dromeda leaf. x 10,
ig. 18. Same produced by E. Andromedz. x 10.
Fig. 19. Same collected in the field. X 10. in the felt
Fig. 20. Same of E. Vaccinii on Gaylussaccia collected i -
1-16

ceprrinee

Seer ea ee a Ee ee.

xs ‘All of the figures reduced about ¥% in reproduction. Figures
drawn with the aid of an Abbé camera.

lifolia at sie!
**The writer collected a form similar to this on Andromeda po
bourne, N. H., in June, 1894.

Contributions from the Cryptogamic Laboratory of Har-
vard University. XXXIII.

Development of the cystocarp of Champia parvula,

BRADLEY MOORE DAVIS.
WITH PLATES VII AND VIII.

Champia parvula (J. Ag.) Harv. is representative of a type
of carposporic reproduction remarkable for the phenomenon
of cell fusion which takes place previous to the formation of
the glomerule of spores. This genus together with Chylocla-
dia and Lomentaria form a group agreeing with each other,
according to Hauptfleisch,1 in the essential points of the de-
velopment of the cystocarp. The steps in this process, as
described by Hauptfleisch, are very interesting and, as the
subject is complex, the writer thinks that he cannot better in-
troduce the matter which treats of his own observations than
by giving first a brief summary of the results obtained by the
first investigator of the fruit development of these forms.

bearing a delicate tri i ;
te trichogyne which projects through the outer
wall of the frond. ay. De :

a there is developed an auxiliary cell (two in Chylocla-

bears

-1€n divides into an upper and a lower cell. The upper

Cell is the auxiliary cell. i

wie When the carpogonium is fertilized the trichogyne
*rs. The cells of the procarpic branch then gradually

1 < - :
ond 12tPtfeisch, Die Fruchtentwickelung der Gattung Chylocladia, Champia,
5: 306. 1892.
[109]

€ntaria. Flora 7

110 The Botanical Gazette. fMareb,

fuse together, beginning at the carpogonium end and there
results a large ‘‘fusion cell.”
In Chylocladia and Champia the fusion of the cells of the ,

coalesce. a
In Champia parvula the hook-shaped process from the fusio!
cell, that is put out towards the auxiliary cell, contains ¢ |
single large nucleus,

(4) The wall of the cystocarp is formed in the same mal |

growth and branching the wall of the cystocarp is formes

a loose network of filaments that are pushed against the “
of the sporangium wall by the development of the glomerw® |
of spores,

The material with which the writer worked was collecteé |
at Woods Hole, Mass. Theo
servations were made chiefly from sections, as it was not ea F
2 crush out Preparations, particularly of older stages of |

ruit. If care be taken the tissues of the plant may bet

of certain stage The writer also employed a method ¢ i
sectioning suggested by Mr. W. J. V. Osterhout, in wht
€ tissues were fr i ; pe

isfactory and atime-saver. The specimens for the most P
were stained zx toto with Mayer's acid haemalum.

1896. ] Development of Champia. II

A number of antheridial plants were found during the sum-
mer, and in one instance the same plant bore both antheridial
and cystocarpic branches. The antheridia form patches on
the frond, indefinite in extent and variable in position, some-
times appearing as caps at the ends of the branches but more
often as bands around older portions of the frond (fig. 1). The
structure of the antheridium is somewhat similar to that of
the genus Lomentaria described by Mr. Webber.?_ The very
small antherozoids are borne singly on the tips of short fila-
ments, which arise in branching clusters from the thallus cells.
Fig. 2 shows three of these clusters and there it may be
seen that each cluster consists of several short filaments, the
younger being branches from the older.

€ must refer at the outset to an interesting point in the
structure of the older cells of the frond. The young cells at
the apex of a branch contain only one nucleus but cells some-
what removed from the growing point are multinucleate.
This character is very striking and is shown in most of the
figures (see figs. 2, 7, 9, 14, etc.

The writer has observed similar conditions in the older cells
of Several genera of F loridez, for example Callithamnion,
Griffithsia, Spermothamnion, and Polysiphonia, and in some
cases, as in the older cells of Griffithsia, the number of nuclei

fcomes very large indeed. Apparently a multinucleate
Structure of the older cells of Floridee is likely to prove a
very general fact,
Y preparations have shown that the procarpic branch may
©onsist of two or three cells. It is a small structure (figs. 3
as 4), and is always attached to one of the large thallus cells.
. 4rule the thallus cell (¢, in the figures) is joined to one of
i aperaal filaments, /, that traverse the frond, but this is
: aways the case, and procarps and young cystocarps have
pir found quite removed from it.
trichogyne is a very delicate structure arising from an
tur mall cell, the carpogonium, c. The whole struc-
e770 4mall.that.even: under, such high magnification as
a diameters, it is very difficult to determine the structure
.» ell contents. There is granular matter in the carpo-

| nin (fg. 4) that stains rather deeply and may be nuclear
| Stance,

| In one Case (fig. 3) a trichogyne was found with what ap-
| Wi es ca a

On the antheridia of Lomentaria. Ann. of Bot. 5: 226. 1891.

112 The Botanical Gazette. [March

peared to be an antherozoid at its tip, but the trichogyne was
so very delicate and the antherozoid so small that the relation
between the two structures could not be satisfactorily studied.
Even if such stages as are shown in fig. 3 were common their
small size seems to the writer to preclude the possibility of
determining what takes place at the time the antherozoid is
applied to the trichogyne.

The single cell or each of the two cells of the procarpic
branch below the carpogonium contains a single well defined
thallus cell (fig. 3 and 4, t) to which the pro-

them is multinucleate. It is probably always united to neigh
boring thallus cells by strands of protoplasm, although such
connections may not always appear in sections which are net-
essarily cut in a single plane. The attachment to the inter-
nal filament is usually by a broad strand of protoplasm, an
not infrequently one of the bulb cells found along the internal
filaments occurs opposite this point (fig. 3, 4). ;
The trichogyne withers quickly and the upper portion dis
appears very rapidly. The swollen portion at the base (cat
pogonium) remains somewhat longer (figs. 5 and 6) but takes
the stain very faintly and finally disappears, and the lowet
cells of the procarpic branch are left attached to the thallus
cell. The condition of the procarp is then either that show!
in fig. 7 or fig. 8; that is, it consists of one or two cells,
probably containing as a rule only a single nucleus, attach?
to a thallus cell which is multinucleate. At this time tht

At this point we had best consider the changes which talt
place in the tissue around the cells of the procarp after

directly around that which bears the procarpic branch grae®
ally assume a different character. The protoplasm become
very much denser and the nuclei increase in number and
larger in diameter. These thallus cells are evidently w#
Hauptfleisch has called the auxiliary cells. There are

1896. ] Development of Champia. 113

quently several of them but there may be only one. They
are exactly similar to the thallus cell, bearing the procarpic
branch, in the appearance of their cell contents, and we can
only identify the latter by its attachment to the procarpic
branch on the outside and asa rule to an internal filament
on the inside of the frond.

Coincident with the gradual change in the character of the
cell-contents which precedes the differentiation of the auxil-
iary cells, a number of short filaments begin to grow up over
the procarpic branch. The filaments arise from the thallus
cells around the procarpic branch, meeting at a point above
it, and form a sort of dome over that structure. This is the
beginning of the wall of the cystocarp. In the early stages it
is perfectly evident that these filaments arise from ordinary
thallus cells which afterward become auxiliary cells. So the
auxiliary cells are not special structures developed separately
rom the vegetative tissue, but they are cells of the vegeta-
tive tissue directly around the procarp that become modified
* to their cell-contents in a manner quite similar to those of

€ procarp.

An examination of the figures will perhaps serve to make

fi

ms 8) it will be noticed that the thallus cells on each side of
*ver towards the procarpic branch. These with other cells,
Which are developed later, become the apical cells of a com-
plex ‘ystem of branches that form the wall of the cystocarp.

8: 9 is of a stage not very different from fig. 7. Here
dj Wall of the cystocarp has begun to develop, but the con-
itlons of the Procarpic cell, 4, and the thallus cell which
reer it, 4, are not materially changed except that they are
knee and their nuclei much more prominent. On the right
‘ 4 side of the figure is an auxiliary cell, a, very similar in
tem “france and structure to the thallus cell which bears : ad
md of the pr ocarpic branch. Above the auxiliary cel 4
to ch “t cell rather dense in contents which is probably abou

nge into an auxiliary cell. ; h
or} '8: Io illustrates a case in which the procarpic branc at
tich, ly composed of two cells besides the carpogonium pee
branch je. He thallus cell, ¢, which bears the procarp

“2 is so cut that only a portion appears in this section-

114 The Botanical Gazette. [Mareb,

Above it are the cells of the procarpic branch and on the left
are three auxiliary cells, two at the side and one somewhat
behind the others. The figure is especially interesting be-
cause it is evident that the vegetative branch, 2, is directly
continued from the two auxiliary cells at the side.

Figs. 9 and 10 do not give a correct idea of the great in-
crease in size of the auxiliary cells and the cells of the pro-
carp at this stage of development, for the magnification is
much less than in figs. 6 and 7.

The writer has never observed any evidence that the cells
of the procarpic branch ever fuse with each other or with the
thallus cell which bears them. After the withering of the
trichogyne the cells increase in size and the strands of pro
toplasm connecting them become much wider, but the cell
outlines remain quite distinct and the nuclei entirely separate
There is no union of nuclei into one large fusion nucleus
The thallus cell bearing the procarpic branch continues in its
multinucleate condition. Each cell of the procarpic branch
contains one nucleus which may afterwards fragment into
several.

The auxiliary cells always contain in the beginning a nut
ber of nuclei and in the writer’s preparations nothing w%
ever observed that would indicate a later union into om
fusion nucleus; they always remain multinucleate.

However, some very interesting cytoplasmic disturbance
take place. The thallus cell bearing the procarpic br
sends out many protoplasmic processes that unite with th
auxiliary cells directly adjoining it, sometimes two or thie —
processes with the same cell. In a like manner the auxiliaff
cells unite with one another and with the vegetative cells
around them. This cytoplasmic activity occurs while the
cystocarp is developing, but the position and number of the
nuclei in the cells are apparently not affected by the forma
tion of this net-work of fused cells. Fig. 11 illustrates # |
instance where the thallus cell, ¢, is connected by two strands
of protoplasm with the auxiliary cell, a, and a similar cond!
tion is shown on the left hand side of fig. 13. In fig. 13°
reader will also observe how general is the cytoplasmic ee
should also be noted that the cytoplasmic fusion processes . |
smaller than the nuclei in the cells directly concerned wi
the development of the cystocarp.

1896. ] Development of Champia. I15

The development of the favellz of spores now remains to be
considered. We must start with stages such as are shown in
gs.9 and 10. It will be remembered that at this stage the
trichogyne and carpogonium have entirely disappeared so that
the cell lettered » in these two figures is the one directly under
the carpogonium. This cell gives rise to the cystocarp. By
several transverse divisions, which are usually somewhat ob-
ligue, it forms a short branch consisting of four or five cells, two
stages of which will be seen in figs. 11 and 12. The branch
is greatly bent to one side in later stages and then oblique
walls are formed across the upper segments in a very irregu-
lar manner, and there results a compact mass of cells divided
"Pinto a number of lobes. The entire young cystocarp is
really a very complex set of filaments consisting of angular
and irregularly shaped cells, but this structure is not readily
‘town in sections. The cells at first contain each a single
tucleus, but when the Cystocarp is mature it is apparent that
the spores are borne on the ends of short branches (fig. 14)
a cells are multinucleate although each spore is uninu-

ate.

. As the Cystocarp arises from the cell of the procarpic branch
Just below the carpogonium, this is the place where we should
“pect to find cross fusion with auxiliary cells if such exists.
The writer has observed no specimens which would indicate
- an auxiliary cell ever completely fused with any of the
; . rectly concerned with the development of the cysto-
re ‘ae, thing was ever seen that could be sca eo ae
cells “entral cell” of Hauptfleisch. It is true that auxiliary
ana af¢ Clustered around the cells of the young cystocarp,
, it would be very easy for them to unite by protoplasmic
processes, but the writer saw no clear evidence of such cyto-
¢ fusion, much less of any nuclear disturbances. In
Me cases the cells of young cystocarps have been quite

ed. _Dlasmic fusion. es ie
at Is the ¢ l cytoplasmic union 0

th ause of the very general cytop c
ens at the base of the cystocarp? The phenomenon be

S after the trichogyne has disappeared and the gerd

Presumably been fertilized. It is concerned with the

116 The Botanical Gazette. [Mareh,

thallus cell which bears the procarpic branch and the auxil-
iary cells. In all these cells the protoplasm becomes very
much denser and the nuclei increase greatly in size in marked
contrast to the ordinary vegetative cells of the thallus. The
nuclei do not fuse. It has been suggested by several investi-
gators that cytoplasmic activity of this nature is for nutritive
purposes and the writer is inclined to believe this to be true
of Champia.

The auxiliary cells are then cells in the neighborhood of tie
procarpic branch whose protoplasm has changed in charactet
in a similar manner to the cell contents of the latter struc
ture. They are not specially developed organs of the frond

ate cells, quite lacking the clear well defined cell struct |
which we usually expect of sexual elements. |
University of Chicago.

EXPLANATION OF PiateEs VII anp VIII.

Preparations stained with Mayer’ i All Ser",
l s acid haemalum. hE
a a wit Abbé camera and are as follows: a, auxiliary cal
bul cell; ¢, carpogonium; i internal filament; f, cell of pr
; Ow Carpogonium; ¢, thallus cell bearing proc
Scouts i “ere eine Figure 1 apie ters;
ut 730 di . apes
ure 14 about 260 Jlaieiae cine Ai arn

1896.] Development of Champia. 117

PiaTE VII.

Fig. 1. or of frond showing distribution of antheridia

Fi on of frond with antheridial filaments arising from the
thallus els : antherozoids.

BS 3. An adult procarp attached to an internal filament; x, anthero-

Fig. 4. A p beg “speed ream matter, which may possibly be a
nucleus, at ae of carpo
ig. 5. Procarp pes Sikered. trichogyne; two cells between carpo-
gonium and ‘oes
ig. ocarp wih withered trichogyne, one cell between carpo-
gonium in thallus cell.
ig. 7. Tricho naytie and nih ah he entirely gone, one cell of pro-
‘arp, ~, above the thallus c
Fig. 8. Trichogyne and faa Tee) entirely gone, two cells of pro-
catp above the thallus cell.

PiaTE VIIL.

Fig. 9
the right; wall of cystocarp begin to
0. Procar rie an aie above the evap. cell; auxiliary cells
at the left; wall o edited developin,
ig. 11, ‘Young cystoc.
ne 12. Young Gatoeats, ion stage to figure 11.
ne 13. Half matured cysto
'- 14. Group of ripe meotes:
10—Vol. XXI.—No 023:

Notes on the flora of Chicago and vicinity. IL!
E. J. HILL.

northern part of the southern peninsula of Michigan are mer
tioned, and according to the recent Catalogue of Ohio Plant
by Kellerman and Werner it is found, though rarely, in the
northern part of Ohio. Its distribution in the lake region#
therefore peculiar, since the stations in Indiana are isolates

connect the two. in pl
RENARIA PATULA Michx. —This little sandwort has”

* For the first paper see Bor. Gaz. 17: 246. Ag. 1892.
[118]

1896. ] Flora of Chicago and Vicinity. 11g

asimilar distribution and history. Originally described by
Michaux with a habitat ‘‘in rupibus circa Knoxville,” it was
afterwards discovered in Kentucky by Dr. Short, and in the
mountains of Virginia by Prof. Ruffner, and traced to Arkan-
sas and Texas by Nuttall, Dr. Pitcher, Drummond and others
(as A. Pitcheri). About 1870 Prof. H. H. Babcock detected
it on the limestone formations of the Des Plaines river at Riv-
erside just west of Chicago.* It occurs in considerable abund-
ance in some localities of limestone within the city limits near
Windsor Park and on Stony Island, and also beyond them at
Lamont on the Des Plaines. It is reported from one locality,
Tippecanoe co., Ind.,* between these stations in Illinois and
its southern range.

THASPIUM BARBINODE Nutt.—This quite often has puber-
ulent fruit, so much so that the figures of the fruit given in
Coulter and Rose’s ‘‘Notes on the Umbellifer of the United
States,”> though true as to the wings, do not cover these cases.

his is specially the case with plants on the opposite shore of

ke Michigan at Benton Harbor, Mich. In these the inter-
vals of the ribs are strongly puberulent with short, blunt hairs,
much as in T. pinnatifidum. ‘

ECHINACEA ANGUSTIFOLIA DC.—Found on a small prairie
fast of Durham, a station on the L. S. & M. S. R.R., in La-
Porte co., Ind. As but a few plants were seen beside the
‘ssa it may possibly be an introduced plant, though more

a
Closures within cultivated districts. The range of the species
"etme from Wisconsin and Illinois west and south, but it

feu ANTHUS ANNUUS L.—The introduced plant native at
t West was reported in my previous article as growing in
‘ dump from stock trains west of the city in 189I. The
“Owing year it had appeared as a weed under the same con-
wtions of growth along railroads east of the city at wai
5 , and is now well established in this locality by the shore
ake Michigan.
2
+ Flor, Ber, Amer. eyes 1803. : 1: 23. 1872
“ og yr Sante of iollase todas nied of the Bor. Gaz. 1881.
* 742. 12: 136. pl. 5. Figs. 59, 60. Je. 1887.

120 Tne Botanical Gazette. [March,

MyosoTis LAXA Lehm.—The range of this plant is given
in the last edition of Gray’s Manual as ‘‘Newf. to N. Y.’
Specimens of a Myosotis sent for identification some years
ago from Painesville, Ohio, led me to expect its presence

wet places in northern Ohio.”® Last summer I found it in
abundance in the wet ground bordering the Calumet river
near Dune Park, Porter co., Ind. The discovery of this plant
in a region that had been quite well explored botanically
might indicate that it is an introduction. If a recent come!
it had better be considered an escape from gardens, being
cultivated for M. palustris, of which it has been made a Ve
riety by some. Residents to whom the plant was shown called
it Forget-me-not. But it is more probably a native that had
been overlooked, like some others mentioned in this article.
I have found it in the St. Lawrence basin by the Saguenay
river, and its range in Canada is given by Macoun as fromte
lower St. Lawrence to the vicinity of Buffalo, N. Y., so tht
its connection with the eastern flora is not difficult to make
out. ere is still much to learn about the details of the
geographical distribution of some of the less common plants —
and apparent gaps may yet be filled.

CELTIS OCCIDENTALIS L. var. PUMILA Gray.—In 18934
couple of small hackberries were found near Millers, Ind.
They were nearly out of flower (June 6), but were identified
as above. They grew near the shore of Lake Michigan, an
being but three or four feet high they could not again be
found in the wilderness of shrubs and shrubby oaks which
characterized this section of the dune region. Last yeaf

up with sand. Some of them were lar les of
ge examp

rita the largest stems three inches in diameter, and fil Fa

eet long. Several ascending stems usually spring from t

sub-spinous twigs two or three inches long. They are 40,
by the winter-killing of the tips, so that the bush, especial!
when str ipped of leaves, resembles a thorn-bush. The!

1S so unlike that of the common hackberry, a tree not infte

*Geology of Ohio 72: 112. [Botany.]

1896, ] Flora of Chicago and Vicinity. 121

quent in some sections about Chicago, that it is hardly recog-
nized as of the same species. The pointed leaves are usually
narrower than in the arboreous hackberry, from narrow
ovate to ovate-lanceolate, many of them falcate. Occasion-
ally they are broad and short, both forms occurring on the

indiameter. When ripe it is of a dark brownish purple color.
The flesh is orange colored as well as the stone and seed.
There are some features in which it resembles C. Misstsstp-
piensts Bosc, as in the size of the fruit. This variety of the
hackberry isa south Atlantic species, ranging westward, ac-
cording to Sargent’s Silva of North America 7: 69, to Missouri,
Colorado, Utah and Nevada, and growing on the rocky banks
of streams. Here it occurs in the sand of the dune region,
neat the shores of the lake. I have traced it for a distance
of three miles.

ALNUS GLUTINOSA Willd.—This is used in some parts of
the city as a shade tree, and has become naturalized in some
places south of Jackson Park. It has spread into the wet land,
Making thickets of low trees and bushes like the common al-
Gora. They fruit when at the height of four to six feet.

POTAMOGETON DIVERSIFOLIUS Raf. (P. hybridus Michx).
~The point nearest the city where I have seen this is La-

-, Where plants grow in shallow pools by the bord-
ne Lake.

thie 'NTERRUPTUS Kitaibel. Two localities are given for
* Pondweed in Morong’s Naiadacee of North America:

Mien found in the Calumet river at South Chicago. In Hig-
din’s Flora of Cook county, Ill., and a part of

a
me county, Ind.,® this is mentioned as a broad leaved form
7
M

wee ot Bot Club. $a ihr
‘Baie 262. 1881
Of Chicago Acad. of Sci., 2: 124, 1891.

122 The Botanical Gazette. [March

of P. pectinatus but is made identical with those from Michi-
gan, which Dr. Morong subsequently published as P. inter-
ruptus. Its strong resemblance to P. flabellatus Babington,
which Dr. Morong makes a synonym of this species, was
quite apparent from the first. These three localities seem to
be the only undoubted ones from which it has been obtained,
though from specimens collected in the Au Sable river,
Frankfort, Mich., it may also be present there. The lack ol
mature fruit, which I have never been able to obtain, leadsto
considerable difficulty in distinguishing it from forms ofP.
pectinatus. The locality at South Chicago was, soon afterits
detection there, destroyed by dredging and the building of
docks, and with it the hope of getting ripe fruit late in the
season near at home. I have examined them as late as the
twenty-second of October without finding it. The species's
no doubt extant in other localities, especially in northem
Michigan.

ELEOCHARIS MELANOCARPA Torr.—Found in 1894 on the
sandy borders of Pine lake, Laporte, Ind. Soon after it w&

Starke co., Ind. I donot find it reported elsewhere fro
diana. The locality is but a little north of its northern ier
in Illinois, Henderson and Peoria counties (Patterson), and
doubtless near its northern limit in Indiana. :

EQUISETUM ROBUSTUM Braun.—Bluffs of St. Joseph ee
near St. Joseph, Mich. Specimens of this scouring ‘
were obtained in 1894 growing in the springy soil of the sitet
banks of the river at a place locally known as Roy re.
Heights. This is farther north than I find it given elsewnrt
In Illinois it occurs from Peoria southward. Its more ®
home is toward the Ohio river.

Chicago, Ill.

|

The embryo-sac of Alisma Plantago.'

JOHN H. SCHAFFNER.
WITH PLATES IX AND X.

The embryo-sac of angiosperms still presents an inviting
field for research. There seem to be many variations in the
general processes which occur in it, and most of the observa-
tions on the finer structure need confirmation. Especially in
regard to the real meaning of the conjugation of the polar
nuclei, and what is represented by the antipodal cells, does
there still seem to be much obscurity. It was for the pur-
Pose of making a preliminary study with a view for further
investigation later, that the following work on the embryo-sac
of Alisma was undertaken.

The embryo-sac of Butomus umbellatus L.. was described
by Vesque? in 1878, and later by H. Marshall Ward,* who
also made a few observations on Alisma Plantago L., which
agreed in general with those on Butomus. The development

h

a hitherto not been confirmed. aad
iz Y material was collected on July 30, 1895, and killed ina
seas beetic acid solution: acetic acid 0.7 per cent., chromic
pie 0.3 per cent., water 99 per cent. All the sections were
Th Schy imbedding in paraffin and staining on the slide.
T € principal stains used were anilin-safranin and acid fuchsin.
Contributi iversity of Michi
m on from the Botanical Laboratory of the University of Mic pi
des Se SpPement e sac embryonnaire des phanérogames angiospermes. fam:
ic. Ot VI. G6: 237-285, 1578. .
Lian Soe Mons to our enoated ou the embryo-sac in angiosperms. Jour.
‘Do, Ot. 17: 519-546. 1880. : ische
Abbandemicklung des Keimes der Monokotylen und Dikotylen. genes
(Bonn, ngen aus dem Gebiet der Morphologie und Physiologie 1: —- :
9g ee Etudes sur la fécondation, etc. Ann. des Sci. Nat. Bot. VII. 14:
. Z.

[123]

124 The Botanical Gazette. [Marc

F. C. Newcombe, to whom I here express my sincere thanks
for kind assistance rendered in various ways.

Development of the embryo-sac.

The young ovaries arise as protuberances around the edge
of the flattened receptacle, and soon there appears in the it-
terior of each one a schizogenetic cleft on the inner side o
which the nucellus is formed. This cleft increases in size quite
rapidly by enlargement and division of the cells of its walls
thus making room for the developing nucellus. | When the
nucellus has obtained some considerable size, there can be
seen in it a large hypodermal cell which appears to be the
archesporium. No division of this cell into two was observed
but at a later stage the large macrospore shows the remaili
of a former cell at its micropylar end (fig 1.) which is the
tapetal cell. The ovule soon becomes anatropous. The I
teguments are two in number, but on the side of the funice
lus the outer one is generally not developed. As the embry
Sac increases in size the ordinary divisions of its nucleus take
place. First it divides into two, one of the daughter 1
passing to the upper and the other to the lower end of the
sac, after which each of these, by two successive divisions —
produces four nuclei, thus making the typical eight-celle

be

large nucleolus, but sometimes two (fig. 2). The two cel
gid lie side by side. They are surrounded by granular

ak

They stretch across the entire upper end of the sac, and
beneath them the oosphere is suspended in a dense Be-
cytoplasm. Its nucleus is usually ellipsoidal in shape

yond the oosphere and lying free in the cytoplasm is the ef
per polar nucleus. Its centrospheres usually lie om we

arrangement in the €gg-apparatus. There are two sa

SS ea EO ie ee

|
?
.

1896.] Embryo-sac of Alisma., 125

may be the homologue of the oosphere. These three nuclei
are not surrounded by any definite cell-walls, but the cyto-
plasm in which they are imbedded is rather dense. Immedi-
ately beyond the antipodal cells is the lower polar nucleus.
This is much the largest nucleus in the antipodal region, and
it contains usually one large nucleolus. Its centrospheres lie
on the upper side, toward the upper polar nucleus.

Conjugation of the polar nuclei and their centrospheres.

The two small granules lying on one side of the resting
nucleus are now generally called controspheres by English
writers, and this term is here employed as the most appro-
priate. The dense centre is appropriately designated by the
usual term “centrosome,” while ‘‘attraction-sphere” will be
used for the hyaline layer surrounding this.

I might here state that all my observations on these bodies

favorable circumstances shows a delicate radiate structure.
he whole structure is limited from the surrounding cytoplasm
by @ definite granular layer, which is easily distinguished and
ne Propriately be called a membrane. The centrospheres
- re embryo-sac are much more prominent than in the sur-
naa tissues, and in this respect they agree with the

t As stated above, when the two polar nuclei begin to travel
that ¢ each other, they have their centrospheres so ohare
v they Precede the nuclei; however, in a few cases, at the
JY beginning they were seen on the opposite side. _ In my
of eations I was able to find all stages of the conjugation
Nuc] © polar nuclei, until their complete union to form the
Cleus of the embryo-sac, or definitive nucleus (figs. 3, 4, 5,
ON the observations agree in general with those of Guigna
.
table Batre and distribution of attraction-spheres and centrosomes in vege-
» Bor. Gaz., 19: 445-459. 1894.

126 The Botanical Gazette. [March,

Of the two conjugating nuclei, the one from the upper endof
the sac is nearly always the larger. When the two nuclei
approach each other, the centrospheres join two and two, and
the two couples then separate so as to permit the two nuclei
to come in contact (fig. 3). While the two nuclei are fusing,
the attraction-spheres gradually unite and in them can be dis
tinguished the two controsomes lying very close together (figs
4, 5, 6). When the two nuclei have nearly fused, the
centrosomes are in contact and are also uniting (fig. 6). The
fusion of the two nuclei takes place by a gradual interchange
of their contents. The chromatin does not seem to unite a
definite chromosomes, but there appears to be a gradual it-
termingling of the individual particles from which a new
chromatin network is built up. The nucleoli of the two mt
clei appear distinct even to an advanced stage of the conjl-
gation, but later there appears but one, in most cases, in the
definitive nucleus, showing that there has been a union of the
material of the two nucleoli, or the formation of a new oe
from nucleolar matter derived from the old ones (fig. 7): But
the intermediate processes were not observed. i

The endosperm is not very abundant when the embryo ®
completely developed. It appears to be formed entirely from
the definitive nucleus. The first division of this nucleus gene
ally precedes the first division of the oospore (fig. 19): a
nuclei continue to divide and spread out through the embryo"
sac as it increases in size. In one case I observed four end”
sperm cells at the time when the first division of the oospo
was in the close daughter-skein stage (fig. 8).

Phenomena of fertilization.

The young pollen grain has two nuclei, a large sie whl
r

red with anilin-safranin. When the pollen grain falls 0” of
stigma and germinates, its tube passes through the se
and thence down through the tissue on the inner side of

1896.] Embryo-sac of Alisma, 127

generally much contorted before reaching the micropyle,
through the middle of which it finally passes to the top of
the embryo-sac. Just before the entrance of the pollen tube
into the micropyle, the two synergida, as stated before, lie
at the summit of the embryo-sac, with the oosphere sus-
pended below. The tube in passing through the micropyle
isconsiderably constricted, but when it reaches the embryo-
sac it increases appreciably in diameter (fig. 14). On reach-
Ing the apex of the sac, the pollen-tube does not grow
directly toward the oosphere, but always passes down on one
side near the wall of the embryo-sac encountering the nucleus
of one of the synergide on its passage, which disappears at
thistime. The tube passes by the nucleus and seems to be
nourished by its contents. At a certain stage the outline of
the nucleus and its nucleolus can still be distinguished, but
it takes little or no stain (fig. 15).

The nucleus of the other synergida persists for a long time,
at least until the proembryo is composed of several cells. The
Pollen-tube after entering the embryo-sac takes a very dark-
red stain and in it can be distinguished two small nuclei, which
— exactly like those in the mature pollen-grain. The

uppe
complished (figs. 18, 19). The pollen-tube usually curves
“oe the oosphere before the sperm nucleus leaves it
g. 17),

in n the meantime changes are taking place in the oosphere.

, since at this stage they are farther from the

Into a c

it will b
Seen that a ctable bulge (figs. 13, 16, 17). Thus it will be

at all the preliminary stages in the approach of the

128 The Botanical Gazette. [Mareh,

such structures in the male pronucleus. Hence he thinks
there can be no “quadrille of the centers.” Wilson até
Mathews? in their investigation on the echinoderm egg also |
tend to disprove the “‘quadrille of the centers.”

Mead? studied maturation and fecundation in Chaetopte™
pergamentaceus. He traces the archoplasm and centrosom®
of the segmentation nucleus from the male pronucleus, and |

observations as in the conclusions drawn. And it should ‘i
orne in mind that mere negative results of observation P “
or disprove nothing. As Strasburger has indicated ™ bs
‘‘Neue Untersuchungen,” in regard to the invisibility of
nucleus in the ripe pollen-grain of many dicotyledons ¥
ar stains, the invisibility ot ! |
cleus in such cases must not be interpreted as indicating d
absence of a nucleus, but much rather that the methods

tae ae 4 the Ng terior in the fertilized egg of Mysostomé gla

2 a . or . Rey aoe: :

iyetes fertilization, tie in the echinoderm egg- New M6

ont . quadrille m1 the centers, Jour. Morph. 10: 319. 1895. yer
; ons On maturati d > P Chaetopterus |

mentaceus Cuvier. Jour. Morph. 10: as. = Ss

1896. ] LEmbryo-sac of Alisma. 129

preparation and staining were deficient. And subsequent de-
velopments prove the wisdom of the caution. When we com-
pare the size of an ordinary nucleus with a centrosphere it
will be seen that the suggestion in the present case becomes
one of great importance.

No division of nuclei was observed in the pollen-tube.
The two small nuclei in the tip of the tube, after it has en-
tered the embryo-sac, are about the same size and take the
Same stain as those in the pollen-grain. These are the two
sperm nuclei which come from the generative nucleus. In
this case the division of the generative nucleus occurs in the
pollen-grain, while more commonly it does not take place
until the tube is entering the embryo-sac, as shown by Guig-

the power of fertilizing the oosphere, I could not determine.

The appearance of the two nuclei after entering the embryo-

Sac would indicate that only one was a true sperm nucleus.

The fate of the vegetative nucleus was not discovered, but no

trace of it was seen after the pollen-tube had entered the em-
Ty0-sac,

The early development of the embryo.

It was not my intention to study the development of the
embryo, but while making observations to determine the
length of time that the nucleus of the remaining synergida per-
“sted, I found that the development of the proembryo, as pre-

ated in My sections, did not agree with the statements re-
Sarding Alisma in the text books.!1_ After the union of the

ae and female nuclei, the resulting nucleus divides in a di-
ion

(fig. 8)

ucleus. This nucleus now divides again in the same

nas the preceding division, making three nuclei for
lo Se
“ue Untersuch 3
N Gc chungen, etc. 8.
399. 19g Del's Outlines of Classification and Morphology, er rate
7; and Sachs’ Text-Book of Botany, second Engl. edition, 5°9. :

130 The Botanical Gazette. [March,

the proembryo (fig. 21). At this stage the na Ps |
one synergida still survives but it shows signs 0 an ‘a
tion. It disappears after this stage and its ee: ye Bi.
likely go to nourish the enlarging nucleus of t . fe oo
cell. The next division is again in the lowest 0 oe mi
cells, in a transverse direction (fig. 22). This ade olutel
four cells of the proembryo. These divisions are a Ni ‘a
certain, for they were traced out through stages in w a
nuclei were in the close daughter-skein, which leaves no The
as to the origin of the different nuclei in the series. a
next division which occurs is in the lowest of the four “a
This now divides in a longitudinal direction (fig. mie ye
development was traced no farther. But the cou a
scribed above was confirmed by numerous exam les. Bre
the early development of the proembryo of — a
presents variations, or the descriptions given by Hans be
Famintzin are incorrect. At a later stage, three — a
cells could still be seen (fig. 24), but whether these He oll
Same as those seen in fig. 23, or represented cells whic
nated by subsequent divisions, I did not determine.

Summary, -
Ol
The results of the investigation may be summed up as
lows:

I. The development of the embryo-sac of ee ae
represents nothing unusual, the fully matured sac hav
usual eight nuclei. * the four

2. During the conjugation of the two polar see vanatioa

entrospheres conjugate by couples, resulting in the fo
of two new ones for the definitive nucleus. - ely from
The endosperm is not abundant and comes ee
the division of the definitive nucleus, the antipodal ce
ing no division or fra mentation. oc

4. The division of ‘the generative nucleus of the pellen
curs in the pollen grain. into

5. Both of the et nuclei enter with the pollen Be act
the embryo-sac, but only the lower one takes part in
of fertilization, the oth : b

- The nucleus of one of the synergidz is entirely 2 is late
when in contact with the pollen tube. The other one's *,

+t ee ee ees

1896. ] Embryo-sac of Alisma. 131

7. The centrospheres of the lower sperm nucleus precede

it as it approaches the oosphere.

€ nucleus of the oosphere becomes bulged out on the
side nearest the sperm nucleus, and its centrospheres being
situated immediately opposite this bulge, travel slightly to-
ward the approaching male nucleus.

9. All the stages preliminary to the conjugation of the male
and female nuclei are favorable to, and indicate a conjugation
of their centrospheres, at the time of impregnation of the
oosphere.

10, After the first division of the oospore, in the develop-
ment of the proembryo, the three succeeding divisions take
place each time in the outermost cell, the first three divisions
being transverse to the long axis of the embryo-sac, the
fourth one longitudinal.

Ann Arbor, Michigan.

EXPLANATION oF PLates IX anp X.
Fi

ig.1. A young nucellus with macrospore and remains of the tape-
tal cell at the upper end.
Fig. 2. Mature embryo-sac with eight nucl

el.
Fig. 3. Two polar nuclei just before conjugation, showing the cen-
TOospheres Joining in couples. i

fuseg, 4, COnjugation of polar nuclei; the ae
here Centrosomes lie close together in the united attraction-
: Ig. 5. Conjugation of polar nuclei; the larger nucleus is from the
Pper end of the emb 0-sac

two prominent centrospheres. f
i bryo-sac with oospore dividing, and with endosperm cells.
ee Pollen-grain with a large and a small nucleus. —
Fig re: Pollen-grain, showing the small nucleus in stage of —
farthe: = Pollen-grain with the division of the generative nucleus
€t advanced

Bg 2 Mature in wi all nuclei.
ig. ro € pollen-grain with one large and two sm
rho 13° Upper end of ee embryo-sac, showing the ap “gig
this 5 2ugating Sperm-nucleus after leaving the pollen-tube. 4
Perm-nucleus is the oosphere, while at the apex of the sac is the
Mucleys &5Y"ergida, and at the left of the latter is the second sperm-
i vy ot the Pollen-tube ‘
thas :* Outer end of the ovule, showing the pollen-tube passing
80 the Micropyle and into the embryo-sac.

132 The Botanical Gazette. [Marci

: ‘ 4 b.
Fig. 15. Upper end of the embryo-sac, with the pollen-tube absor
ing we pee of the nucleus of one of the synergide, the latter be
ing but lightly shaded.
i : hbbyo-aac showing the two centrospheres of the on
and those of the lower sperm-nucleus in their usual position at t

Fig. 17. Upper end of the embryo-sac; the oosphere 1s bulged Pd
on the side toward the pollen-tube; the centrospheres lie some
tance above this protuberance. th the

ig. 18. Conjugation of the nucleus from the pollen-tube wi ro
oosphere. Above to the right is the other sperm-nucleus, and to
left the remaining synergida. be still

Fig. 19. Embryo-sac. The upper nucleus of the pollen-tube st!
persists, as does also one synergida; while the oospore is in the st
mented-skein stage, and the definitive nucleus of the embryo-sac
nearly completed division. ee rt

ig. 20. First two cells resulting from the division of the prea
The nucleus from one of the synergidz appears at one side of the

Fig. 21. Proembryo with three cells. The upper susp “7
with its nucleus is becoming very much enlarged. In its uppée

18.
free in the embryo-sac. se

ig. 23. Proembryo with five cells. The three nuclei in the embry
sac are endosperm

ig. 24. More advanced stage of the embryo, showing three susp —
sor cells.

a re

a

New North American Grasses.
F, LAMSON-SCRIBNER.
WITH PLATES XI-—XIII.

Avena Mortoniana, sp. nov.—Gramen humile, caespitosum
alpinum, perenne, 4-6-pollicare, paniculis paucifloris, 1-2-pol-
licaribus. = Culmi erecti, rigidi, striati, glabri; vagine glabre
vel minute pubescentes superne; ligula plus minus semi-lin-
ealis, decurrens, lamina 4-6-pollicaris, lineam lata vel angus-
tor, rigida, convoluta siccitate, subtus glabra, supra pubescens,
minute scabra marginibus. Radii panicule singuli vel gem-
nati, breves, erecti, I-3 spiculas ferentes. Spicule plus

{cue flosculos excedentes lanceolato-acute, prima uninervis,
ray quam prima paulo longior, trinervis; gluma florens

ree at: scabra, 7-8 lineas longa; callus basi glume flor-
orang censissime pilosus, pilis sublinealibus; palea glumam
ne fere, lanceolata, carenis minute subdenseque ciliatis
" dimidio Superiore.— Tab, X7/. !

Allied to Avena Hookeri Scribn., from which it is distin-
pushed by its smaller habit, shorter panicle, smaller and
flowered spikelets, longer bearded callus, and more
*nsely plumose prolongation of the rachilla.
14 ountain summits near Silver Plume, Colo., altitude 13,000-
Rydher, August. Nos. 697 C. L. Shear and 2,439
‘ i Be Rydberg’s specimens were collected on Gray's
prs Named for Hon. J. Sterling Morton, secretary of a
Scie "In recognition of his interest in the promotion of the

"is of agrostology.
Fhe ots Parryi, sp. nov.—Gramen erectum, ee
tantiby » '2-pedale, vaginis marcidis culmos basi amp
Sed ple, 28inz glabra praeter fauces, internodis eke
iatus, itates aa laminas superantes; ligula annulus breve ¢

yy nine 2-4 pollices longe summz plerumque breviores,
M—Vo), XXI—No. 3,

[133]

134 The Botanical Gazette. [March,

innovationum hanc longitudinem excedentes, circa sesqui-
lineam late, sensim in apices longiusculos filiformesque at-
tenuate, minute scabre per margines et nervo supra. Pani-
cula simplex, 3-7 spiculis, axe commune pedicellisque sub-
compressis, scabrisque; spicule plus minus decem lineas
longe, 5—-7-flore; glumz vacuz membranacez ovato-lanceo-
late, acute, trinerves aut basi 5—7-nerves, subaequales, floscu-
los paullo superante; glume florentes quam vacue_paullo
firmiores, plus minus 7 lineas longe, ovate, plerumque I
nerves basi, trinerves superne, dorso marginibusque longius-
cule sericeo-pilose, apice dentibus aristato-acutis. Callus
longiusculus, lateribus dense barbatis. Arista 6-7 lineas
onga, robusta, inferiore parte plana, laxe contorta, pallide-
Straminea, superiore attenuata, plus minus scabra. Palea
plus minus 5 lineas longa late-ovata, brevissime ciliata pe
Margiues et apice acute bidentata. :
This species has been referred both to Danthonia series
Nutt. and Danthonia intermedia Vasey. It is distinguish

much longer, and the awn about twice as long. é

My attention was first called to this species by some sP&
mens collected by Dr. Parryin Colorado. It equals no. 2,39f
Rydberg, collected in the valley about three miles north 0

Georgetown, Colo., August 19, 1895. It was distributed 7

1896. ] New North American Grasses. 135

femota, superiora approximata, usque ad 4 pollices longa,
2; pollices lata, basi subcordata, apice acuta, nervis pri-
Mariis II-13, arcuatis, venulis transversis inter se anastomo-

netvis venulis connectis. Palea angustissima, glumam

hervis, angusta palea paulo brevior.—TZad. ;
Faucibus, prope Cuernavaca, Morelos civitate. 20 Nov.
(Pringle n, 5,961.
The leaves of this well-marked species resemble in outline
and venation those of some species of smilax. The. false
Petioles consist of two parts, one an evident continuation of
the leaf-sheath which occupies the greater part, and an upper
pubescent part, which is manifestly a petiole-like downward
rxtension of the blade. From this latter part arise the eleven
'o thirteen primary nerves, like so many rays. The limits of
these two parts of this false petiole are quite sharply defined,
but there does not appear to be any point of articulation be-
tween them. The pulvini at the base of the pseudo-petioles
fause the leaves to diverge. :
onthe Material in the National Herbarium does not accesses
the parison with all the published species, and unfortunately
© descr iptions of some of the species are too brief to be o
a .value as means of identification.
Cription
rr specimens and publications, a brief characterization of the
es
sley himself om to Z. Galeottiana. nthe Index oo
ugites Americana Rupr., not Willd., is referred to 4

136 The Botanical Gazette. [March,

Mexicana, and Z. Famaicensis Rausch is referred to Z. Amer:

icana Willd. I think it very likely that Z. colorata Griseb.,

and Z. Hartwegi Fourn., are not distinct from Z. Ameri-
ill

tis inter venas transverse venulosis. Panicula teenie
nunc laxa effusa, spiculis paucis nutantibus, nunc dense
bunda. (Char. ex Benth. et Hook. Gen. Pl. 3: 1191.)

Spicule 6-10-flore.

2. latifolia Hemsl. Biol. Centr. Am., Bot. 8: 577. Leal
Krombholsia latifolia Fourn. Mex. Pl. Enum., Gram. 122. (

Planta robusta, culmo valido, foliis subsessilibus, late a
datis, lanceolatis, 4-pollicaribus. Panicula pedalis fere, sp
ulis laevibus 5-lin. longis, 8—10-floris.

Z. Galeottiana Hemsl. |

. Cc: 6:—{n. 8]
Krombholsia Mexicana Rupr. in Bull. Acad. Roy. Brux 6:
(Galeotti n. 5,751).

Planta pusilla, foliis Parvis, cordato ovatis, breviter oe
latis; panicula depauperata 3-4-spiculata; spicule 7-
glumis vacuis parvis inequalibus, integris.

Spicule 2-4-flore.
2. Americana Willd. Sp. Pl. 4: 204.
Apluda Zeugites I, es longa
Culmi I—2-pedales. Folia ovata, acuta I-2 pollices feriotl
6-10 lineas lata; petiolis glabris. Panicule rami in sai
ternati. Gluma florens femina aristata; arista erecta, § rae
dimidiam longitudine vel paulo brevior. Spicule 3-
floribus mascul?s distantibus.

2. Hartwegi Fourn. |. ¢. 121,
Despretzia Mexicana Benth. non Kth. (Hartweg no. 569).

see z uci-
Planta gracilis ramosa, pedalis vel ultra. Panicula P?

1896. ] New North American Grasses. 137

spiculata; spiculis 3-4-floris glumis vacuis dentatis, pubes-
centi-ciliatis, gluma florens femina apice mucronata. Vide
supra.

Z. Mexicana Trin. ex Steud. Nom. 2: 798. [ed. 2].

Despretsia Mexicana Kunth Revis. Gram. 2: 485. p/. 157.

Culmi graciles caespitosi, basi ramosi, repentes, genicu-
lato-erecti. Folia ovata acuta, basi rotundata, petiolata.
Panicule ramosze depauperate patentissime. Spicule 3-4-
flore longe pedicellatz cernue, lanceolate, virides. Giumz
vacue glabre, longitudine subequales; gluma florens femina
mutica.

2. colorata Griseb. Flor. Br. W. Ind. 536 in obs.
Folia oblongo-lanceolata; petioli apice pubescentes; gluma
forens femina breviter mucronata. Vide supra.

2. smilacifolia Scribn.

Planta validiuscula. Culmi 3-4-pedales, simplices. Folia
Petiolata, usque ad 4 pollices longa, 23 pollices lata, pet-
iolis apice pubescentibus. Panicula laxa, sub 4-poll. longa,
Paucis spiculis. Glumz vacue inequales, dentate, scabre,
marginibus ciliate. Spicule 3-flora, 2-3 lin. longe. Gluma
ed femina latissima, mutica, dorso scabra, marginibus
illata,

Pringleochloa, gen. nov. Tribus CHLORIDE# Benth. et
Hook. Gen. Plant. 3: 1087.—Spiculz monoice, dense biseri-
atim imbricata per latus racheos continue, complanate, ultra
summam spiculam excurrentis. Spicula masculze femininis

hg quam secunda brevior et multo angustior; glum “et

‘is $-nervis, aristis brevibus 3 inter dentes apicis; pa ar glu
™ aequans; stamina nulla styli distincti, stigmata longe

Plumosa, ’

idler: humile, perenne, stoloniferum, ramis gracilibus as-
D Ntibus, foliisque brevibus subrigidis. .
“dicated to Mr. C. G. Pringle, who for many years has

138 The Botanical Gazette. (March,

been collecting plants in our southwestern states and terri-
tories and in Mexico, and who has, perhaps, done more to
wards increasing our knowledge of the plants of these regions
than any other collector.

Pringleochloa stolonifera, nom. nov.—Culmi stoloniferi

cum aristis florum rudimentorum 34 lineas longe; gluma
prima setiformis, prope 14 lineas longa, parce et breviter

brevem aristiformem inter dentes excurrente, flosculi rudi-
menta plerumque 2-3, ad glumas vacuas inaequaliter arista
tas reducti, stipitibus brevibus vel articulis rachillz elevati.—
Tab. XIII.

Thinly carpeting, here and there, the calcareous plains

1-flowered and staminate, and the prolongation of the rac’
behind the palea is a short bristle, and does not extend int?

respects with those of Extriana multiseta Nees; they are ve?
densely crowded on the short partial rachis, and appea!

1896. ] New North American Grasses. 139

flabelliform clusters, but the awns of the flowering glume are
much shorter, as are also the more numerous awns of the rudi-
mentary florets above. These multi-awned glumes also sug-

described with Atheropogon stolonifer Fourn., the characters
of which, as given by Fournier (Mex. Pl. Enum., Gram. 140),

sexual character. Fournier’s specimens, (Liebman no. 588)
were collected in the same region, a fact which renders the
identity still more probable.
Division of A Lrostology,
U. S. Department of Agriculture,
Washington, D. C.

EXPLANATION OF PLates XI-XIII.

Plate XT. Avena Mortoniana Scribner.
Plate X1Y. Zeugites smilacifolia Scribner.
Plate XTIT. Pringleochloa stolonifera Scribner.
8-4. Staminate spikelet, showing the back of the second glume,
- Fig. 6. Empty glumes of the staminate spikelet, more highly
enified. Fig. c. Lower part of the staminate floret, showing the

of 4 Owering glume of the staminate spikelet. Fig. ¢. First glume

Pistill Pistillate spikelet. Fig. £ Second glume of the same. Fig.

: . ate spikelet, dorsal view, empty glumes removed. — the
h « female floret. F ig. 2. Fourth glume of the pistillate mee

to Bl umes above these have successively fewer arms. Fig. 4. Rachis,
which were attached three female spikes.

Some aqueous media for preserving algae for class
material.
W. A. SETCHELL AND W. J. V. OSTERHOUT.

amined and studied with nearly as satisfactory results as those
afforded by the fresh material of the same forms
The first difficulty can be overcome more or less readily.
Fresh water Species are more or less abundant in our ponds,
brooks and rivers, and the increasing facility of access to the
sea brings the marine forms within the reach of many. Esp
cially do the facilities offered by the marine laboratories,sue) |

€conomically obtained. -velled
‘ d of preserving in strong alcohol shrivel
the specimens to such an extent that the use of strong swe

to the particular specimen to b better, Ye
é € preserved, was be
proved decidedly unsatisfactory for the more delicate a
The ordinary English method of fixing in a saturated 5°
[140]

1896, ] Aqueous Media for Preserving Alge. 141

tion of picric acid and preserving in strong alcohol is a very
good one, especially for specimens to be imbedded in paraffin
or for special work in connection with particular problems.
Better still is fixing in some special solution such as a satu-
rated solution of picric acid, 0. 5—1 per cent. chromic acid, Per-
enyis fluid, Hermann’s mixture, etc., and transferring through
the ordinary grades of alcohol, or by dialysis, up to 70 per
cent. strength and preserving in that.

Such material is in excellent condition for imbedding in
paraffin or celloidin, but for the ordinary class work, for man-
ipulation by the student himself, the specimens must gener-

y be transferred again to water.

ut the preparation by these methods of material fora large
class is often a considerable task. The more delicate forms
too are seldom in a thoroughly satisfactory condition.

It has been found to faciliate the class-work on all the
‘typtogams very much to use freezing methods in the prepar-
ation of sections for the class, and either to have the sections
Cut by an assistant or by different members of the class at dif-
ferent times. A description of a convenient freezing device
and methods of imbedding in aqueous media will be published
by one of us in the next number of this journal.
ue methods and the preservation of natural form and
: 0 the different parts with as little change as possible have
endered it very desirable that aqueous media be employed if
Possible for Preserving fluids.

ber of fluids have been subject to experiment by the

ers that these notes of their experience, while con-
oes ing especially new, may serve as useful-hints to

Chrome alum.
Minar... ec’ ~Was used by Guignard? for fixing various
and ic for the Purpose of investigating the structure
tested se oPment of the mucilage ducts. Later it has been
at the Biological Station at Helgoland by Lotsy? upon

"Ann. Sei
2 - Nat., Bot. VII. 15: 1-46
Bot. Centralblatt 60: 15-16. 1894, =

This Subst

142 The Botanical Gazette. (March,

the red alge particularly as to the preservation of the cell
structure.

The writers have used one per cent. chrome alum ineither
distilled water or sea water carefully filtered through sand,

according to the different habitat, for about four years. The |

alga, carefully selected and washed free from dirt and debris,
have been placed in it at once and preserved in it until needed
for examination. The cell structure is well preserved in all
cases. Very little washing is needed afterwards to allow
staining by any of the ordinary staining reagents. Gelatinous
intercellular substances, whether soft or more cartilaginous,
are rendered firm but not especially opaque by treatment with
it. Cyanophycez, Chlorophycez, and Rhodophycez do very
well indeed. Phaeophycez, almost without exception, att
rendered brittle in a short time, but while this renders them
troublesome to manage, yet specimens prepared _ in this way
and soaked out in water are excellent for study by crushing
methods. It is the intercellular substance that is rendered

more than by any other of the media we have tried.

The Chlorophycez lose all of their green, or nearly all
The Cyanophyceze and Rhodophycee often retain consider
able (especially if kept away from the light), generally atleast
enough to assist materially in the examination of the chrom®

should have at least the greater part of the alum removed by

for ferns and for flowering plants, better in all cases tha ‘i
strong alcohol commonly used, but probably not superior

1896,] Aqueous Media for Preserving Alge. 143

chrome alum, the chromatophores, pyrenoids, nuclei and pro-
toplasmic sac and threads showing very well indeed. Speci-
mens kept in a cork-stoppered bottle in chrome alum showed
avery distinct dark steel-blue stain affecting the nucleolus
most, the nucleus and the chromatophores, and this remained
after washing in water, dehydrating, and mounting in Canada

With chrome alum, as well as all other preserving media,
a fairly large Proportion of fluid should be used.

Formalin.
_ Formalin, formalose, or 40 per cent. formaldehyde, accord-
ing to the trade name, has in the last two years become very
Popular with both zoologists and botanists. It is not neces-
sary for us to go into the literature, but we have found that
= Per cent. solution of the formalin (1-2" formalin
ln 99-98" distilled water or sea water) makes a solution
sufficiently Powerful to kill, fix, and preserve any ordinary
vegetable tissue. While the color fades more rapidly than

'S May tend to alter the cell-contents or the intercellu-

Years thie ; slightly, but in preparations kept for nearly two

le, = Not sufficiently marked to be especially noticea-

fungi oe iD the same percentages works excellently for

their 2a the higher plants. Toadstools are preserved in

cord; ae Shapes and in more or less of their natural colors
"§ to the species,

c Camphor water.
tion jg peor-gum is sparingly soluble in water, but the solu-
Phorateq Prejudicial to the life of microorganisms. Cam-
ve b Water is very useful when considerable collections
fen made and cannot be examined for several hours.

144 The Botanical Gazette. {March,

In such cases small pieces of camphor-gum strewn in the water
help to keep the alge from putrefying until they can be
studied or properly sorted and preserved. Formalin is use-
ful also for this purpose, but the acidity produced changes the
color quicker than is the case in camphorated water. For —
preserving Cyanophycee, camphor water keeps the cell
structure well if present in large volume, proportional to the
amount of material, but the coloring matter is soon dissolved.
Chlorophycee, Phaeophycex, and Rhodophycee, if wel
sorted and cleaned, are well preserved in abundance of tht
fluid, even the finer details of cell structure being preserved
perfectly. But perhaps the most important use of camphor
water is to preserve specimens already fixed by other fluids
Specimens of the larger Rhodophycee, killed and fixed in
concentrated aqueous solution of picric acid are preserved to
especial advantage in camphor water; as one of us has expt
rienced in special work upon Rhabdonia tenera Ag.

Summary of results.

Cyanophycee are best prepared with a solution containing
I per cent. chrome alum and I per cent. formalin. This %
lution renders the gelatinous sheath and matrices firm, keeps
the cell contents in a very natural condition, and retains 10
most cases the colors in their ordinary tints. 1-2 pet cent
formalin solution preserves the cell contents very well indeed,
but does not keep the color well, or the softer gelatinous
sheaths and matrices. Camphor water is not very favo
for many blue-greens. Many species must needs be preserved
in mass, and are associated with many bacteria and the ca
phor solution is hardly strong enough to wrestle successtilly

branaceous forms like Ulva Lactena. Such forms ate
course better if placed in simple formalin solution. ft
Phaeophycee do well when placed immediately in ! P
cent. formalin in seawater. The larger forms are better e 4
in I per cent. chrome alum for a few hours (3-6) and wT
preserved in 2 per cent. formalin solution or camphor vs
But specimens for crushing may be allowed to remain indefir
itely in the chrome alum solution. |

1896.) Aqueous Media for Preserving Alge. 145

Rhodophycea. The coarser forms may be put into any one
of the three solutions and be in very excellent condition;
chrome alum preserves more color than formalin or camphor
water. For the finer study, specimens are best left in a con-
centrated solution of picric acid in sea water for twenty-four
hours, then washed, preferably in sea water, for about twenty-
four hours more, and preserved in camphorated sea water.
Such genera as Nemalion, Champia, Rhabdonia, Cystoclo-
nium, etc., respond best to this treatment. Delicate species
need very careful consideration. _Griffithsia Bornetiana is a
most delicate species and, preserved in almost any way, col-
lects itself together into a shapeless mass; the cells lose their
shape, and it becomes a very uninviting object for study.

true of various species of Callithamnion, such as C. Baileyi,

er formalin or chrome alum will prevent this if the speci-
Be are fairly fresh when put into the preserving solution.
erkeley, Cal., and Providence, R. I.

The purposes of ethno-hotany.!
J. W. HARSHBERGER.

To the World’s Fair in 1893 was brought a unique collec
tion of objects obtained through the liberality of Mr. Hazzard
by the Wetherill brothers in the Mancos cafion, Colorado
Never before in the history of American archeology had such
a complete series of objects been brought together for study
and comparison. The University of Pennsylvania was fortt-
nate in securing through the efforts of Mr. Culin the loan af
the entire collection, which stands unrivalled in showingé
large series of interesting things; plant products in the form
of food, dress, and household utensils being very largely rep-
resented. It is to the description of the plants and plast

general.

The study of ethno-botany aids in elucidating the cul
tural position of the tribes who used the plants for food, shel
ter or clothing. The well-known classification of men

they did not pursue agriculture, they subsisted on the —
of wild grasses and herbs. The cliff dwelling peoples, a
ably driven to the mountain fastnesses, had practically .
the hunter stage and had begun to enter the agriculti

A people may be said to have left the pastoral and en a
upon the agricultural stage, when chief dependence is pla
upon the returns of the sojl under cultivation, With i
entrance upon this condition, new implements were devis ot
new methods of field labor introduced. An examinatio?

ne

: —“r
? A lecture delivered bef — .
cember 4, 1895. ore the University Archzological Associatio®
{146}

1896, Purposes of Ethno-Botany. 147

the objects in the Hazzard collection clearly shows that they
accomplished much by the use of very simple implements.
The corn was planted by a pointed stick and hoed by a stick
broadly flattened at one end. An examination of other man-
ufactured articles of vegetal origin shows that these people
were extremely provident; nothing was allowed to go to
waste. Jt was too difficult a thing to carry the objects from
below up the face of the cliff to their dwellings above, and

use. If it no longer served one purpose, it was devoted to an-
other. Mr. Cushing has shown that this care was due to certain
superstitions which they held concerning the soul of objects,
animate and inanimate. For example, when the hollowed
out pumpkin no longer served the purpose of a jar it was.
broken into pieces and the charred fragments served as a scrap-
ig instrument. The worn out fibers of Yucca were also con-
served and made useful.

This careful husbanding of their resources may be directly
traceable to two Causes; first, it was difficult to carry large
and bulky articles from the level of the cafion to the rocky
shelves above, for in Many cases steps had to be cut in the
Perpendicular face of the rock, climbing being facilitated by
ade climbing crooks, which afterwards were used by their
7 cendants, the Pueblos, ceremonially; second, they lived in
ay fegion, where the materials ready at hand for the va-
a uses of domestic life were extremely limited, and where
whi shel food supply was limited by the water supply,

calle ‘Pestrine levels to the cliffs above. The ladder in the
Yucca = the rounds of which are bound to the uprights by
aMinat; r, fulfilled essentially the same purpose. An ex-
to the on of the collection also shows that they had advanced
e ate a double lever of the second class, for we find
employing a pair of cedar forceps which Mr. Cushing
used to pick cacti, too prickly to be gathered in the
Waetured fo, - In fact a large number of the objects as man-
Progress ; rom plants shows that they had made considerable
the unc in the arts, and were less dependent, therefore, on
OF fishi “tain supply of food afforded by following hunting
ng. In other words, they were to a certain extent in-

148 The Botanical Gazette. [March

dependent of their surroundings and could, by planting crops
which they afterwards harvested and stored in granaries, eke
out an existence.

An ethno-botanical study throws light upon the pastdis
tribution of plants. I have at some length shown? that a
study of the native uses of Maize, etc., leads to the belief that
Indian corn was a native of southern central Mexico and from
there by trade and barter was Carried to the farthest points in
North and South America. Another example is found into
bacco which was universally distributed throughout the Amer
can continents. The distribution of tobacco, however, -
complicated by there being two or three species, which wert
used in different parts of the western hemisphere. One spe
cies (Nicotiana rustica) was cultivated by the Indians in New
Mexico and Arizona, as observed by Dr. Edw. Palmer. At
other species (Nicotiana quadrivalvis) was cultivated by the
Indians from Missouri to Oregon. One or two species at
recorded as having been cultivated in California.* One quo
tation will show that it was cultivated widely. Hernandez
Oviedo in his ‘Historia general de las Indias” (1535) %&

e :
oder beide Oeffnungen in die N asenlécher passten; dena &
Insulaner rauchten ihren Tabak durch die Nase.”*

*Maize: A botani . 9 Poe,

Univ. of Pa, 1: ‘is and economic study. Contrib. Bo
®U. S. Dept. Agr. Rep. 1886: 76, Te

bak 2 B. Reicuensacu, Die Pflanzen im Dienste der Menschheit. 1 D*

1896. Purposes of Ethno-Botany. 149

is of importance as deciding upon the original home and past
distribution.

3. An ethno-botanical study helps us to decide as to the
ancient trade routes. I have shown that maize was intro-
duced into the West Indies by the tribes which had emigrated
from the South American continent; that South America de-
tived the cereal from the tribes living adjacent to the Rio
Grande and tributaries,

Considerable difficulty, however, is experienced in the study
ofa single isolated plant, for the trade routes may have been
various, but when we introduce as evidence two or at least:
half a dozen plants, we can determine with greater accuracy
the main trade routes.

There cannot be any doubt that such trade routes existed.

Passed his father’s house in central Pennsylvania on their way
to the salt licks of Virginia. I remember seeing the trail
that led southward through his woodland, as used by Chief
Hogan and his band of hunters.

what is now the state of Minnesota. Mr. Joly says with re-

~ ed European archaeology: ‘‘How far the commercial
speed the primitive people of Europe extended and what
far they followed is a question the solution of which, like
ever th ® many others, is as yet merely guessed at. How-
Medit © Presence of amber from the Baltic, and of white
Catyed pa coral in Switzerland, Italy and elsewhere, of
does —_ in abundance in the Isle of Elba where this rock
obsidis ot exist in the natural state, arrows made of the black
era es Sardinia, found in the same island and in that of

Sa, th

man those of augite of Auvergne found in Brittany; the

oi Tom the
Ist : ”
Sam es 2mong the most ancient inhabitants of Europe.” The
© princi
- arts of the globe. Commerce very early carried
°od from the Rhine country to the Baltic, where the tree
12—Vo}, XXI.—No. 3,

—

150 The Botanical Gazette. [Marct,

was and thence to the Esths and Wends where the yew wa
not found.

The first step in deciding upon the ancient trade routes is
to ascertain (1) what plants were used by the cliff dwelling
Indians, for example, of the Mancas cafion in Colorado, (2)
to systematically tabulate the distant and local plants and (})
to discover, if possible the home of the non-indigenous plants.
When all of these points are decided upon, we shall have sufi
cient data with which to map out the Indian trade routes.

here are several ways by which the plants as used by tit
cliff dwellers can be determined. (a) By a direct botanical
determination of the species of plant used. This is possible
in many cases when we have seeds, nuts, tubers, bulbs, and
berries used as food; also by a botanical analysis of the pt
herbs which may have the leaves and flowers preserved.
examination of the human excrement might disclose by meat
of the undigested voided seeds, the plants that were used 3
food. In dealing, however, with the raw materials of mail”
facture, it is often very difficult to determine from what veg
etal source they were derived. 6) A microscopic examine
tion of the plant product will reveal much; for example, ift
be a piece of wood, its woody characters. We could dettr

angiosperm or that of a gymnosperm. In case the piece |

wood shows a gymnospermic structure, it is quite possible b
use of knowledge already gained to determine whether it be

yew wood or that of the pine, the fir, the larch and the june |

A microscopic examination of a dicotyledonous ste

would also help us in identifying the wood.

We have a piece of wood before us which we cut in ordef
to determine its microscopic appearance. A striking featu®
in such a section is the concentric circle of ducts in the ¢
spring growth of wood; in the thick rings sometimes se”
are two or three rows of ducts, the third one being of small
size than the others. ‘The first row forms in the spring
the leaves are opening.” The largest duct is usually ro"
and 0.13 of an inch in diameter; some are smaller and oe
flattened or elliptical. Except when first forming these se
are never open, as usually stated, but are filled with de i aft
tyloses. Surrounding these ducts are small cells, whit
termed tracheids, having minute thin places in their 5

the middle lamella of the cell, however, being not visibly P*

1896, } Purposes of Ethno-Botany. 151]

forated. Some cells containing starch are also intermingled
with these tracheids. In an annual layer of vigorous growth
large bundles or masses of hard, dense fibers are seen just
out of the concentric circles of ducts, and when fully formed
extend through the outer part of the layer. These fibers
vary in diameter from .006 to .0075 of aninch. The medul-
lary rays run through the bundles and at frequent intervals
are intersected by cells running parallel to the axis of the
tree, thus dividing a mass of hard fibers into small rectangles.
Such a detailed description coincides with the structure of the
white oak, and after applying further tests we can rest assured
that the wood is from one of the most valuable of our forest
trees,

If the study of the microscopic structure leads to no defi-
nite conclusion as to the nature of the wood, then we
might have recourse to other methods. (1) The specific
gravity of the specimen can be readily calculated whether the
Wood is heavier or lighter than water. A piece of wood

Species of tree from which the wood was taken. (3) The
Weight of the wood per cubic foot in pounds, and its fuel value

We ha:

ve now seven important facts concerning our piece
of wood:

I. Its geographical habitat.

2. Its specific gravity.

3- Its microscopical structure.

4 Its fuel value.

5. 7 resistance to transverse strain and compression.

" -'S weight in pounds per cubic foot.

7 Its ash, 2 J
. . fan judge as to the past meteorological conditions by
. .-*aMination of the annual rings of wood, but the difficulty
Sto determ;
in
collect Hazzard collection, the year in which the wood was
site: whether at once or after the piece had lain on the
Valuabj for Some time. We have, however, in the wood a
© indication as to the years of drought and excesses of

152 The Botanical Gazette. (Maret,

rainfall. A recent writer in Forest Leaves (5: 51) describes
the irregularity of growth very forcibly and gives tables sup-
porting his statements. He says: ‘‘Having observed, in cut
ting various timber trees, the irregularity of growth at different
periods of tree life, and being interested in the striking coim-
cidence of these irregularities with the occurrence of certail
forest fires, an examination was made. On counting back

interference with the regular healthy life of the tree, the
result of forest fires occurring at these periods.”

4. Ethno-botany is useful as suggesting new lines of mat
ufacture at the present day. This is especially true of wovel —
stuffs. Mr. F. H. Cushing has shown that by unraveling the
woven frabrics a clue can be obtained as to the manner
weaving. e has succeeded in imitating skilfully a large

among the Indians of the southwest, especially the Kioway®
for many years. It is to the use of the mescal button
Kioways in their religious ceremonies that the white ™
owes his present knowledge of the drug. p43

The Indians assemble in their council tents usually 0" wT

a a a
Oe ee

RS ee ee

1896. ] Purposes of Ethno-Botany. 153

urday night, and seat themselves each with his supply of but-
tons, about a large camp fire, which is kept burning brightly.
Button after button is swallowed from sundown until three
clock A.M. Throughout the ceremony, there is no dancing
or singing, but a continual monotonous beating upon drums
iskept up by the attendants. The Indians sit in a blissful
reverie for hours, enjoying the beautiful visions of color and
other manifestations caused by the resulting intoxication. In
fact, most of the plants which the new world afforded were
made known in this way; ‘tobacco, chocolate, the potato,
maize, and tomato were first used by the Indians of North
and South America and afterwards borrowed by white men.

One of the principal features of the equipment of every eth-
nological museum where ethno-botany is to be studied should
bea collection of seeds, kept in glass bottles, and systemati-
cally arranged. The identification of all kinds of seeds col-
lected from so Many sources is impossible without such a
collection,

“The seed collection of the Division of Botany, U. S. De-
Partment of Agriculture, is put up in glass specimen tubes
ent necks, and of two sizes, one 5™ long and 1.5™ in
aig the other 10 long by 3. In addition to the seeds,
n€ or two capsules of the dry fruits are inclosed whenever
Possible, Fleshy fruits of our native wild plants are kept in

rey f various stages of germination are also kept in alco-
of reference and study. The bottles are placed in cloth
gs dtrays made of heavy binder’s board. The trays for
- et bottles hold 100 specimens. These are placed in
foes ase, which is to contain also, so far as possible, herbarium
ai aes . Pe plants from which the seeds were taken. A
; Cx re) t . . . . .
Mettiges. *s € collection is of great assistance in finding
h ; :
Microsg tPment would not be complete without a series of
ae Slides, Prepared to show longitudinal, transverse,
be in eval sections of all our native woods. These should
available ¢- and catalogued in such a way as to be “easily
€ for Comparative use.
scum age ethno-botanic garden should surround the mu-

With the it to provide living plants for study in connection

: J€cts of vegetal origin displayed in the museum. ®

Harsap Department of Agriculture 1894: 408.
October 26, age arp and Garden. The Philadelphia Evening Telegraph.

154 The Botanical Gazette. {Marct,

Only aboriginal American plants should find a place in sucha
garden. No plant can be found more graceful than maize, @
grass associated with the myth of the aboriginal races ol
America and worthy the place as our national emblem. This
plant has been little thought of for decorative purposes in out
gardens. Yet it is decidedly ornamental and worthy of es
teem. The sunflower, too, ought to be grown. The Indians
recognized its value, for the Moquis and Supais planted it {or
food, and used the ground seed mixed with cornmeal as 4
dainty. The tobacco plant should not be forgotten, as its
decidedly ornamental. a

The tomato with its crimson fruit, the pumpkin vine, :
bean and the potato should find a place in some corner of ;
aboriginal American garden. The oak, yielding acorns, 2
the willow, dye stuffs, can be planted with good effect, fii
a pond, in which grow the arrow-leaf (Sagittaria varia “a
and yellow lotus (Melumbium luteum), both furnishing abonig
inal root-esculents, water cress, a salad plant, and wild a )
(Zizania aquatica), would serve to break the rigid outlines
the formal beds. Indian |

The plants should be arranged with reference to the In v
tribes which cultivated them. The plants of the Aa
Should stand apart from those of the Iroquois, those ©
Aztecs from those of the Pueblos. Such a geographic arrang?
ment is most desirable for educational purposes. oust

fn arrangement according to the uses of the plants took

also be made. The strictly agricultural plants, such Pe fet
beans, pumpkins, etc., ought to be sown in one bed; the pe
plants, like basswood (Tilia Americana), sumac (Rhus yi
matica), willow (Salix lastandra), unicorn plant baie dye |
proboscidea), yucca (Yucca brevifolia), in another; the
plants, as alder (Alnus incana), celandine, smartweed) att
white maple, gold thread (Coptzs) is still another. ‘ ing
plants and medicine plants are important also, as showiMe
culture of the aborigines. They should by no means
cluded from this garden.

There can be no doubt, therefore, that such ethno-
gardens would stimulate greatly the interest in Indian P tific |

Notes on grasses.
GEORGE V. NASH.

My recent articles on ‘‘New or Noteworthy American
Grasses,” published in the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical
Club, seem to have caused considerable consternation among
the agrostologists of the Department of Agriculture at Wash-
ington, judging from the haste in which they have criticised
t This haste has evidently led them into the commission
of obvious errors, which would have been avoided had more
care been taken in investigating the facts.

An €xception is made to my disposition of Agrostis brevi-
folta of Nuttall. I am aware that until the type of this
Plant can be seen, absolute certainty of identification is im-
Possible. The character given by Nuttall, to which your
Correspondent alludes, ‘‘culms solid and compresse
_ fot terete but solid and ancipital,” is one which is pecul-
‘arly applicable to the plant I have referred to Agrostis brev-
ifolia, and which your contributor thinks is the Vilfa Rich-
ardsonis of Trinius. In the plant I have referred to Agrostis
brevifolia the culms are solid, much compressed, and even
ancipital. In the type of Vilfa cuspidata Torr., preserved in
the Columbia College Herbarium, the culm, on the contrary,
mete With the exception of a slight flattening on one side,
ane Never approaches ancipital in any degree. If this char-
ater is to be considered as ‘‘essential and decisive,” it does
‘ss “rgue well for the equivalency of Agrostis brevifolia Nutt.

" Vilfa cuspidata Torr.
nig Sait a lack of research is shown by ait cr hoe tree
Te one of Steudel’s Cryptostachys vaginata. Steu
genus C, the specimen, on which he founded si pina he
lifery 1) Ptostachys, in the following words: ‘‘Panicum prc

m Hrbr. Amerc. un. it. 1837.”1 There is a specimen in

ae Columbia College Herbarium with a printed label bearing

S aeflora’ Torr. Steudel; like many others, applied Tor-
: 1 consideration

Y's name to the wrong plant. But a carefu
1

S
70. Pl. Gram. 181, 1855.
[155]

156 The Botanical Gazette. (March,

of the generic description given by Steudel should have availed
to show that his Cryptostachys vaginata is Vilfa vaginaefors
Torr., forhe says: ‘glume 2 . . . acuminate; val-
vulz 2 membranacee pilose acuminate.” These characters,
especially the reference to the pubescence of the flowering
scale (valvula), are found in Vilfa vaginaeflora of Torrey, and
well distinguish it from my Sporobolus neglectus, in whichthe
empty and flowering scales are never more than acute and
perfectly glabrous. Besides the longer and relatively nat-
rower spikelets in V. vaginaeflora Torr., another character
serves well to distinguish these two related species. In Spor-
obolus vaginaeflorus the flowering scale in age is dull and
usually mottled, while in Sporobolus neglectus it become
white and shining.
The other of your correspondents seems to question the

‘‘validity” of some changes I have proposed, but he too dis
regards the facts. In reference to A ndropogon alopecursiles

|
form with a twisted awn, for he uses the expression ‘arisli |

what form did Linnaeus give the name ‘‘alopecuroides.
has made himself clear on this point, as stated above. ™
also makes the following citation: ‘Andropogon culmo pair
culato. Gron. virg. 133.” On page 133 of Gronovius' Flos
Virginica the above quoted words are found and appended §
“Clayt. n. 601.” I have been thus explicit, as a referettt
made by your correspondent to ‘Gronovius’ number 13

¢

specimen. Had he looked into the subject, he would not hat
made this error, ;

In order to ascertain just what Clayton’s no. 601 }5 si
ee of three distinct forms were sent to Mr. E. G. a
the British Museum, where Clayton’s plants are (ae

€ replied as follows: “Your no. 2 matches the Clay fo
type and as I thought perhaps you would like to se¢ i .
yoursel I send a scrap of the type with Mr. Carruthers P
mission.” This settled the matter conclusively. Bush r
160, collected in Missouri in 1893, and Kearney'’s

1896. ] Notes on Grasses. 157

collected in southeastern Kentucky in 1893, belong here.
Whether the Erianthus saccharotdes of Michaux is the same
or not must remain doubtful until his type is seen.

As to the separation of Panicum into a number of genera,
this of course must be a matter of individual opinion. If it
can be divided into groups, why not call these groups genera?
At all events consistency should be used in the treatment of
the subject. If it is thought best to make one vast genus out
of all these related groups, it would seem better not to draw
any arbitrary lines. Why should not Paspalum be included
also, as it approaches Eupanicum as closely as does Synthe-
tisma? How large is to be this aggregation? Cannot Erio-
chloa, Anthaenantia, Oplismenus, Ixophorus, Pennisetum,
etc., come in with equal propriety?

Nothing new is added by your contributor to the argument
in reference to Panicum latifolium L. As the matter has
been referred to, it may be well to call attention to the work
of Doell, for whose judgment your correspondent seems to
have respect, as evidenced by his remarks in relation to Syn-
therisma. Doell? has applied the Linnaean name latifolium
to the tropical plant, and cites P. divaricatum L. as a syno-
nym. Among the synonymy, and heading the list, will
be found Bambosulus latifolius Sloane, Voy. pl.-71. fig: 3:
As Linnaeus refers to this same figure’ it is not difficult to
understand what he had in mind and whence he derived the
name latifolium. If Linnaeus had in his possession, at the
time of the publication of his first edition of the species Plan-
tarum, the plant which Munro says is attached to the sheet
bearing the tropical plant, would he not have referred to it in
Ye way? Linnaeus simply says: ‘‘Habitat in America.” Un-
‘t P. clandestinum, published on the same page, he distinctly
States that he had that plant from Kalm. _Is it not clear that
4g received from Kalm, after the publication of his first edi-
a the plant which Munro says was ticketed, ‘‘From Kalm,
t orth America?” At Kew the name has been applied to the
ical plant, as shown by a number of specimens in the

tit bia College Herbarium determined by Prof. D. es
Rane hem nos. 2,053 and 3,593, Jenman, from Bri

Your Contributor says that my Panicum boreale is a form of
Seg een ak Aen ata deg eS PE ERE
, . 27: 206. :
"Sp. Pl. 59. 1753. aly

158 The Botanical Gazette. [Mareh,

P. dichotomum, and may be separated as a variety of it. It
is evident he has never seen the plant growing or he woull
hardly make this statement. Its habit is not that of P. dicho-
tomum, but more that of P. /axifiorum Lam., from whichit
is abundantly distinct, both in technical characters and range,
P. laxiflorum, so far as I am aware, does not occur northol
Maryland. P. boreale, on the other hand, is a northern spe-
cies, extending along the northern border of the United
States. I have seen specimens from Newfoundland, Maine,
Ontario, New York and Minnesota. It was collected by the
writer at Cairo, in the Catskill Mts., N. Y., in 1893. It was
quite plentiful there, and it was from field observations that
my attention was called to its specific differences. The P. lar
iflorum of Rand and Redfield’s Flora of Mt. Desert (p. 17S)
belongs here.

The comments made on my disposition of P. capillare vat

minor Muhl. are open to the same criticism made aboveil |

relation to P. boreale; your contributor is evidently not
familiar with the plant as it occurs in the field. It isc
tainly as worthy of specific rank as P. frexile (Gatting.) Serib
Are all these well-marked forms to be combined and this 4
gregation called a species? I will acknowledge this is an ¢/
way to dispose of the matter, and entails little work om
author, but to those using the resulting work it is a constat
source of confusion and disappointment

Now as to the Ixophorus of Schlechtendal. Hackel* rec |

nizes it, as being equivalent to Setaria, in the following —<—

Columbia College, New York.

* Eng. und Prantl, Nat 5 :
* Biol. Cent Amer - : oe Fam. 7: 36. 1887.

Noteworthy anatomical and physiological researches.
On the twisting of the grain of pine,!

In 1854, A. Braun? published the results of extensive ob-
servations on the twisting of the grain in a large number of
species of wood-producing plants, and offered an explanation
for the phenomenon. The paper now under consideration
contains the results of investigations on a limited number of
allied species of conifers. Dr. Hartig agrees in part with
Braun in his explanation, but does not agree with him as to
the final cause of the twisting of the grain. The former as-
signs as the cause the peculiar manner in which the increase
inthe number of elements of the cambium occurs. As the
Woody axis of the tree increases in diameter the number of
lements in the cambium cylinder at any height must in-
‘ease correspondingly. This increase in the number of ele-
ments is secured not by division in a radial plane, but by
transverse divisions. Usually these divisions do not occur at
“xactly a right angle to the long axis of the cell. As the two
daughter cells produced by such a division, grow in length,
the Upper end of the lower one pushes its way upward and
the lower end of the upper one grows downward, each insin-
lating itself between its mate and the neighboring element,
Parating to a slight degree the original elements of the cam-

om sheath, thus increasing its diameter. :
th hese transverse walls are inclined both to the right and to
€ left from a radial plane. Between the relative members
of these two kinds of wall and the twisting of the grain there
= Close relation. Generally if the members are about equal
th stain is straight. If a large majority of them incline to
“Tight the grain winds in that direction; if to the left, the

t ; - 4
Zaina gest: Ueber den Drehwuchs der Kiefer. Forstlich-naturwiss.
a B :

313-326. Ag. 1895. at .
Seng Me Ueber a. schists Verlauf der -Holzfaser -_ oa —
1854 ehung der Baiime. Sitzber. der kgl. pr. Akad. ;

[159]

160 The Botanical Gazette. [March,

other divisions of the elements occur in the same manner and
in quick succession, the cells will all soon be inclined to the
right, and in like manner if the walls incline to the left, the
cells will incline to the left. The elements of the wood will
be inclined as those of the cambium are inclined.

In all of the specimens examined, if any twisting of the
grain occurred during the first thirty years of the life of the
tree, such twisting was found to be to the left. In about half
of the specimens the twisting in this direction continued
throughout the life of the tree. In the other half twisting
did not make its appearance until well along in the life of the
plant (then to the right) or changed from the left to the right
in from thirty to one hundred twenty years. The inclination
of the long axis of the elements from a radial plane varied
from one to ninety degrees. In a little more than half of the
specimens the angle of divergence increased regularly with
the age of the tree.—L. S. CHENEY.

The mechanics of curvature.

The much vexed question of the curvature of organs in fe-
sponse to various stimuli is again to the front, and a slight
advance in the solution of the chief problem, 7. ¢., theit
mediate cause of the curvature, may be claimed. Noll in @
recent contribution! meets the specific objections offered to
his previous work? by Kohl® and Pfeffer. *

The principal theories which have been successively at
vanced in explanation of curvatures are chiefly as follows
Sachs attributed it to the exaggerated growth in length
the tissues on the side whose surface became convex in out
line; DeVries to an induced heightened turgor of the convex
side; Wortmann, in 1887, to the thickenings of the mer
branes of the concave side and aggregation of protoplasm ,
the cells limited by them, and consequences in growth eae
sion. In the large amount of critical work following this las
contribution it was established that the migration of the ee
toplasm and the thickening of the membranes on the concav’
side were attendant upon but bore no causal relation t0 -

x

2

i . . 1894. darch
“Energetik der Pflanzen. Leipsi ei : beitsleistunge?
wachsende Pflanzen. Leipsic. 4 eg 1893.-Druck und Arbei

1896. ] Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 161

vature. According to the results of Noll’s recent researches
it seems somewhat conclusively demonstrated that the stimu-
lus induces an increased plastic and elastic extensibility of

plasm, that these membranes extend in length from the pres-
sure of turgidity, which is equal throughout the entire cross
section, but the membranes of the concave side are unaltered
and do not respond farther to it. That the extension of the
membranes of he convex sides is not growth is shown by the fact
adduced by Noll that they not only become thinner during
the extension but do not increase in dry weight. The altera-

tended wall and prevents the reflexion of the old curvatures
to the initial stature of the organ when plasmolysed.—D. T.
Mac Dougat.

Selection of organic foods by plants.

quantity sufficient to completely satisfy the demand for this
f

tion takes Place, to what degree does it occur
he experiments were conducted exclusively with the
lower fungi, in most cases with Aspergillus niger and Penictl-
"um glaucum. In the first series of experiments, two car-
bon-containing Compounds of rather unequal nutrient value,
dextrose and glycerine, were added to the nutrient solution in
various Proportions and the fungi in pure cultures were culti-
Yated therein, The general result was that a choice was ex-
Roe in taking up the necessary carbon-containing material.
oth were somewhat used, but the better food, the dextrose,
Bo TEPPER, W.: Ueber Election organischer Nahrstoffe. Jahrb. f. wissensch.
* 28: 205. 1895,

162 The Botanical Gazette. [March,

was drawn on to a far greater extent than the glycerine, the
latter being thus protected. In case the dextrose was pres-
ent in small quantities, it was totally consumed before the
close of the experiment and the glycerine was then used until
the close. Although dextrose was able to protect in great
part the glycerine, still, even when present in abundance, it
did not do so completely.

When lactic acid took the place of glycerine, a similar gen-
eral result was reached.

In case acetic acid, in food value approximately equal
to glycerine and lactic acid, was offered with dextrose, a dif-
ferent result was reached. Although a poorer food than dex-
trose, the consumption of acetic acid was large, in cases eX
ceeding, in ratio to the quantity offered, that of the dextrose.
Here, the better food did not protect the poorer from use nor
did the poorer protect the better. Why acetic acid is thus
consumed at the same time with the dextrose, is a question
which the author does not attempt to answer. ggests,
however, that it may be of special availability for the satis
faction of some single function. The suggestion of the satis-
faction of single functions does not receive full discussion but
indicates interesting possibilities.

When peptone took the place of dextrose in experiments
similar to the above, very similar results were obtained.
the whole, peptone protected the poorer food more com
pletely than dextrose.

By growing fungi in a mixture of dextro- and levo-gytt
tartaric acids very interesting results were obtained.

While Pasteur, in 1858, found the dextro-acid was used,
leaving the solution levogyrate, Pfeffer found that while @
Majority of the forms used in his experiments acted similarly,
almost as many showed no choice, using both kinds in pe
quantities. One form, a bacterium, chose the left-hande
acid, leaving the solution dextrogyrate.

Pfeffer considers the causes influencing selection to be
largely referable to plant regulation ard therefore, a functi®
of irritability.

n case of widely differing diosmotic properties, the ™*
terial penetrating more rapidly than the other, though pera”
no better food, will supply the demand to a larger deg

The stimuli Prompting to a choice arise either a
plant’s own products or from the substance offered.

1896.} Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 163

quantity of reserves present and the concentration of the waste
products belong to the former class of stimuli. The chemi-
cal nature, the food value of the substance and the mass of-
fered are of the latter class.

Generally speaking, the better food is taken before the
poorer, it being kept in mind that the individual peculiarities
of the plant determine what constitutes a substance a good ora
poor food. The extreme diversity as regards the chemical na-
ture of substances used to supply the carbon demand is cited.

In order to speak more precisely concerning the values of
materials used as food, Pfeffer introduces the ‘‘economic co-
efficient” of a substance for any plant in question. The
“economic coefficient” of any substance for a given fungus is
the amount of the dried fungus mass produced from the con-
sumption of 100 parts of the food material.

The coefficients of dextrose and glycerine for the two kinds

of fungi most used are as follows:
Dextrose. Glycerine.
ree @)

Aspergillus MEMO mek
Penicillium glaucum . . bo: SAS wri ie
RopneEy H. TRUE.
On the Prevailing ombrophilous character of the foliage
of tropical plants.!

_ A review of Wiesner’s preliminary studies upon this subject
in Europe was given in this journal in March, 1895. The
Present paper contains the results of his observations in Buit-
‘nzorg. It was proved, according to his previous experi-
ments, that a distinction can be made between ‘‘ombrophobic
and “‘ombrophilous” foliage, and it was to be expected that
this last form, the ombrophilous, would be the prevailing one
in the moist tropical climate of Java.

The observations of Professor Wiesner show now, that the

de
Mate in this place. This is further illustrated by the fact

a

Wiesner Jo : ee Buitenzorg. III: Ueber
» JULIUS: Pflanzenphysiol. Mittheilungen aus bul

gat Yorherrschend ombrophilen Charakter des Laubes der hg a gen
@sber. d. K. Akad. d. Wiss. math.-naturwiss. Classe 103: 169-191. 1894.

164 The Botanical Gazette. [March,

which is exposed to the full effect of the sunlight. Among
these are gigantic specimens of Cereus pruinosus and ciner-
ascens, which have attained a height of six meters, a fact that
seems to prove that such plants also may be able to tolerate
a damp atmosphere. The author calls attention to the fact
that the depression of transpiration in Buitenzorg is not so
great as formerly stated by certain botanists. Indeed, it is
not unusual to see that several plants show the effects of the
exposure to the sun by the wilting of their leaves. The strong
imbibition of the cell membranes of the leaves allows a cot-
siderable transpiration to take place even in an atmosphere
which is almost saturated with moisture. It is, therefore, not
correct to suppose that the plants in the damp climate of
Java are only able to transpire in a very small degree. There
are in Java several plants which really need considerable evap-
oration but seem to thrive well in the moist atmosphere.
This is due to the fact that such plants have gradually changed
their character and very often, also, their habit. This is, for
instance, the case with the cultivated rose, which has ombro-
phobic foliage, and which only produces very few leaves and
small flowers in the garden at Buitenzorg. But the skill of
the cultivator has nevertheless succeeded in producing a few
specimens with large and odorous flowers. This is interest-
ing, since, according to Teijsman,? there is not a single native
species of Rosain Java. Several varieties of these cultivated
roses have changed their ordinary habit by keeping te!
young leaves hanging for quite a long time and by being
deep red from anthocyan, before they attain the green color.
Some other varieties, which were unusually leafy, showed thet
the ombrophobic character of the normal leaf had been moe
ified in these. The tea-roses thrive well as a rule, but theft
are a few varieties of these which have, so far, entirely failed
to develop.

age. But it has also been shown in all plants that the ™

2 ae me 950.
Teuade ee Catalogus plantarum quz in horto bot. Bogor. coluntut

1896. ] Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 165

brophilous character becomes lost by age and that it is not
acquired until at a certain stage of the development of the
leaf.

A peculiar case is mentioned to show how Mimosa pudica
isableto protect itself against the rain. The leaflets are ombro-
phobic but escape the effects of the rain by the closing of the
entire leaf. The leaflets themselves are, however, quite
easily wetted when separated from each other, and the sensitive-
ness of this plant seems to be an adaptation for withstanding
an excessive rain.

In regard to the ombrophilous foliage, the author confirms
the observations of Stahl. These leaves show a distinct re-

which is commonly observed in Java. This seems to be ex-
plained by the fact, that such leaves are ombrophobic when
young, but become ombrophilous at a later stage, and then
begin to raise themselves in a more or less horizontal posi-
tion.—THEO. HOLM.

2 E.: Regenfall und Blattgestalt. Ann. du Jardin du Buitenzorg—11:

13—Vol. XXI.—No. 3.

BRIEFER ARTICLES.

Accessory Buds.— With Plate X7V—The axillary buds of Spiraca Sor
bifolia L. are very conspicuous and are especially interesting because
of the pair of large collateral accessory buds which are usually asso-
ciated with them. There is no better plant than this for studying the |
nature of accessory buds, if taken when these buds are just making
their appearance, say in June or July. During the winter the thre
buds seem to have no connection with one another, but when small
the accessory buds are plainly seen to arise from the axils of the first
two bud-scales of the axillary bud. (Fig. 1.) Occasionally only on
accessory bud miakes its appearance, and sometimes when both acct>
sory buds are present the normal axillary bud aborts and results 2
apparently two axillary buds entirely separated from one another. —

No other Spirea examined had accessory buds, but other specié
belonging to the order Rosacez were examined, and wherever ag
sory buds occurred they were collateral with the axillary buds,
evidently axillary to the lower bud-scales. : :

In a cultivated species of cherry some of the nodes have simple #
illary buds while others have one or more accessory buds of equal o
almost equal size with the axillary bud; but as between these two .
ditions there was every degree of development present. The origin
the accessory bud was plainly seen to be the same as those of ae

There are no accessory buds on the wild cherry (Prunus ~ :
Ehrh.), but on examination of the rings left by the falling of the
scales at the beginning of this year’s growth a small bud is see? ms
of the lower scars. These buds would have been the acces: se
had they been conspicuously developed during the existence 0
bud to whose scales they are axillary. a and

Accessory buds in Caprifoliacez, when present, are supetP area
their character, if the same as in rosaceous plants, is not so 4PP
Diervilla trifida Moench. gives excellent examples of this arrange bud
of the buds (fig. 3). Here two buds appear above each a
and in case the axillary bud is in any way destroyed, the io at
sory on that side increases in size till it is equal to the gee a sth
the opposite side (fig. 4). The same arrangement is also foun ji ap
eral cultivated varieties of honeysuckle, as Lonicera Halliana a ani
ica and var. aurea, etc., while our native honeysuckle (Z- S¥
Gray) has no accessory buds.

In all the representatives of the Leguminose examined where ail

[166]

1896. } Briefer Articdes. 7 167

sory buds are present, the axillary bud is removed a short distance
above the axil of the leaf and a single accessory bud is situated in the
axil. This is distinctly seen in Amorpha fruticosa L. and Cercis Cana-
densis L. In the honey locust (Gleditschia triacanthus L.) the thorns
are somewhat removed from the axils and a small bud is situated in
the axil of the leaf. It is thus evident that the thorns arise from the
true axillary buds and the small bud in the axil of the leaf is an acces-
d.

In Vitacez is found another very striking proof that accessory buds
are not anomalous in character but are axillary to the bud-scales or
the undeveloped leaves in the bud. Here a glance at any of the buds
will show a single accessory bud with the apex just apparent above the
outer bud-scale. This is best seen in Ampelopsis quinguefolia Mx. No
one would, from a superficial examination, suppose more than this one
accessory bud to exist, but by sectioning the bud one and frequently
- other such buds may be seen in different stages of development

ig. 10).

August F. Foerste has observed! a tendency of certain abnormal con-
ditions to recur at more or less regular intervals in a specimen of elm
studied by him. Much greater regularity is shown in the recurrence
of definite nodal characters in Ampelopsis. The repeated series con-
“sts of three nodes beginning with the third node from the axis from
Which any ramial division in question arises. At the first node of this
series we observe on one side the stem nothing but the leaf-scar, on
Oe Opposite side the remains of a tendril, a flower-cluster, or the scar
left by the falling of one or the other of these. The second node of
the series is frequently precisely similar to the first but on vigorous
Mranches usually presents a compound bud in the axil of the leaf-
“at. At the third node of the series there is no scar or organ opposite
™ leaf-scar while in its axil is a strong axillary bud with its accesso-
nes wel] developed.

There seems to be a gradual increase of power from the first to the
os node of the series, At the first node the terminal bud produces
piher atendril or a flower-cluster which becomes opposed to the leaf
by the development of the axillary bud into the succeeding internode
8 axis, and the accessory bud fails to appear. At the second
my Sufficient power may have developed to pro

aty bud except j ent.
€pt in the degree of developm hey are not as far ad-

th ;
© tWo or three accessory buds within but t

1 :
Botanical Gazette 19: 463. 1894.

168 The Botanical Gazette. [March,

vanced as the accessories of the true axillary bud. In the third node
where the energy seems to reach a climax the terminal bud produces
the succeeding internode and the remainder of the power is spent in
forming and protecting a strong bud whose destiny is to develop a
secondary axis the following season. The year’s growth never ends
with an uncompleted series, the crowning bud always belonging to the
third node.

The wild grape (Vitis cordifolia Mx.) is precisely similar to Ampe
lopsis in all these characters, but in the cultivated varieties examined
considerable variation was found to exist in the periods of recurring
nodal characters. The node at which the terminal bud continues
the main axis occurred in these varieties at intervals of three, five,
seven or even nine, and though usually at odd intervals would some-
times occur in the fourth or sixth places. This variation is probably
due to the unnatural conditions attendant upon cultivation, especially
such as pruning.

Prof. Alphonso Wood considered? the tendrils of the grape abor
tive or transformed flower-stalks. This is not necessarily true. Both
are axial developments arising from terminal buds and hence occupy
similar positions, but it is no more correct to say the tendrilsare abor-
tive flower-clusters than that the flower-clusters are modified tendrils,
which latter would be the more probable if either were true, becaus
tendrils are produced during the entire growing season while flower
clusters appear for a very short interval only.

The accessory bud of Juglans nigra L. and species of Carya is Ve
small and arises just below the axillary bud in the groove at the bas?
of the petiole. Observations thus far indicate that the relative pos
tion of axillary and accessory buds forms a family character. Tho!
Juglans cinerea L.., being rather rare in this section, has not re
under the observation of the writer, it seems to him a fair questid?

ris¢ to an extra-axillary branch.” In no observed case are brant
regularly produced by accessory buds, their office being simply ae
the place of the axillary bud in case that is destroyed, or normally d*
velops into some other organ, as do the axillary buds of Dierv!
which develops the fruit.

Possibly the upper and stronger bud in the butternut which usual
~ *Class Book of Botany 66. 96 yb8g

of Botany 66, 75. 1880,
*Gray’s Botanical Text Book. 1: 45. 1879. [6th ed].

1896, ] Briefer Artities. 169

“gives rise to an extra-axillary branch” is the true axillary bud, as the
upper bud plainly is in Amorpha fruticosa, Cercis Canadensis, and
the above mentioned Juglandaceze.—Gro. H. SHULL, Sulphur Grove,
Ohio.

EXPLANATION OF Pate VI.—F ig. 1. Axillary bud of Spirea sanguisorba L.,
the accessory buds just making their appearance.—Fig. 2. S. :
buds fully developed as seen in the winter.—Fig. 3. A node of Diervilla trifida
Moench.—Fig. 4. The same. One of the axillary buds has been destroyed and

Fi
densis —Fig. 6. A node of Amorpha fruticosa L.—Fig. 7. Node and thorn of
Gleditschia triacanthus L.—Fig. 8. A node of /uglans nigra L._Fig. 9. A node
of Ampelopsi's quinguefolia Mx.—Fig. 10. A section of the bud of same. —Fig.

- The first two nodes and the recurring series of three nodes of Ampelopsis
guinguefolia,

Relations of eutinized membranes to gases,—During the course of
some experiments on the relations of plant membranes to gases, I had
occasion to make an estimation of the rate of diffusion of CO, through
* gtape skin, and obtained a somewhat unusual result. In this ex-
Periment a cleaned skin of a Concord grape was fitted, by means of
*a!lng-wax, to one end of an open glass tube 30™ in length and 5™
‘nternal diameter, filled with boiled water, inverted in a dish of mer-
cury, and the water displaced by washed carbon dioxide (MacDougal,
Exp. Plant Physiology 36, 37. 1895). By the exosmose of the gas the
mercury column was slowly drawn upward into the tube, for seven

Stationary for eleven days and then slowly began to fall until ten days
later it became Stationary 1™ below the membrane. It retained its
height with barometric and thermometric variations, from Nov. 1,
"894, to Dec. Io, 1895, when the apparatus was accidently shaken so
roughly that the vibration of the mercury column ruptured the mem-
‘ane and the column fell in a few minutes. An examination of the

ce of tape skins to filtration under pressure of 44.5™ of mer-
"NY for nine days (Proc. A. A. A. S. 48: 277. 1895) and Wiesner

170 The Botanical Gazette. [March,

found in a similar experiment a grape skin which sustained a mercury
column 70™ in height for seventy-five days. The membrane is believed
to have shown an absolute or nearly absolute resistance to filtration by
atmospheric gases during the time mentioned in my experiment, sine
the upper surface of the column and the tube showed a discoloration it-
dicative of the decay of the coloring matter from the lower side of the
membrane. The gas evolved during the disintegration would be of
sufficient amount to allow the fall of the mercury column.—R. N, Day,
Minneapolis, Minn.

Hamamelis Virginiana.—Notes in a recent number of the GazETl
regarding the dissemination of seeds of Hamamelis Virginiana reall
my first acquaintance with its powers of propulsion.

In August, 1890, a visiting friend to whom the plant was net
brought a branch to the house and placed it over a mirror. The nest
afternoon (some twenty-four hours later) as I was sitting alone in the
room my attention was called to occasional cracking sounds which
vestigation proved to be caused by the propulsion of these seeds.

By evening most of the capsules were found to be empty, and those
not so were emptied during the following day. No measurement
were taken, but I distinctly remember that a number of the seeds ¥"
thrown to the opposite side of a 17-foot room.

I mention this as showing that the propulsive power is acquired :
the capsule becomes dry, even though the stage of maturity re
reached.—Bessiz L. Puram, Harmonsburg, Pa.

EDITORIAL.

WITH THIS NUMBER the BOTANICAL GAZETTE passes into the posses-
sion of the University of Chicago. The only change that will be ap-
Parent to readers will come from the much larger opportunity of serv-
ing botany, for the same editors will remain in charge, and the general
Purpose of the journal will continue to be the same. The establish-
ment of a Department of Botany, and the appointment of the senior
editor as head professor, justifies the University of Chicago in assum-
ing financial responsibility for the publication of the GazETTE, which
has been brought to its present standing by private enterprise. That
this has been possible demonstrates its adaptation to the needs of
American botanists, as well as their cordial appreciation. Now that it
'Sabout to enter upon a period of strong financial support it expects to
meet these needs in the fullest possible way, and more abundantly de-
“erve the good-will of its readers.

It should be clearly understood that the GazETTE is to be even
nore freely open to the botanists of the world than it has been in the
~ It is not to be the organ of the botanical department of any
“niversity, but it belongs to all botanists everywhere. Its relation to
ba University of Chicago is simply to bring it that permanence and
Possibility of development which the present condition of botanical
“lence demands,

eo

THE F
Studies
Pia. On one page, containing less than 300 vipscelen sty
‘The ca ‘ple! footnotes! Whee tee peat Pe sonions

represented in Russia**, Germany*® an

¢ ao she feels impelled to cite Ledebour and a et
& approprias establish these well-known facts. ‘it wou. ge ee

€ to cite the Century or Standard dictionaries
lerence nha words of the sentence. Such a Nise or ga!
° Produce -agilag too much the strutting turkey wit 7 ae

n effect of size and weight beyond his real su

[171]

172 The Botanical Gazette. [Marcb,

FoR THE LAST paper entitled “A study of some Minnesota Myceto-
zoa,” Mr. Sheldon deserves severe censure. We have known Mr.Shel-
don heretofore as a student of the very difficult genus Astragalus, in
which his work has received sharp criticism, some undeserved and some
doubtless deserved. His appearance as a reviser of genera in the fa
more obscure Mycetozoa is therefore a great surprise. It is quite im
Possible to believe that a student of as few years standing as the author
of this paper can be entitled to speak upon both Astragali and Myce
tozoa. Had Mr. Sheldon confined his publication to a list of Minne
sota Mycetozoa, under names accepted by any monograph, he would
have done a real service. But when ina list of forty-two species he
proposes twenty-five new names (with long lists of synonyms in whi
we can have no confidence), he not only stultifies himself but doesit
teparable harm. The case, however, is even worse. Not content with
dumping about the Minnesota species the rubbish of worthless namé
constructed from book synonymy, Mr. Sheldon proceeds to “indicate
the nomenclature of sixty-odd species with which he had no immedi:
ate concern. It is difficult to refrain from imputing unworthy motives
in censuring such a flagrant abuse of liberty of publication.

While Mr. Sheldon is the chief sinner, we cannot but feel that the
editor of the Minnesota Botanical Studies by permitting the publica
tion of this paper, has, not only done harm to the science of taxonom
but has put into the hands of conservatives in nomenclature a kee!
weapon which they will not hesitate to use against the advocates of
reasonable reforms.

CURRENT LITERATURE.
Two new books for secondary schools.

Frobably the most puzzling problem in botanical book-making is
the preparation of a suitable book for secondary schools. The factors
in the problem are limited time, little or no equipment and poorly
trained teachers. In the higher stretches of education these factors
disappear or at least such an assumption can be made. Many have
been the attempts to solve the problem, but in most cases the demand
for time, equipment, and training has been larger than the supply.
Professor T, H. MacBride, of the University of Iowa, is the latest to
‘ater this field with his “Lessons in Botany.”? His theory is to be
Otte greatest advantage to the greatest number, and hence he seeks
10 give the necessary science training through the use of what are
called “the common plants.” This of course means the plants of pop-
pa knowledge. In accordance with this theory trees are first intro-
> bye study of buds, followed by stems, roots, leaves, inflores-
fence, etc. Then follows a series of types, with no special sequence
ee than convenience in securing the material. The last six of

ee lessons are given to cryptogams. a
th : Jase 1s almost entirely in the form of laboratory directions, only
. Portions of it being didactic which are necessarily so to fill out

Subject under discussion. Professor MacBride has followed out
nea in a very systematic and clear way, and the book will no
tain] — very useful because usable, in the secondary schools, 68
veh be More so than many of its predecessors. We do ane i
entat} rofeseor MacBride’s position that the “natural order’ fe) a
for mes '§ Opposed to the “logical order,” and that it is more na :

“cSnts to take up a subject in the order “in which all science has
the ia oped.” If the “natural” order of presentation, tide is
eae one, is to be followed rather than the “logical = mit

“a hehe natural one, only until teachers of the secondary Shes cae
Standno; sufficiently trained to present the plant kingdom m att
pt va of its evolution, that is, from the standpoint of nature,

Th “nt. We question though whether even this 1s necessary. ;
~~ Sther book? has been prepared by Mr. Bergen, the teacher 0
tog PRE, THomas H, — s in elementary botany = be care

Bekce, wall 8vo0. pp. xii + 233. Boston: Allyn & eae gs acions

Sinn & Co. {¥; Elements of Botany. 12mo. pp. viii

[173]

174 The Botanical Gazette. [Mareb,

biology in the English high school, Boston. It is divided into two
separately paged and indexed parts, the first treating the topic an-
nounced in the title, while the second consists of a very much abbre-
viated flora (with a key), including “a few of the commonest spring
flowers of the northern and middle states.” This part, which isa
mere publisher’s trap to catch the unsophisticated teacher or school
board, may be dismissed as not representing the author’s ideas and as
unworthy serious consideration.

The most praiseworthy feature of the book is the point of view, and
the method advocated and necessitated if the book is adopted. The
point of view of the author is the only one from which the mass of sti
dents will obtain any adequate conceptions of plant life. The plant
is discussed as a living thing having relations to other living things
and to its physical environment. The structure of this being is e
amined only so far asit is related to plant dynamics. This preset
tation of morphology and physiology is combined with directions for
dissection or experimentation illustrating the points discussed. It's
the first book of the kind which has come to our knowledge and ils
plan must be commended as most excellent.

But the execution leaves a good deal to be desired. In the fist
place the author has been unable to skake off the traditions of tht
past as fully as he ought to have done. This is manifest in the rele
gation of the “flowerless” plants to a separate chapter of twenty
pages, where they receive wholly inadequate treatment. Itis furt
shown in the disproportionately elaborate treatment of the fiowet
To the morphology of the flower and inflorescence as much ie
given as to all the cryptogams, while forty pages more are devoted
fertilization and the fruit. One sees also the survival here anit we
of the antiquated features of the earlier books, ¢. g., in the age
of the structure of those stems and roots only which have ais
secondary thickening; in the retention of “exogenous” and “en
enous” as designating stem structure; in the description of the ul
as a cluster of leaf rudiments with no reference to the fundamen
importance of the growing point, etc. The book is also a ste
lacking in logical arrangement and in definitions. Nowhere ist e
dent told what a leaf, stem or root is, nor is he led to discovet ho
can distinguish the one from the other. By 00

ut it must not be supposed that the book is largely bad. and
means. In the combination of a large amount of physiology
physiological experiments with the morphology and dissectio® nest
general accuracy of what is given (though there are some “eo
and in the selection of the abundant illustrations the book is 4
advance upon its predecessors.

1896.} Current Literature. 175

It is worth while noting the fact that both books are entirely de-
pendent upon accompanying laboratory work, as indicating the pro-
found change which is coming over the botanical teaching in high
schools, '

Plant breeding.

The second volume of the “Garden-Craft Series,” by Professor L.
H. Bailey, is before us in tasteful dress. It deals with the very inter-
esting questions regarding the breeding of plants to secure fixation of
desirable features. The book consists of five lectures, covering topics
Presented to the author’s students.

In the first lecture the causes for the appearance of new forms of
plants, and the fundamental methods for fixing these forms and mak-
ing them permanent, are presented. The influence of soils and meth-
ods of treatment, effects of climate, the change of seed, etc., are dis-
cussed. The second lecture expounds the philosophy of crossing as well
4 Its advantage as a means of originating new varieties. In the third
lecture specific rules for the guidance of the cultivator are laid down,
hone of which are to be found particularly set forth in this connection
nother readily accessible writings. The fourth lecture consists of
"anslations of Verlot’s classification of varieties of ornamental plants,

ariére’s discussion of bud variation, including a list of bud varieties,
and Focke’s chapter on the characteristics of crosses. In the final
lecture, directions for the cross pollination of plants are given in de-

nha illustrations. A brief glossary and a good index are ap-

let ‘ Particularly commend this book to botanists, who have too —

te © garden fence bar them from the study of some of the mos

Pei and instructive phenomena of plant evolution. The first
chapters will be found of especial interest and value.

ec take exception, however, to Professor Bailey's se

the ultimate unit or individual in growing plants is the bud an

t .
ra * Wood or tissue to which it is attached” (p. 8). And eae
nthe This unit [in which variations arise] is the bud and the seed,

4c, es, or the offspring of one parent; the other agave
Phas, Pring of two parents.” The confusion regarding the
pe seed plants ought not to be perpetuated, even in popular
"8S It is throughout this book. Regarding this topic it is quite
* to be accurate without being abstruse, and the wii el
for an “all flowers “sex organs” the better, for gardeners as well as
aNists,

‘B
tita93 “ss H.—Plant breeding. Garden-craft series, vol, II. 12mo. pp.
"BS. 20. New York: Macmillan & Co. 1895. $1.00.

176 | The Botanical Gazette. [March,

But this morphological shortcoming will trouble too few, while the
lucid and vigorous presentation of the chief matters will interest many,
we hope.

General biology.

A second edition of the General Biology published by Professos
Sedgwick and Wilson‘ ten years ago has given opportunity for a thor-
ough revision and considerable changes in plan. The original plan
provided for a general discussion of the fundamental properties a
protoplasm and the forms of cells, followed by the thorough study dt
a plant (for which the bracken fern served as a type) and an anim!
(the earthworm). The difficulties in the use of the book arose ftom
the exceedingly varied material necessary for the laboratory work 0
the first part of the book. te

The chief changes in the present edition consist in the come .
from the body of the text of all laboratory directions, in lieu of which |
suggestions are made to teachers in an appendix; in the transfer
the study of the animals to precede the plants; and in the introdue
tion of a series of unicellular animal and plant types.

The first change we think wise, but regret that the suggestions #
too brief for those who need them at all. The second change, :
plea of the “ease with which the physiology of the animal caf ee
proached; there can be no doubt that beginners find the — |
problems of the plant abstruse,” seems to rest upon a false pre™
If beginners find the vital phenomena of a plant difficult pi
the fault lies with the teacher and the presentation—not WI -
character of the phenomena, which are vastly simpler than in me
mal. The authors, who are zoologists, state their own expel aie
probably, and the reason may be valid in such cases; but yard -
tion that “there can be no doubt” is too strong for botanists ;
cept. a

The introduction of the unicellular plants, protococcus, pre .
bacteria, after the study of Pteris, seems to us an anomaly. wack
if a study of the physiology of protococcus preceded that of the
fern the authors would not find the latter so abstruse. ‘i yo F

For the material of the book, the clear illustrations and
style we have only praise.

Minor Notices. aston Bf

Yaxutat Bay, Alaska, was explored by Mr. Frederick Fu at f

the summer of 1892, under the direction of the Division of ae |
the Department of Agriculture. The results are just pact go? |

_‘SEDGwick, Wm, T., and Witsox, Epmunp B,—An introduction 57, Ce |
biology. Second edition, revised and enlarged. 8vo. pp. *# to
New York: Henry Holt & Co, 1895.

le

1896. ] Current Literature. 177

(Jan. 15th) as vol. 3, no. 6, of the “Contributions from the U. S. Na-
tional Herbarium.” An interesting field report is presented by Mr.
Funston, which well points out the peculiarities of the region. Mr.
Coville, Chief of the Division, makes the botanical report, which con-
sists of a catalogue of the 137 vascular species and varieties, and 27
bryophytes, with habitats and critical notes. We regret exceedingly
{0 note that this government publication has adopted a new family
homenclature. A certain amount of discussion and agreement may
be claimed in support of the use of the rules of the Botanical Club,
but to supplant such names as Cruciferz, Leguminose, Umbelliferz
and Composite, by Brassicaceze, Fabacee, Ammiaceze and Carduacex
is the merest pedantry, and is straining after uniformity when uniform-
ity is not necessary,

Minnesora BoranicaL Srupies, part 7, contains five papers. (1)

n the genus Cypripedium with reference to Minnesota species, by
Henrietta G. Fox, deals with the formally adopted state flower, with
descriptions and geographical distribution in the state of the six spe-

cies of the Atlantic region. (2) Poisonous influence of various ve aa
“es of Cypripedium, by D. T. MacDougal, in which he confirms his
earlier observation, showing that the poisonous action is due to glan-
dular hairs. (3) Tree temperatures recorded by Roy W. Squires. (4)
Some Hepatica: of Minnesota, by John M. Holzinger, is a list of 25
‘Peciés. (5) A study of some Minnesota Mycetozoa, by E. P. Shel-
ie Further editorial comment on nos. 1 and 5 will be found on
171,

A REPORT on collections made in 1894-95 by the Botanical Survey
‘ Nebraska, conducted by the Botanical Seminar of the University,
tas just been issued. It is devoted to descriptions of new fungi and
2 list of additions to the reported flora of the state. The new species
a fifty-five and the additions bring the state list up to 3,196 spe-

Mr. James M. Macoun, Curator of the Herbarium of the Geolog-
wal Survey of Canada, is publishing a series of contributions from the
herbarium. Numbers V, VI and VII are before us, reprints from the
nation Record of Science, and contain additions to the flora, new

‘ONS, revised nomenclature and critical remarks.
HE “BOTANICAL SEMINAR” of the University of Nebraska has is-
d part 2; of its “Flora of Nebraska,” containing the Rosales, by
Rydberg. The handsome typography, good plates, and full treat-
: of the other parts continue. The statement of the ire
wa Soups is full of interest, and careful synonymy blazes the

Y for those unfamiliar with the new nomenclature.

Sue

OPEN LETTERS.

Is publication of botanical and zoological papers in microscoplcal
ournals justitiable?

of the New York Microscopical Society, Journal of Micron rliche

in Ameri d Ww very well that the GAZETTE
Space to all the articles it would Other botanical journa
columns unequal the demand for spac

[178]

1896, ] Open Letters. 179

sity both from the point of view of the investigator and from the point

of view of the Increasing multitude of readers that channels of publi-

cation should increase. Few of these channels have a more definite
n

ges are alone able to tell. Its co-laborer, the GazerTTE, will be the
sure to discourage it in its mission.—W. W. OWLEE, Cor-

BS

Nature of the binary name.

sente same idea some five years since,! and I remember then re-
garding an argument needing to be answered; yet I do not re-
call having r where a word of c ent up The gist of
the Professor’s argument lies in these two inter ns sn <
Clature monomial or binomial? Is Jud/afa or Carex bullata the name
m4 sedge?” ‘The two forms of expression are, of course, but the

abstract and the concrete, respectively, of one thought. In other words,
© query is but une; and its strength as an argument resides in the
Perfect confidence with which a certain one of two conceivable an-

a correct answer, the argument is strong enough utterly to dis-
the Practice of treating the retention of the earliest specific
B ~ 4s obligatory under the law of priority.
é ut, 1f what the author of the argument deems rationally out of the

of
sot aly the argument, so specious at first glance, is weakened, if
continyeposted And I shall venture to assert, having in mind 3 ;
hual practice of all botanists, that, under certain limitatious, du/-
nit : eter naa Professor Bailey

While an : d
dr -, “ny Number of species from a half- os
ag Without any claves" OF indefiniteness or ambiguity as to the
by wand all this without using any but the specific names; es
NY Necessity of the situation, employing before his hearers the
a

ous one;
at any botanist,

sol We do make t
: € names, in : .
co . ’ oral conv .
“ideration may be, unless it should be a monotypic one, in which

1
Bor. Gazetre 16: 215.

180 The Botanical Gazette.

signe
whois useless; at best a sort of rhetorical flourish appended to that
simple term—that “monomial,” to use, but not to approve a word $0
constructed—which usage makes the essential name of that speci
ant. The name is even perfectly com)etent to distinguish ie
i j warrante

usages; for these are everywhere anterior to written usages, a0
have much to teach us.—Epw. L. GREENE, Washington, D. C

NOTES AND NEWS.

THE BELIEF that the nucleolus is not a permanent cell organ has
been further confirmed b the observations of F. Rosen (Bot. Cen-
Asi 65: 115) in his studies of the root tips of Pisum, Phaseolus and

ea.

THE METHOD by which underground shoots gradually sink in the
soil is said by A. Rimbach (Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesell. 13: 141) to be
due to the power of forming contractile roots, especially when they
are young.

IN His stuDy of the “oil tubes” of Umbellifere C. Van Wisselingh
(Arch. Néerl. Sci. Ex. et Nat. 29: 199) concludes that the characteris-
tic substance of the walls is neither suberin nor cutin, but an allied
substance which he names “vittin.”

_, DARWIN’s explanation of the nyctitropic position of leaves, that it
8S a protection against nocturnal radiation, has been controverted by
: Stahl (Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesell. 13: 182), who sees in the position
4 device to promote transpiration in the night and early morning
HOGENIC YEastT has recently been studied by Dr. H. Tokishige
i 6 a 19: 105). It is the cause of an
Hectious skin disease of horses in Japan. In artificial cultures it pro-
NCES Spores, and is named by the author, Saccharomyces farciminosus.

ae Joun K. Smart has described (Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, Jan.) two
To Senera of Saxifragacez. Jepsonia is based upon Saxifraga Parryt
or. and includes also S. malvacfolia Greene; and Saxifragopsis is

4sed upon Saxifraga 2 oides Greene. Both genera are illus-
trated. ga fragarioide i

Id by that institution to form a nucleus for the Redfield fund of
Annee, '0 be used for the benefit of the botanical section of the
cademy,
Iv Is oF INTE i he old category
“ REST to note that the protest against the Lich Sie
c Parallel-veineq” leaves is ermine L. Gabelli Sich 9 Lae 9: 356)

instante’ referred are but
stances d out that the greater number of cases so

the leaf °* Palmate venation modified by the ribbon-like form of

wait SNTHER of Loranthacex has been investigated by Van pienhens

Avance 42: 363) with some interesting rts ae

20 indefinit.pollen-sacs” is remarkably variable, ranging oe Ag
: re number. It would be of interest to know whet eee

ary tage to the microsporangia, or to the “pollen-sacs’ 0

Tur a AT f ch curious

.ATENT LIFE” of th. d has been a matter of mu ;

culation, G. De a a ae to the conclusion (Arch. Sct.
[181]

4~Vol, XXI. —No. 3.

182 The Botanical Gazette. [March,

Phys. et Nat. 88: 497) that it is a case of “suspended animation.”
It is hard to imagine such a thing as “potential life,” but easy to cor
ceive of the necessary life exchanges being reduced to so low an ebb
and flow as to be imperceptible.

Tue EDITORSHIP of Queen’s Microscopical Bulletin will hereafter bk
in the hands of Mr. Albert S. Baker. Mr. Edward Pennock, who lis
been the able editor of the ABu//efin since its inception twelve yeas
ago, has severed his connection with the firm, in order to establish &
new depot for microscopical supplies. The journal will be continued
without material change in form

BULLETIN DE L’HERBIER BorssiER for Dec., 1895, and Jan. 1896, |
contain papers of unusual interest to American botanists. In the for-
mer, the Mexican collection, known as Plante Seleriane and dete!
mined by numerous specialists, is presented in part. In the latter,
Renauld and Cardot discuss certain species distributed in their Musa
America Septentrionalis Exsiccati.

THE EXPLORATION of Central Africa is bringing to light many plat
of great interest. Splendid forests of what are called “cedars lave |

n discover anje : he gr
This “cedar” is a Widdringtonia, somewhat distantly allied to Fait
presses. It seems nowas though it is an isolated plant, somew

the Sequoias of our own Pacific slope. i
NEW TERMS are constantly arising in botanical literature. be
the latest is “heterotopic,” applied by F. X. Gillot (Bull. ik
France 41: 16) to those plants which are occasionally found OF fe
apparently very different from their normal substratum. The
ence, M. Gillot shows, is more seeming than real. rm |
as to
t only bY

the fact that Caswvarina has no antipodal cells, which seems bi! pe
also of certain amentaceous genera, but now by the fact Fe velopel
announced to be chalazogamic by Nawaschin, shows well-de

: ief a
Mr. Hemsuey, in Gardner’s Chronicle (Jan. 11th), gives : ee
Z is the

Inst., now having reached its 2 been made te
v 7th volume, has been :
of botanical discovery. In it about 5 50 new species of flowering
have been described, but among them all there is but one P
and that an inconspicuous one

MS
HE VALUABLE COLLECTIONS of Mr. J. B. Ellis of Newfield i
have been purchased by the New York Botanic Garden, & herbal ,

183
896.) Notes and News.
1896.

. f mpleted before
under all conditions. As the building will ari ee d before'the
April of 1897, the full botanical staff will not
fall of that year.

ay
7 ofessor Conw
INA RECENT number of Anafomischer A tieer a i ding the re-
MacMillan criticizes the statements of Dr.

character as the dynamic.
m the organism of the static life, the other of

: “some
discusses
tany (Dec.), disct taken up,
= 5 in Annals of Bo testing i
consti den one cell.” The problem of ak oe combatted.
and Zimmermann’s view that it is a ye ss
Strasburger contends that it pace facie Seon cytoplasm, and has
Nuclear ivision and is frequently ejecte terjal for the spin
yobosed the theory that it durntshes the ma
wine e in exam
© the usual dis
Tea;

: is, of course,
PPearance in the daughter nuclei. All this
*Zainst the

184 The Botanical Gazette. (March,

M. P.-A. Dancearpn, in Le Bofanisfe (Jan. roth), has published #
very interesting illustrated paper upon the parasites of the nucleus and
those of the cytoplasm.

ENGLER’s Die natitrlichen Pflanzenfamilien is rapidly approaching
completion. Parts 126-128 are now before us, containing besides se
eral small families the beginning of Zadiate by Briquet.

Filibert Roth, special agent in charge of timber physics. It is the firs
publication of its kind in English in peer and available form

BOTANICAL GAZETTE

APRIL, 1896.

Notes on the North American species of Plagiochila.
ALEXANDER W. EVANS.
WITH PLATES XV AND XVI,

_ Only two species of Plagiochila are attributed to our limits
inthe first part of the Synopsis Hepaticarum, published in
1844, and the first of these two, P. porelloides, must be con-
sidered a form of the second, P. aspleniotdes. Three years
in the supplement to the same work, five addi-

“ese, P. macrostoma, must be regarded as a synonym of P.
‘ while the fifth species, P. nodosa Tayl., likewise
Published in 1846, is one of the many forms of P. asplen-
i Only four valid species, therefore, are left to our
tdit:—p, asplenioides, P. interrupta, and Sullivant’s two
‘Pecies, PL undata and P. Ludoviciana.
Species, P. spinulosa, is described in Sullivant’s
1856 nd Hepatice of the United States,” published in
are ut the Specimens from which the description is drawn
ni *ty different from the true P spinulosa (Dicks.) Dum.
cent sae the type of a new species. In Dr. Millspaugh’s re-
ay oo West Virginia,” a sixth species: is: added, and

and
The

that it Plagiochil<e so rarely produce organs of fructification

hape and arrangement of the leaves, the pe-
Cir margins and of their cells are all of
No. 4.

[185]

186 The Botanical Gazette. [April,

extreme importance in this respect. The underleaves,
on the contrary, are of less value than in most hepatic
genera. They are present, occasionally at least, in all our
species, but they are, in most cases, minute —
deeply split into slender hair-like divisions and at first sig
bear much resemblance to clusters of rhizoids. A closer in-
spection, however, will show that their laciniz are multicel-
lular and that they proceed from a basilar membrane one of
more cells in height. The cells of which these ui
are composed are not like ordinary leaf-cells; they are smaller
and have much more delicate walls; but, in two of our species,
peculiar, more distinctive underleaves with leaf-like pee
are sometimes produced, and these will be especially noted.
In the following key, none except vegetative characters are
considered.
Key to the species.

Stems creeping and tadiculose; leaves not decurrent. 1.2 —
Stems ascending from a rooting caudex, normally non-radiculost;
leaves more or less decurrent. : t-like
Leaves rarely reflexed at the postical base, not forming crest
lines parallel to the stem. wool
Margins of leaves either entire or denticulate, the teeth exce
me tend moines 5. lk ts sie _ m-
Margins of leaves dentate, the teeth not exceeding ten in au
ber.
Length of leaves averaging less than twice their width.
Teeth arising from a broad base; ee
Teeth arising from a narrow base; leaf-cells ep Virginie
Length of leaves averaging more than twice their width. a
Leaves obliquely spreading, forming an angle of 40°-45
the stem, Scarcely narrowed at the base. 5. P. : = with
Leaves widely Spreading, forming an angle of 55 5 i
the stem, distinctly narrowed at the base. 6. P. Sui pat
Leaves retlexed at the postical base, forming two crest-like lines
allel to the stem.

Postical margin of leaves piane and dentate beyond the Te™
base

Be ee RR AGREES es py, Rg vet Bre ee oe * . qexed
Postical margin of leaves re and-undulate beyond the eadill
Gase..-4) Fe utes : ; ne ajeds Se

1896.] North American Species of Plagiochila. 187
I, PLAGIOCHILA INTERRUPTA (Nees) Dum. Rev. Jung. 15.
1835.

P. macrostoma Sull. Musci Alleg. x. 227.

P. interrupta differs from all our other species in several
important respects. As a result of its prostrate habit, its
leaves spread horizontally and are almost flat, so that the
plant has much the appearance of a Chiloscyphus, while in
itsinflorescence it is autoicous and not dioicous as in typical
Plagiochilze. Lindberg considered these differences sufficient
‘0 separate it from the rest of the genus, at first as a subgenus, ?
but afterwards as a distinct genus to which he gave the name
of Pedinophyllum.2 This genus is maintained by Schiffner, *
but, as Spruce* points out, the characters assigned to it are
carcely of generic value, though it might be well to consider
them of subgeneric. Lindberg himself had little faith in its
validity; four years after its publication, he placed P. znter-
"pia in Mitten’s genus Leptoscyphus. § i

Plagiochila macrostoma was first definitely referred to P. in-
terrupta by Austin, ® though even Sullivant had doubted the
Permanence of his species. His specimens were found on old
logs and on shaded banks instead of on calcareous rocks where
' imerrupta usually grows in Europe, but they agree pretty

with European specimens. The principal difference

S$ not been collected recently in the United States.
4 1geACHOCHILA ASPLENIOIDES (L.) Dum. Rev. Jung.
35.

pberelloides (Torr.) Lindenb. Spec. Hepat. 61. p/. 72.

A nodosa Tay). Lond. Journ. Bot. B: 268. 1846.
tudes, ac uides is very widely distributed in northern lati-
Stones j
falls

together or scattered among other bryophytes. Speck
QS var 5

Y Sreatly in size, in the position of their leaves, and
‘Not.
CE Aer Pre F. et Fl. Fenn. 13: 366. 1874.
*Englerp ge Sci. Fenn. 10: 504. 1875.
Ms. : -. Aan Pattirlich 20 PAanzenfamilien 91: 89. 1893.
apie iScand, 4. 1 79. ssic
“Ft. Bot. Club 6: 85. 1876,

188 The Botanical Gazette. [April,

in the character of their leaf-margins; but the various forms
may be at once distinguished from P. zxterrupta by their as-
cending habit, and from all our other species by their rotund
or broadly ovate leaves with rounded apex. The Jeavesmay —
be distant or imbricated, nearly plane or strikingly convex,
obliquely spreading or deflexed, and their margins are entire,
subentire or denticulate; in fact, several of these variations —
are often found on a single stem, the tendency in such a cast |
being for the leaves to become more crowded and more
toothed as the apex of the stem is approached.

The American forms with entire or subentire leaves weft

collected in New York. After comparing it with his Fumge
mannia interrupta, he states that it is more nearly related to
F. asplenioides, differing in its “constantly entire, obovate
cuneate leaves with less reflexed dorsal margin.” Dumortiet
does not enumerate it among his species of Plagiochila,* 7
Lindenberg both describes and figures it under this genus, a
is also admitted into the Synopsis Hepaticarum, where,
although it is placed next to P. interrupta, it is said to differ
from entire-leaved forms of P. aspleniotdes in the gibbosity
of its leaves, no other difference being stated. In allt
works on American hepaticology, P. porelloides finds 4 place
and it has also been distributed in several exsiccate. _
As early as 1849, however, Spruce doubted the validity of
this species. In his valuable notes on the ‘‘Musci and !
tice of the Pyrenees,” he writes, ‘I have seen no specimet

oides,”10 Forty years afterwards Lindberg?? reduced P.

point of distinction which he gives is in the shape of tbe
oe in P. porelloides this is stated to be “ovate-rectang™
* 1: 169. 1833.
my gen Be 1835.
- and Mag. Nat. Hist. .
"1 Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Hand. £8: 3475555 .

1896,] North American Species of Plagiochila, 189

tobe ‘obconic.” I have found that the shape of the perianth
depends to a large extent upon the presence or absence of fer-
tilization. In Swedish specimens of P. aspleniotdes collected
by Dr. Arnell, some of the perianths with unfertilized archegonia
are distinctly rounded at the base, while in specimens of P. po-
relloides collected by Professor Underwood near Syracuse, New
York, perianths with mature capsules are narrowed and sub-
terete atthe base. It is apparent, therefore, that Lindberg’s
point of distinction is of little real value. Dr. Schiffner??

3. Plagiochila Columbiana, n. sp.—Plate XV. figs. 1-10.

Sterile, brownish or yellowish green, loosely caespitose;
stems ascending, simple or pinnately branched, rarely dichot-
®mous, often sparingly radiculose; leaves contiguous or im-
bricated, widely spreading, broadly orbicular-ovate, antical
margin decurrent, revolute, entire or occasionally bearing an
acute lobe-like tooth, postical margin rounded at the base,
plane or rarely reflexed, entire or irregularly I- to 3-toothed,
apex broadly truncate, usually bearing a few scattered teeth;
underleaves either minute and subulate or larger, lanceollate
to ovate, acute, entire or irregularly toothed or lobed; eaf-
cells polygonal, with thickened walls and prominent trigones.
tems 1.5 to 3™ long, 0.4™" in diameter; leaves Pe pps long,
1.1" wide; leaf-cells from middle of leaf averaging 0.041" In
diameter.
won, boulders subject to inundation; Rock Creek, near

ishington, D. C., J. M. Holzinger.

"general appearance P. Columbiana bears some resem-

lines of its |
P%ition of
the lower ]

ty Much lar
* Plagiochile. The large underleaves described above

190 The Botanical Gazette. [April,

are quite unlike those commonly found in the genus. In
some cases they attain a third the size of the leaves and their
cells are very like the ordinary leaf-cells of the species. They
are by no means frequent, occurring on about one out of every
five stems examined, and it is rare to find more than one of
two of them on a stem. When they do occur, however, they
are persistent and may be found by the older, as well as by
the younger leaves. It is to be hoped that fruiting speci-
mens of P. Columbiana may soon be collected, as it would be
of interest to learn whether or not these peculiar underleaves
take part in the formation of the involucre.

4. PLAGIOCHILA VIRGINICA Evans in Millspaugh: Flora of
West Virginia 497. pl. —. 1892.

Since the publication of this species, I have received from
Professor Underwood specimens of the same plant, collected
by himself near Washington, D. C., in 1891. They are 4
little more robust than those collected by Dr. Millspaugh and
some of the stems show minute underleaves; otherwise Me
specimens agree closely.

tant acuminate lobes; leaf-cells polygonal with thic
walls and evident trigones; underleaves minute, sub

; ions;
inflorescence terminal, subtended by one or two innovatlO®”

en he

bracts two, oblong, antical margin reflexed, ene a

part, margin ise i i ; perianta
gins otherwise irregularly spinose; peria th ciliate

shorter than the bracts, broadly obovate, bilabiate wi
lips, wingless or narrowly winged; ¢ inflorescence not —
Stems 0.5 to 1.5™ long, 0.12 too.25™" in diameter; lea :
ire long, 0.4"" wide; leaf-cells in middle of leaves averds
-023™" in diameter.
Mixed with Lejeunexz on decaying logs; Ocala, Flos
L. M. Underwood. Distributed in Hep. Amer. # 1%
P. Ludoviciana.

1896.) North American Species of Plagiochila. Ig!

This species differs from P. Ludoviciana in its smaller size,
inits manner of branching, and in the shape of its leaves,
which are not widened out and reflexed at the postical base
and whose antical margins are not strongly arched. It is near
P. dubia Lindenb. & Gottsche as figured by Gottsche,** but
the leaves are more imbricated and more deeply toothed than
he represents and the perianth has longer cilia.

6: Plagiochila Sullivantii Gottsche MS.—Plate XV. figs.
wW-ar and XVI. figs. 1-3.

P. spinulosa Sull. Musci Alleg. . 279 [not (Dicks.) Dum.].

Dioicous; growing in depressed tufts, glossy, bright green
Varying to yellowish green and becoming brownish with age;
stems simple or sparingly branched; leaves distant or subim-
bricated, widely spreading, slightly convex, varying in shape
from narrowly ovate to obovate, antical margin slightly de-
current, straight or a little curved, entire, subreflexed towards
the base, postical margin short-decurrent, arched, usually en-
lite at the base but soon becoming incised-dentate, apex
broad, cither coarsely dentate or bifid with pointed, entire or
denticulate lobes; leaf-cells polygonal, thin-walled and scarcely
thickened at the angles; underleaves minute, split to the base
Into severa] capillary lobes. ot
as Eby 2-5 to 1.5™ long, 0.2™™ in diameter; saves 1.2
a 0.5"" wide; leaf-cells in middle of leaf 0.019™ in diam-

Se of rivulets, Alleghany mountains, Sullivant. ve
ee rocks; New Hampshire: White mountains, James;
pe ecue: Beacon Falls, Evans; Branford, Eaton; tenn
Sylvania: Canadensis, Mrs. Britton; North Carolina, in Lin-
ae herbarium. Distributed as P. spinulosa in Musci
in ”. 219, in Hep. Bor.-Amer. 2. g, and in Hep. Amer.
Sa years ago Mr. W. H. Pearson of Manchester, et 9
the i. tPressed the opinion that this species was a ae te
Winaea © P. spinulosa, and a comparison of the we we dts
ame en that such was indeed the case. I had hop aati

the G. Z but upon aaa g
Na: tel herbarium, I found that it had already been
‘th deat anuscript by that author.

en

b ‘ d examined a spec-
uted by Sullivant, Gottsche ha ngermannia

from the Lindenberg herbarium (labeled 7u

la M
ex, Levermosser pl. 2. 1863.

192 The Botanical Gazette. [April

sertularioides Michx.), upon which ‘he had discovered peri-
anths. I have failed to find these organs in any of the mate-
rial at my disposal, so I add the following description from
Gottsche’s notes: ‘‘perianthio ovato-cylindrico semi exseflo
non alato, ore rotundo compresso, labiis dentatis; foliis invol-
ucralibus conformibus, appressis.” Some of our forms differ
considerably from Sullivant’s specimens, which we must re
gard as the type of the species; but no good lines of distinc-
tion can be drawn between them, as intermediate forms als
occur.

former differs in its pale, dull color, in its broader leaves bi
shorter and more inconspicuous teeth and its slightly pee
leaf-cells; the latter in the shape of its more obliquely wget
ing leaves and in its leaf-cells which have thicker walls 9
better developed trigones. 2
7- PLAGIOCHILA LUDOVICIANA Sull. Musci Alleg. "I ,
1845: Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts II. 1: 73. 1846—
XVI. figs. 4-12,
Stems 2 to 4™ long, 0.2 to 0.3™™ in diameter; igh ue
long, 1.2™ wide; leaf-cells with slightly thickened walls ing
well developed trigones, in the middle of the leaf avers!
0.029™ in length by 0.021™ in width.
In this species the underleaves are of two forms: !
they are of delicate texture and are deeply split inte:#
laciniz; in the other, they are leaf-like in texture 4m

a
flores
cence. Many of the plants examined reproduced atid
vegetatively by means of the propagula, which hav

1896, ] North American Species of Plagiochila, 193

well described for the genus in general by Spruce.14 They
are minute stems springing from the leaf-cells and bearing
distant bifid leaves; in some cases they are very numerous
and almost cover the surfaces of the leaves from which they
spring. Similar propagula are sometimes found in P. Flori=
dana and possibly in our other species.

8. PLAGIOCHILA UNDATA Sull. Musci Alleg. m 222. 1845:
Amer. Jour. Sci. and Arts II. 1: 73. 1846.—Plate XVI. figs.
3-7

Stems 2 to 3™ long, 0.2 to o.3™ in diameter; leaves 1.9™™

.

in diamete

Like the Preceding species, P. undata is usually sterile. I
fave examined a single imperfect perianth from specimens
collected by Professor Underwood at Toccoa Falls, Georgia,
minatPPend a description of it and its bracts: perianth ter-
minal, subtended by 2 innovations, 2™ long by 2™ wide, flat-
=a ‘ampanulate, bilabiate with ciliate lips; bracts two,
Le ong and 2.6™™ wide, broadly cuneate, antical margin re-
Pi % denticulate, postical margin and apex irregularly den-

e€.

veloped trigones, in the middle of the leaf averaging 0.020™
r.

The Mexican P, crispata is with some doubt referred to this
meres. If Gottsche's figures are compared with those of P.
: ala, it will be seen that, although at first sight they are
Figo unlike, the differences are of degree, rather vee
seats n P. crispata, the leaves are more strongly ae
s ines along the postical margin than in our species. e
ape of P. undata, however, which were collected
as ‘ A. B. Langlois at Chinchuba, Louisiana, and distribute
this ot ‘‘Hepatice Americane,” show both extremes i
the ‘cdi and seem to break down the distinction sagen
Bae? cles. Both P. Ludoviciana and P. undata a

n ately. distributed in our Gulf states. oF
erw sonclusion I would express my thanks to ages 4
Ochi] is who has loaned me his vaiuable collection of Plagi

haw P €arson, who has given me permission to use

whe paving oP, Sullivantii; and to Professor Schumann,
as al]

pr :

Yau. “d in the Botanical Museum at Berlin.
a 4 University,

‘4

maz. et And. 452. 1885.

194 The Botanical Gazette. [April,

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XV anp XVI.
Plate XV.

Plagtochila Columbiana Evans.—Fig. 1. Plants, natural size.—Fig. 2
Part of stem, antical view (x 6).--Fig. 3. Part of stem, postical view
(x 6).—Fig. 4. Underleaf, small, normal form (X 32).—Figs. 5-9. Un-
derleaves, larger form (Xx 12).—Fig. ro. Cells from middle of leaf

—Fig. 17. Cells from middle of leaf bi 200). :
Plagtochtla Sullivantii Gottsche.—Fig. 18. Plants, natural aint
19. Part of stem, postical view (X 12).—Fig. 20. Part of stem, anti
view.—Fig. 21. Cells from middle of leaf (X 200).
Fig. 19, from Musci Alleg. 2. 279; fig. 20, from Hep. Bor. Amet. Ms
after a drawing by W. H. Pearson; figs. 18 and 21, from Connecticl
specimens, collected by the author.

Plate XVI.

.2 ;
Plagiochila Ludoviciana Sull.—Fig. 4. Plant, natural size —Fig §
Part of stem, antical view (x 12)—Fig. 6. Part of stem, postical vi

A 18) Tig. 7, . OT
nderleaves, larger form (x 32).—Fig. 11. Cells from middle of leat

(x _200).—Fig. 12. Part of leaf, showing propagula (X 32). Jois: igs
Figs. 4, 8-11, from Louisiana specimens, collected by Langlo's;

—Fig. 15. Part of stem, postical
12).—Fig. 16. Leaf, poeticat view ° 2).—Fig. 17. Leaf, latera
X 32).—Fig. 18. Underleaf, lateral view (X 32).—Fig. 19-
middle of leaf (X 200). All

A simple freezing device.
WINTHROP JOHN VAN LEUVIN OSTERHOUT.

ae apparatus consists of a freezing chamber upon which
€ object is frozen, and two pails filled with ice and salt.

by through the freezing chamber which is between the pails
a cied with them by rubber tubing.
is ef freezing chamber is a hollow cylinder made of brass
* tron, nickel-plated both inside and outside. Fig. 1
shows a section of the chamber,
actual size. The brine enters one
of the tubes at the side and es-
capes by means of the other. Be-
low the bottom of the chamber,
D, the cylinder is furnished with a
thread inside, by means of which
a wooden plug, C, is screwed firm-
ly against the bottom of the cham-
ber. The wooden plug is held se-
curely in the jaws of the microtome
and prevents the conduction of too
much heat from the latter to the

Pails are Reo is to be used for a short time only. Paper
be used sector the purpose, but ordinary wooden ones can
- Each pail should be provided with a faucet capable
tter: the "id @ stream of water one-quarter of an inch in diam-
tom of ae Should be inserted about an inch from the
Use answer +h pei Ane paper ice-water pails in common
In Order © purpose perfectly.
‘theres to ms Prevent the dirt, straw, etc., which usually
Piece of ...... (© from passing into the freezing chamber a
ont wire netting should be bent into the form of

[195]

196 The Botanical Gazette. [April,

a hollow cylinder six inches long and four in diameter. The
cylinder should then be stuffed with excelsior, and one end ofa
piece of glass tubing pushed into the center of the mass; the
free end of the tube should then be connected with the faucet
on the inside of the pail by a short rubber tube. The brine
is then forced to filter through the tightly packed excelsior
before entering the tube.

age
ill

Fig, 2, Pia’
* 3 f

The standard upon which the pails hang is constructed °
- Itcan best be understood by a reference to

i € great enough to prevent the palls
Striking the upright pj ; i. The oF
which passes rete th Piece as they rise and fal or

nel

1896, ] A Simple Freezing Device. 197

tothe rope by ordinary metal ‘‘snaps,” so that they can be
instantly detached or put on. The rope should be of such
length that when the bottom of one pail is about level with
the top of the other the bottom of the latter hangs an inch
and one-half above the base of the standard.

The construction of the upright piece is evident from fig-
ure 2, which shows an end view of the apparatus. The two
uptight pieces are held together by a wooden cross-piece,
from which a stout metal rod runs to the base; the axle of
the wheel also aids in holding the two pieces together.

_An automatic catch serves to retain the pails in the posi-
tion shown in figure 3. Figures 4 and 5 show this contri-
vance in flat view, one-half actual size. It is made of sheet
Ton, one-quarter of an inch in thickness. The small hole at
the top is for the screw which fastens it to the wheel. It has
@ single continuous slot, D, in which are two notches, ¥ and
F; the outlines of the slot and notches are dotted in the fig-
Mes. A thin strip of copper, one inch wider than the sheet-
1. Strip, is placed upon the latter, and its edges bent around
the iron Strip so as to partially surround it. It is thus able
: slide freely upon the iron strip,

mi should Not fit loosely enough O O
; of its own weight when in an
whi Position. The copper strip,
ae 's shaded in the figures, has

*t, £, which in its narrowest part

‘ the same diameter as D, over
Which it t

i
|

B

o>
a
3
@
i
p2
—
bo J

°
On ct
n

o

o
sh
"

bv
~~
n

ba Siie ee mented

Yas .
- thee” Passing through the hole

Mall enon, € screw should be
Swing PA to permit the strip to
‘0 the rely. The strip is fastened

Pails on a level, the
lcal. It should be fixed

198 The Botanical Gazette. [April,

at such a height that when the pails are in the position shown
in fig. I, the metal rod, B, slips into the notch F, (fig. 4).
The weight of the upper pail (which is the heavier when
the apparatus is in use) retains the rod in this position. The
copper strip now has the position shown in figure 4. As the
brine flows from the upper pail into the lower, the latter
(which hangs one and one-half inches from the base of the
standard), becomes the heavier and settles slowly down till it
rests on the base. This causes the wheel to turn and ther

containing excelsior resting on the bottom of the pail. :
The freezing chamber is clamped into the jaws of the ml’

en placed on the table at the left of the sic

e flow 0

t
op of the chamber By means of the faucets th the tea

brine may be r
egulated, and this i egulates
perature of the chamber this in turn reg

S soon as the brine has all run into the lower pail the Pr

1896. ] A Simple Freezing Device. 199

sition of the two pails should be reversed. The person using
the microtome does not need to rise from his chair to accom-
plish this, since he can easily reach the pail nearest him and
raise or lower it as necessity requires. The weight to be lifted
is simply the weight of the brine, since the weights of the two
pails with their content of ice and salt balance each other.
The shifting of the pails therefore occupies only the left hand,
leaving the right free. The falling of the lower pail indicates
that most of the brine has run through. If a more accurate
indication is needed one may insert in one of the rubber tubes
aglass [-tube with a cork at the top of the free arm of the
tube. A black feather may be fixed to the cork in such a
way that the end dips in the current and shows by its deflec-
tion the direction and force of the flow. When too much
brine has accumulated the tem perature rises and freezing pro-
ceeds too slowly; a part must then be siphoned off. Usually
this happens once, or at most twice, during the course of one
day's use of the apparatus. The addition of more ice is very
seldom necessary.

Closed. Objects already frozen will remain so under these
‘onditions as long as the brine continues to flow. If the ap-
Paratus is to be left for a longer time the brine should all be
‘awn off and thrown away, and the faucets closed. A mo-
ment's flow will render the apparatus ready for use again. —
During a year’s test in cutting both plant and animal tis-
“v<s this apparatus has proven entirely satisfactory. Its prin-

= advantages are as follows:

“onsistency,
“ara danger of over-freezing, which has proved “ ——
On th in the carbonic-acid-gas method, is entirely obvia .
is of © other hand, no difficulty is experienced in freezing,
ten the case with the ether method.
Oey can be applied to any microtome which has at
ho ne ovement of knife or object carrier. In mos i
previous embedding is necessary but fresh material, or tha
reserved in aqueous media, may be placed in a syrupy

200 The Botanical Gazette. [April,

solution of gum arabic! and frozen at once. Tissues sectioned
in this way are practically unaltered. Delicate tissues and
those containing large air cavities can be sectioned with the
greatest ease. The damage wrought in many tissues by de-
hydration are entirely obviated by the freezing method.

Frozen sections may be mounted in glycerin jelly or any
aqueous medium. If mounted in glycerin, it will be found
convenient to ring the cover with a thick solution of gum
arabic. A glycerin-gum is then formed around the edge of
the cover and in a short time is dry and hard on the outside.
A ring of Canada balsam or cement may then be applied and
the mount is as permanent as it is possible to make a glycerin
mount. Frozen sections may be fixed to the slide for stain-
ing purposes by Fol’s method (see Lee; Microtomist's Vade-
Mecum, 218, 1893).

When delicate parts are present, such as spores, etc., which
are apt to fall out of the section, the following method can
be used with entire success.

A gelatin solution is made as follows: The best gold label
gelatin is selected and carefully brushed clean and made Up
according to the following formula: gelatin, 32 parts; distilled
water, 48 parts; carbolic acid, 1 part. Dissolve the gelatin
in a closed vessel over a water bath; add the carbolic acid and
mix until it is thoroughly dissolved, and then add the white
of one egg to clarify. 2

The object to be cut is placed for a short time in the melted
gelatin and quickly washed in warm water (about 90° Fah.)
to remove the gelatin from the outside. It is then placed at
once in water at room temperature. This sets the gelatin
with which the object is now infiltrated, and the latter may
be sectioned at once in gum arabic or preserved in two ie
cent. formalin until needed. If sections cut in this way 4

placed ona slide and a little glycerin added over a watt!

* As some of the preservativ inari ic at

. nea es ordinarily added to gum arabic 4!
ee formalin is recommended for ohpaelhoony i L
or this formula I am indebted to Mr. N, N. Mason of Providenc®, R.

1896, A Simple Freezing Device. 201

6.* The larger pail is filled with ice and salt and the smaller
one catches the brine which is poured back into the larger
pail. A stop-cock at the lower pail regulates the flow; the
former is fastened to the pail by a wooden clothes pin.

Fic. 6.

An inexpensive substitute for this form of the apparatus
may be quickly made. A large wooden pail may be bored
tear the bottom, a cork inserted and pierced by a glass tube.

Plece of brass pipe, one inch in diameter, with a thread at

fend may be sawed off an inch and a half from the end

and converted into a freezing chamber by soldering in the
brass. discs and inserting two straight tubes at the side. A
glass tube drawn to the required aperture may be used in the
Place of the stop-cock at the lower pail and other tubes of

different apertures may be quickly substituted.
Providence, R.

$
For the use of this cut I am indebted to the courtesy of the Bausch & Lomb
ester, N, Y.

Optical Co., Roc

Vol. XXI.—No, 4,

Notes on some North American species of Parmelia.
HENRY WILLEY.

younger of the two. Specimens gathered at other timés
yielded no reaction. The cladonias also present similar diff-
culties. It is possible that a lichen may possess different
chemical constituents at different stages of growth, or u® ie
different conditions of soil, climate, etc. Experiment on i

pears to be an exception we may best say that ‘‘perhaps

uckerman, Whose views in regard to species were Ve
conservative, described in his Synopsis nineteen nae
Parmelia. ome of his varieties are regarded by other au! Ny
either on chemical or other grounds, as distinct spect¢>
[202]

1896. ] North American Species of Parmelia. 203

lander! described ten North American species, and has dis-
covered some new ones among specimens sent him from New
Bedford; and some additional species have turned up since
Tuckerman wrote. So that at present there appear to be
known about forty species. The reactions of most of the
species are given in Hue’s Lichenes Exotict.
_1. P. PERLATA (L.) Ach.—Th. K yellow Me. K—. But
inthe var. olivetorum Ach. (the proper designation of which
seems to be o/tvaria Ach.) Me. K dull red. The lichen is a
widely extended one. Very near to it is P. cetrarioides (Del.)
yl., which occurs on rocks in New Bedford, agreeing with a
specimen from Switzerland (Lojka.). Another New Bedford
specimen, with the habit and reaction of perlata, has the lobes
ciliate, and may be the var. cé/éata DC. But Nylander? con-
sidered it hardly to differ from P. crinita. A sorediate form
(var. sorediata Scher.) also occurs in New Bedford.
_ 2. P. CRINITA Ach.—The New Bedford plant referred here
in Willey’s Lichens of New Bedford is referred by Nylander
OP. perforata, But I have since found an isidiose specimen,
otherwise resembling P. perlata, which may be the plant of
Acharius and of Tuckerman’s Synopsis which is so described.
The reactions of P. crinita are variously described by authors
&8 Me., “saftgriin” (Krempelhuber), ‘‘atro-virens fere atra
(ibid). The Pp. crinita Nyl. Syn. seems to be a different
Plant, and is referred by Wainio (Brazil) partly to P. probos-
‘dea Tayl, and partly to P. melanothrix(Mont.). P. crimita is
uetitioned in several lists of North American lichens, but on
What authority I know not. : :
RATA Ach.—This, like the preceding, 1s a sco
the Tuckerman seems to have regarded all oer
- a of perforata with narrowed or finally evernioid lobes
Dp onging here. But I think this can hardly be the case.
. dag = ~ cetrata from Australia eae ) ioperene
; rkable variety is var. kypotropotdes Nyl. in litt.,
“ve branches of ie cedar ave ucdhae with the thallus
iene white, as in P. hypotropa, and becoming eae
Wainio (Brazil) gives the reaction of cetrata Th. -
e.K yellow, then red, with which the New Bedfor
= Pereee: A large New Bedford plant called F. ogevatd
1
apt 5905 ef seg. 188c,
—! 603. 1885.

* £. CET
cult lichen,

204 The Botanical Gazette. (April,

it has the lobation, but much larger spores, while it agrees
with tiliacea in its closely appressed habit. The plants called
cetrata.in lists of North American lichens must be considered
as doubtful.

4. P. TINCTORUM Despr., Nyl. Pyr. Or. 16.—This plant,
according to Wainio, Brazil, has received various names and
is P. perlata var. coralloidea Mey. & Flot., P. praetervisa Mil-
ler and P. perlata var. platyloba ibid: to which he unneces-
sarily adds another, P. coralloidea. A specimen from Jamaica
(Rev. F. Wolle) determined by Nylander has the thallus pro-
longed into convolute lobes; and a specimen from the west
coast, H. A. Green, resembles var. platyloba. All the speci-
mens give the same reaction Me. CaCl red.

5. P. SACCATILOBA Tayl. Nyl. Flora —: 608. 1885. Pyt.
Or. 40. (P. latissima Kph.; P. Zollingeri Hepp.)—Me. K
yellow, CaCl light red. Spores large, nearly as in P. /atissims

€.—Mexico. P. glaberrima Kph. is P. latissima Fee. ;

6. P. COMPARATA Nyl. Flora—:290. 1869 where it is said
to be perhaps a var. of perlata analogous to cetrata, with the
aspect of laevigata, is said in Hue Exot. to be widely dis
tributed in North America. Me. K yellow.

- SUBMARGINALIS Mich. Nyl. Flora —: 607. 18855
(P. perlata Mont. Cub. 230; P. perforata var. cetrata ile
Beitr. x. 69; P. perlata var. ciliata ibid. n. 16 ). “Similar
to P. perlata, but the margin of the thallus ciliate and oftes
partly laciniate, or laciniose-fimbriate. | Apothecia larger
often perforate. Spores -O14-018 x .008-.012™".” Nyl. | 4
Me. In a New Bedford specimen the thallus is divide
into long, narrow, convex laciniz, which are black 2%

P. subrugata in Willey: Lichens of New Bedford, but the ie
longed lobes are broader.—In P. perlata the spermatia #
005"

-O10"™™ lon
-O16™ lon
8. P. HYPOTROPA Nyl.—This species is distinguished bY eo
white borders of the under side of the thallus, which are XK
ored yellow then red by K. Reaction as in P. perforata, Me.
yellow, then red. od,
9. FP. HYPOTROPOIDES Nyl. in litt. —Thallus expand
membranaceous, glaucescent, the rounded lobes depres
more or less crenate, and finally elongated into narrow

1896.] North American Species of Parmelia. 205

lacinia, beneath black and naked, but yellowish-white at the
margin. Me. K red, but not showing any reaction beneath.
Apothecia large, perforate. Spores .009-.16 x .006-.009™". —
On trees, New Bedford, and District of Columbia (Lehnert).

10. P. PRASIGNIS Nyl. Pyr. Or. 17; Flora —: 610, 1895.
On trees, Arizona, Pringle, 1881. Me. CaCl red. Spores
‘014—.016 x .007—.009™"; spermatia bifusiform, .006—
007™ long. Also in Mexico.

Il, P. TILIACEA Ach.—The reaction given is Me. CaCl
ted, asin Lojka Exsic. Univ. #. 62. But only one of num-
frous specimens gives any reaction, which would be P.
sublevi gata Nyl. Me. K yellow, then red.—P. /vida Tayl.
irom New Orleans is considered by Nylander as a variety of
this; but Miiller in Beitr. z. 7344 looks upon it as distinct.
P. galbina Ach. Syn. 19, from North America is a small form
on dead wood. P. relicina Fr., which is made a variety of this
by Tuckerman, is considered by most authors to be distinct.

It. P. BORRERI, var. RUDECTA Tuck. is separated by Nyl-
ander on account of the spermatia which in Borreri are sub-
geniform and in rudecta acicular-cylindrical and twice as
ong,

12, P. KAMTSCHADALIS (Ach.) Eschw. Me. K red.—‘‘Bor-
7a glabrata Schwein.” then ‘‘Evernia polita Tuck.” in herb.
chwein, (comm. Eckfeldt without station) seems to be a
broad-lobed form of this.

But: CONSPERSA (Ehrh.) Ach,—Me. K yellow then red.

ut isidiose specimens on rocks, New Bedford, give Me. K—.
; 's also the case with a similar specimen in Stenh’s Exs.

Nec. n. 122, while the others give K red.

T '4. P. MOLLIUscULA Ach.—Me. K yellow, then red. Mr.
aha Williams has described and figured in Report of Mis-
oe taney Garden, May 1892, a fertile specimen collected in
colle eK Hills by Dr. Engelmann in 1856. _A fertile plant,

med by. T. S. Brandegee in Colorado, closely resembles

: Williams's figure and description. Apothecia numerous,
or. &'" incurved, crenate, the disk blackening. Spores
lone 13 X -005~.006™", Spermatia cylindrical, .007-.009

i Me. K red, :
oe 2 CONGRUENS Ach.—This species, which is sl a8
tale Lichenes Americani, pl. 4, was not pete id
i wee man as North American. But according to Nylan

Urs in Mexico, and Miiller, who had seen Muhlenberg s

206 The Botanical Gazette. [ April,

original specimen in herb. Swartz says in Lich. Argent. 64
that he cannot distinguish it from his P. verszcolor Beitr.
n. 315, from New Holland, and refers Krempelhuber’s plant to
a distinct species, P. subcongruens.

16. P. ISIDIOCERA Nyl. Syn. 1: 382.—This occurs in arctic
America. ‘‘Affinis P. aurulenta.”

17. P. SPHHROSPORELLA Miiller Beitr. . 2650.—Thallus
appressed ochroleucous, rugose beneath, pale yellowish, and
with pale fibrils. Apothecia at length plane, the disk from
flesh-colored becoming livid-fuscous. Spores globose, diam.
.005-.007"".—On trees, Oregon, Dr. Lyall, in herb. Kew.

18. P. ACETABULUM, Me. K yellow then red, occurs in
arctic America. Most of the Parmelias of the brown series
give no reaction.

New Bedford, Mass.

Remarks upon Paleohillia, a problematic fossil plant.
THEO. HOLM.
WITH PLATE XVII.

This genus has lately been established by Mr. F. H.
Knowlton, and the description has been published in the
Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club.!

Lis always interesting to learn something about the struc-

mits a closer €xamination, so that the tissues may be easily
tbserved, we then meet with the difficulty of parallelizing the
‘tructure with that of the plants known. It then depends
‘pon the investigator himself whether he is able to point out

e
character of the fragment, whether it be a stem, a leaf, or a
"oot, we do not feel justified in giving any further record of
~ Specimen, except stating the fact that plants have oc-
mi i the stratum, where the relics were found. We,
a hing do not think it advisable to establish wip te ctor
ad °F a genus upon such defective fragments, and we

~ $pportunity to discuss the question in a rather gen-
t comparative wav.

Ments,
if) ig

The qnaenified 300 tim

Sho :
Whether thing so characteristic as to enable us to determine

, he fragment really represents a stem. Considered
22: 387-99, 1895.

[207]

208 The Botanical Gazette. [April,

by themselves the epidermis cells do not give us any hint in
this direction, except that they seem to differ from those of
an ordinary root. The fact that the cells are different in
size and shape, viz., that there are bands of elongated cells
in alternation with other bands of shorter, more irregular ones,
only indicates that the elongated cells may have been situ-
ated above some fibro-vascular bundles. This is a very get-
eral feature of the mono- and dicotyledonous plants, and
such structure is also known from the cryptogams. But
whether it is a stem or a leaf can not yet be made out.

The next question is as to the nature of the stomata. Mr
Knowlton states that ‘‘these are the most remarkable feature
of the plant, because the guardian-cells [séc] are quite irregu-
lar in shape and appear to vary in number from four to SIX
It is true that the number of guard-cells about a stoma is not
always limited to two, and that the stomata of Equisetum
and Marchantiahave more. But as such stomata are entirely
different from those figured by Mr. Knowlton, we have
copied an illustration of the epidermis with stomata of Mar
chantia (fig. 5), taken from Sachs. 2

Mr. Knowlton also states that the ‘‘ouardian-cells are of
course below the epidermal-cells.” Combining now the acts

is situated below the epidermis. We will compare this &
scription with Mr. Knowlton’s drawing (fi
figure 6, which we have copied from Van Tieghem.
copy shows only a part of the original illustration s0 % :
give the aspect of the stomata of Nerium Oleander.

rounded by the pneumatic tissue. But we fail to find any .
we begil

then some roundish o

i i >). which are
rounded by four or si penings (if not cells?), w

; iliat

x Cells, a structure that is very fam!
2 pe a
eg Julius: Vorlesungen iiber Pflanzen-Physiologie 83. ig. D. inet

8 ’ H *
Van Tieghem, Ph.: Traité de Botanique 60, fig. 33. Paris. 1884

1896. ] Remarks upon Paleohillia. 209

tous. Cells of that shape and arranged in that manner re-
mind us much of the basal cells of many vegetable hairs, and
the resemblance is, indeed, very striking. We have ex-
amined a number of hairy plants, and found exactly the same
structure. Fig. 3 is for instance the epidermis of a dead
stem of the common garden pelargonium, where the hairs
have dropped, leaving only the basal cells, which are, how-
ever, sufficient to indicate their place. Our next figure (fig.
4) tepresents also the epidermis of the same plant, but this
has been taken from a living stem with the glandular hairs
still attached, one of which has been figured. The aspect of
this epidermis with the varying number of cells surrounding
the base of the hairs does not seem to differ in any respect
from the figure of Paleohillia given by Mr. Knowlton. And
ifwe now adJ that bands of elonzated cells are also ovserv-
able in Pelargonium, we feel justified to state that the epider-
Mis itself does not give any characteristic whatever so as to
lead us to any conclusion.

What we have shown to be the epidermal structure of
Pelargonium agrees, also, with the stem and leaf of many
other plants of widely different families, so that there is no
marked characteristic in the epidermis of Paleohillia. The
lragments of this plant may just as well represent a closed
sheath or a terete leaf as a stem, and so far the material seems
00 poor for the establishment of a new genus with ‘‘anoma-
lous Structure.”

Washington, D. C., October, 1895.

EXPLANATION OF PLaTE XVII.

Fig. . Epidermi illia.—Fi Stoma of same.—Fig. 3.
Bpidermnig Pe €rmis of Paleohillia.—Fig. 2. Fig a Epes
ofa livin a dead stem of ghia Sage 3 5 lia ‘Marchantia.

& 8 stem of same. X s500.—Fig.
Fig. 6. Epidermis of Nerium Oleander, transverse section.

Notes from my herbarium. Y.
WALTER DEANE.
My seedling collection.

As the spring of 1895 opened and the first delicate green
began to appear, I found myself considering how I should add
to my herbarium. All the plants that I might collect in the
vicinity of Cambridge were already represented in my collec:
tion in flower, fruit, root and seed, and it seemed at first 48
if I must wait till the summer vacation might give me an Op
portunity of visiting some fresh locality. I was strolling one
day over a bit of waste land, watching the little plants push
ing their tiny heads above the ground, and thinking how im-
possible it was for me to name a single one of them in that
early stage of their growth, when suddenly it occurred to me
to make a collection of seedlings. Why shouldn't they have
a place and an important place, too, in an herbarium? They
are the beginning, the promise of the future plant, and yet
we pass them by and refuse to recognize them. Then it
would be interesting to compare these early forms with the
full-grown plants and to see how the leaves in the two case
resembled each other. So I decided then and there ee pe
a collection of as many seedlings as I could. This I did, a
during the months of May, June and July I was engaged ,
as fascinating a piece of work as I have ever done in a bota
ical way.

seedlings, I collected a number of them carefully, and if they

were small enough, as was generally the case, they wen! ky
into the little press. I then marked the spot in some Way
future visits, and in t de as a

as half a dozen trips to the same patch, taking away spec!

cies from the seedling to the full lant, or at

: : grown plant, ;

an identifiable form, all collected from the same spot 5°™
[210]

1896. ] Notes from My Herbarium. 211

times the little fellows would betray their names very soon,
and again 1 would wonder and wonder before I could compel
the reluctant plant to reveal itself. Patience, however, al-
ways brought its reward.

There are difficulties, nevertheless, that are sometimes in-
superable. A drought may dry up the precious spot after
weeks of careful watching. In one instance I watered con-
stantly a patch of weeds which I was afraid would not reach
maturity, and I was rewarded with fine specimens. Cattle
may crop the cherished plants just as you are expecting good
returns for your care. I had collected seedlings of a Polygo-
num. The plants were advanced enough to show that they
were either Polygonum Convolvulus L., the black bindweed,
or P. dumetorum L., var. scandens Gray, the climbing false
buckwheat. I wanted to see the calyx lobes, but when I
Visited the spot at the right time for fruit, the plants were all
taten down by cows. The weeds, however, were persistent,
and later recovered entirely and told me the story of their
mame. It was the latter species. These instances are enough
to show what may happen to disappoint the seedling hunter.
Of course the cultivating of seedlings would obviate all this
trouble, but I wanted the plants from their own native habi-
fat. That gave additional zest and exercise.

One plant kept me guessing for some time. Near the banks
of Charles river by a salt marsh there was a large patch of the
nest beautiful green. I found it to be composed of myriads
*'seedlings not more than half an inch in height. What
o they? The small linear cotyledons told me no story. I
"9 the enthusiasm of a beginner analyzing a new flower.

€ little plants grew, I narrowed my guesses, till a pre-

it h enough to us all in its fulldress. I shall always
Oe ahi in its baby clothes. Its cotyledons much fe-
te 1m miniature, the later leaves. i es
ne = limits of this paper will not allow a discussion OF a
arly all my seedlings, for during these delightful three
a I collected between fifty and sixty species. coral
earl «” May, however, be of interest. Falmouth, oer
sedlin July I found at the head of the beach in the clear 0
Dartion® of some interesting species of coast plants. Ww 4
ularly attracted to Lathyrus maritimus Bigelow, the beac

212 The Botanical Gazette. [April,

pea, an account of whose long rootstocks I wrote in the first
paper of this series. The old plants were a foot high and in
flower, while scattered about among them were small plants
an inch or so above the sand. I found that these were of two
kinds, readily distinguishable after a short examination,
namely, seedlings and young shoots from old rootstocks. |
made collections of both. In almost every case the pea was
attached to the seedling and it was always from two to four
inches below the surface of the sand. How does the pea in-
variably reach that depth where the necessary moisture is al-
ways present? The constant fall winds which blow over the
evershifting sands partially account for that. And yet, in
the case of the little seedlings of Euphorbia polygonifolia L.
the spurge, and A¢riplex arenarium Nutt., the orach, as wel
as Solidago sempervirens L., the seaside goldenrod, and oth-
ers which I collected in quantity, the size and position of the
plants show that their seeds lay much nearer the surface of
the sand, though subjected to the same conditions as those of
the beach pea. In seedlings of Xanthium Canadense Mill.,
var. echinatum Gray, the cockle burr, the burr enclosing the
akenes is buried to the same depth as that of the beach pe
This question of the distance below the surface attained by
different seeds is worthy of examination. The roots of the
pea seedlings, of which I examined a large number, were deli-
cate and very white, and penetrated the moist sand for four
inches below the pea. In one instance I dug up a whole pod
still containing a single pea which had sprouted and sent its
seedling above the sand. The pod was soft and moist, 4”
would soon have decayed.

In Whitefield, N. H., in the rich northern woods, I made
some valuable additions to my collection. It was much hardet
to find the seedlings in the luxuriant growth that carpets ie
floor of those grand forests of birch, ash, spruce, pine 4"
maple. In the deep shade half hidden amongst the low

all forms
i

the striped maple, or moose-wood, A. spicatum Lam, |
In Acer Pennsylvanicum L., the cotyledons are from ee

half to three-fourths of an inch | l
ong and narrowly 0
shape. The first pair of leaves are ovate, heart-shaped :

1896.] Notes from My Herbarium. 213

taper-pointed and doubly toothed, but with no suggestion of
the three lobes so characteristic of the typically developed
leaf. This primitive form occurs at times even in the sixth
pair of leaves, while again in the second pair the lobing be-
comes manifest. I have one specimen in which the third
pair of leaves are very typical, while the fourth pair on the
same plant have lost their lobes. This is significant when we
‘ompare the seedlings with the old plant, for in the latter case
the shape of the leaves varies very much, the same tree pro-
ducing every form from the typical leaf to one resembling in
lias detail but size the first pair of leaves above the cotyle-
ons,

In Acer Spicatum Lam. the seedlings very nearly resemble
those of the former closely related species, and there is the
“me gradation to the typical leaf. The coarse serration of
the developed leaf is shown in the first leaves. The downy
character of the under surface of the leaf does not, however,
*ppear till the plant is pretty well developed. The leaves
on the ends of new shoots in the old plants resemble in shape
and size the first leaves of the seedlings. In Acer rubrum L.
the cotyledons are broadly linear and the first leaves have
clearly the whitish under surface peculiar to the type. In
“lape they behave much like the two former species.

One day I was hunting in the woods on my hands and knees
for new plants, when I saw a seedling with oblong thick coty-

n

small wbaFacter and are of very varied shapes. I have high
ant of ’ . It is nine inchne
and bears Of several years’ growth a «a doit

t one pair leaves, both simple. :
“td one-half inthis tens. the other three-eighths of an -
tulg i. Woods in Whitefield were full of the yellow renveen
Ty “ea Mx. f., and the little seedlings were very abun
*©etyledons are orbicular in outline with short petioles, an

214 The Botanical Gazette. (April,

the first leaves are ovate and coarsely toothed. I havea
complete series of twenty-six specimens from the young seed-
ling with fruit attached, through the varying forms to the
leaves and bark of the old tree. Leaves of plants a foot high

sides the seedling and the old plant that should also be col-
lected and made ready for study. There are those interme

the lower leaves are about intermediate between the two a
tremes. They are erect, while the submersed forms

rand? These nd many such questions must b answered ')
the specialist, and surely the interests of science will aor
onn

ing forms from seed to seed
Cambridge, Mass.

Note on calcareous alge from Michigan.!
D. P. PENHALLOW.

In the latter part of the summer of 1891, Sir Wm. Daw-
son received from Mr. B. W. Thomas, of Chicago, some very
curious and interesting calcareous pebbles formed by alge.
They were transferred to me with the request that I should
report upon the nature of the organisms giving rise to them.
These pebbles were found in considerable numbers in certain
Michigan ponds by Dr. J. W. Velei, secretary of the Chicago

cademy of Natural Sciences. The specimens were found
on a smooth, sandy bottom, under about four feet of water,
and the collector states that when fresh ‘‘they had so soft
and slippery a feeling” that he thought they were alive. Those
Which reached me were said to be representative of the aver-

age size. T

thickness of about 40™™ and a diameter of about 60x 80".
ight ashy gray, the surface was found chiefly smooth, but
here and there with depressions of various sizes, frequently

Upon treating a portion of a pebble with acid to remove
ee incrustation of lime, it became evident that we had to deal
i with an individual organism, but with a community pos-
te Considerable diversity of plant forms, while it was
patident that the growth of the mass had involved the in-
ale variety of foreign bodies, some of which at least,
Thee Served as a base for the algal growth.
the ag my notes taken at the time, it appears that sgt
hie eotect Condition of some of the plants, it was nee Ree
Were MG determine them conclusively in all cases. sige
oni Sund, however, numerous diatoms, fragments o A

r be Cleocys tis, Calothrix and Urococcus, and in ine :
a. Wantity, plants of Sirosiphon informe Kg. Pine po :

A¢ fragments of coniferous wood were also noted as com

sl desire in the prepar-

i to a ions by Dr. Farlow in the prep
ation of this ee valuable suggestions by
[215]

216 The Botanical Gazette. [April,

mon inclusions. The body of the specimen was found to
consist of a plant which could not be satisfactorily deter-
mined. The material was therefore referred to Dr. Farlow,
who not only confirmed the observations previously made,
but ascertained that the dominant species was Dicothrizx Lp-
sophila (Ag.) B. & Flk. From the facts thus noted the infer-
ence was drawn that the pebbles might be regarded as verita-
ble museums which would probably disclose some new form
each time a fresh examination was made

More recently some of these pebbles were sent to Mr. E.
Grove, of England, who in turn transferred them to Mr.
George Murray, of the British Museum. Mr. Grove under-
took the determination of the diatoms, and has added con-
siderably to our knowledge of the composition of these curious
communal growths, by the publication of a list embracing
24 genera and 100 species and varieties.2 This somewhat

acteristics of the pebbles. His determination of the compo
nents showed that, ‘‘the predominating kind was clearly 3
species of Schizothrix while mixed with it there were other
forms, notably filaments of Stieonema and Dicothrix.”

mass is formed of entangled filaments; they appear to belong
to a Schizothrix, but which?” Finally he says, ‘‘I do not
think one can make anything very distinctly out of this spect”
men except Schizothrix fasciculata, which undoubtedly %
curs in abundance.”* Excellent figures of this plant are ge
by Mr. Murray. 5.

It would thus appear that from two independent meet
we have results which, while agreeing in many respect .

? E. Grove.—Diatomaceous remains observed in preparations and washing?
of calcareous alge. London. 18).

"ge Murray.—Calcareous pebbles formed by algz. London. 1895.

1896. ] Cakareous Algae from Michigan. 217

to agree as to the character of the dominant plant, and the
idea derived from the observations of Dr. Farlow and myself,
that there is no element of constancy in the composition of
the flora of these pebbles, beyond the fact that two or three
species are in excess, would thus seem to be greatly strength-

Apart from the species found in the pebbles, but which
could hardly have played any part in their original formation,
twill be seen that there are present two and perhaps three
species which, by their concurrent growth, may have produced

em. It would be of great interest to know whether these
large concretions are due to the growth of a single species,
of, if to the combined growth of several species, the relative
part which each plays. It is, therefore, to be hoped
that some observer will watch the locality and obtain quite —
young material which alone will afford the means of settling
this interesting question,

cGill University, Montreal.
1—Vol. XXI.—No. 4.

Notes on Isoetes riparia and Isoetes saccharata.
T. CHALKLEY PALMER.

DISTRIBUTION.—In the middle states both these species
are accounted quite local. Farther north 7. riparia Engelm.
is recorded as coming from several places, but south of New
England it is apparently confined to the tidal shores of the
Delaware river.!| So far as known, /. saccharata Engelm.
is still more restricted in its range; and, in fact, it had been,
until quite lately, collected only by Wm. M. Canby, its dis-
coverer, within quite circumscribed areas on the two neigh-

Spores 0.40 to 0.47™ thick, covered with very minute 4!

or sometimes a little confluent warts; microspores paP!

0.024 to 0.028™™ long.

1 Engelmann: Trans. St. i i, 4:

*Engelmasa. or Louis Acad. Sci. 4: 382.
[218]

1896, ] Isoetes riparia and I. saccharata. 219

I. riparia Engelm.—A larger plant with slender but rather
rigid deep green leaves (about fifteen to thirty in number) four
to eight inches long, rarely longer; stomata numerous, dis-
sepiments_ thick, consisting of about four layers of cells;
sporangium mostly oblong, distinctly spotted by groups of
brown sclerenchym cells, one-fourth or rarely one-third of it

0.028 to 0.032™" long.

It is to be remarked that few hard and fast contrasts are es-
tablished in the above descriptions. A difference of color, a
larger size, a larger number of leaves are not such items as,
will help greatly to determine the allegiance of any doubtful
plant in hand, Spore characters alone seem definite. (The
relative sizes of the microspores are made a good deal of by

Engelmann.) The sporangia of both are spotted, though
akind of distinction is for some reason attempted in Gray's
Manual, 6th edition, where the sporangium of J. saccharata is
stated to be “nearly unspotted.” :

Biologically, so far as known and studied, the two species
have been thought quite similar. j i

_ VARIATIONS, —l. riparia. My acquaintance with this spe-

nes, as it occurs on the Delaware near Chester, Pa., and im-
mediately Opposite on the New Jersey shore, extends over
fe years. ... It confines itself to clay-gravel tidal banks
Which are Capped either with mud or fibrous growths that
event the spores being washed away by the storm-tides.

large number of plants gathered in August, 1894, showed
Faudlority with all mature leaves decidedly longer than the
‘mit given, The usual, not the occasional, length was nine
and three-fourths to ten inches. The color was dark green.
The bulb r crown, when carefully measured, was found to be
one-half to five-eighths of an inch in diameter. The sporangia
= oblong, 4 to 5™" long. The velum covered two-thirds to
rths of the sporangium, instead of but one-third.
the Macrospores were of the usual size, 0.50 to 0. 63 : |

hi Ndges quite jagged, and more or less reticulate :
the = fathering these plants I noticed many, only Ps et
ag Which seemed to have lost their outer leaves, if : ig

sie macrosporangia. Only those plants were collected,

220 The Botanical Gazette. [April,

the bulbs of which were obviously swollen with mature macro-
spores. The gathering was not studied closely until winter.
So it comes that I cannot here give measurements of micro-
spores; but in place of doing so, I have to announce that /
riparia is polygamous

All the plants collected in August were found to bear ma-
ture macrospores all the way to the center. The whole
gathering, minus a quantity pressed and sent away for ex-
changes, consisted of about twenty-five plants. It afforded
not a single microsporangium. Only two or three immature
leaves in the center of each plant were without spores of any
kind. The number of leaves was as large as usual, and in
some cases larger.

of another outer aspect, but the spores showed them to be /

uite re-
fourths
ms of

rim between the hemispheres were also jagged and q
markably high. The velum was broad, covering three-

Some smaller plants, collected in August, 1895: e
Chester, rather darker green in color, were monoec

wrsivig much as in some forms of /. saccharata.
these Spores, and those from some Chesapeake plants,
admit of distinguishing descriptions.

The microspores of J. riparia vary, by actual measufe

1896. ] Isoetes riparia and I. saccharata. 221

ment, from 0.026 to 0.030™. The ‘‘tubercles” with which
they are beset are more plentiful, and so more obvious than
the papillae of the other species, but scarcely differ from them
in appearance.

I. saccharata. The structural variation here is apparently
greater than in the other species, while any dioecious ten-
dency is still to be detected. Plants were collected at the
original station on Wicomico river, Sept. 14, 1895, where
they grow plentifully in sand deeply overlaid with mud.
These agree, for the most part, with the description of Engel-
mann. But the leaves of mature plants are generally three
to five inches long, and the macrospores 0.48 to 0.55” thick,
with warts a good deal confluent, especially below, but not
reticulated. The microspores measure 0.024 to 0,028™ long.
The olive green color, the rather flaccid state of the leaves,
and the constant narrow velum were sufficiently noticeable.
The whole plant, though taller than one would expect, is of
quite slight build. The trunk is very small.

In 1895 I noted® the collection of this species in Elk river,
at Piney creek cove and Back creek. In August of the same
year it was observed in other places in the same river. As it
“Pears there, it isa more robust plant than on the Wicomico.

he leaves are somewhat stiffer, of a deeper green, and of a
nearly uniform length of three to three and one-half inches.

ough less flaccid, they are generally strongly curved, and
their ends mostly rest upon the ground. The crown meas-
wes One-half to three-fourths inch in diameter; the macro-
‘Pores are 0. 40 to o. 48™" thick, with warts but little confluent
above, blunt and not at all crested. The microspores are
028 to 0.030" long, quite as long as those of /. riparia, but
less Plentifully knobbed than the latter. The velum varies
but little, never reaching more than one-fourth the sporan-
gee The sporangium is sometimes 5"" long, while yuan
f © Wicomico Plants is at most 3.5". The trunk is not ail-
“rent from the typical trunk of the species. : hich
f a August 12, 1895, two more forms of the species, whic
ya study may show to be worthy of distinction as feat
frst Were collected in Lloyd's creek, Sassafras river. 3 a
a. these, the most robust form of the ie Fonds
baria ¢ has almost precisely the general asp apn ate bove. It

Collected at Pennsgrove, N. J., and described above.

3
Borantcar Gazette, 20: 32. Ja. 1895.

222 The Botanical Gazette. [April,

has stiffish, strongly curved leaves, rather dark green in color,
4to6 inches long. The crown measures one-half to one
inchin diameter. The macrospores are 0.51 to 0.55" thick,
marked with somewhat crested warts, higher and more con-
fluent into twisted ridges than in the Wicomico plants. The
microspores are 0.026 to 0.028™" long. The velum is narrow.
The sporangium is 6 to 7™ in length, very long and slim
The microsporangium has much the same shape as in /. Ew
gelmanni var. valida. This form was plentifully planted in
rather coarse gravel, overlaid with a shallow mud.

Close beside, in densely compacted masses, grew the set-
ond form. The leaves are about the same darkish green, §
to 9 inches long, and remarkable for the number and size of
their stomata. These leaves spread less widely than in the
form next preceding. The crown is about one-half inch in
diameter. The macrospores are 0.51 to 0.53” thick, with
warts quite crowded and confluent into twisted ridges below,
sometimes a little reticulated; above, the ridges are some
what parallel; and in general the markings may be said to dif-
fer markedly, in both these Lloyd’s creek forms, from the tyPé
Microspores are 0.024 to 0.032" long. The sporangia a’®
about 7™" long when longest. The velum is narrow.

In color, size of sporangium, and general outward aspect
the two Lloyd’s creek forms vary in a notable manner from the
Isoetes Saccharata type of Engelmann. This variation is
the direction of J. riparia as it presents itself in the plants
collected at Pennsgrove, N. J. and above described. The
macrospores are of an approximately equal size. But hens
the resemblance ends; for the macrospores of the Pennsgrove
plants are, as stated, quite peculiarly deeply ridged, eve? '
—— the velum is unusually broad; the habit 1s dioe-

On the other hand, the small forms of /. riparia noted
above, from Chester, Pa., vary in spore characters toward the
Lloyd’s creek plants, to such an extent that if such charac
ters alone could settle the question, the two would have to be
classed together. Yet here, as is the former case, the velum
's often broader than in any known form of J. sacchar am d

My study of these two species is as yet incomplete, 4
final conclusions as to their relations are scarcely perms!
The foregoing notes must make it evident that distinct!”
structural characters are less numerous even than wou

1896. | Isoetes riparia and I, saccharata. 223

pear from Engelmann’s account. Yet there appears to bean
unmistakable specific distinction. The widely varying velum
of. riparia (from quite narrow to three-fourths the sporan-
gium), and its spores differing so remarkably in size and mark-
ings, as well as the varying habit of growth and gradations of
color; and the wide departures from the type in point of size,
tolor and spore characters in J. saccharata may well cause
doubt at times as to individual plants. But the narrow velum
of the latter seems to be a constant feature, while in /. riparia
itvaries from leaf to leaf of the same plant. This single defi-
tite character, constant in the most aberrant forms, seems to
me to gather significance as other characters vary, until it
becomes as it were a touchstone. Moreover, until dioecious
tendencies are made out in I. saccharata there is good rea-
Son for specific distinction.
Media, Pa.

On some species of the genus Meliola.
F. S. EARLE.
Meliola tenuis B. & C.

A fungus was distributed under the above name by Rave-
nel’ on leaves of Arundinaria from Darien, Ga., but no de
scription was given. It is mentioned by Cooke,? who merely
remarks: ‘‘Scarcely different from Meliola amphitricha.’ It
is mentioned by Saccardo* under the heading ‘‘Speczes mi
minus note”, where he simply quotes Cooke’s remark as given
above. It is next mentioned by Martin‘ as Ravenel’s no.

0. He gives no description, but says: ‘This appears tobe
M. amphitricha Fr.

In the Supplementum Universale Saccardo® publishes a 4¢
scription for the first time. It is as follows: ‘‘Meliola temus
B. & C., Ravenel, Fungi Amer. Exsic. no. 831 (without fd
scription). —Epiphyllous, forming small, black, hairy, A
orbicular spots; perithecia globose, covered with rigid, stralg Hs
sharp-pointed sete; asci 2—4-spored, ellipsoid; sporidia ° ;
long, 50x 18-20, 4-septate, slightly constricted, extreme
rounded, fuliginous; pycnidia present, smaller than the per
thecia; stylospores oblong, I-septate, multiguttulate, pe
25~-26x6-7u.” This description would certainly justify’
remarks of Cooke and Martin, that it was near to oF ident!
with M. amphitricha Fr. B

Gaillard* in his admirable monograph places M. tenuls de

C. among “‘species dubia.” After quoting Saccardes m-
scription he makes the following remarks: ‘‘We have me
ined authentic specimens from Ravenel’s no. 831. ee k
the following characters: Spots pulverulent, of a deep a
brown color. Mycelium formed of moniliform cells of a pe
fuliginous brown, bearing occasionally little spherical a
ings, from which globular, thin-walled, sterile conceptac
eae, nn a a aan memiteaat
* Cooke, Rayenels American Fungi Greviles— 49. D.1878.

, se} . .
* Martin, Syoopale of the fo cae. ico of Asterina, Dimerosport?
er ome Jour. of Mycology 1: 148. D.1885.

eine Ng Fungorum 9: 428. S. 1891. eee uf

1892, : nre Meliola; Anatomie, Morphologie, Sys

[224]

1896. ] Some Species of the Genus Meliola. 225

develop. Mycelial sete very abundant, acicular, thin (200
x6x), of a clear fuliginous brown, with numerous septa. The
moniliform mycelium, the absence of hyphopodia and of spores
cause us to place this plant among the doubtful species.”

Ravenel’s specimens seem to be the only ones known of
this fungus. Some confusion exists in quoting his numbers,
they being variously given as 330, 331 and 831. These seem
tobe simply misprints of the same number. The specimen
in the herbarium of the Division of Vegetable Physiology and
Pathology of the U. S. Department of Agriculture is cer-
tainly Fungi Amer. Exsic. xo. é

In the fall of 1893 I was fortunate enough to collect this
little-known species on Arundinaria tecta at Ocean Springs,
Miss. The characters found in these specimens differed so
markedly from any described species that I was inclined to
think it new, since they afforded the combination of such dis-
linctive marks as the divided tips of the sete and the con-
spicuously lobed apical cell of the capitate hyphopodia. I

nd, however, that it agrees exactly with Ravenel’s specimen
“ag Amer, Exsic. no. 331, as represented in the herbarium

ete,

Saccardo’s description is incorrect as to the sete and he
does not mention the hyphopodia at all. The specimens ex-
amined by Gaillardwere evidently very imperfect or immature.

The following description is taken from Ravenel’s specimen

. 331 in the herbarium of the Division of Vegetable Physi-

is be

Se » branched, frequently septate, not constricted at the
i. 7 thick; conidia not observed: ice erie
eum abundant, dark fuscous, irregularly flexuous an
Nodular, frequently septate, 8—gyu thick: capitate hyphopodia
, vit, alternate, about 20-25 long; basal cell short-
larl about 8 x 8y; apical cell broader, usually irregu-
_ distinctly three or four lobed, 12-15 X 12-20p; on
tip “aoe tigid, dark and opaque, 200-400 X I0y, grit .
of ta, trifid, or occasionally 4-parted for a distanc

226 The Botanical Gazette. [April,

constricted at the septa, ends obtusely rounded, 50-604 long,
somewhat flattened, seemingly elliptical, 18—20y wide in front
view, but cylindrical and 12-154 wide in side view.—-On
living leaves of Arundinaria, Georgia and Mississippi.

Notes on specimens of Meliola.

Perhaps no group of fungi is in greater confusion in most
American herbaria than the species of Meliola and their allies
in the other genera of the Perisporiaceze. This is largely at-
tributable to the fact that the specimens of so many published
exsiccati are incorrectly named. Having recently had occa-
sion to examine the specimens in the herbarium of the Di-
vision of Vegetable Physiology and Pathology of the U. S.
Department of Agriculture, the following notes may prove of
general interest:

Meliola amphitricha Fr., Bonin Islands, U. S. North Pacific
Exploring Expedition.—This is mentioned by Gaillard!
among the forms which he refers to M. amphitricha Fr., but
this specimen differs from his description in the much smaller
(only 16 xX 124) capitate hyphopodia, which often have the
apical cell conspicuously lobed, and in the evident false ostio-
lum of the perithecium. The sporidia also differ in being
Strictly cylindrical (not elliptical), with the rounded apical
cells longer than the rather short medial ones. :

_Meliola amphitricha Fr., on Callicarpa americana, Gaines
ville, Florida, Ravenel: Fungi Amer. Exsic. no. 84.—This§
Meliola cookeana Speg. It is the same as N. A. F. mo. 1295:
_ Meliola amphitricha Fr., on Gordonia lasianthus, Louis
jana, 1885, coll. Dr. Palmer (herb. no. 1785).—This is Mel-
= cryptocarpa E. & M., and is the same as N. A. F. ™

Meliola amphitricha Fr; on Laurus carolinensis, Hom
H. W. Ravenel, no. 116a.—This is 90

Meliola amphitricha F r., on Persea palustris, Green
Springs, Florida, March, 1883, Dr. Martin, A. F

1290.—This is the type of Meliola martiniana Gaillard.’
ee an

1896. ] Some Species of the Genus Meliola. 227

Meliola amphitricha Fr., on Persea, Gainesville, Florida,
Fungi Amer. Exsic. xo. 82.—This is not a Meliola. Our
specimen has no perithecia, but it is doubtless Asterina dtl-
litescens E. & M.

Meliola amphitricha Fr. var. palmarum Berk., on Phoenix

dactylifera, Calcutta, India, Thiim. Mycotheca Universalis

2155.—This is referred by Gaillard! to Meliola palmi-
cola Wint. Our specimen while it agrees with the usual form
of this species on Sabal in the long, often three-celled hypho-
podia, does not show the divided tips of the sete.

Meliola amphitricha Fr., on Sabal, Gainesville, Florida,
Ravenel: F ungi Amer. Exsic. mo. 81.—This is Meliola palmi-
cola Wint.

Neliola camellia (Catt.) Sacc., on Camellia japonica, Italy,
Briosi e Cavara no. r06,—This, like the other ‘‘sooty molds”
following insect injuries, does not at all present the charac-
ters of a true Meliola, and I quite agree with Gaillard?! in
‘xcluding them. It is likely that all these true saprophytic
forms should be referred to Capnodium, even if the ordinarily
accepted definition of that genus has to be extended to include

em ey form a natural group and so do the true Meli-
las, but they have little in common. :

Meliola Jurcata Lév., Ellis N. A. F. mo. 1297, (a) on Big-
Nua capreolata, Florida, Dr. Martin; (4) on Gonolobus,
North Carolina, Dr. Thos. F. Wood; (c) on Sadal serrulata,
Florida, Dr. Martin. —Both (a) and (4) are Meliola bidentata
Cke. Gonolobus is a new host for this species, but the aise
vo agtees exactly with the description given by Gaillard
ui as the specimens on Bignonia; (c) is Meliola Palmicola

int,

Meliolg urcata Lév. ienonia, Gainesville, Florida, Ra-
Venel: te pad abe ages —This also is Meliola biden-
x Woke, and is perfectly distinct from MM. furcata Lév. which
> '€Ptesented in the herbarium by the N. Pacific Exploring
wheewition specimen collected by Wright in Nicaragua, but

a has not been found in the United States. <

lola heteromeles (C. & H.), N. A. F. no. 1546. —Our speci

ct wins to be all Capnodium. I find nothing to indicate
0 af Meliola, Meliopsis or Zucalia, where it has been vari-
usly Placed.
Pt eae
nee lor
ag

228 The Botanical Gazette. [April,

Meliola MacOwaniana Thiim., Mycotheca Universalis no.
68. —This is Dimerosporium Mac Owanianum (Thiim.)
Sacc.1% The sporidia are only two-celled.

Meliola penzigi Sacc., Briosie Cavara mo. 135.—This too
is Capnodium, not Meliola. 4

Meliola psilostome Thiim., Mycotheca Universalis no. 775.
—This is Dimerosporium psilostomatis (Thiim.,) Sacc.}5

Meliola quinguespora Thiim., Mycotheca. Universalis no.
ee ithe is referred by Gaillard!® to Meliola inermis Kal.

Cke.

Meliola sanguinea E. & E., on Rubus trivialis, Pointe &
la Hache, Louisiana, Jan. 5, 1886, A. B. Langlois. —This 1s
considered by Gaillard!” to be the same as Me/iola manca E.
& M., which also occurs on Myrica (see N. A. F. mo. 1292.

Meliola (young), on Ilex, Harris co., Texas, H. W:
Ravenel.— This is not Meliola, but Asterina pelliculosa Berk.
Another specimen on Ilex from Galveston, Texas, collecte
by Ravenel in 1869, has two leaves like the above showing
nothing but Asterina pelliculosa Berk., while a third leaf beats
a good Meliola, perhaps . amphitricha Fr.

Division of Vegetable Physiology and Pathology,

U. S. Department of Agriculture,
Washington, D. C.

2h Seat ANCA ASE ECOL eat et Sd
Ae Fungorum 1: 53.
C12

1, Gaillard, : j
®Saccardo, Sylloge Fungorum 1:
1Gaillard, lc. 123, “

?7Gaillard, 1. c. 37

Noteworthy anatomical and physiological researches,
The embryo-sac of Taraxacum,

Now that morphological attention among angiosperms,
especially the dicotyledons, is being focussed upon the em-
y0-sac, it is important to note any careful observations that
have been made. In Flora 82: 32 ef seg. 1896, Siegfried
Schwere has published an elaborate paper upon Taraxacum
oficinale. Its scope includes the topics: (1) the present con-
dition of the embryological question; (2) the embryo-sac,
fertilization and formation of the embryo; (3) formation and
tesorption of the endosperm; (4) the integuments and later
seed coats; 5) the pericarp; (6) biological considerations.
nly the main points of the second topic are here considered.
The author discovers that Taraxacum often has two ovules in
the ovary, which may differ in size, but otherwise show nor-
mal development. No fruit was found containing two ma-

The gg-cell, which is rather deep in the sac, is easily recog-
wd by its size and contour, and its nucleus is nearly as large
Mig ndosperm nucleus. The synergide are at the ex-
nme end of the sac and do not extend into it nearly so far
we egg-cell, and their nuclei are smaller than those of the
PBaag and the endosperm-cell. The synergide persist for
we ely long time, retaining a plump appearance “
V Shave begun to form in the endosperm. — The antipodals
a in Size, Shape and arrangement, but their number, three,
ont he author seems to doubt Hegelmaier’s state-
ae in Taraxacum he had observed four or five antipo-
su i longitudinal row, but recent studies in Composite
toon that such a condition is not at all unlikely. The it
author are said to persist as long as the LA nae a
of Claims to have discovered in Taraxacum the ore
su gre fertilization noted in dicotyledons. a ee
' be hat develop two embryos or not is a question y
ined,
re irs division of the fertilized egg-cell separates an em-

b aging j
‘Yo-cell from a suspensor-cell, and the latter retains its charac

[229]

230 The Botanical Gazette. (April,

ter during the first divisions of the embryo, after whichit begins
to divide in basipetal order. When the embryo beginstoshow
cotyledons, the suspensor, with the exception of the so-called
‘“thypophysis, "contains a row of from two to four cells. Whenthe
growing cotyledons have given the embryo the characteristic
cordate form, the number of suspensor-cells is also found to
have been increased. The ‘‘Anschlusszelle,” or suspensor
cell next the embryo, plays a special réle. The other sus-
pensor cells divide in somewhat irregular fashion, but in this
one the first wall is vertical, and vertical divisions follow in
planes at right angles to each other. This does not agree
with Fleischer’s account of Helianthus, in which the Ar
schlusszelle has two transverse walls before vertical divisions
begin. A little later, vertical divisions occur in the cell be-
low the Anschlusszelle. The descendants of these two cells
take part in the formation of the embryo, which by this add-
tion has become nearly spherical. —CHAS. CHAMBERLAIN.

Correlation effects following mechanical hindrance of
growth.

was removed from a seedling, the growth rate of i nd

exceed that of the control objects. of
By use of Pfeffer’s method of confining parts 11 pa
Paris casts, the author investigated the action resulting
mechanical hindrance of the growth of a system, oF of af
0
* Ueber Wachsthumscorrelationen in Folge mechanischer Hemmug

Wachsens Pringsh. Jahrb. £. wi :
: vane . : IO: &
* Annals of Botany j: 265. 1 sang Botanik 29: 132-17

1896, ] Anatomical and Physiological Researches, 231

of asystem on adjacent and on remote parts of the plant.
When either the root or the shoot system was incased, a plain
retardation of the growth of the free system was always seen.
This retardation differed somewhat from that observed when
the part was simply amputated. Instead of a recovery fol-
lowing the shock from the injury, the author found that the
continued irritation from the confined parts caused a likewise
continued retardation with a total growth (in the case of the
tadicle) averaging about two-thirds of that of the control.
Upon freeing the confined parts, a plainly marked accelera-
tion of the growth rate of both systems followed.

The cotyledons of Streptocarpus behaved in a very inter-
esting manner. Normally one cotyledon grows until it reaches
considerable dimensions. The other, however, remains rudi-
mentary, and finally dies. When the cotyledon in the usual
order of things predestined to development was put in the
ast, the smaller usually fugacious member assumed the réle
and grew, provided the development of the seedling had not
already proceeded too far. A similar result was obtained by
the extirpation of the larger cotyledon. Thus the prevention of
gfowth in one part can awaken it in another.

_ The question of correlation within a particular system was
lvestigated. If the cast was so placed as to leave free the
apex and entire growing zone of a radicle, a retarded growth
fesulted. Neither the revival of growth in old tissues, nor a
changed distribution of growth was found to follow the appli-
Cation of the cast preventing normal elongation. When only
Partially hindered, growth was reduced but not re-localized.
. '#€n shoots of various kinds of seedlings were correspond-
ngly treated, the correlation phenomena agreed completely
> those seen in roots. Shoots so enclosed that growth in
“lan merely was prevented, grew abnormally in thickness,

"on the release from the cast it was resumed in the parts
Still plastic,

“ia these results, it appears that, without nutsien Ye
ati PmMent in the sustaining parts, the sustained meri oid
‘ fegions are unable to make a strong development.

RH. Tru,

Fertilization of Batrachospermum.

In the Annals of Botany (March) Dr. Bradley M. Lape

fettilinsts €d some important results from his parehnee ae

Was pct Of Batrachospermum. The species chiefly rv
* montliforme, subsequently checked by a study ©

232 The Botanical Gazette. [April,

other species, B. coerulescens and B. Boryanum. The results
have to do not merely with the genus studied but with the
whole subject of fertilization. The trichogyne of Batracho-
spermum is found to be a cell entirely distinct from the so-
called carpogonium, as witnessed by its well-organized nucleus
and its chromatophore. The antherozoids also contain a
chromatophore derived from the vegetative cells, and a dis-
tinct nucleus. In the act of fertilization the antherozoid and
trichogyne walls fuse, a larger or smaller opening is devel-
oped, and cytoplasmic fusion occurs, but the antherozoid
and trichogyne nuclei remain distinct, apparently indifferent
to the process, the antherozoid nucleus for the most part not
even entering the trichogyne. As soon as cytoplasmic fusion
occurs the trichogyne becomes separated from the carpogo-
nium by the gradual drawing apart of the cell-contents until
the connecting strand becomes so thin that it breaks, and by
a deposit of substance similar to cell-wall material. The cat-
pogonium subsequently gives rise to the spore-producing fila-
ments. The nuclei of the antherozoid and of the trichogyne

necessary to conclude that nuclear fusion may not be ™

ments, without the antherozoid contact. It is evident,
fore, that the fusion, even if the nuclei are not concer
shows its sexual character in its effect. The author also su
gests the hypothesis that sexual reproduction in these pi
forms may not of necessity involve nuclear fusion. We re
tainly know too little concerning the behavior of the at
in the Sexual processes of the thallophytes in general, 0"
concerning the whole trichogyne subject in particular, Se ye
ure upon much generalization concerning these very ie
esting and important observations upon Batrachosperm"

BRIEFER ARTICLES.

Some new or rare plants.—Phaseolus (DREPANOSPRON) smilacifolius,
n, sp.—Stem scandent, strigose-pubescent, 5-12" high, twining over
bushes with the habit of Apios: leaflets large, 5-6™ long, 5™ broad,
thin, glabrous above and below, in outline deltoid-hastate, usually
more or less 3-lobed, the basal lobes rounded, the apical one acute;
stipules and Stipels linear, minute, persistent: flowers in loose elon-
gated racemes; pedicels filiform, unibracteate at base, 1-1.5°" long:
calyx campanulate, with five obscure very obtuse teeth: corolla pink or
white, rather large, 1:™ long: legume nearly straight, glabrate, much
‘ompressed, 4~6-seeded, 5~6™ long, 1 broad

The section Drepanospron of Bentham, or Euphaseolus, to which
this species belongs, is distinguished from the Strophostyles group
chiefly by the racemose or often paniculate, instead of capitate inflo-
“scence. The other North American members of the section are P.
réusus Benth. and P. Wrightii Gray, both from the southwest: P. siz-
“aius Nutt., a Florida species, and our common northern wild bean, ?,
bolystachyus (L.) B.S.P. Of these 2 Wrightit has leaflets very deeply
ne very variously lobed, while the other species have rhombic-ovate
Nearly entire leaflets; our plant is remarkable both for the similarity
Of its leaves to those of Smilax Bona-Nox, and for their thin texture;
the legume, moreover, is very nearly straight, and not falcate as in
other members of the group. It was found in abundance by Mr.

Be V. Nash on hammock land near Lake City, Florida, August
31, 1895 (type no. 2505, in U.S. National Herbarium.)
mE ACELIA CoviLLe1 S. Watson in Gray Man. 360. 1891. [Ed. 6.}—
; ytesting little Phacelia was collected originally May 5, 1889,
é ' Frederick V. Coville on Larkspur island in the Potomac, i
Rai — above Washington, D.C. The plants were sent to Dr. ; re
bim ”. determination, and were finally identified and described by
%S a New species, :
és ene island is the third in the series of islands cen .
dated : tis lower than most of the others, and was apparently Sana!
ae ic the floods resulting from the heavy rains of the a ae
id the all events, no trace of the plant could be mee Ay
when j "ginal locality or on any adjacent island unti os 2 sia
er Was found most unexpectedly by Mr. Coville, Mr. sie ak
above, including the writer, at several points along the river or
a Echo, Maryland, very nearly opposite its original station.
Vol. XXI.—No, 4.

[233]

234 The Botanical Gazette. [April

In every case it grew in moist alluvial soil and was unaccompanied by
either Ellisia nyctelea or Phacelia parviflora, between which P. Couillei
has been supposed by some to be a hybrid. It is apparently the only
eastern Phacelia with a campanulate corolla; and this circumstance,
together with the fact that it has the aspect of Ellisia and the capsule
of Phacelia, no doubt suggested the theory of possible hybridization.

PERILLA FRUTESCENS (L.) Britton, Mem. Torr. Club 5: 277. 1894.

Ocimum frutescens L., Sp. Pl. 597. 1753-

Perilla ocimoides L., Gen. Pl. Ed. 6, Add. 578. 1764.

This Asiatic mint is reported in the last edition of Gray’s Manual!
on the authority of Schneck, as growing about dwellings and road-
sides in southern Illinois. It had been collected by Professor Lester
F. Ward at Crystal Spring in the District of Columbia, and is in-
cluded in the “Catalogue of the Plants of the District”? though re
ferred with hesitation to Bentham’s variety cv7spfa* which is a mete
garden form. Additional specimens have been examined in the Her-
barium of Columbia College collected at scattered points in New
York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, West Virginia, Georgia and Mis
souri. On October 28, 1895, Mr. L. H. Dewey and the writer came
most unexpectedly on the plant growing in a large patch on the
border of some woods near Waterloo Station, Alexandria Co., Va. It
was then in good fruiting condition and easily identifiable.

Cassia MULTIPINNATA Nasuu Pollard, Bull. Torr. Club. 22: 515, 1895:

Since the publication of Florida cassias, specimens hare
been received from Miss Josephine Skehan, collected the past sum
mer at Ocean Springs, Mississippi, which are undoubtedly referable
the above variety, having all the characters of C. mu/tipinnata,
ing of low, diffuse habit. The plant may very probably occur ®
Poun points along the Gulf coast, both in the typical and the varie

orm‘.

LIMNANTHEMUM NyMPHOIDES Hoffmg. & Link, Fl. Port. 1: 3#
1809.—This plant, together with Trapa natans, has become S? thor-
oughly naturalized in ponds of the U.S. Fish Commission in Wash-
ington that it covers the surface of the water and has spread into sev-
eral adjacent pools. In October a beautiful sight is presented P

the multitude of yellow blossoms open in the sunlight.
ee os Open in the sunlight ae
]

Agrical”

ei bed: 6,
*Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 22: 104. 1881.
‘Since the ab At issippi Agric”
€ above was written, Prof. S. M. Tracy, of the Mississ! is
tural Experiment Station, has sent me a complete representation of the in the
Srowing in that state, from which it appears that both C. multipinnala

1896, ] briefer Articies. 235

Ruamnus Francuta L., Sp. Pl. 193. 1753.—Mr. W. M. Van Sickle,
of West New York, N. J., reports the discovery of additional speci-
mens of this interesting European buckthorn in the swamp at Secau-
cus, some distance from the present known locality at New Durham.
The problem concerning its mode of introduction into the United
States is a difficult one to solve. The fact of Michaux’s Arboretum
having been situated on the site of the present New Durham swamp
indicates that it may have been originally planted there, an d thriving
under favorable conditions, spread rapidly and in time developed
trees of the size now found. It was long age rep »rted from Flushing,
Long Island, but this station is now apparently obliterated.—CHARLES
Louis PoLiarp, Washington, D. C.

Pebble mimicry in Philippine island beans.—In looking over a keg
of pebbles collected from the coast of Marinduque by Dr. Joseph B.
Steere in his expedition of 1887-8, some beans were found which sur-
prisingly resemble the water-worn pebbles with which they were asso-
ciated. The mimicry is so perfect that almost every one is deceived
tntil an opportunity for handling thein is afforded, and even after be-
Ig made aware of their nature mistakes will still occur. Inquiry devel-
oped the fact that these beans are produced bya coarse briar le
was expected, to the narrow strip of gravelly beach and met with
here and there upon various members of this group of islands. Send-
Ing out trailing stems to a distance of twenty to thirty feet, carrying a
leaf similar to that of the rose, they form a mat from three to four
“tin height quite difficult to penetrate. Di Se ee
tives collecti ng them for shipment to Manila, to be used, as they said,
I the Manufacture of soap.

The beans, themselves, are sub-ellipsoidal in form, but show much
Megularity “ shape, apparently from mutual pressure in the pod.

€
= Tounded by continued friction. A handful of the beans shows
much and the same character of variation as is seen in the same

sage of quartz pebbles. The size is as variable as the shape, 2
ba “imensions ranging in different specimens studied from oo
Nee typical specimen being about 17X18 14" The co

ite tinge, while the luster of many is exactly t at oh.

tained . Others of lighter color the effect is similar to pte

all th "om pebbles of chalcedony or of crystallized quartz. y eee
© Specimens show a series of approximately paralle

236 The Botanical Gazette. [April

lines passing around, very suggestive of stratification. All are
quite hard, cut only with difficulty with a knife, and when shaken
together in the hand give that clinking sound, only somewhat
duller, which is characteristic of pebbles. The mimicry then is that
of mixed quartz pebbles and covers shape, size, color, luster, hardness
and stratification. It is so complete and perfect that it can not bere
garded as mere coincidence. Placed in water the beans are found to
be buoyant and nine weeks soaking in sea water, at about 70°F.
seems to make no impression upon them, proving that they might be
transported to considerable distance by waves and ocean currents.
It becomes a matter of interest to offer some speculation as to how
this mimicry may have been produced since the principles involved
seem to be just the opposite of those which usually hold for seeds.
In the first place we must assume that we have had a plant grow
ing within or near tide limits and supplying food for mammals or
birds, distributed over the adjacent islands. It is true that these seeds
are now very hard and exceedingly bitter, but these qualities may
have developed along with the others for which we are to accoullt
Indeed, they have been asking favors of neither fowl nor beast it
pleading in their own way to be simply let alone. From any partich
lar crop of seeds those most conspicuous would be carried away first
and if any remained they would probably be those, which from their
external characters, most resembled the’ pebbles about them. It would
be these from which would be produced the new plants as the parenls
died out, or from which, when floated to adjacent shores, new colonies
would be founded. It is believed, eminent authority to the contrat}
that these would have a sendency to produce seeds somewhat similar.
Very many of the conspicuous variety would continue to appeat
through a long series of generations, but it would be these always
which would be first to be gathered and carried away. This selection
continued through an indefinite time, combined with the tendenci ®
transmit the parental characters to the offspring, would bring abo
the described results. In general, those seeds which fail to =
distribution are smothered out by the parent plant or by the fen
ner which gets the start of its fellows. Individual characters 4
obliterated through cross-fertilization. In the case of nee es
however, the waves and currents step in and quietly bear them to
shores where large numbers, which have been subjected to this i
development. In the case of the Philippines there may t
with relative rapidity what might otherwise be impossible on acon
uous stretch of coast alone. Somewhere upon the islands, ©

1896, Briefer Articles. 237

upon the coast or inland, we should expect to find one or more related
species, bearing conspicuous, softer and more palatable seeds (as in
the case of the so-called “Florida bean”), the ancestors of which had
been carried from the beach when the process of selection in the two
directions began.—W. H. SHERzER, State Normal School, Ypsilanti,
Mich.

lichens, the only “thallophytes.”—It is with great pleasure that I
§0 through the new text-books of botany; their wealth of material
and new views of classification are of extreme interest. The large
amount of space devoted to cryptogams, more especially to the lower
ayptogams, is in great contrast to the limited space accorded them
it eatlier works. The general method, too, is quite different; there
everywhere a severe strain after the homologies, while the analogies
and affinities of the old botanists are scarcely considered.

We are furnished with new terms in vast profusion, contributing
Really to conciseness of thought and facility of expression. It would
1 Superfluous to ask for anything more in this respect; neverthe-

it seems to me it would conduce greatly to ease and brevity of
opal description, to have a technical term for the vegeta-
rk system, and another for the reproductive system of plants in
nural. It is true that vegesation and Sructification are made use Of,
ht they are hot technical terms, because they are employed with
other meanin gs.

Hitting terms are used in some of the classes of plants. The vege-
nding ent ePFOductive systems of a fungus are clearly and broadly
indicated by mycelium and sporophore, those of a myxomycete by plas-
in ‘ita and sporangium, of a lichen by thallus and apothectum. But

uPtive works upon the alg, there is great confusion and un-
a aty in the terms; we find cell, thread, filament, frond, stem, etc.,
tam use for the vegetative system and a greater nea
Special . _ reproductive system. These are all well seiner
for each ~ eetons, but there is need of a pair of contras - oom
to —. function in general. Wallroth, who was sis ale
lum, te . terms, employed the term physeuma to CO

's, folium” of Agardh

* me to speak of the term thallus. The usage of the writ-

fy sa
Even :

noma . ” in
Paige Pers., we find the tubules “sitting on a my orspnig: thor
Susca Pers., where the ascomata rest on a “sudiculum.

238 The Botanical Gazette. [April

not observed the ¢ha//us of the Myxomycetes to be written even in the
text-books.

The use of the term ¢ha//us is now practically confined to the Lichens
and more especially to the thin flat expansions, either foliaceous or
crustaceous of the vegetative system. Its use in this same senseis
transferred to certain plants not only among the Algee but also in the
Hepatice. Here, however, the better term would be shallode. Hence,
so far as the usage of systematic works is concerned, the denomination
Thallophyta of the text-books applies only to the lichens.

Finally, it is with some amazement that I view the new systems of
classification in the most recent text-books. In the lower cryptogams
there is an evident recoil to the Alge and the Fungi, if not of Lin
naeus, of Agardh and Fries. This is a return to a consideration of
the vegetative system of these plants instead of the reproductive. 01
this account it would seem necessarily to involve the setting apart
again of the lichens, whose vegetative system is now known to |
unique among plants. Up to date, then, the gain in general classifi-
cation has been only to segregate the Myxomycetes as an independent
class. But in the development of the subordinate members of the
scheme, the progress has been wonderful, though it is not yet by any
means complete.—A. P. Morean, Preston, O.

cards. The average monthly issue for 1894 was 49 cards, for 1895 8
eon The total issue for 1894 and 1895 is 1,343 cards.
n re

by sending the committee any suggestions to this end, and particularly

pine - adapt the work to their needs. Address the Secretary af o
SA on Bibliography, 1286 Massachusetts Ave., Cambn
ass.

CURRENT LITERATURE.
Plant anatomy.

Most teachers of botany have felt the need of a brief and compre-
hensive account of the tissues of plants. Such a book—‘a brief out-
line of the elementary principles of anatomy”—it has been the aim of
of Dr. Emily L. Gregory of Barnard College to prepare.t_ The book is
of very convenient size and appeals to one on this ground as probably
just what he is in need of. A glance at the table of contents strength-
‘is the favorable impression. The subject is logically and compre-
hensively mapped out. It is divided into two parts, the anatomy of
the cell and anatomy of tissues, the latter including not only tissues
and systems but also an outline of the anatomy of the vegetative body
ofthe thallophytes and “cormophytes.” When the body of the book
Steached, the favorable impression is somewhat modified. Amid
much that is good, well-put, and correct, there is much that is crude,
meorrect, or out of date.

he explanation of the molecular structure of “organic substance”
~by which we suppose organized bodies are meant—is defective, but
the first striking weakness is encountered in the discussion of the cell
iucleus. Here, in the absence of any recognition of the nucleus as
determining the cell and therefore the ascription of a plurality of
tuclei to one cell, in the statement that “the chemical nature of the

”
hah ag this Crude expression recurs again and again, Son aP He
book - prieve that the author had relinquished all hope that he
Other , be considered “an authority.” oe
knowleq Points also need to be revised in the light of wn iia
the cae such as the structure and chemistry of the starc E a
and ag oF leucoplasts, the epidermal system, the sieve tissue,
YPes of stem structure.
‘ Pie ply L.—Elements of plant anatomy. 8vo. pp. viiit+148. figs.
* Ginn & Co. 1895.
[239]

240 The Botanical Gazette. [April

Of some statements we can find no explanation except that the author
has mistaken the facts, but we cannot undertake to give illustrations
of these. There is certainly confusion regarding the secondary bast
fibers, that is those produced by the secondary meristem of the bundle,
and the similar tissues arising from the pericycle. We cannot under.
stand in what sense “tracheids are to the ducts what the accompany-
ing [i.e., companion] cells are to the sieve-tubes of the phloem, namely
assisting cells.” If mono- and dicotyledonous types of stem structure
are distinguished, is it not a serious objection to such a distinction to
have to say regarding monocotyledons which undergo secondary thick-
ening that “the stems which do admit of such increase may be col
sidered as having changed from the mono- to the dicotyledonous type?”
And this is unintelligible: “In general it [the cambium ring] may
said to be formed either by the intercalation of new bundles, or by
the formation of interfascicular cambium.” Is this “what is com
monly called bark, namely all that portion of the stem outside the
Inner periderm?”

So we turn from the book with regret, wishing it were better, and
hoping that by a careful revision Dr. Gregory will be able to furnish
us a much needed text-book. It ought to be suggested to the pub-
lishers, also, that they seek to emulate the delicacy and softness of the
illustrations in Strasburger’s works, and avoid the coarse harsh style
in which they have produced these.

Botany for pharmacists.

The book before us? is really a double one whose back title, side
title, title pages and sub-titles are rather puzzling. The ance
doubtless due to an inexperienced publisher, resolves iol
Drs. Rusby and Jeliffe have written for a pharmaceutical journal er
nies of articles, which are reprinted apparently from the original "
ting (as the pages are double columned), treating of the anatomy
plants from the point of view of the pharmacist. Dr. Rusby writes
gross structure and Dr. Jeliffe of histology. atl

Dr. Rusby, after a good introduction of five pages, devotes ° af
two-thirds of his roo pages to the flower, fruit, and seed, beats :
thirty-five for the other plant parts. The greater part of this mei
1S a running glossary with only a cursory account of the morphol
and physiology of the organs. In the “anthology” 4 cone pit
glee rate vegetable pharmacognosy; a treatise on structural botany 4
. y for pharmaceutical and medical students, phar by. Pat
P bc dagans Part I, The gross structure of plants, by Henry H. ings 190
- minute structure of plants by Smith Ely Jeliffe. 8vo. PP:

8S. 560. New York: D. O. Haynes & Co. 1895.

1896.] Current Literature. 241

tempt is made to present the modern view of the pollen-grains and
ovules, as these sentences will show:

“These correspond, though of the other sex, to the macrospores
which we have found the pistillate flowers to produce, and they are
called microspores, in flowering plants called pollen-grains.”

“If as in the alder, pistillate lowers and staminate flowers, or, other-
wise stated, spores of both sexes, are produced by the same plant, it
1s Moncecious.

The following account of the morphology of the anther, as well as
the succeeding quotation regarding the pollen-grain, seem to indicate
that the author has scarcely understood the homologies involved.

“Its origin from the leaf assumes the curving forward and inward
of the margins of the blade to become attached to the face of the mid-
nb, producing two thecze, and the production of a secondary or “false”
partition separating each theca longitudinally into two locelli.” _

“The pollen-grain consists of a highly hygroscopic mass of tissue,
partly vital and partly nutritive.”

The excellent illustrations, new, accurate, and. clear, deserve high
Praise. Had they been numbered in type and an explanation or at
ltast the names of each been given, it would have been a decided im-
provement.

Dr. Jeliffe’s “outline of practical plant anatomy,” as one title page
aalls it, is a greatly condensed account of the tissues, classified essen-

ly as by Tschirch in his Angewandte Phlanzenanatomte, and illustra-
ted by many cuts from that work. It is difficult to see how one who
“0 Write thus about the cell wall and the vacuoles can be fitted to
"spare even an outline of plant histology:
ee tning membrane is called the cell wall. It is oe sen: dlaghn
Youngest many one-celled plants, as yeast, nor is to Pete pee
tote wy growing parts of the plant, as in the apices 0

“Atter ¢ = the immature pollen-grains.” _ vai ie tani ate
P Nea . cells commence to grow portions 0 : e ye bs speek
inj,” ~ ‘3 the building up of the plant, and small vacu Pp

i ritles and other spaces left by the retreating protoplasm.”
to . ne difficulty is increased when we find him defining “respita-
'Y lssues” as “those which enable the plant to take in food from the
“mosphere in the form of carbon dioxide and to give off oxygen and
"Y Vapor.”
be the authors’ work is faulty in many particulars it is not a
Paper any in which the publisher's is what it ought to be, if we a
loadea The clumsy binding, the old brevier type in double apne
rs with capitals, the cuts numbered in two series while ! i

tor are Numbered consecutively, and the want of an index conspl
"Pel further acquaintance.

242 The Botanical Gazette. [April,

North American Cactacee.

Our North American species of Cactacee are now brought together!
as a result of the studies of Dr. John M. Coulter.

The first part (no. 2, published in June, 1894) contained the genus
Cactus (Mamiliaria) and its small outliers, Anhalonium and Lopho-
thora; the second part (no. 7, published in April, 1896) completes the
work by presenting Echinocactus, Cereus, and Opuntia. The revision
is called “preliminary” because confused and inadequate material, a
badly tangled synonymy, and paucity of types could result in nothing
else. It is also preliminary in the sense that it professes to do little
more than to bring together the widely scattered material, sift it s0
far as possible, and thus lay the foundation for more elaborate study.
It is probable that no group among the higher plants presents greater
difficulties in the way of classification, both on account of the meaget
and fragmentary material, and also on account of the almost entirely
unknown possibilities of variation. Having been very largely culti-
vated in Europe as well as America many modified forms have been
produced, many- garden species and varieties have been described,
and these have vastly complicated the work of revision. It is certall
that very many forms described, both in the revision before us and
elsewhere, will be found undeserving of specific and varietal rank, but
this can be discovered with certainty only by long continued and pa
tient scientific cultivation. In few families are there such poorly oF:
fined generic lines, even our well-known North American genera pie
hibiting most puzzling intergrading forms. It may be safely said that
in Cactacez there are few good species, as that term goes, 40 in
genera. The monographer had a rare opportunity in his access ®
Dr. Engelmann’s types and notes, many of the latter being first pub
lished in the present revision. If the North American species north
of the Mexican boundary were the only ones concerned, some Teas?
able degree of certainty might be reached, but the well-nigh unknow?

ground. Taking up the three genera of the Confribution just i
we find Echinocactus containing fifty-two species and varieties, ap

1896.] Current Literature. 243

new species indicated in Dr. Engelmann’s manuscript notes and of
the monographer are described, more by way of recording forms than
with any expectation that they will stand the test of future investiga-
tion. Artificial keys supplement the presentation of each genus which
will serve a useful purpose in recognizing material which is generally
incomplete. It is hoped that this bringing together of our material in
convenient shape will provoke investigation, especially since compe-
tent observers are multiplying in the cactus regions; and that the next
revision will show large progress in our knowledge of this extremely
interesting and perplexing group.

The bacteria.

In Engler & Prantl’s Die natitrlichen Pflanzenfamilien, the Schizo-
mycetes or bacteria are united with the Schizophycez or fission-
alge into the Schizophyta. The first class has recently been issued as
Lieferung 129, and is from the pen of Prof. W. Migula, the well-known

teriologist

The difficulties to be surmounted in a systematic treatment of the
bacteria are well recognized. Their simplicity of structure and vari-
ability of function together with imperfect descriptions, the majority
which have been recorded by non-botanical bacteriologists and the
almost interminably confused synonymy make an exhaustive treat-
nent of this group practically impossible f a taxonomic standpoint.
Eee rous systems of classification have been proposed from time

me

ship of

ed un
He fu
~ 'S and use it fora species name, as it is not only unwieldy in

For ins

244 The Botanical Gazette. [April

similar titles are at variance with the accepted principles of the bino-
mial nomenclature.

Migula’s classification is based primarily on morphological and de-
velopmental differentiation, and in the selection of these characters
he uses those that are the most permanent, subordinating the more
transient, such as the presence and distribution of cilia, to lesser di-
visions.

The following synopsis gives the salient features of his system:

I. Cells when isolated spherical, not elongating before cell division
Cell division in 1,2 or3 planes... . . . . . . 1. Coccatte

II. Cells cylindrical (short or long) dividing in only one plane, and
elongating before division.

a. Cells straight, rod-like, devoid of sheath, immotile or motile

by means of cilia, . . pee . 2, Bacteriaite,

b. Cells curved, without sheath, . . . . . . . 3. Spirillacte
c. Cells surrounded with a sheath, . 4. Chlamydobacteriaa.
d. Cells without sheath, united into filaments, motile by undulating

membranes, . . . 5. Beggiatoacte.

The division of genera in the different families is likewise accom
plished by the use of morphological characters such as the presence
or absence of locomotor organs, protoplasmic inclusions like sulfur
grains and, in the more specialized groups, the arrangement of cell fila
ments. Biological characters such pathogenicity, chromogenes!s and
zymogenesis are only used to differentiate related groups in various
genera.

No attempt is made to classify all of the species already recorded,
but a brief description is appended of a few representative forms
under each group. The system will doubtless be regarded as th
most successful attempt that has yet been made to outline the class
fication of this group on morphological lines. Fl
It certainly represents an advance over any of its predecessors, ° i
18 Superior to the contemporaneous systems that have been suggest m
within the last few years. The prestige of the publication of ee
forms a part will doubtless strengthen its authority and lead (0!
adoption by botanical bacteriologists.—H. L. RussELt.

Minor Notices.

_The authors have recently issued decades xvi1 and xvii of ©
tice Americana, prepared by L. M. Underwood and O. F. Cook
has been three years since the last decades were issued, and ie io
pleased to find that there has been no abatement of the origin#! ie
to issue exsiccate of all the North American species. There ws

Hep
bg It

|

1866.] Current Literature. 245

contributors, beside the authors, to the present score of numbers: C,
V. Piper, D. H. Campbell, F. C. Straub, M. A. Howe, A. W. Evans, E.
L. Rand, W. C. Werner, J. Macoun and A. B. Langlois. The species
and place of collection are as follows: Amthoceros laevis L. and A.
Halli Aust. from Washington; A. fusiformis Aust., California; A. Car-
olimanus Michx., Florida; Riccia nigrella DC., California; Aytonia
wythrosperma (Sull.) Underw., Washington; Cyathophora quadrata
(Scop.) Trevis., New York; Lepidozta sphagnicola Evans, Connecticut;
Nardia Macountt Underw. n. sp., Washington; Chiloscyphus polyanthos
roularis Nees, California; Plagiochila Virginica Evans, District of
Columbia; Jumgermania Nove-Casaree Evans, New Jersey; Cephalozia
fuitans (Nees) Spruce, Maine; C. Turneri (Hook.) Lindb., California;
Porella pinnata L., Indiana; Frudlania Selwyniana Pears., Ohio; Le-
jewnea: Macounii Spruce, British Columbia; Z. serpyllifolia (Dicks.)
Lib, Florida; Kantia Sprengelit (Mart.), Louisiana; and Blepharos-
ma nematodes (Aust.), Florida.

OPEN LETTERS.

“‘Nature of the binary name,” again.

Professor Greene does me an unmerited honor in discussing ®
fully my humble suggestion respecting the nature of the binary nam
I asked if the name of is one word or two. Professor Greet”
reply is most ingenious and one which, I must admit, had never 0°
curred to me. His chief reply is in the form of a suppositious 47)

mention any number of species, and yet not even once use the He
aly therefore, the specific name is, in that case, she name but
plan ;

sm '
me, whether the generic name is derstood:
expressed or under
case, both words are assumed as coordinate ‘parts of the com
of a plant name. fess0t
“ am sorry to be so obtuse and insistent. But I hope that : ce The
reene will kindly help me still further out of my difficu Y 9 te
qvestion which was propounded seems to me to be centr

up the issue seemed to show that my trouble was simply 4
perplexity and devoid of merit in feel LH. Barcey, cornell Uf
Ses

[246]

NOTES AND NEWS.

Dr. C. A. J. A. OuDEMans has resigned the professorship of botany
inthe University of Amsterdam, on account of his advanced age.

TuE /cones Plantarum is hereafter to be edited by the Director of
Kew Gardens, a duty performed since 1891 by Professor Daniel Oliver.

Dr. J. MUELLER, Director of the Botanic Garden and Curator of the
Delessert Herbarium at Geneva, died January 28th in his 68th year.

Mr. L. S. CHENEY, instructor in botany in the University of Wis-
consin, has been promoted to be assistant professor of botany in the
college of pharmacy.

THERE WERE more than 1,400,000 visitors at the Kew Gardens during
1895. The month of largest attendance was June, with nearly 300,000,
and the smallest February, with little over 12,000.

Tat New Mexican Lippia iodantha Rob. & Greenm. is figured in
Garden and Forest for March 11th, with a brief informal description
“Notes of Mexican Travel” by C. G. Pringle.

A POPULAR ARTICLE on ferns by Willard N. Clute, profusely illus-
oe and unusually well written, appears in the Commercial Travel-
"' Home Magazine for March (6: 271-278.)
eg D. T. MacDoueat, of the University of Minnesota, expects
i spend the summer in Tiibingen, in the laboratory of Prof. Vocht-

8, Where he may be addressed during June, July and August.

MOTHER PaRAst i been found

TE producing scab on potato tuber has bee
hinge bY K. Schilberscky (Ber. d. d. ies sr 14: eap
. idi 1 overer, -

Dhlyctis em and is named by the disc

Interesting ith in
: Accounts of the difficulties and pleasures met with
rms for the rare fern, Schizea pusilla, are given in the April

an fthe Linnean Fern Bulletin, by Mrs. Elizabeth G. Britton
‘C.F. Saunders,

T

r
R

expeciay “ Coox, who made his third trip to Africa last October, 1S

legg than land in New York about the middle of April.
$ three : . f : ‘

[247]

248 The Botanical Gazette. [April,

Messrs. D. T. MacDougal of the University of Minnesota, Geo. J.
Peirce of the State University of Indiana an A. Harper of Lake
Forest University have recently been elected to membership in the
Deutsche Botanische Gesellschaft.

(N. M., no. 1 ). A general account is given. It was introduced into

THE ABRASION of tree trunks by snow and sleet driven by the wind
was observed by Mr. P. M. Van Epps (Science 8: 442) in a forest in
New York. The bark was worn away on the westward side to the
height of three or four feet above the surface of the snow, the freshly
exposed surfaces giving a conspicuous dull yellow color.

c
this journal (20: 547) on the mimicry of parasitic fungi in insects, ne
en€ Ferry (Rev. Mycol. 78: 67) suggests that while insects whic
mimic healthy leaves receive protection from insect eating foes, those
which mimic diseased leaves have an added protection from the nc
dental injury by leaf-eating enemies

Dr. Correns of Tiibingen announces his discovery of irritability a
tendrils to changes in temperature in the Boranische Zeitung for Ja.
16t j of. D. T. Mac Dougtl
in the laboratory for plant physiology of Purdue University in Novett

AMONG the new African lants discovered by Dr. A boa
: / y T. . it.
Smith are two new genera, Donaldsonia Baker, said to suggest aioe

ot f
(Feb.). Baseonema Schlechter & Rendle is another Purl

genus, belonging to th . ; aa
Journ. Bot. (March). e Asclepiadaceze, described a

|
|

|
|

1896. ] Notes and News. 249

IN AN ILLUSTRATED article in the Tokyo Bot. Magazine (10: 16-20)
Prof. Y. Takahashi shows the identity of Zilletia oryze Pat. with Us-

gl
only genuine Ustilaginea found on Oryza sativa. It is notable for the

d s fr ;
Smooth surface. The sporangiophores of Helminthostachys are cited
an example of the last.—S. C. S.

sbus of a distinct family
THE Prog, Phi i following ma-
. ad. Acad., 1895, Part III, contains the tollov :
ial of botanical interest: atone roo new species of fungi, including
ry (StiZbomyces), by Ellis and Everhart; a series of correc
ey W. E. Meehan’ inati

na departs sufficiently from these characters to be made the type
—S. CS.

.

; D
Pe and revises the genus Tropidocarpum; notes on me sich 3
Simply a ré of flowers by insects, by Ida A. Kel cet the sub-
situ) aresumé of the subject, and in which we would sugges
: 'n of “pollination” for “fertilization.” 1
tol eSSOR STRASBURGER, in his résumé of recent work euapneend
baryokty discusses the behavior and function of the nucleo ee toi
‘esis, and confirms the statements of other observers
Unters a
+ a. d. G ‘€ £3 XII, 1895.
SS Speier teres

OW ENE No: 4

250 The Botanical Gazette. [April,

fr pecipe fragmentation a partial distribution in the cytoplasm at
that iod. He suggests that it provides the material for the con-
cha of the ees spindle. This body hé considers to con-
sist of two parts, a central strand of Sea aie fibers, which stretch
from pole to pole, and along which the chromosomes slide, and an
outer group o bers, which end at the equator on the chromosomes
themselves. These latter fibers are effective in conveying the daugh-
(Fe oe to their respectives poles.— Jour. Roy. Micr. Sot.

. GEORGE MAasseEE, os ace ere (Jan.) describes and figures

Rosellinia depen and very des scr ve root-fungus of New
ealand. It seems to ey oa st ianivar sin its ravages, attacking
all common orchard trees, cabbages, a faines, etc. It is most plenti-

a
more dreaded in New isoyoees than any ravages by insects. he ne

fungus resembles Dem atophora necatrix, the for m producing the root.
se

disease ae known as aha dié” in central ai western Euro OnE

— has Seu See the root-tubers of /s)

oe D.
rum biternate umn vf esults being
bli rom a ppereiniegical standpoint, his z nn Bol

i
the tendency to form “red starch” is characteristic; that the den
to form tubers is firmly Axed, elas even in an apparently stare
condition in water cultu u es; and that the sap of the external tissué
contains a bitter substance, which may serve as protection against +a
mals and fun oe

author has succeeded in followin reprti9
the w ole s of se sex p
tion, a result which goes far cuca nettling hae disputed quel!

1896,] Notes and News. 251

AT THE meeting of the Academy of Science of St. Louis, on March
16th, Dr. Wm. Trelease presented some of the results of a recent

e
before the Academy. The paper was discussed by Drs. Green, Glat-
felter, and Kinner, Mr. Winslow, and Professor Kinealy. :

te Academy, in cooperation with the joint committee of the sci-
‘ntific societies of Washington, adopted resolutions favoring the ap-
folntment of a permanent chief for the scientific work of the United
States Department of Agriculture.

Sac,
0
: - hucellus seems veined by tubes surrounding the embryo-sac on

N ed,
Carman ¢ Bele pathology: Spraying experiments in 1895, ay
woes, and negative results with iron sulphate; Spraying orc
y J. C. Whitten Mo., no. 31) reports

¥ :

i ntion
by A veral copper compounds; The smut of oats and its prevé ,
Seas

252 The Botanical Gazette. [April.

age Treatment of some fungous diseases, by L. M. Underwood and
a daa no. 69) gives a general account of the most promi-
and their treatment; Bacteriosis of 7 by

BOTANICAL GAZETTE

MAY, 1866.

Filices Mexicans. YI.

Ferns collected in the states of Oaxaca, Morelos and Vera
Cruz, Mexico, during the seasons of 1894 and 1895, by
C. G. Pringle, of Charlotte, Vermont.

GEORGE E. DAVENPORT.
WITH PLATE XVIII,
ACROSTICHUM CONFORME Swartz.

icean cold summit ledges, Sierra de San Felipe, Oaxaca,
pt. 19, 1894, 10, 300" alt.

ACROSTICHUM PILOSUM HBK.
$583, cliffs, Orizaba, Vera Cruz, Jan. 24, 1895.
Acrostichum Pringlei, n. sp.

lye 5 to 8" or more tall: rhizome short-creeping, clothed

. blackish brown closely appressed fibrillose scales: stipes

red, those of the sterile fronds 1 to 4°, of the

br = 5 to 7* long, deciduously chaffy and scaly with pale

Pa Minute scales mixed with darker reddish brown slightly

as = i toothed scales at the base: sterile and age tre

Similar, in 5 1 or elliptic
lnceolat 2 to 2.5" long, 8 to 8 broad, oblong mig

et both surfaces rusty puberulent with more oF a

totlan us Chaff, margins fringed with short cilia, texture sub-

‘ned tips of the veinl hing to the edge. +5605,
¢ : veinlets reaching to
iogummit ledges, Sierra de San Felipe, 10,000°, Sept. 25,

Me = ination of this
fe Ndebted to Mr. Baker for the determination 0!
Plaats appears to be intermediate between A Le
tame jams and I should have dedicated it to him if his

ad not been preoccupied in this genus.

re XXI.—No, 5

[253]

254 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

ACROSTICHUM SPATHULATUM Bory.
4964, mossy banks, Sierra de San Felipe, 7,300*, Oct. 6,
894.

ASPIDIUM ACULEATUM Swartz.

5588, hills near Orizaba, Feb. 9, 1895. 5603, wet ravines,
Sierra de San Felipe, 9,000%, Nov. 21, 1894. 6116, moist
ravines, Sierra de San Felipe, 8,000, Dec. 26, 1894.

Nowhere, does it seem to me, was the rare discriminating
judgment of Sir William Jackson Hooker more clearly shown
than in his disposition of the various forms of this protean
species.

In a species so widely distributed as this, inhabiting, as it
does, ‘‘almost every part of the known world”, as extended a
range of forms is to be expected, and it is not surprising that
many supposed species should have originated from them.
One can not, however, examine a great many of these forms,
in the light of our present knowledge of the species, without
becoming impressed with the fact that a certain type runs
through the whole series, and that they all group themselves
naturally around two forms, or types, which seem worthy of
recognition.

One of these has the lower pinnze reduced as in our var.
Braunit, and of these /obatum is the type; the other has 4
broad base, and of this angu/are furnishes the best type.

lower pinne never dwindle away to mere auricles as ,
conterminum and Noveboracense group of Nephrodium, but al-
ways preserve a certain breadth and distinctness as pinn®.

ealand and southern antarctic” forms of the species: i
Fil. 4: 22.) 5603 has a thinner, more herbaceous mar
and fewer sori, due probably to the character of its env!
ment.

ASPIDIUM ATHYRIOIDES Mart. & Gal.

Athyrium sphaerocarpum Fée
Nephrodium pee! air dik Hk.

1896] Filices Mexicane. 255
6190, shaded banks above Cuernavaca, 5,500". Nov. 22,
18

95.

Fée’s name for this fern is the oldest, and is the one used
by Hooker in Speczes Filicum, and Mr. Baker in Synopsis Fil-
icum, and if the species is to be maintained should be the one
used.

Tam, however, averse to having my own name attached to
it under Aspidium, and the more particularly so as I look
upon it asa mere form of A. patulum Swz. (N. Mexicanum
Hk.),a species which, the more I see of it, I am convinced is
a variable and prolific of forms as our own A. spinulosum.
ASPIDIUM FILIX-MAS Swartz, var. PARALLELOGRAMMUM Hk.

A. parallelogrammum Kze.

§965, ravines, Sierra de San Felipe, Dec. 12, 1895.

Fournier keeps this distinct as a species, but the large series
of specimens that I have examined incline me to accept
Hooker's disposition of it. It is, however, certainly distinct
‘tough from ordinary fi/ix-mas to make a very good variety.

ASPIDIUM JUGLANDIFOLIUM Kze.
5585, shaded banks, Orizaba, Jan. 18, 1895.
ASPIDIUM PATULUM Swartz.
Nephrodium Mexicanum Hk.
Var. CHAEROPHYLLOIDES Baker.
A. chacrophylloides Moritz.
3580, ravines of hills above Orizaba, Feb. 5, 1895-

Aspidium scabriusculum, n. sp.
Rootstock sha eas ith long pale
: ggy, especially at the crown, W
brown silky fibrillose scales that envelop the base of the
8

nella below, gradually becoming stramineous abc
ch ee scabrous on the angles, deciduously fibrillose a
Sai with small appressed dark scales: laminz deltoid,
ices 1 way, bi-pinnatifid above to Saale Ligand
Near] ssuminate; pinne petiolate, the middle and upp Foss:

oy edual sided, with pinnules 1 to 2" long, 4° broad, a
i Mostly entire segments; lowermost pair lik eal
lon oa" long, 9 to 18 broad at base, lower pana
tet” the basal one 6 to 12" long, 2 to 5” broad at base,
MY divisions cut to a winged rachis into close sub-falcate

256 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

pinnatifid or entire segments, the lower ones often distinct;
rachises furrowed, scabrous, densely paleaceous throughout
with deciduous chaff intermixed with minute appressed per-
sistent dark scales; texture herbaceous, surfaces naked, or
minutely pilose above along the veins, veinlets simple, or in
immature segments appearing forked: sori medial, indusia
fugacious, disappearing early. 6132, shaded banks of cafion
near Orizaba, 4,500", Feb. 6, 1895.

magnificent fern about which I do not even yet feel pos-
itive; but as I have been unable to place it satisfactorily, and
as my good friend Prof. Underwood thinks it new, I hazard
its publication. It seems strange, however, as Mr. Pringle
remarks, that a fern of its proportions should have escaped
the attention of other collectors who have collected in the
vicinity of Orizaba.

It comes very near Mr. Baker’s Mephrodium intermedium,
some specimens of which at Cambridge closely resemble the
smaller specimens of Mr. Pringle’s plant.

The following synonyms may serve for those who prefer
other generic names: Nephrodium scabriusculum; Dryopteris
scabriuscula; Lastrea scabriuscula.

Aspidium strigilosum, n. sp.
Rootstock short, sub-erect, roots densely clothed with light
rown wool, caudex and base of stipes clothed with long

dark brown fibrils: stipes tufted, 4 to 7" long, strongly chan-
neled, light brown, gray when young, scabrous to the touch
and fibrillose: lamine lanceolate, 8 to 11'* long, 2.5 to 4
broad at base, narrowing gradually to the acute apex, pal
tially bipinnate below, above pinnate, the apex deeply sae
natifid to the tip; pinne stalked (uppermost subsessile of
sessile), alternate (lower ones sometimes opposite), distant
lanceolate (reproducing the laminz in outline), 1.5 to 2” long

to §" broad at base; divisions oblong or sub-falcate, I*

point; texture herbaceous, both surfaces finely and g/4%
losely pubescent, the margins minutely ciliated; iene
throughout strigose and fibrillose; veins simple, sori com
the costa, 3 to § or 6 pairs to a pinnule; indusia fugacint
6077, dry calcareous cliffs, barranca of Metlac, near Oriz4
3,000 to 3,500", Jan. 29, 1895.

1896.] Filices Mexicane. 257

Mr. Pringle says of this fern that ‘‘it was growing in a
peculiar situation, in curious pockets on the face of a cliff of
lime rock. I could find no other station, so it must be rare,
and may have escaped the notice of earlier explorers of that
much traveled region.”

Nephrodium strigilosum, Dryopteris strigilosa, or Lastrea
sirigilosa may serve as synonyms for those who reject Aspid-
ium as defined by Swartz.

ASPLENIUM CICUTARIUM Swartz.

6094, mossy calcareous ledges, barranca near Orizaba,
4,000", Jan. 21, 1895.

ASPLENIUM ERECTUM Bory, var. PROLIFERUM Hook.

$601, Sierra de San F elipe, 8,000%, May 22, 1894.
Asplenium fibriHosum Pringle & Davenport, n. sp. Plate

XVIII, figs. 1-4.

Plant small, 2 to 6" high: rootstocks tufted, erect or decum-

bent, clothed with blackish brown fibrils: fronds linear, § to

co as deep, deeply and obtusely crenate, and varying
bs Sub-dimidiate to rhomboidal; texture suib-coriaceous,
“'s pinnate, sori oblique to the center, usually 2 to 5 toa

hit might be mistaken without a careful examina-
It differs from that species by its fibrillose vestiture and
a indusia. The former may not always prove to a
and ON find that in my largest and oldest frond os ae:
iture 's have become quite smooth, thus showing the :
® be deciduous. The ciliated indusia, however, apPe@
Persistent and thus constitute a permanent character.

258 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

As the sori mature the indusia turn back, and the long cilia,
extending beyond or overlapping the face of the pinna, give
to them, on holding to the light, the appearance of being
beautifully fringed. The normal condition of the rootstock
is undoubtedly that of A. Trichomanes, but when compressed
from growing in tight crevices, it appears to be somewhat
creeping as in the figure. Mr. Faxon’s drawing admirably
shows the essential characters of the species.
ASPLENIUM FRAGRANS Swartz.
5584, growing on trees, Orizaba, Jan. 25, 1895.
ASPLENIUM HASTATUM Klotz.
5582, moist ravines, Orizaba, Jan. 21, 1895.
ASPLENIUM MONANTHEMUM Linn.
5964, Sierra de San Felipe, 10,000%, Dec. 10, 1895.
Specimens pleurosorous above; not an uncommon occul-
rence in this species.
Asplenium Eatoni, n. sp.
Asplenium cicutarium Swz., var. paleaceum Davenport. 5531 of 1893
collection, Bor. Gaz. 19:
Rootstock caudiciform and sheathed with the bases of old
fronds, scales linear, terminating in long cilia, translucent
; in

and chaffy; pinnules 3 to * long, to Lia broad, obliquely
ovate oblong with unequally cuneate, or, on the inner side,

truncate bases, and pinnatifidly cleft into sharply toothed lobes,

forked, veinlets entering the lobes, sori large, variously dis
posed, I to 3 to a pinnule. 6072, 5602, wet cafions .
ravines, Sierra de San F elipe, 8, 500 to 9,000", Nov. and Det
1894.—Dedicated to the late Prof. Daniel Cady Eaton. 5

This fern which, after consultation with Prof. Eaton, ! p)™

that species. Prof. Eaton, as well as I, thought that! :
would eventually be the case, but as the material t

1896.] Filices Mexicane. 259

hand did not warrant the step I have now taken it was deemed
best to put it under A. ctcutarium as a possible variety of that
species to which it is closely related. It is one of the most
elegant of the Asplenia, the rich furfuraceous vestiture of the
frond giving to it a peculiar charm, while that character and
the cartilaginous teeth clearly separate it specifically from A.
cicutarium

Ihave long wished for an opportunity to dedicate some
suitable fern to Prof. Eaton who rendered such splendid ser-
vice to American pteridology, and to whose many kindnesses
and courtesies I have personally been so greatly indebted,
and I have taken advantage of the pre-occupation of its var-
ietal name in this genus to name for him a fern as beautiful as
was his own soul.

ASPLENIUM SERRA L. & F.
5597, on trees, hills above Orizaba, Feb. 6, 1895.

CHEILANTHES AURANTIACA Moore.
( ochracea Hook.
Pteris lutea Cav.
6i92. A rare fern, seldom collected. Neither the descrip-
tion in Sp. nor Seni Fil. accurately describes Mr. Pringle’s
‘pecimens, but Hooker's figure in Ic. Plant. p/. 904, leaves no
doubt as to their identity.
CYATHEA SCHANSCHIN Mart.
6088, eet hills above Orizaba, 4,300", Jan. 26, 1895.
My specimen represents a single pinna only from a plant
vith stall 10" tall and fronds (lamina) 5 to 8* long.”
GLEICHENIA LONGISSIMA BI.
pr 6, w Pi ravines, Orizaba, 4,300%, Jan. 26, 1895.
Inne 3-4" lon
P See PUBESCENS HBK.
ne '29, 6130, the first a smoothish form, damp banks of soil
*t Orizaba, 4, 300", Feb. 7, 1895. Plants 2 to § high.
C Gy» MNOGRAMME CALOMELANOS KIf.
Hym LLUM oe ane a
5592, on trees, Orizaba, Feb. 7, 1895.
bo HYMENOPHYLLUM HIRSUTUM Swz
19, shaded ahs of hills above Orizaba, Jan, aa oa

260 The Botanical Gazette. ‘[May,

HYMENOPHYLLUM LINEARE Swz.
5591, shaded cliffs near Orizaba, Feb. 6, 1895.
HYMENOPHYLLUM POLYANTHOS Swz.
5590, with 5591, Jan. 25, 1895.
I am greatly indebted to Mr. Baker for his kindly assist-
ance in determining these Hymenophyllums.
LOMARIA ATTENUATA Willd.
4999, by brooks, Sierra de Clavellinas, 9,000* alt., Oaxaca,
Oct. 16, 1894.
LOMARIA PROCERA Spreng.
5581, from Orizaba, Feb. 3, 1895, with abnormally pinnat-
ifid pinne, agrees with the ‘‘forma-monstrosa” of L. falcata

is the oldest name, and if strict priority for the specific new
under all changes should prevail, Willdenow’s combinatt?
would take precedence, although it can scarcely be doubte
that the species as at present understood is very different sie:
what it was when first established.

MARATTIA LaAxA Kze.

5593, woods, Orizaba, Feb. 5, 1895. I do not feel -
Satisfied with this determination, but as Prof. Underw
agrees with me in referring the specimen to this species ee
Fournier gives it as from Orizaba, it is perhaps as re
leave it here until fuller material confirms or displaces 't

NOTHOLAENA Hooker! D. C. Eaton.
5606, calcareous bank, La Hoya cafion, Nov. 2, 1894-

1896. ] Filices Mexicane. 261
PELLAEA CORDATA J. Smith, f. sagittata.
eris sagittata Cav.

Pellaea sagittata Link.

4887, dry banks and ledges, Sierra de San Felipe, 7,500*,
Sept. 11, 1894.

J. Smith regarded both forms as distinct species, and they
are still so considered by some authors. Fournier gave the
present form as a variety, while in S ynopsis Filicum it is put
under cordata without any recognition of varietal characters.
lam myself unable to see any other difference between them
than in the mere shape of the pinnules, these in the type be-
ing ovate-cordate or, as in Mr. Pringle’s 1885 specimens, no.
448, even heart-shaped, while in the present form they are
twice the length and oblong-cordate, or sagittate; but these
are extremely variable characters, and at the best only vari-
etal. I have elsewhere (Bulletin Torrey Bot. Club 18: 133-
135) pointed out the structural differences in the root-stock of

‘ ordata and P. intermedia Mett., that separate those two
ferns Specifically.

ith other specimens in Mr. Pringle’s collection there are
two fronds only of a fern so different from any heretofore de-
scribed, or known to me, that I do not hesitate to publish it
as New, notwithstanding the meagerness of the material at
Present in hand. Not only is it specifically distinct, but its
Special and peculiarly distinctive character is not found in any
described genus. Its natural affinities otherwise, however,
are so clearly with Pe//aea that I do not think it would be
wise to separate it from that genus even though it be true
that senera have been created out of still more meager ma-
terial and Jess distinctive characters than this fern possesses.

the same time believing that it is entitled to something
More than Specific recognition I propose for it a new section
ei Pellaea to be called HYMENOLOMA, from hymen, mem-

Having the margin of the lamina throughout eerie and
i ‘ latter not be-
. YPinnated with distant branches, and the atte :
S Confluent, but having each sorus round and distinct.

hes (Fée) on account of its simpler venation, and will be
“Presented

262 The Botanical Gazette. [May,
Pellaea (HYMENOLOMA) membranacea, n. sp. Plate XVIII,
6.

$06 0:

Rootstock not seen, but probably rhizomataceous with dis-
tinct fronds 2 to 3° high: stipes (in the specimens) 20” tall,
and, as well as the primary and lower half of the secondary
rachises, naked, bright red, polished and furrowed on the
face: lamina 12" long, nearly as broad at base, ovate-deltoid,
bi- to tripinnate above, tri- to quadripinnate below, the acute
apex, as well as the apices of pinnz and pinnules, deeply pin-
natifid; pinne suberect, unequal-sided, stalked, lower pair
much the largest and deltoid-ovate with ovate lanceolate
stalked pinnules 13 to 3" long (in the lower series), % to i
broad; pinnules pinnate, the divisions again pinnated below, or
obliquely cleft throughout into linear-oblong, cuneate or obo-
vate crenate segments; texture firm herbaceous, surfaces
naked, or minutely glandular above, the changed margins re-
flexed and forming a membranous border all round the divis-
tons and winged rachises of the pinnules, the edge irregular ly
laciniate or fringed with stalked glands; veins obscure,
except in a strong light when they are seen to 0
simply pinnate, the distant alternate branches terminating
in the sinuses of the segments, and when soriferous bearing 4
single small round sorus at the end: sori not confluent:
involucres broad, overlapping to the center before maturing,
and consisting of a part of the membranous margin of the
lamina.—5963, ravines, Sierra de San Felipe, Dec. 19, 1895.

Mr. Pringle writes that he first saw the fern growing ™
moist Cafions high up in the Sierra de Oaxaca in the spring of
1894, but that then the plants were too young to collect.
He did not return later for it ‘‘partly because other plants
crowded upon me, and partly because I feared it might prov’
only a form of Pellaca marginata. Last December, however
when I was on the same mountains I came upon a plant i
had not died down and took two fronds in order to find 0

PELLAEA PRINGLEI Davenport.

7081, wet cliffs, near Cuernavaca, Morelos, Nov. 21; 1895-

1896.] Filices Mexicane. 263

PHEGOPTERIS RUDIS Mett.
5598, hills above Orizaba, Feb. 3, 1895. 5600, Sierra de

San Felipe, Nay 31, 1894.

Specimens much larger than previously recorded.
POLYPODIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM Swz.
$596, Sierra de San Felipe, 8,000%, May 22, 1894.
POLYPODIUM ANGUSTUM Mett.
$587, on trees, hills of Orizaba, Feb. 9, 1895.

This is a very strange plant, some states of which it is very
difficult to recognize, and even the ordinary forms, with their
twisted narrowly linear divisions and large sori, look more
like abnormal than normal growths.

POLYPODIUM FALLAX Schl.
6124, on shrubs near Orizaba, 4,300*, Feb. 5, 1895.
POLYPODIUM FRATERNUM C. & S.
5595, on oaks, hills of Orizaba, Jan. 20, 1895.
POLYPODIUM LORICEUM L.

‘arta Kze,, at Cambridge, 3187, from San Christabel, Mex-
100, also Wright’s 827 from Cuba, 1856-57.
POLYPODIUM MARTENSII Mett.
4917, on trees and ledges, Sierra de San Felipe, 10,000°,
Sept. 26, 1894,

POLYPODIUM MONILIFORME Lag. ;
$004, from cold summit ledges, Sierra de San Felipe,
400", Sept. ro, 1894; 6194, do., Dec. 13, 1895.

POLYPODIUM PLECTOLEPIS Hk.
$589, hills near Orizaba, Feb. 3, 1895.

POLYPODIUM REPENS L.
<a Shaded ledges near Orizaba. 1 car
Ms Species appears to run into P. phyllitidis and it ae
'Mpossible at times to tell one from the other. ey
nto me to be very doubtfully distinct.
POLYPODIUM REPTANS Swartz.
iy base of calcareous cliffs, barranca of Metlac, Jan. 29,

264 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

This fern has gravitated back and forth between Phe-
gopteris and Polypodium according to the views of different
authors. Mettenius referred it to Aspidium, crediting it with
the presence of a delicate fugacious indusium in its early
states, but I have been unable to find any trace of an indusium
in my own specimens, or any that I have examined, and
some of them are of just the right age to show an indusium
if any existed. Prof. Eaton referred it to Phegopteris, and
it is true that it has the aspect of a Phegopteris, but no more
so than some other Polypodiums with similar texture and
pubescence.

It is extremely doubtful if Fée would have admitted ferns
with anastomosing venation, even though the veins in very
young fronds were free, under Phegopteris, or that Pres!
would have recognized under it his Goniopteris.

POLYPODIUM SQUAMATUM L.

5586, hills near Orizaba, Feb., 1895.

PTERIS PODOPHYLLA Swz.

6123, wooded hills above Orizaba, 4,300°, Feb. 3, 1895.
Plants 3 to 5",

TRICHOMANES RADICANS Swz.

4677, wet ledges, Sierra de San Felipe, 8,000°, May 3!
1894. Specimens unusually large and fine.

VITTARIA LINEATA Smith.
me hanging from trees in ravine above Orizaba, Feb. 5;
95.

Medford, Mass.

ddendum.

Annals of Botany 5: 305-6. Ag. 1891, it was published v2
M : = Pecies from specimens received sabes
t. Pringle’s. distribution and as his name necessarily sup
sedes my Own the species hereafter will be known as

1806, ] Filices Mexicana. 265

ium Chihuahuaense Baker. Mr. Pringle’s number, however,
should be 1444, instead of 144 as given inthe Annals of Bot-
any, probably through an error in proof-geading.

EXPLANATION OF PLaTE XVIII.

Asplenium teeth Pring. & Dav.—Fig. 1. Plant, - fibrillose
vestiture,— 2. Enlarged pinna, upper side—Fig. 3. Enlar, arged
aed cages? side. —Fig. 4. Enlarged indusium hore ciliated

“Eallea membranacea Dav.—Fig. 5. las pinnule showing mem-
branous border of the lamina.—Fig. 6. larged segment with in-
volucre turned back showing jagged edges, v. fer and sori.

Flowers and insects. XVI.'.
CHARLES ROBERTSON.

NOTHOSCORDUM STRIATUM Kunth. WV. ornithogalotdes
Walt.) Kunth.—The plant is common in woods, blooming
from April toth to May 16th. The scapes grow I or 2™ high
and bear small umbels of white flowers. The flowers are
about 10™" long and expand 10 or 12™". The sepals are ap-
proximated below, the base of the tube being greenish and nat-
rowed by the ovary and the filaments of the six stamens.
The flowers are homogamous, the stigma occupying the center
of the circle of anthers and somewhat surpassing them.
Spontaneous self-pollination can hardly occur.

The flower is remarkable for being abundantly visited by
numerous species of bees of the genus NMomada. On seven
days, between April zoth and May goth, I captured the follow-
ing visitors:

HyMENoprera—Apide: (1) Nomada luteoloides Rob. é; (2) N. st
perba Cr. 4, freq.; (3) N. americana Kby. ; (4) N. maculata Cr. 89, ab.;
{5) N. cressonii Rob. 49, ab.; (6) N. sayi Rob. 89, freq.; Andrenida: ()
Augochlora similis Rob. 9, ab.; (8) Halictus confusus Sm. 3,5. and C. P.;
(9) Andrena sp. ¢, s. and c. p., freq.

DipTerRa—Syrphide : 10) Mesograpta marginata Say; (11) Sphaero-
phoria cylindrica Say, ab. ieri

EPIDOPTERA—Lhopalocera: (12) Colias philodice Gdt.; (13) Pieris
tape L.; (14) Lycaena comyntas Gdt.; Heterocera: (15) Plusia simplex
Gn.—All only sucking, except (8) and (g).

CAMASSIA FRASERI (A. Gray) Torr.—The flower is
scribed and figured by Loew (2) from material growing in the
Berlin Garden. According to his account, the inflorescenc®
consists of a long loose raceme of twenty or more Howél™
The flowers are directed obliquely upwards and have widely
expanded sepals. The anther faces are directed forwards ,
as to touch the visitors, and the stigma is about 4™ 10 fi
vance of them. Nectar is secreted by septal glands and col
lects under the base of the ovary.

Loew (1) saw the flowers visited by Apis mellifica and Os
rufiventris. He, however, does not consider them to be 8 h
apted to these middle-sized bees, but to Lepidoptera he

mia
ad-

1Contributions to an acc . x , tomophiloas
ount of the ecological relations of the eo F ville,
stay the anthophilous insect fauna of the neighborhood of Carlinv!

[266]

1896. ] Flowers and Insects. 267

he supposes may hover in front of the flower in such a way as
fo come in contact with the anthers and stigma. ‘
The flowers described by him are certainly larger than any
Ihave seen. When watching the flowers being visited by
bees and Syrphidz, it did not occur to me that there was any
difficulty in their effecting pollination, though the smallest
might obtain the nectar without often touching anthers or
stigma. I see nothing about the flower to indicate an adapta-
tion to insects with long tongues or to those of large size.
About Carlinville, the plants are common, sometimes be-
ing collected in quite conspicuous patches, which are very at-
tractive to insects. The blooming time is from April 25th to
May 16th. The scapes rise from 3 to 6 high. The flowers
are pale blue, or sometimes white. The sepals expand
widely, to the extent of two or more cm. The stigma is re-
eptive with, or a little in advance of, the dehiscence of the
anthers, The stamens, however, are so strongly divergent
that insects May easily touch the stigma before coming in con-
fact with them. The flowers are evidently adapted to bees,
but are visited by flies and other insects. On the morning of
ay 8th, in about an hour, I captured the following visitors:
HYMENOPTERA—Apide : (1) Apis mellifica L. 8, s., ab.; (2) Bombus
qiericanorum F. g, s., one; (3) Synhalonia frater Cr. 49, s., freq.; (4
S belfragei Cr. 8, S.; (5) Ceratina tejonensis Cr. 4, s.; (6) C. dupla Say
*S3 (7) Osmia albiventris Cr. 89, s. & c. p.; (8) Nomada superba Cr.
tal ct (9) N. americana Kby. 8, s.; Andrenide: (10) Halictus pec-

h
ao

es & . pi ab.; (16) ie mera
>, & C. p., freq.; (17) H. pruinosus Rob. 9, s. & c. p., freq.; (1
Augochlora pura ao g, ( » 19 - similis Rob. 9, s.; (20) Agapostemon
( diet: : 433} Polistes pallipes Lep., s.; Zumenae.
7} Odynerus tigris Sauss., s. C ni-
tid PTERA—Syrphide : 23) Chrysogaster pictipennis Lw.; (24) Tach.
ing 3 (25) Eristalis dimidiatus Wd.; (26) Syritta pyres sha
tom. (27) Micropalpus fulgens Mg.; Sarcophagide: (28) ee Nia
co torum L.; (29) Helicobia helicis Twns.; Musctda: (30) Wik :
Gr F.; (31) t. caesar L.; Anthomyida: (32) Phorbia acra “3
- “usciceps Zett.—all s. :
teat POPTERA—Rhopalocera : (34) Pyrameis atalanta L.; (35) P. hun
Cor? 3%) Colias philodice Gdt., freq.—all s. SE Ege
SLEOPTERA—Cyccinellidee - (37) Hippodamea 15-macuiata “y
; — literature of Camassia see: scsitliati do! Pret
°ew, Beobacht iiber Blumenbesuch von Insekten
nptns des Piotaita hei ‘Giaa zu Berlin. Jahrb. eS nae
tge, 11* 82 117. (14, 49) 1884—(2) Loew, Bliithenbiologische
’*\ Pringsheim’s Jahrbiicher 28: 76-77. 1892.

268 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

POLYGONATUM Adans.—This genus contains perennial
herbs wi@h pendulous, tubular bell-shaped, greenish flowers,
which are homogamous, adapted to bumble-bees, or other
long-tongued bees, though sometimes also visited by Lepi-
doptera and small insects which crawl into the tube. Self-
pollination, as well as cross-pollination, may be effected by
insects, or in some cases spontaneous self-poliination may oc-
cur by the anthers coming in contact with the stigma. That
nectar is secreted by the ovary was known to Sprengel (1),
while Bonnier (2) and Grassmann (7) have indicated the pres-
ence of septal glands.

We may suppose that the pendulous position of the flowers
owes its origin to the fact that it renders them less convenient
to other insects, but equally convenient to the higher bees,
which are the most efficient pollinators; and that the resulting
protection to pollen and nectar is merely an incidental effect.

On the theory that the flowers are adapted to bumble-bees,
it is hard to understand the observation of Schulz (14) that
the flowers of P. verticillatum, multiflorum and officinale att
frequently perforated by them. In the case of the short-
tongued species, like B. terrestris, we may suppose that the
perforation is made because the bee cannot reach the nectar
in the legitimate way. In the case of P. verticillatum the

pollen back to the stigma of the same flower. The flowers
bloom from the 17th of May to the 14th of June. On May
Apide : (1) Bombus vagans Sm. 9, s. & c. p.; (2) Anthophora dest
wer s. - c. p.; (3) eb.
n the literature of Polygonatum see: ?

1) Sprengel, Das entdeckte Geheimniss 198-9. 1 Comoallar®
oo : een Nectiuce ay 9 8

1896, ] Flowers and Insects. 269

192, 1879. P. vulgare, multifiorum.—(3) Miiller, Alpenblumen 52-4.
181. C. polygonatum, vertictllata.—(4) Miiller, Die ntwickelung der
Blumenthatigkeit der Insekten. Kosmos 9: 208. 1882. C. polygona-
tum.—(5) Durand, Sur quelques particularités d’ organisation de la
fleur des Polygonatum. Bull. mens. Soc. Linn. Paris 1882: 22-3

«Ss 7. 2. latifolium. (Loew, Flor-
g5°{20) Pammel, On the pollination of Phlomis tuberosa
er

17: 505).—(14) Schulz, Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Bestaubungsein-
Tichtungen und Geschlechtsvertheilung bei den Pflanzen 2: 166, 224.
Bibliotheca Botanica 17: —. 1890. (Just 18*: 524).—(15) MacLeod,

. Jaar ; -13. 1893. £. (

ng Blitenbiologische Floristik. 166, ae, 1894. P. multiflorum,
“hillatum, latifolium, officinale.

MILACINA STELLATA Desf. Vagnera stellata (L.) Mo-
ig-—This plant occurs on rich banks, sometimes forming

“Pals are €xpanded horizontally, or nearly so. Howet
» ‘herefore in the most favorable position for the visits of
the les Specialized insects, and the nectar and pollen are
“sily reached, the pollen in fact being completely exposed.
The flowers are proterogynous, newly opened ones having re-
“Ptive stigmas and closed anthers. _

ned} dications point to an adaptation to the less sp
zed bees—Andrenide—which predominate during the 400m
8 time and are the principal guests. The blooming time My
Hee April 25th to May 12th. The following list was 0D-

ip Abide: i j is Cr.3,8.; (2) Nomada cres-
Soni ‘ (1) Ceratina tejonensis Cr. 4, 8.3 Oo A cee
Sonij “ang s S Aoeenie : (3) Andrena vicina Sere j f ) . vine

c. p.; (5) Halictus 4-maculat
2I—Vo). XXI.—No. 5.

270 The Botanical Gazette. (May,

freq.; (6) H. lerouxii Lep. 9, s. & c. p.; (7) H. obscurus Rob. ¢, s. & c. p.;
(8) H. stultus Cr. 9, s. & c. p.; (9g) H. sp. 9, s. & c. p.; (10) Augochlora
viridula Sm. 9, s.; (11) A. labrosa Say 9, s. & c. p.; (12) H. pura Say 9,
s. & c. p., freq.; (13) A. similis Rob. 9, s. & c. p.; (14) Sphecodes smi-
lacine Rob. @. &

FLies—Empide: (15) Empis humilis Cog. (MS.)s., freq.; Bombylide:

(16) Bombylius major L., s.
SMILACINA RACEMOSA Desf. Vagunera racemosa (L.) Mo-
rong.—The stem is simple and inclined to one side so as to
throw the terminal panicle into an horizontal position. The
flower consists of six divergent stamens and the pistil. The
segments of the perianth are very small and never enclose
the stamens, the anthers being evident from the early bud.
With the exception of the anthers all of the parts of the flower
are white. By an increase in the number of flowers the pani-
cle of this species is rendered even more conspicuous than the
raceme of the preceding. The plant is more common, butis
not often found in patches like S. ste//ata. The flowers are
proterogynous with long lived stigmas. Cross-pollination is
further facilitated by the stamens being strongly divergent.
Spontaneous self-pollination can hardly occur.

There seems to be no nectar, ? and the few visitors noted
only sought for pollen. The blooming season is from May
7th to 30th. On the 17th, 18th and 23rd_the following vis-
itors were observed:

regards the flower as probably spontaneously self-pollinating:
On account of the shorter stamens, this may not be so ye
as in the following. j
VULARIA GRANDIFLORA Smith.— Kerner (3) mention
this species as an example of simple autogamy.
__The stems grow 2 or 3% high and bear one or two grech”
ish yellow, pendulous flowers. The divisions of the pert
are closely approximated and twisted, which makes it ae
for all except the largest and strongest bees to enter. pee
is secreted and lodged ina pit at the base of each eer

? This species has sept : ie Septaldrise-
Flora 67. 118 188, al glands, according to Grassmann, Die SeP

-

1896,] Flowers and Insects, 271

Access to it is impeded by the segment lying close to the op-
posite filament. The long anthers surpass the style. The
outer three begin to discharge their pollen before the others,
and the dehiscence begins at the base of the anther and pro-
ceeds upwards. The flowers are homogamous. The three
divisions of the style are widely divergent, so that the stigmas
are protruded between the anthers. hey thus come in the
way of a bee crawling in between the anthers and sepals. A
bee laden with pollen will invariably effect cross-pollination,
fit visit the flower early, and it may accomplish the same
result later. But after the line of dehiscence has reached the
stigmas, there is a chance of spontaneous self-pollination.
Cross-pollination commonly results in cross-fertilization be-
tween distinct plants.

The observations of Trelease, at Madison, give results es-
sentially agreeing with the above account. He saw the flow-
"s visited by bumble bees. :

n my neighborhood, the blooming season is from April
12th to May 6th. April 20th, 23d, 25th, 26th and 29th, the
following bees were observed on the flowers:

, de: (1) Bombus separatus Cr. 9, s.; (2) B. ridingsii Cr. 9, s.; (3

“americanorum F. 9, s.; Andrenide: (4) Andrena vicina Sm. , s. & c.
Ps (5) A. pruni Rob. 4, s.

The flowers are evidently adapted to Bombus females, the
only sex flying during the blooming season. The pollen col-
lecting visit of Halictus cylindricus 9 in the Berlin Garden (1)

‘No significance.

On the literature of Uvularia see: :

(1) Loew, Beobachtungen iiber Blumenbesuch von Insekten an Frei-

Sgunilien. 2:1 5. 1887.—(3)Kerner, Pflanzenleben 2: 173, 330. 1891-
ihe scatter, Notes on pollination. Bot. Gaz 21. Ja. 1892.

den
flow
95
bi, Was doubtful about the occurrence of nectar,

"nical Garden at South Hadley, Mass., Miss Carter (3
eo its Presence and says that it is secreted by septal
“ete At first the mouth of the flower is closed by the

"S. Later the petals expand further, the stamens sep-

272 The Botanical Gazette. (May,

arate above, and the stigmas appear between them. She
saw hive bees collecting the pollen. In view of Loew’s ob-
servations and the statement of the Manual that the stamens
exceed the stigmas, it is not easy to understand how the
recurving stigmas will meet the anthers.

The white nodding flowers of 7. cernuum L., according to
Miss Carter, are slightly proterandrous, with a chance of
spontaneous self-pollination by the stigmas recurving to meet
the shorter stamens. She saw a bumble bee visiting the
flowers for nectar.

I. erectum L., according to Loew, is a dark purple pollen-
flower with offensive odor. The flower with its expanded or
recurved petals measures about 7.5 across. In cases ob-
Served by him the anthers did not reach the height of the
stigmas, but he mentions that the latter bend backwards.
Miss Carter fouind the stigmas and anthers at nearly the same
level. She regards spontaneous self-pollination as the rule,
The Manual says that the stamens equal or exceed the stig-
mas. According to Weed (4) this species is proterandrous
and adapted to cross-pollination. In New Hampshire he saw
the flowers visited for pollen by two or three species of flesh-
flies, among them Lucilia cornicina F. Miss Carter saw the
flowers visited by four beetles, ‘‘certainly of little avail in
Cross-pollination and probably too late.” The absence of
nectar makes strong dichogamy improbable. The odor, color
and the observed visits of flesh-flies suggest an adaptation to
these insects, but the absence of nectar is hard to understand.
The pinkish and white forms may be more attractive to in-
Sects, if they want the disagreeable odor and secrete nectah
but the greenish form is probably the most degraded. In
fact this range of variation itself may be a sign of degradation:
The flower seems to be losing its hold on insects and to big
a transition between the other entomophilous species of Tre
ium and the still more degraded 7. sessile and rect oe

TRILLIUM SESSILE L.—Loew (1, 2) classes this flower wit
I. erectum, but I have noted no disagreeable o

In Patterson’s Catalogue of Illinois Plants it is credi
Kankakee and Wabash counties. I have found it in onl ,
locality. The sepals are not reflexed as in the next a
petals are greenish except at base, where they are dark P

1896. ] Flowers and Insects, 273

ple, like the stamens and stigmas. This color is the only
entomophilous character the plant shows. The stigmas are
very large and have their edges thrown into convolutions.
This great development seems to insure contact with the
large anthers which surround them. On one occasion I found
a number of beetles, Cenxtrinites strigicollts Casey (Curculi-
onid#), among the anthers, feeding upon the pollen, and
pairing. They seemed more likely to secure self-pollination,
though in their slow movements to other plants cross-pollina-
tion might be effected. The flowers bloom from April 24th
to May 15th.

TRILLIUM RECURVATUM Beck.—This is a common plant,
blooming from April 8th to May 16th. The stems grow a
lwdm. high and bear single flowers, which are sessile upon
the circle of three leaves. The sepals are green and reflexed.
The petals are erect, arch over the stamens and are narrowed
at base and tip. They are dark purple. The filaments and
‘tigmas are of the same color, but the anthers are nearly
black. The anthers are long and rigid, having a very broad
‘onnective which is produced above into a blunt point. They
ma rather rigid cone over the pistil, so that the pollen
‘an hardly be eaten or collected by insects. I find no nectar
Mr odor, in fact nothing to induce insect visits, except the
Muple color. It is possible that small flies resort to these
lowers at night. The stigmas become elongated and re-
Pitas so that with their convoluted edges they are quite
ely to receive pollen from the anthers.

On the pollination of Trillium see:

my ms Freilandpflanzen. Jahrb. Bot. Gartens Berlin 4: 149. 18
is. oew, Bliithenbiologische Beitrage. II. Pringsheims Jah Bot
Ga, 839- 1892. (Just 191: 417)—(3) Carter, Notes on pollination. pot
17; 20-7, 1892. (Just 20*: 475)—(4) Weed, Ten New Englan
i" their insect visitors 53-60. 1895.
on ELANTHIUM VIRGINICUM L.—This plant is rare. It grows
Prairies, sometimes in large patches.
ee of white flowers. The old flowers, which turn green-
Yellow, are persistent, so that they render the inflorescence
Ee Consp . ’

let, bu
They e

t the uppermost ones in the p
Xpand horizontally from 15 to 30°".

274 The Botanical Gazette. (May,

nearly heart-shaped with long claws. At the base of the blade
of each sepal there is a shallow depression containing two
yellow nectar glands. The nectar is thus completely exposed.
The claw of each sepal bears a stamen with an extrorse anther
held in such a position as to touch a large insect which sips
the nectar. The three outer anthers dehisce first. The per-
fect flowers are proterandrous, the stigmas not becoming re-
ceptive until the anthers have fallen. The three styles are
strongly divergent, so that the stigmas may touch the insects
visiting the sepals for nectar.

€ flowers show a very peculiar assemblage of visitors,
mostly flies and beetles. The latter seem to be the ones for
which the adaptations are intended. Of these Trichius piger
is the most abundant visitor that I have observed, and it can
readily affect pollination. The flowers are of rather large
size, and, owing to their completely exposed nectar, admit
insects which can obtain nectar but can hardly touch anthers
or stigmas.

Melanthium Virginicum blooms from the 16th of June to
the 11th of July. The list of visitors was observed on July
3d and sth.
sograpta marginata Say; RO i

is

piens L.; Tachi ogaster 0c
a WIk.; (5

wns.; Muscide: (11) Lucilia sp.; (12) L. cornicina F.; (13) Mus Eh
ae L.; Anthomyide: (14) Anthomyia sp.; (15) A. albicincta *™

17) Trichius piger F’. freq.; Chrysomelida: (18) Diabrotica atripenns
g Mordellide: (19) Mordella melaena /Sosiee 20) M. margin
Melsh.; Curculionidae - (21) Centrinites strigicollis Casey—all S cide:
XMENOPTERA—Andvenida : (22) Halictus confusus Sm. 2; 5p” aris
¢3) ys ichneumonea L.; Chalcidide: (24) Perilampus triangul
—all s.

Carlinville, Illinois.

Aster tardiflorus and its forms.
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD.

Probably no New England Aster has caused more confusion
and has been less understood than Aster tardifiorus L, The
plant was described by Linnaeus in 1 763 from garden speci-
Mens introduced from northeastern America. These plants
were low and weak, and grew in the Upsala garden for eight-
*n years before flowering, and then blossomed late in the
season. Linnaeus described it as a smooth plant two feet
high, with few axillary divaricate branches: the larger leaves
spatulate-lanceolate, semi-amplexicaul, and serrate in the mid-
dle; the others decurrent at the base: flowers as in A. Nor7-
Belgii ; the inner scales of the imbricated involucre longer
than the outer.

In 1783 Lamarck described A. patulus, a plant brought to

the Paris garden from northeastern America. Lamarck’s
plant was low and weak, two or three feet high, somewhat

| State

branching: the leaves smooth, ovate-lanceolate, sharply ser-
ite, and a little narrowed at the base. From that time ona
dumber of Species were described from garden plants and sub.
“quently referred either to A. tardiflorus or to A. patulus.

“ribed from garden specimens which had not been identified
native plants. Instead of using the Linnaean descrip-
of A. tardiflorus, however, they followed Nees von Esen-

ck, whose plant is a form of A. Novi-Belgii L., adding ina

a i i i is A. pat-
ulus es according to Lindley, the Linnaean plant is A. p

- They followed the description of Lamarck and adde

Me note that “‘the cultivated plant has much the habit of A.

are cordate.”

us, etc. the leaves
» except that none of the y had a defi-

rs are given which show that the

| Nte Cone ‘ 2
| Aception of the species.

tia pis “Studies of Aster and Solidago in the older wey
EuDy, Gray says in discussing the Linnaean types. ;
1
Proc, Amer. Acad. 17: 167.
[275]

276 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

tardiflorus, founded entirely on specimens cultivated in the
Upsal garden, is confidently identified with a low form of
A, patulus Lam.” And in the Gray herbarium there are Eu-
ropean garden specimens which Dr. Gray has matched with
the Linnaean sheets of A. tardiflorus, and which, at the same
time, are not distinguishable from authentic specimens of A.
patulus from the Paris garden. But in the Synoptical Flora
of North America there is an attempt to distinguish the two
Species on the two characters in which the original descrip-
tions did not coincide. Namely, 4. tardifforus is described as
having leaves auriculate at base and essentially equal involucral
bracts, with some of the outer foliaceous, while the leaves of
A, patulus are described as attenuated at the base, and the
involucral bracts more or less unequal, Various specimens,
however, show that these characters are not permanent; there
are well authenticated plants of A. patulus with leaves slightly
auriculate and with involucral bracts subequal as in A. tardi-
orus and vice versa. In fact it seems that by attempting to
keep these species apart we are only making confusion. —

The obscurity surrounding the Linnaean plant, as recently
understood, and its ascribed characters of auriculate leaves
and of outer foliaceous bracts have allowed many specimens of
A. Novi-Belgii, and a few plants of A. puntceus to be placed
with A. tardifiorus. Aster tardiflorus as a rule is a species Very
distinct from both 4. Novi-Belgii and A. puntceus, though
there are some forms which show a close relationship to those
Species. In general habit, however, the typical plant sus”
gests 4. prenanthoides, or species of the sub-genus HETER™
PHYLLI (particularly 4. Lindleyanus) and it apparently inter
grades wit

It is with the hope to throw some clearing light upom .
confusion which has prevailed that I have given this outline
of the history of these plants and append the following 4
scriptions.

ASTER TARDIFLORUS L.—A rather slender plant from i
Span to three feet high, bearing few heads in a terminal cy
or many in a leafy open inflorescence: stems ‘
slightly hirsute above, or even white-villous in som dical

eo

1896. ] Aster tardiflorus and its Forms. 277

often gradually contracted to a winged petiole; leaves above
glabrous or somewhat scabrous, beneath from glabrous to vil-
lous-pubescent, especially on the midrib; margin nearly or
quite entire toward the apex and the base, but in the middle
portion bearing regular coarse and sharp serrations, or rarely
without serrations, particularly on the upper leaves: heads
three to five lines high: bracts of the involucre sub-equal or
indefinitely two-or three- seriate, linear to linear-subulate,
atute or short acuminate, mostly ciliate, green toward the tip
and down the midrib; the outer sometimes entirely foliaceous:
fays pale violet, flesh colored, or almost white.—Spec. 2:
1231, [Ed. 2], not of Willd. Spec. 3: 2049. A. patulus Lam.
Dict. 1: 308. A. Tradescanti Hoftm. Phyt. Blatt. 86, /. D.
Ag. 2, not of L. Spec. 2: 876. A. pallens Willd. Enum.
Suppl. 58. 4, praecox Willd. 1. c. A. abbreviatus Nees, Syn.
Be. 6. 4. Cornutt Wendl. ex Nees, Gen. et Sp. Ast. 58.
A. acuminatus Nees, |. c. 60. 4. vimineus Nees, |. c. 68 in
part.—In low woods, generally along streams, New Bruns-
a sh New England, flowering from late August through
ober,

Specimens have been examined from the following stations:
ew Brunswick: Keswick (John Brittain); Campbellton
(R. Chalmers).

Maine: St. John River (Kate Furbish); Dover (M. L. Fer-
tald); Mt. Desert Island (E. L. Rand, E. Faxon); Farming-
fon (C,H. Knowlton); Woodstock (J. C. Parlin).
znew Hampshire: Shelburne (E. Faxon); Bethlehem (E.
“on, G. G. Kennedy). Lisbon (E. Faxon); Franconia (E.
ad C. E. Faxon, G. G. Kennedy). ;

: ermont: Smugglers Notch, very small plants with from
- to three heads (C. E. Faxon); Sutton, near Willoughby

" (E. Faxon); Newfane (A. J. Grout)

Bede, wcnusetts: Blue Hills, Quincy (G.
ord (A.W. H

+ e “
ag omnetticut: Bolton (C. Wright), a somewhat doubtful

G. Kennedy); New

4ves glabrous or sparingly ciliate on t

gly ciliate :

ve “lanceolate, 3 to 5 in length, 6 to 10 times as ea ae

low to tapering above to an entire long-acumitaty = eee
°4 slightly amplexicaul base; the teeth in the m

278 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

portion very stout and generally hooked, more scattered than
in the type (sometimes half an inch apart): branches of the
inflorescence few-flowered and short, rarely more than two-
thirds as long as the leaves. —Growing in lower ground and
generally a coarser appearing plant than the type, but pass-
ing into it.—In wet meadows and on shores with much the
Same range as the species.

Maine: St. Francis (M. L. Fernald); Mt. Desert Island
(M. L. Fernald, E. L. Rand); Woodstock (Jj. C. Parlin);
Eavsington (C. H. Knowlton); South Poland (Kate Fur-

ish).

Massachusetts: Ashland (Thos. Morong); Boylston Sta-
tion, Boston (E. and C. E. Faxon); West Roxbury (C. E.
Faxon); Jamaica Plain (E. Faxon).

Aster puniceus x tardiflorus, var. lancifolius, n. hyb.—A
rather stout plant 13 to 2" high, simple or sparingly branched
above: the purple or purple-tinged stem hispid with coarse
spreading white hairs: leaves thick and leathery in texture,
coarsely serrate in the middle; root-leaves elongated-spatulate,
glabrous; cauline oblong-lanceolate, 3 to 6” long, 3 to #
wide, broadest above the middle; from the broadest portion
tapering abruptly to an acuminate tip, and gradually to an
auriculate base; above strongly scabrous, beneath glabrous oF
sparingly scabrous, and somewhat hispid on the broad white
midrib: inflorescences leafy or naked, simply, or two-five-
flowered and corymbose, in the axils of the upper leaves,
an inch or two high (barely half as long as the leaves): h
4 to 6" high, an inch or so broad; bracts of the involucre nat
rowly linear, three to four lines long, erect, loosely i
cated, mostly in one series, but with a shorter secondary oute’
Series: rays pale violet.—Collected with A. tardifiorus, oe
fancifolius in a meadow at Ashland, Mass., Oct. 24 a
by the late Thomas Morong; in marshes along the cb

ple tardifforus, var. lanctfolius, but the coarse serratio like
the middle portion, and the cuneate lower portion 4%

1896.] Aster tardiflorus and Its Forms. 279

that species; the auricled base, scabrous upper surface, and
hispid midrib, however, are like A. puniceus. The inflores-
cence is decidedly like A. tardiflorus, var. lancifolius: the
corymbs are much shorter than the leaves, but in well de-
veloped A. puniceus the leaves are shorter than the inflores-
tence. The scales of the involucre, too, are almost identical
with those of A. ¢ardiflorus, while in A. pumiceus they are
much longer, more lax and more distinctly uni-seriate. The
tays are light violet like those of A. tardiflorus, not deep
Violet as in ordinary A. puniceus. The achenes in the inter-
mediate form are all immature and show no striking charac-
ters. In working over the Asters for the Synoptical Flora of
North America, Dr. Gray referred the Ashland plant to
puniceus ; but the sheet bears a note in his handwriting, ap-
parently added sometime later, which suggests that the plant
may be a hybrid with A. patulus. As this peculiar interme-
diate form seems to be restricted to a small portion of Middle-
‘x county, I have ventured to follow this suggestion of Dr.
Gray in placing the plant as above.
ray Herbarium, Cambridge, Mass.

The root-tubers of [sopyrum occidentale.
D. T. MAC DOUGAL.

Soon after my recent paper dealing with the physiology of
the tubers of Isopyrum biternatum? had passed into the hands
of the printer, I received a number of living plants of J. occt-
dentale H. & A. from California, and the root-tubers were
found to exhibit such marked characteristics that a special

he structure of the root, which differs in many importan,
features from that of 7 biternatum, may be best understoo
by following its developmental history, which is in the earlier
stages similar to that of Ranunculus vepens.* The stele 1

sencrentiated while the cortex is quite similar to that 0 |
biternatum, already described. In the thickening © ‘ally
roots into tubers the medullary rays are developed inter
“ernatul

*A contribution to the physiol f th t-tubers of Isopyrum ape 6
Torr. and Gray. oi won sige ho ager? Stud. 1: 5075!
pi th aidig t Paperate, March 31, 1896. Minn. Bot.

Greene, Flora Franciscana tim. 308. 1892

*Vines, Text Book of Botany 16e fe. 127. Tes.

[280]

1896. Root-Tubers of Isopyrum occidentale. 281

in such manner that the xylem bundles are separated and a
comparatively large central mass of parenchyma is formed.
A cylindrical mass of the cells in the central portion of this
tissue, extending the length of the tuber only, undergoes
sclerosis to such an extent that the cell-lumina are almost ob-
literated, and the walls are simply pitted. These sclerotic
cells are cylindrical in outline, are joined transversely at the
ends, and their length is several times their diameter.

A small bundle of secondary xylem is formed from each of
the meristematic arches lying between the primary bundles.
The larger part of the bulk of the tuber is due to the greatly
accelerated development of the pericycle, resulting in the
formation of a thick concentric ring of parenchymatous tissue,
retaining in greater part its meris-
tematic character, and differs from

tumbers of small intercellular spaces.
Extending to an indefinite distance
from each primary bundle is a wedge
shaped cambium ray. Near the cor-
tex in the same plane as the rays
aésmall bundles of elongated cells,
Which finally become woody, which
have originated independently in the

. istances is due to the exaggerated development of ve
» and that the process in the first is accompan!

: . Nat. VI.
2: echerches sur l'appareil tegumentaire des racines. Ann. 4. Sc

‘ i. Nat. VI. 20:
7 Recherches sur la structure des Ranonculacees. Ann. d. Sci. Na

282 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

marked secondary changes in the endodermis and cortex,
which do not occur in the root of either; in the second the
development of the tuber is accompanied by the formation
of secondary xylem bundles, and of a large medulla, the cen-
tral portion of which undergoes a marked sclerosis: features
entirely absent from the root. Further, the cambiform rays of
1. biternatum are formed opposite the two secondary bundles
and extend half the distance to the cortex terminating ina
strand of woody cells originating in the perigycle, while in
/, occtdentale the cambiform rays are developed opposite the
four or five primary bundles only, and extend only part way
to the woody strands in the pericycle.

So far as the physiological features of the tubers of the last
named species have come under observation, they show a
close similarity to those of the first. The parenchymatous
cells from the tubers of plants beginning to bloom March 24th
gave the globular aggregations on the application of strong
alcohol. A few weeks later they contained numbers of gran-
ules reacting as ‘“‘red starch.” The cortical cells were also
filled with reddish brown drops of oil, and the outer layer
was infested with a number of hyphae. The presence of
sclerenchyma in the medulla and in consequence in the
tuber alone is somewhat remarkable, and seems entirely un
explainable by any of the accepted principles of mechanical
induction; a fact more clearly apparent when it is remem
bered that the tubers are clustered in a compact mass in such
Position as to be incapable of receiving strains of any moment.
Neither may inferences of value be deduced from a considet-
ation of the absence, presence, or varying disposition of the
sclerenchymatous tissues in the roots of the closely related
genera.

University of Minnesota.

Albert Nelson Prentiss.
GEO. F. ATKINSON.
WITH PORTRAIT: PLATE XIX,

Albert Nelson Prentiss was born May 22, 1836, at Cazeno-
via, Oneida county, N. Y. His father was a farmer, and his
grandfather was an Officer in the war of 1812, dying in the
service.
_ His early education was gained in the public schools, and
m the Oneida County Seminary of his native village. In
1858 he entered the Michigan State Agricultural College and
Was graduated in 1861 with the degree of B.S. His class,
lumbering seven members, was the first to graduate from
that institution, and the entire class, responding to their
‘ountry’s call at the outbreak of the civil war, immediately
talisted in the service of the army. Albert N. Prentiss was
enlisted in the engineering corps at Battle Creek, Micn., an
Signed to special signal service duty in the army of the
west. After four months service, principally in the field, in
the interior of Missouri, his corps was disbanded in conse-
| tag of changes in the organization of the army which fol-
_ Wed the removal of the commanding general.

In 1 862 he was elected associate principal of the Kalama-
o Mich., high school, which position he resigned during
a following year to accept the instructorship of botany and
Cay culture in his alma mater, the Michigan Agricultural
ollege at Lansing. He received the degree of . from
the ome institution in 1864, and in 1865 he was promoted to
; full Professorship of botany and horticulture. __
ee from the duties appertaining to the educational fea-

ug and under his direction the face of the campus soon
ged from the formal association of straight

igan Asicaltan!

Among hij “aes ‘
§ his pupils in botany at the Mich st

lege are the following men whose lives have been

In .
er Chosen fields: C. E. Bessey, pro
iversity of Nebraska; W. P. Wilson, profes
[283]

284 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

any in the University of Pennsylvania; B. D. Halsted, pro-
fessor of botany in Rutgers College, and botanist of the New
Jersey Agricultural Experiment Station; S. M. Tracy of the
Mississippi Agricultural College, director and botanist of the
Mississippi Agricultural Experiment Station.

At the opening of Cornell University in 1868 he was called
to the chair of botany, arboriculture and horticulture. The
botanical department for several years did not have rooms de-
voted entirely to the work in botany, but made use of rooms
at intervals when they were not occupied by other classes, and
there was, therefore, a lack of room for carrying on desired
laboratory work, as there was also at that time lack of suit-
able apparatus or illustrative material. The first course offered
was in systematic botany during the autumn of the opening
of the university in 1868. This was attended by four students
who came from other institutions and who had some previous
training in botany, the lectures being given in what is known
as Morrill Hall. In the spring term the department was 4s-

flora, and this led ultimately through the enthusiasm of such
men as Dr. D. S. Jordan, now president of Leland Stanford,
Jt., University, Dr. J. C. Branner and Professor W. R. Dud-
ley, of the same institution, to a careful and systematic study
of the interesting flora of this region, and the publication
later by Professor Dudley of the Cayuga Flora. In 1875 oF
department was moved to more commodious and permanent

equipment in the way of models and other illustrative mate
rial had by this time considerably increased, and some i
courses were offered. In 1873 an instructor, David 5. bes
dan, was for the first time appointed, and in the following
year W. R. Dudley was appointed instructor, and sag
to occupy this position until promoted to the assistant pre ie
Sorship in 1876-77. In 1881 the laboratory was further ¢ ,
tended, and a large conservatory was erected in connecti®
with the department.

1896, ] Albert Nelson Prentiss. 285

For more than a decade in the early history of the univer-
sity the entire oversight of the large grounds of Cornell Uni-
versity fell to the lot of the professor of botany, and to those
who know anything of the wild condition of the grounds at
that time the duties of this position will not seem small. In
facta large part of the time of Professor Prentiss during the
eatly years was given to personal supervision of the improve-
ment of the grounds and the planting of trees, many of the
summer vacations as well as the spare time obtained from the
instruction being devoted entirely to this work. One of the
frst plans projected by him for the improvement of the grounds
was the starting of a small nursery of native plants, the seeds
of which were planted at the opening of the university. Ow-
ing to lack of funds for the care of this nursery most of the

on Bast avenue.

nthe summer and autumn of 1870 Professor Prentiss was
‘bsent in Brazil with what is usually spoken of as the ‘‘Cor-
* Exploring Expedition.” In university history this expe-
dition is usually known as the ‘‘Morgan Expedition” in honor
: the Hon. Edwin Barber Morgan of Aurora, N. Y., who
dneuted a considerable sum toward the cost. The expe-
nat was organized by Professor C. F. Hartt, at that time
Professo aking collections in
iss 1 resources of the
0

a Prentiss, The party sailed from New York the latter part
the a teturning early in January, 1871.
aha. wcY Of the Amazon for a distance 0 ’
Ve Pard, as well as the rivers Chingu and Tapajos,
O18 XX1— No. <.

286 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

the principal tributaries of the Amazon. This gave Profes-
sor Prentiss an excellent opportunity to study the tropical
flora and also to make some collections of material for the de-
partment. He also spent some time in Rio Janeiro and in
other parts of Brazil.

n 1872 he spent six months in Europe devoting the larg-
est share of his time to the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew,
London, and the Jardin des Plantes at Paris. Subsequent
visits were made to Europe and a large number of the more
important botanic gardens were visited and studied. In 1878
he was married to Miss Adaline Eldred, and having no chil-
dren his wife has been able to accompany him in many of his
travels.

Turing his connection with the department at Cornell many
students have come under his direct influence, and doubtless
alarge number have received from his instruction an inspira-
tion to become botanists or teachers of botany. Among the
more prominent botanists who have at one time or another
been students of his at Cornell may be mentioned the follow-
ing: J. C. Arthur, professor of vegetable physiology at Pur-
due University; F. V. Coville, chief of the Division of Botany
of the U. S. Department of Agriculture; W. R. Dudley, pro
fessor of botany in the Leland Stanford Jr., University; R. B.
Hough, author of American Woods; J. A. Holmes, formerly

W. Kowlee, assistant professor of botany in Cor Uni-
“ee W. Trelease, professor of botany in Washington
versity and director of the Missouri Botanical Garden, he
omas, professor of botany in Wabash College; R. ie i
Professor of botany and curator of the botanic garden, é
versity of Tokio, <
Professor Prentiss’ writings upon botanical subjects wf"
been few. In 1871 he wrote an essay on the ‘Mode Of
natural distribution of plants over the surface of the -

1896,] Albert Nelson Prentiss. 287

which received the first Walker prize by the Boston Society
of Natural History, and was published in pamphlet form (Uni-
versity Press, Ithaca, N. Y., 1872). Minor contributions have
been made to some of the American botanical journals.

The most extended piece of botanical writing which Profes-
sor Prentiss accomplished has unfortunately not yet been pub-
lished. This was a monograph of the hemlock, Tsuga Can-
adensis, for the Division of Forestry of the U. S. Department
of Agriculture. The monograph was one of a series upon
certain of our coniferous trees, prepared at the request of the
chief of the Division of F orestry,’ Mr. B. E. Fernow, by dif-
ferent authors. Professor V. M. Spalding made the mono-
graph on the white pine, Dr. Chas. Mohr on the southern pines,
Ir. Flint on Pinus resinosa, rigida, etc., and Professor Pren-
tiss on the hemlock. According to certain financial require-

when they were presented at the expiration of this limit, they
Wee all necessarily short in observations of a kind which are
Needed to formulate rules for forestry practice, especially
measurements at various stages of development not only of
Single trees but of groups inthe forest. For this reason none
m these Monographs were printed at that time, and only now
Sthe department in a position to publish Dr. Mohr’s mono-
sph, to be followed by the others in turn. These mono-
réphs included statistics of area and consumption, with a
listory of the economic development of timber supplies; brief
‘nel descriptions, including studies on wood —
te *sy, the requirements of the species for its development,
fa O8tess through various stages of growth, etc., etc. -
“sor Prentiss’ monograph was among the best, and very we
na together, but was, like the rest, deficient in the respects
Tentioned, ; :
in ~ fact that his productiveness has not raaniteated EEE
cal i frequent and pretentious contributions gf vent
ee may have seemed suprising to those who 2s ai
labo ‘Stood the conditions under which Professor Prenti
Mpenizae During the early history of the ip bao
toa,” Of a department when funds were irene eae
“ice build and equip suitable rooms for the latg
1 -
cig fetly indebted to the kindness of Mr. Fernow for these facts con
Conifer monographs. G. F. A.

288 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

ber of students, the exacting duties as superintendent of the
grounds for the larger part of his connection with the Univer-
sity, where constant personal supervision was necessary in
connection with the improvement and care of 50 to 100 acres,
was sufficient, with the duties as teacher, for a number of
years without any assistance, to prevent the planning and
carrying out of any extended investigations. During the
later years, failing health, while it did not prevent him from
attendance upon the duties of instruction and administration
of his office, did not leave him sufficient reserve strength for
the close and continued application necessary in conducting
extended experiments or prolonged research. Punctiliousto
a fault in meeting his appointments, he rarely missed any of
his classes, even when suffering from an indisposition which
would have warranted an occasional respite. But during the
last two years illness has at several times compelled him to
give up all work for short periods, though he would return to
work again when convalescent, and in such a state of health
which would have constrained others to absent themselves
longer from duty. But in the winter of 1896 he found it nec
essary in order that his health might be cared for toask to be
relieved from further active participation in the administra
tion of the department.

At the winter meeting of the Board of Trustees he was
elected professor emeritus in recognition of his long and faith-
ful services to the University, and the faculty attested by a?"
Propriate resolutions the esteem in which he has always been
held by his colleagues, and the value of his services aot
fluence in the early history of the University, when it requ’
men of strong faith and firm principles to stand up for.
new and advanced ideals upon which Cornell University was
founded.

Professor Prentiss is dignified and gentle. In his guia
he was aclear, precise, easy and fluent speaker, and in piace
Sation a most delightful companion. To those who wert”
intimately acquainted with him he often seemed cold and if
Sympathetic, but those who knew him well, felt the charm.”
his manner and encouragement of his keen interest in i n-
dividual work of the student. As a pupil of Professor whet
tiss the writer felt no restraint upon the most cordial ug
ship, and always experienced an exquisite delight 19 the cn
sonal discussions upon various topics connected with the

1896.] Albert Nelson Prentiss. 289

tures or investigations, and came to regard him more in the
light of a dear friend than as a teacher. Later when he was
associated with him as a colleague, the same deep interest in
success and approval of research work characterized his rela-
tion to his former pupil. Cultivated and refined, his influence
upon his pupils, upon his home, and in social life, has been
alike gentle and elevating, and all his friends will sincerely
wish that he may recover from the present trying illness, and
be spared many years in the enjoyment of needed rest after a
long period of active and exacting labors.
Ithaca, N. Y.

Noteworthy anatomical and physiological researches.
Carbon dioxide and living protoplasm.

The question as to the influence of CO, on the protoplasm
has received much investigation but is not accurately deter-
mined. Giuseppe Lopriore, before giving an account of his
reinvestigation of the question,! summarizes the previous

minished growth; while a third group will only develop when
the cultures are kept warm in the incubator. While CO, #
ordinary pressure is not fatal to bacteria, at a higher i
it may be.
The yeasts behave differently—even oppositely—according
to the species. According to Brefeld yeast may grow 1" CO,
which contains as little oxygen as gyyx of its volume, W h,
may therefore be considered almost pure. According to a e
on the contrary, CO, exercises a strongly r etarding ine
upon the power of multiplication of yeast. the
The relation of CO, to green plants is inferred from :
experiments upon different vital phenomena which here mi
best be considered singly. in pure
As to the germination of seeds, this does not occur If i
CO,, which appears to kill embryos of swollen seeds. :
seeds are dry they resist its action as well as in alt. but
atmosphere containing 50% CO, seeds cannot germinate, ae
viability is not lost for they do “cerminate upon being i
ferred to air, Seedlings which can stand this gas gee
when exposed to sunlight die, on the contrary, in 4? datk-
phere containing only 8% CO, when they are kepree
ness. 2
t Tie : PRE 2 a ite
PMlansensell, Pring fay, See Oa aan ee 2. AS
[290]

1896, Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 291

As to the influence of CO iol agi
excretion of oxygen, most weit ie premiersnjesieass. and the
Shots a
age diminishes it, or even works inj
But carbon-assimilation d s injury to the plant.
: epends on the function of ch
phyll, and this points to t of chloro-
not provided with ie a ngs ae ree ae plants “se
centage of CO,; for acco i ey could: not bear this per-
chlorophyll is Sead t rding to Boehm, the formation of
with 20% CO,. in air with 2% and suppressed in air
As to the inf
susceptibility tb Sel di eigher 3 phenomena of movements,
along stay (6~12 hours) in CO, Prades isi er
alive irritability return . + Solna
toatmospheric air. I s when the plants are transferred again
an accommodation t 2 -~ sleep-movements of Oxalis leaves
The plasma-streami il . CO,-atmosphere is even possible.
C0, it begins Soa Gh sya: an etal Stop ped by
byair. The motilit Hass me Ce if the CO, is replaced
the Backs. tco | ae of protoplasm is not destroyed unless
Lopri : :
in ec erttook to re-investigate the action of pure CO,
toplasm witho ape prepara ne upon the vital activity of pro-
living plant ¢ * chlorophyll, and especially upon the growth of
cautions Oe In the preparation of gases special pre-
ated by the hati tohave them pure. The CO, was pre-
Which yields y process of heating potassic bicarbonate,
Pores first ete best conditions only half its gas—a
Laure h sed in physiological work by Schloesing and
Pr of HC] Tahitian of obtaining CO, free from va-
Marble deter when this acid is used to liberate the gas from
| The difficult mined the author to avoid this common process.
8Ypsum tals 4 refilling Kipp’s apparatus on account of the
| Nordinari} ed when H,SO, is used, although it yields ex-
Method, f pure CO,, deterred him from using Bunsen’s

— Mthod oh ae
| Dire and s we potassic bicarbonate used must be chemically
| ad nitrates Clally tested as to its freedom from ammoniates

the oxy
tlorate eon was prepared by heating the purest potassic
BN was at - glass retort with the usual precautions. Hydro-
| Silfuric acid tst prepared in a Kipp’s apparatus from zinc and

and washed through plumbic acetate and KOH,

| Ut ater
Compressed H was purchased and purified.

292 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

Five glass gasometers of 25’ capacity each were used, after
being carefully calibrated for each half liter. Three of these
were used for pure gases and two for mixtures. It was found
very difficult to secure a definite mixture, say of two parts
CO, and one part O, and impossible to maintain it for any
length of time on account of the unequal absorption by the
water. This led to the employment of paraffin oil as a protec-
tion to the water. Eudiometric analysis showed that during
twenty-four hours (the usual period for which a gasometer
was used) no considerable alteration then occurred in the pei-
centage composition of the mixtures. Gas analyses were
made at frequent intervals to check errors.

The gas chambers in which objects were observed were of
the form used by Kny, round shallow brass boxes 38 X 18™ of
30x 12™" with entrance and exit tubes at the side, having the
bottom of thick glass and the top a metal ring, with cover-
glass in the center, which screws on air-tight by means of an
intervening washer. The object could then be placed in 4

anging water drop on the under side of the coverglass.

After discussing the sources of error, the author presents 4
detailed account of his experiments, only the results of which
can be here summarized from his own words. ;

1. Pure CO,, if its action does not exceed a certain time
variable in different cases, has a retarding influence upon té
vital phenomena, but not a permanently injurious one.

2. The retarding action of the CO, is not negative, due to
the absence of oxygen, but a specific characteristic
3. The CO, in many cases probably increases,
rectly or indirectly, the extensibility of still growing mem:
ranes. In many other cases when the extensibility 'S
— it brings about a rupture of the membrane of living

cells.

4. Asmall amount of CO, (1-10 per cent. ) accelerates
growth but does not raise the turgor-pressure of pollen-th nf
which have been accelerated in growth. The turgor increas’
gradually if the pollen-tubes are, after a short exposure
CO,, again exposed to atmospheric air. differ:

5. Different cells of a plant are sensitive to CO, 11 di
ent degrees.

6. Living plant cells may become inured to the distut
action of CO... The plasma is also capable of a certain
gree of accommodation.—R.

bing
de-

1896, | Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 293

The phenomena of disorganization.!

The earlier researches regarding the death of the plant-cell
have taken account chiefly of the dynamic sources of disorgan-
ization, such as heat, light, electricity, and given little atten-
tion tothe material sources. Moreover they have largely
overlooked the fact that the plant does not surrender its life
without a fight, often of relatively long duration, which finds
expression in the extraordinary internal alterations that are
manifested whether the cell triumphs or surrenders, whether
the disorganization is reparable or irreparable. The later re-
searches have proceeded chiefly along two distinct lines, from
the standpoint of the chemist and that of the physicist. The
one views the cell-organism as essentially a chemism, the
stherasa mechanism. The researches of Loew and Bokorny

mi in hand, we have b us a metabolic energy-trans-
oh ing complex (Stoff-Kraftwechselsystem) comparable rath-
Oa f ‘

actory than to a machine.
~<mm determined to observe and compare the phenomena
Mich became visible under the action of disorganizing media
om Character applied designedly, and to see whether
wt likeness and difference in the death phenomena were
toes 2, StPerficial or were of deeper significance, Saat
‘on the nature of the disorganizing’agent. By choosing t nd
ps amount or strength of the material or dynamic agen’,
da making the transition from life to death slow, rae
“vored so to arrange his experiments as to observ f
tee *S possible of the phases of disorganization. It seeme
Pecially j
Stee as com : ve
ao uke intensity, so as to be able to distinguish clearly
LEMM

‘nosh. Jahrb. £.
M88. Bot.’ Pau: Desorganizationserscheinungen der Zelle. Prings
» 28: 627-700. p/. 2. 1895.

294 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

the characteristic action of the agent from the reaction due to
the sudden change of conditions. Great variability is to be
expected not only according to the plant, but even among like
cells of the same plant, and at different times and under differ-
ent circumstances.

The symptoms of death are in most cases distinct enough,
but in doubtful cases death was determined by the incapa-
bility of contraction on the addition of a plasmolyzing solu-
tion, or by the capacity to accumulate coloring matter, which
appears only at death. Nigrosin, which is entirely harmless,
was chiefly used for this test.

As dynamic agents Klemm used high and low tempera-
tures, light, and electricity. As material reagents he used
inorganic and organic acids, alkalies and alkaloids, H, 0,
CuSO,, FeSO,, alcohol, phenol, and anilin colors.

As experimental material, that specially rich in protoplasm
proved most serviceable, such as plasmodia of Myxomycetes,
stamen-hairs of Tradescantia, cells of Spirogyra, filaments of
Vaucheria and some marine Siphonee, hyphz of Saprolegnia,
end the root hairs of Trianea Bogotensis, which are finely
adapted to the action of material agents because not cuticu:
larized. A
the

Previous observations mainly agree as to of
n

1. Heat. é
visible alterations from high temperatures, viz., cessation
movement, rigor, and eventually aggregation or separation
of masses of protoplasm. Klemm used Pfeffer’s warm stage
and determined, first, that gradual heating can be carried
a degree at which its sudden application is immediately fatal.
Under these circumstances the alterations affect the mov

: 8 ‘
higher temperature the streaming was slowed with often trem
ulous movements of the plasma strands. This was s¥
by the formation of clumps here and there, and later by rigof
Hairs of Momordica and Tradescantia could be heated

the wall followed, but when heat was applied sudden

Whe

1896. Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 295

the internal revolution described by Sachs could be obtained;
but it is readily shown that the plasma regains something of
its original form if kept at this temperature, while if cooled
the alteration of form becomes complete. The effects there-
fore are effects of change, not specifically of heat. Heat
itself works disorganization without characteristic deforma-
tion, except the appearance of granulation in the last stage.

Low temperatures within the minimum showed essentially
like effects. Only a sudden change produced any substantial
deformations. Contractions of the plasma occur in consider-
able amount only at temperatures which after longer time
ptoduce death. These, therefore, are only the expression of
the general injury, not the specific and immediate effects nec-
sarily accompanying disorganization by abnormal tempera-
ture, which are purely internal and molecular and are ex-
pressed only by the granular appearance of the protoplasm
killed by extreme temperature.

2, Light. No attempt was made to determine whether a
ower limit exists, though the experiments of Hofmeister and
Baranetzky mentioned in Pfeffer's Phystologie suggest such a
Possibility, Pringsheim established the fact that a high in-
lensity of light can disorganize and kill protoplasm. But
Klemm was not able to discover any phenomena which are
ypical of death through light, either because they occur ex-
tlisively or in higher degree under its action. Light, how-
“et, is not able to produce such intensive mass movements,
When suddenly applied, as does heat suddenly applied. :
3 Electricity. The disorganization produced by electric-
Ity, however, i é ;
by heat and light, consisting of phenomena of solution which

m to the swelling of the protoplasmic layers and strands
to

tion

tially ,
Which
ion of
trical a
thy vacuolization of the plasma. This is made even
— evident when the pao the plasma is previously

®cked by withdrawal of oxygen or by chloroform. | :

4 Reagents. Acids produce, as characteristic disorgani-

296 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

zation phenomena, a granulation pointing to precipitates in the
protoplasm, and a rigor, without any considerable contrac-
tion. It is this which has made them useful as fixing reagents
in microtechnique. Alkalies and alkaloids disorganize by
producing an abnormal solubility of the constituents of the
protoplasm, so that it becomes vacuolated like a mass of foam,
thus resembling in effect electric currents.

With hydrogen peroxide an extremely fine fibrillar struc-
ture of the plasma was produced, the fibrils mostly running
lengthwise, a few traversely, and either ending free or joined
into anetwork. Even the nucleus appeared not simply gran-
ular but like a coil of fibrils. The metallic salts produced no

et irre i fer
y gular contraction, collapse, never apes On th

ness
. ive
The more harmful, whether on quantitative or qualitati

1896, ] Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 297

grounds, the less does the plasma collapse. Thus, no col-
lapse occurs with a high intensity of light or heat, a high con-
centration of alcohol or acids, while on the contrary it does
occur with low intensity or concentration. By no means all
agents tend to diminish turgor; an increase even, of osmotic
pressure is not excluded.

2, Alterations of configuration, such as formation of nod-
ules, aggregation, Separation of protoplasm, are a consequence
of the sudden intensive action of many agents. They are
wanting on the gradual application of agents to an amount
or degree equal to that at which a sudden application pro-
duces such deformations. Alterations of internal movemen
foexternal recognizable mass movements go on only when
agents are introduced suddenly.

3. Alterations of internal structure of protoplasm are not
tobe observed in all disorganization. When recognizable
at all they fall into three categories: (1) Secretions of various
forms, Principally small grains which give to the plasma, in
‘omparison with the normal, a much more granular appear-
ance, They may be united into chains, nets, dendritic and
other groups. These secretions may even take the form of
fibers and impart a fibrillar appearance to the plasma. (2)
Phenomena of solution which manifest themselves in the for-
Mation of vacuoles. In consequence of this vacuolation the
plasma may be completely transformed into a foam. The
Yacuoles may be of considerable size but in part they lie near
the limit of microscopic observation. This action is typical
of basic Substances and appears generally in consequence of
electric shocks, (3) Coagulation of the plasma with gramula-
ton and formation of vacuoles, few and of small size. This at
“Ss in many Cases, especially in mechanical destruction 0
the Protoplasm. 1
‘G € alterations of the nucleus are in general completely

f0us to those of the cytoplasm. : :
he structures of the sitet a observed by different ant
“*stigators, reticular, fibrillar, alveolar, are not Phe ait:
juctures of high physiological significance but are only di

rent States, producible at will in one and the same proto-
Pasm.—C RB.

298 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

The physiology of tendrils.

Our knowledge concerning the irritability of tendrils has
been considerably enlarged by Dr. Carl Correns.!

He finds that when the temperature surrounding tendrilsis
either suddenly raised or suddenly lowered between suff-
ciently separated extremes, a reaction, in all its phenomena
like that released by a contact stimulus, is found to follow.
The change, as such, affords the stimulus.

When the entire tendril is exposed to the same tempera-
ture conditions, it begins to roll in at the tip, continuing, if
the temperature change be great enough, until several coils
are formed. When the temperature is again brought to the
normal, an unrolling of the tendril follows until it reaches
again its original form. Or, if the new temperature limit is
not so high as to produce a loss of sensitiveness, the tendril
gradually accommodates itself to the new conditions when
they are maintained, and uncoils, All the essential features
of a typical reaction are to be observed.

The minimum temperature difference necessary to cause 4
perceptible reaction is, in case the experiments are conducted
in the air, 10°C. ; when tendrils are immersed in water, 7-8°C.
if the change of temperature is gradually made, no reaction
is seen to follow.

When the tendril is warmed locally, the reaction to the
temperature change begins at the warmed place.

Tendrils are found to bend in a plane fixed for each tendril
by its physiologically bilateral structure; hence whether
warmed from any one side or placed so that all sides af
warmed alike, the curvature always takes place in a partic:
lar predetermined plane. No tendrils observed were found
to be Physiologically radial. ;

The author decides that as far as he can discover, tendrils
do not obey Weber's law concerning the relation of stimulus
to reaction.

As was noted in the April GAZETTE, MacDougal, in ae
observed that a temperature elevation to 40°C. causes 4 ae
ture of the whole tendril and local warming produces 2’?

bending. He Says, ‘‘the results from these high and low tem
Te

*Bot. Zeit. 54: 1-20. 1896,

1896.] Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 299

perature stimuli are doubtless due to their direct influence on
the osmotic action of the cells.” ?

Correns finds that the most various kinds of solutions, so
dilute as to cause no injury, call forth in tendrils a typical re-
action. Since the cuticle is with difficulty penetrated, rather
strong solutions are sometimes necessary to cause the reac-
tion, e. g., iodine solution, 0.00192 %. Even stronger
concentrations of other substances cause no injury and call
forth the reaction, e. g., acetic acid, 2-6 %; arsenic, I %;
chloroform, 10 %. Ammonia vapors also cause a plain reac-
tion,

MacDougal found that when tendrils were submersed in
Solutions of the ordinary metallic salts (no concentrations
given), “the induced osmotic action quickly caused curves.”
Unless penetrated and killed immediately, the tendrils were
thrown into coils. ®

In the case of the chemical stimulus Correns finds that
accommodation takes place when the concentration of the
solution is gradually increased. :

A few experiments with induction currents renders it prob-
able that they too are able to produce reactions similar to
those described. é

Correns studied the tendrils of Cucurbitacee and Passi-
floras mainly, but other tendril-bearing forms were not neg-
lected.—Ropney H. TRUE.

The physiology of Drosera rotundifolia.

In his work on Drosera rotundifolia, Darwin* arrived at the
“onclusion that the speed with which the tentacles show cur-
Vature reactions varies according to the temperature, from
488°C. to 51.6°C. being especially favorable.
t. Carl Correns® regards this conclusion, that a ber aa
vation releases irritation movements, to be worthy 0

* Bor. G
- Gaz, 18:
Da a 18: 12

3 Bor. Gaz. 17: 207. 1892.
sc j

: 1893. I
ter Insectivorous Plants 66. 1875. [Ed. I.
Correns, Bot. Zeit. 54: 21-26. 1896.

300 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

perature to the limit set by Darwin, no curvature of the ten-
tacles was to be seen. The conduct toward temperature
change varies, therefore, according to the nature of the sur-
rounding medium, and causes aside from temperature are op-
erative. He found, in fact, that distilled water at ordinary
temperatures acted as a stimulus, and in a slight measure, the
temperature elevation hastened and strengthened the reaction.
From ecological considerations this conclusion is surprising.
Distilled water prepared with the utmost care gave the same
result, impurities being, therefore, in no way responsible.

o test Darwin’s statement that leaves react more rapidly
at higher temperatures, Correns used as irritants dilute solu-
tions of sodium chloride (1:8400), sodium nitrate (1: 840) and
acetic acid (1:333) at two temperatures, 18 to 21° C. and 48
to 52 He found that the strength and speed of the re-
action of Drosera leaves to chemical stimuli is increased by

win.

The author found that o. 1% calcium nitrate entirely oe
vents any reaction; 0.02% still exerts a noticeable influenc*,
0.01% is without apparent effect.

Drosera leaves seem to react in an especially p
manner to ammonium carbonate in dilute solution (0.05%),
A comparison of effectiveness in their specific directions ’
calcium nitrate and of ammonium carbonate showed that
five to ten parts of the former are necessary to phy siologica'y
balance one part of the latter. :

The growth habits of Drosera rotundifolia stand in
with the above results since this plant with its comp
the sphagna, are tound only in soils poor in lime.
of Drosera watered with hard water quickly die.—R
H. TRuE.

ronounced

accord
anions;
ultur

ODNEY

BRIEFER ARTICLES.

Notes upon Tradescantia micrantha.—With Plate XX.—I have
been much interested in the rediscovery of this pretty little spider-
wort, Although not uncommon in its native haunts it was not col-
lected again for forty years after its discovery. Until recently it has
not been represented in any of our larger herbaria except by the single
ype specimen in the Torrey herbarium at Columbia College.

The history of the plant is as follows: A single specimen was collected
about 1854 near the mouth of the Rio Grande by A. Schott, who was
then one of the collectors of the Mexican Boundary Survey. In 1859
itwas described by Dr. John Torrey in the Report of the Mexican
Boundary Survey. All the descriptions since then have been based on
this short account. The plant was rediscovered by A. A. Heller at
Corpus Christi, Texas, in the spring of 1894. He wrote me that the
plant was very plentiful near the Oso, growing among and under thorny
bushes, Only a very few specimens were obtained owing to the diffi-
culty of getting at the plants. The material came into my hands
August 28th, 1894. Since April rath, a period of four and one-half
Tonths, the plants had been either in press or in a bundle of porous
Papers, and yet they still showed some signs of life. Two joints were
Planted in the green house where they soon took root and grew so
“apidly that in a very short time we had some 4oo plants. Some of
s Material has been distributed to the leading botanical gardens in
the United States, In this connection I might state that the Division
of Botany, Department of Agriculture, will gladly send cuttings to any
one who would like to grow the plant. It is, perhaps, of little horti-
cultural value, although we have not experimented very much with it.
It might be used in hanging baskets with good effect in connection
mth other plants having dense foliage, but its elongated internodes
ind short stiff leaves will prevent its use alone. The plant naturally
ay Close to the ground, rooting at every joint and forming quite a

wck carpet. It might be used to advantage in clumps or masses.
. ® flowers are produced in great abundance and though ae ses

) Pretty and quite persistent for this order. Although the he
— a Single day, they remain open until late in the bp “
an little care plants will flower for several months. Inno case hav

Y of our plants set seed.
ggg Tradescantia is very unlike any of the o

Tn habit it most resembles 7: floridana,
73—Vol. XXI.—No. 5

ther United States spe-
from which it is easily

[301]

302 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

distinguished by its flowers. It was originally described as having
pale blue flowers, while in fact they are bright pink. The buds are
sharply 3-angled and the anther cells are separated bya peculiar broad
connective. I append a full description of the species.

Stems slender, rooting at the joints, flaccid, glabrous except a nar-
tow line of pubescence extending down from the mouth of the sheath;
joints sometimes elongated, 3.7°" long: leaves thickish, ovate to lance-
olate, acute, 12 to 30™ long, keeled beneath and often somewhat re-
flexed, with slightly scabrous margins; sheath short, connate, with vil-
lous margin; spathe a pair of leaves (not connate as originally
described) or occasionally of a single leaf: umbel always terminal
and sessile, 6-flowered; bracts among the flowers 6™™ long, green oF
purplish, linear, acute, bearing on their margins short stiff hairs: ped-
icels 12 to 16" long: buds sharply triangular and acute: sepals 3,
equal, greenish, 6™™ long, keeled on the back and pubescent along the
midvein: petals 3, bright pink (not “pale blue”), a little longer than
the sepals, obovate to orbicular: stamens 6 ; filaments all bearded be-
low; anther cells separated by a broad obtuse connective: style 4
long as the stamens, slightly capitate—J. N. Ros, Department of Ag
riculture, Washington, D. C.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX.—Trdescantia micrantha Tort. Fig.
bud; 2, cross section of same; 3, flower; 4, stamen; all somewhat et
larged. Drawn by Miss Mary C. Gannett.

EDITORIAL.

THE PUBLICATION of “state floras,” when well done, has many im-
portant uses. These floras have become so numerous that almost
every state is represented. Those who are preparing general manuals
of ate monographing groups are much interested in learning the range
of their plants, a thing which herbaria seldom completely record.
The artificia! boundaries of States, however, are not biological bound-
aties, and, while they serve to divide a large area into smaller ones
much more convenient to explore, they rob the term “flora” of much
of any biological significance it may have. This unfortunate condi-
tion of affairs is further encouraged by the fact that the state appro-
Priates money for such purposes to be expended only within its bord-
ts. Thus the artificial boundary line and the state appropriation
have resulted in “state floras.” It is well, perhaps, for local botanists
'odiscover and record the plants of their county or their state; but it
Salso well to remember that this is but preliminary to a proper study
tthe flora. A flora in nature does not recognize state boundaries,
unless those boundaries happen to be coincident with biological bar-
ers; therefore, the real study of a flora is something which does not
Concern itself in general with such boundaries. We have lists of the
Plants of Ohio, and Indiana, and Illinois, these lists being usually styled
foras:” but we have no definite biological areas, no real floras,
Tapped out in these states, whose plant lists largely repeat each other.
That there are such distinctive floras is often indicated in the intro-
ductory remarks which preface the lists.

T's Nor our intention to decry the useful work of making lists, but
tee that the time has come for the presentation of real floras. If
,, a0y reason such work must be confined to a single state, even
though that state merges biologically into others on every side, that
“tele state can be treated biologically. The prairie flora of one state,
stead of being intercalated among its forest and sand-dune floras
tg distinctly set apart, and left in a condition to be fitted * » =
'Nuation in the neighboring state. The sand-dune flora of no :
hdiana should never be torn violently away from that of north-
bs Minos and lost sight of in the forests, and swamps, ant ppstte
| tig noe” of Indiana. Repetition of plant names and “a ae joi
| tain] “ Presenting these real floras are both full of signi i.
Ymuch more so than they are in lists of neighboring states.
[303]

304 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

work is more difficult, naturally, and hence more valuable than the
making of lists with no reference to floras. One is thoughtful classi-
fication, the other mere catalogue making. To define a biological
area and then to observe not merely what plants grow upon it, but
chiefly their distribution with reference to each other and to the area,
is a difficult bit of field work, calling for training and good judgment,
but it is correspondingly valuable.

ANOTHER DANGER in the compilation of a “state flora” is that the
compiler is inclined to lay special stress upon those plants which may
be new, or peculiar to the state, or rare. Such plants, it is true, are
very interesting, and suggest certain things; but the enthusiasm they
excite is out of all proportion to their scientific value, and 1s a sur-
vival of the “collector” spirit, which has in it no thought of biology.
The facts of real biological significance to be observed in the study of
any flora are to be obtained largely from the common and hence neg:
lected plants. They are the species which endure diverse conditions,
which vary widely, which develop divergent characters, which are full
of information concerning natural selection, heredity, geographical
distribution, etc. A list of plants so rare that their remains are to
found in but few herbaria may make the eyes of a collector glistet,
but the biologist will take far more satisfaction in a few good obser
vations upon the behavior of some common plant.

* *
*

or not.
friends
n this

1896. ] Editorial. 305

Inract a good many German botanists rather pride themselves
upon their lack of attention to foreign publications, we suppose with
the idea that whatever is worth knowing about a subject will either be
discovered in Germany or published there. Consequently few botan-
ical institutes are adequately supplied with foreign literature. This
condition, which arises chiefly from a want cf appreciation of the
work of foreigners, but partly from limited iinguistic training, is a

better it. A few, notable among whom is Prof. Dr. Goebel, recognize

searches as well as facilitate those of their American students by stock-
ing their libraries more completely.

CURRENT LITERATURE.
Botanical Directory.

Mr. J. Da@rFer has just issued the Botaniker-Adressbuch which we
announced last July.t_ It contains 6,455 addresses of botanists, botan-
ical gardens, institutes, societies and periodicals. A considerable
number of these have been supplied by the addressees themselves and
these are distinguished by an asterisk. On each continent the at-
rangement is by countries in alphabetic order. The names of botan-
ists and of periodicals of that country are alphabetic in different lists
while the gardens, societies and institutes, are arranged by cities. The
special department of study is given in addition to the official pos
tion (if any) and postal address. Of course it is impossible to say aay
thing as to the general accuracy of such awork. In the United States
there are given approximately 1,700 names. We suppose these have
been largely compiled from previous directories. Probably one-third
of them have no title to place in such a directory, but there are al-
ways a considerable number of people so anxious to see their namé
in print that it is quite impossible to keep them out. However it 1S
better to include too many than to omit those who ought to be in
cluded. Among omissions we note in a hasty examination Dr. D. H.
Campbell and W. R. Shaw of Leland Stanford Jr. University, W.J.V:
Osterhout of Brown University, O. F. Cook of Huntington, N.Y,
W. L. Bray and E. B. Uline of Lake Forest University, Prof w. ¢.
Stevens of University of Kansas. Among our own contributors for 1895

we note the omission of the names of Misses Mary A. Nichols, 144
Clendenin, Bessie L. Putnam, Alice E. Keener, Margaret F. wire
pis

Maria L. Owen and Mr. G. H. Shull, most if not all quite as wel :
titled to insertion as many which appear. Doubtless there are “—
others. Typographical errors are rather numerous though readily ¢

; : : ; p ve
still appears in the list and, curiously enough, immediately ga?
Prof. Spalding’s name, which she now bears, while Dr. Kellerm

*Dorfler, J.: Botaniker Adressbuch. S und Adres

‘ . . Sammlung von Namen die
der lebenden Botaniker aller Lander, pve bataniachen Garten, und werd
Botanik pflegenden Institute, Gesellschaften, und periodischen * 0" hhgasse

Wien: 1896. Published by the author, Barie 8

[306]

1896] Current Literature. 307

entitled “Mrs.” Our Teutonic friends do not seem able to compass
the English Zand /, which is a fruitful source of error in this list.
Nor has the editor appreciated the humor of the young woman who
gives her official position as “housekeeper,” which he faithfully re-
cords. Other errors are due to long survival of names in these direc-
tories. Pres. D. S. Jordan, of Stanford University, a zoologist, in 1873
an instructor in botany at Cornell University but scarcely interested
for the last twenty years in botany, is listed, as is also Dr. P. S. Baker
ot De Pauw University, a chemist once giving some attention to plants.
But in spite of errors the directory is a very decided improvement
arrangement, typography, and completeness upon the last one com-
piled by Wilhelm Engelmann in 18gr. And if botanists will take
pains to send corrections and additions to the editor, Herr J. Dorfler,
Barichgasse 36, Wien III, Austria, these shortcomings can be cor-
ected in the next edition. Mr. Dérfler deserves commendation for
the promptness with which he has compiled this list and his energy in
eyhing itat his own risk. He should be rewarded by a large sale
Orit,

Minor Notices.

Teachers or BoTANY would do well to consult a lecture by Prof.
if M. Macfarlane, of the University of Pennsylvania, on the organiza-
ton of botanical museums in high schools, colleges, and universities.
This lecture was delivered at the 1894 summer session of the Marine
Bo Laboratory at Woods Hole and has recently been issued
Ga “pei from the Biological Lectures for that year published by

tn & Co,

The BOTANICAL SEMINAR of the University of Nebraska, whose ac-
iwity iso many lines is to be commended, published some months
ni ‘na handsome pamphlet, the address of Dr. John M. Coulter be-
oe the seminar on May 27, 1895. Only 363 copies of the address,
fach humbered, were printed. Dr. Coulter’s subject is “The Botan-
'@l Outlook” and his address must have been stimulating and suggest-
"0 the energetic body of students to whom it was a ressed.

me of classification

FESSOR PENHAL d a sche
LOw has prepared a
le he use of students,

has been j i dtot

N issued in book form,’ adapted to : Y’
| Oui Space for notes. Five branches are recognized as in att 4
mines, etc., whose subdivisions are given as far as ee iia
sperms, An attempt is made to show the chief sexual ¢

0
Which

| pe itdts keep homologies plain. But the scheme of typography ©
lal to explain by words, though simple enough to u
d when seen.

Wop yttow, D. P.: Outlines of classification of plants. 12X9
Ontreal; E. M. Renouf. 1895.

308 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

THE FLORA of Pasadena (Cal.) and vicinity’ is a list of 1056 plants
of all groups which have been collected about the city named, chiefly by
the author, Prof. McClatchie of Throop Polytechnic Institute. The
list is represented by specimens in the herbaria of the author and of
the specialists to whom certain groups have been submitted. Sixty-
two species are new to science and have been described in the various
journals and proceedings cited. The author deserves commendation
for his course regarding both these points.

THE SEMI-ANNUAL report of Schimmel & Co. for April, 1896, ones
sential oils and similar products, both natural and synthetic, again
contains much of interest to botanists. The discussion of the citrous
oils of lower Italy and Sicily is especially full and is accompanied by
a map showing the regions and centers for the production of citron,
bergamot, and orange essences. Curiously enough the citron oil
which comes from different regions in Sicily has different optical to
tatory power, ranging from 59°-61° to 63°-67°: We note also the
preparation by Messrs. Schimmel & Co. of synthetic cinnamic alde

yde, the aromatic principle of oil of cinnamon; a synthetic jasmine
oil exactly reproducing the unique fragrance of the jessamine; and 8
synthetic ylang-ylang oil.

A SEPARATE from Hedwigia (35: 58-72. 1896) contains a supple
ment to Réll’s former paper describing mosses collected by him
the northwestern United States. Unfortunately for American
gists Mr. Kindberg, who has made so many “new species” has
through” Réll’s collection and has made a number of new name,
We cannot say new species, though they are so labelled. One 3s is
characterized: “Philonotis acutiflora (sic) Kindb. sp. 2. Perigom!
blatter spitz und gerippt.” And this when the perigonial leaves a
of its nearest congeners are both pointed and costate! Wort Zz
Kindberg adds nineteen new names, some of them omina ™
MM. Renauld and Cardot have only been able to discover four e
varieties. There is evidently a difference between being 4 bryologt
and a species-maker.

THE FLORA of West Virginia is one of the most import
yet to deal with. Its widely varied conditions, its posit!

ant we have

on bet
the northern and southern floras, its large unexplored pa
combine to make it an attractive field to botanists. It is 4 P! ed
we are compelled so often, for various reasons, to limit our ®
ime

: m Dt
© 4 ee = Sides of Pasadena and vcishy: Reprints aati
oe. istory o a s, 19.
Pasadena, Cal. acre -< en 8vo. pp. 605-649 fig

1896. ] Current Literature. 309

“floras” by arbitrary state boundary lines, but probably that of West
Virginia is as nearly natural as any bounded by state lines. The second
publication? in the botanical series now being issued by the Field
Columbian Museum deals with this flora. A brief introduction out-
lines the botanical history of the state, the special features of the flora,
and the forests. The list of species contains 2,584 numbers, 1,095 of
which are thallophytes, among which there are 36 new fungi, 123 are
bryophytes, 57 are pteridophytes, and 1,309 are spermatophytes. A
host index and a list of local plant names conclude the paper. An in-
teresting statement is that West Virginia has a greater amount of hard-
Wood timber in its forests than any other state, and that probably two-
thirds of the state is still covered by virgin forests.

ATTENTION should have been earlier directed to the thesis of Miss
Grace E, Cooley, presented to the University of Zurich for the doc-
tor’s degree, entitled, “On the reserve cellulose of the seeds of Lilia-
‘te and of some related orders,” and published in the Memoirs of the
Boston Society of Natural History 5: 1-29. pl. 6. Jy. 1895

Using the term “reserve cellulose” for the material deposited on the
Walls of the endosperm cells, and not defining it chemically as Reiss
lus done, Miss Cooley finds that it is present, to the exclusion of re-
“ve starch, in the twenty-eight genera of Liliacez, Amaryllidacee,
and Iridaces examined, with the exception of Paris and Trillium;
that reserve cellulose is not identical microchemically with pure cellu-
lose, Probably consisting of a ground substance identical in all (with
the possible exception of Paris and Trillium) with which is associated
other substances in small amount giving rise to the slight differences
observed in behavior with reagents. In germination it is transformed
nto oil (starch is only an end product) which is absorbed by the coty-
ledon, It is laid down as a secondary product upon the walls soon
after the endosperm is formed, beginning in the part near the chalaza.
he angles thicken first and the sides later. Sugar and oil are present
nthe cells before the reserve cellulose appears.

- W. Catxins has published an account? of the lichens of
s of papers concern-

Mr. W
Chicago
ae Academy of

ie and vicinity, this being the first of a serie
ithe flora of Chicago to be published by the Chicago

| Stiences, The author gives a brief account of lichens in general, under
| *Mittspay LAWRENCE WILLIAM.—
GH, CHARLES FrepErRIcK, and NUTTALL, os ical
| sir of West Virginia, Field Columbian Museum, Pobe o sulesey,
1896,” Vol. I, No. 2. Pp. 69-276, with plates and maps.
*CaLxy : and vicinity. Bul-
letin Wo NS Wittiam Wirt.—The lichen-flora of Chicago otal
1g N° T of the Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. of the Chicago Acad. Sci. Ap

310 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

the heads: “what are lichens?” “the divisions of lichens;” “the thallus

“Lichens are a natural order of aerial plants which are considered
as intermediate between Algze and Fungi, but the limits are still un-
certain. All are T hallophvtel destitute of stem, leaf, root, or pak
and vegetate under the influence of moisture, obiainae the elem
pitiec ahi their growth from the air, and not from their sabieatie

ot

“In the thallus are green | cells called gonidia, and other organs, as
spermogonia and pycnidi

“The thallus srg gt the apothecium, which is the most important
part of the: gas

use. n them snag fanciful a as a8 the eh of Tichens,

ous or not,
However grand the Schwendener theory, the pr of autonomy
i i nee which may event:
ually change the whole aspect of the

ican Ee Paton which is said to be nearly complete, about 120 titles
being cited.

NOTES AND NEWS.

_ THE syNonymy of certain Yuccas is presented by Dr. C. S. Sargent
In Garden and Forest (March 11th), which involves giving a new name,
¥. mohavensis, to the Y. baccata Engelm., not Torrey.

PaRTs 131-133 of Die natitrlichen Pflanzenfamilien, just issued, are
eitirely the work of Dr. Engler himself, presenting Rusacee, with 111
genera, Simarubacee, with 28 genera, and the beginning of Burseracea.

_ THE FOLLOWING North American plants have been figured recently
In Garden and Forest: Nolina recurvata (March 4th), Lippia iodantha
a 11th), Nymphaea tetragona (April 1st), Oreodoxa regia (April

IN THE Marcu number of Bulletin de I Herbier Botssier Tonduz
pe thes his interesting account of the flora of Costa Rica; and
teyn publishes another fascicle of new or noteworthy oriental plants,
chiefly Liliaceze,

A New East Indian species of Phytophthora, (P. icotiane) which
otra a serious disease of tobacco is described and figured by Dr.

K. Muopziansky publishes in Garden and Forest (March
owth of

accretion increases continuously in rate unti

years, at which time this pine reaches its maximum growth.

R. GEoRcGE M i Bot. April), with plate,
in ASSEE has published (/our. Bot. Apri),
i, vtiPtions of certain new or critical fungi. Clypeum (Hystertacea)
A eg as a new genus from New Zealand. Several of the ne
i, cS are from the United States, and the generic name Spragucola
3 Proposed for a New England fungus communicated by Isaac
ae to Berkeley and referred by him to Miruda, regar ding it the

, °S Spathularia crispata Fr. It now stands
SCHIGAN AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE observed Friday, “gd ea

bor D :
dent J. i” ey panne exercises, which included epg Me’ of

cts?” Th, W. J. Beal, on “What now shou
M he exercises were interspersed wit
«ay of PH. KNow.ton announces in Science
an American amber-producing tree. The

[311]

April 17th) the discov-
i aber described

312 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

was obtained from Cape Sable, Maryland, but was in such an imper-
fect state of preservation that nothing very satisfactory could be ascer-
tained as to its relationships. Mr. Knowlton provisionally refers it
to Cupressinoxylon, dedicating the species (Bibdinsi) to Mr. Arthur
Bibbins who explored the locality. The association of amber with
the tree seems undoubted.

. ALBorF, in Bull. Herb. Boiss. (Feb.), has given an account of the
forests of Western Transcaucasus. His conclusions, in brief summary,

more or less abruptly into the flora of southern Crimea.
se
of securing the official adoption of the columbine as the national

who
f

Miss Susan G. Sroxes, of Stanford University, California, has in
lected a large number of seed plants upon a trip throug» the moull®

trees of Pinus Torreyana Par he spec
i il ply ote ry. A great many of the sp 4
pines are limited in distribution and not a few are from type local

mp
base of which is Surrounded b fg
‘ : more or less faded leaves :
apettinss year; while the monopodial shows a central leafy shoot with
numer of laterally developed flower-bearing stems.”

EB NEXT MEETING of the American Association for the :
reap as Science, will be held in Buffalo, N. Y., commencing on
we --8ust 24, 1896, and adjourning on Friday the 28th. ac onde?

on Is Invited this year to make out its special program, and 1

Advance

1896.] Notes and News. 313

that these may be printed for distribution in advance, it is requested
that titles and abstracts of papers to be presented in Section G (Bot-
any) be transmitted to the Secretary of the Section, Prof. Geo. F. At-
kinson, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y., not later than July 1, 1896.

ose who intend reading papers will confer a great favor upon the
Association by heeding this notice.

THE SECOND ANNUAL meeting of the Botanical Society of America
mill be held in Buffalo, New York, on Friday and Saturday, August 21
and 22, 1896. The council will meet at 1:30 P. M. on Friday, and the
Society will be called to order by the retiring president, Dr. William
Trelease, Director of the Missouri Botanical Garden, at 3 P.M. Th
President-elect, Dr. Chas. E. Bessey, Professor of Botany in the Uni-
versity of Nebraska, will then take the chair. The afternoon session
will be devoted to business. At the evening session the retiring pres-
ident will deliver a public address on “Botanical Opportunity. The

IN Bull. Herb. Boiss. (Feb.) J. Briquet, the new Curator of the De-
kesster Herbarium and Wireaee of ‘the otanic Garden of Geneva,
Fvesan account of the herbarium and garden.

gg a biographical sketch, accompanied by p
Py, of his predecessor Jean Miiller, known
rell i Arg.” Miiller’s studies snons paatieropaie =
- -0Wn. He was especially an authority upon r
dificult family ‘Euphorbaces wwhiths he contributed to De Candolle’s

Todromus, :
he press “Diseases of

M
pants due to Cryptogamic Parasites,” translated from the German of

a
fams, the fi d
rst part of the book (100 pp.) is de Iture
P ' © general pelatlanahi of parasite to host, to Latah pelanitenay
ungi, and to a résumé of combative and preven

314 Zhe Botanical Gazette. [May,

With the assistance of the author, the translator proposes to adapt the
work for use in English-speaking countries, and to add the results of
the more important recent investigations. New figures to supplement
the original will be added, bringing the number to over 300.

AMONG THE biographical memoirs issued by the National Academy
of Sciences that of Dr. Engelmann, by Charles A. White, has just ap-
eared. The various memoirs of Dr. Engelmann already published

son, Dr. George J. Engelmann. The more one studies the life and
work of Dr. Engelmann the more is he impressed by the unwearied
patience, the prodigious capacity for work, and the keen and critical

land botanist. Cutler is certai ly one hose botanists much of
whose deserved reputation unfortunately died with h ‘
ings were voluminous, but chi y remain as manuscript volumes, an

would have ranked him among the first of American botanists. ‘Then
follow accounts of Nuttall, Bigelow, Amos Eaton, Dewey, the brett
ers Boott, Hitchcock, Emerson, Oakes, Pickering, Gray, Wright, We
son, Robbins, Morong, Russell, Tuckerman, Frost, Olney, James, 4
D. C, Eaton, certainly a worthy list. The publication of numerous

Portraits also makes the paper especially interesting to botanists. —
E “MESCAL BUTTON” is yielding some very interesting result?

the direction of its Physiological action. It is the little cactus of t
ower Rio Grand i

Some question as to its identity. h if it is, according 10 74’
y, however, if it is, a vs
Coney, “a small cactus, having ‘the general size and shape of 4 m

1896. ] Notes and News. 315

ish, and covered on the exposed surface with the characteristic cactus
prickles.” While the size and form given apply to Lophophora, that
genus is characterized by not Possessing “the characteristic cactus
prickles,”

Dr. Gy. DE IstvanrFi is preparing an elaborate work upon Clusius
the founder of mycology. Charles de I’ Escluse, or Carolus Clusius,

m et na: sd
A few years later he turned his attention to the larger fungi. Under
the patronage of Baron Bathasar de Batthydny, Clusius undertook fre-
quent excursions in Hungary. On the observations and notes made

Codex the
brary of the University of Leyden. Dr. Istvanffi has carefully studied
this Codex and has published some preliminary notes upon it

: t lor ac siml c ;
el Sketch, illustrated by views, letters, autographs, etc.; to-
erwith the result of his extensive studies of this material from the
nological standpoint. It will be issued in ten fascicles each con-
ining eight or nine colored plates, with the text in Hungarian and

be $45. Subscript Istvanfli, chief of the
ions may be sent to Dr. Gy de Istvanth,
department of botatiy of the National Hungarian Museum, Budapest
» Széchengi-uteza 1 :

From a recent circular of the Division of Forestry, U. , ae

Ment of Agriculture, we take the following regarding our se s, Mr.

€s. After premising the want of exact forestry statistics, “Ar.
Says: :

The forest area of the United States (exclusive ot Ale) a
S.

ot somewhat less than 500,000,000 acre
ne :

'etior of the western states. Both the New
md thern states have still fifty per cent. of their
&r forest Cover, but in the former the merc

oved.

The pr.

‘nd th 490,000 square miles, contain hardly four ¢

Count € 1,330,000 Square miles— ]

cally ng oe arid or semi-arid ier ee in t :
T Test growth economically speaking. docs don.

On pe Cbaracter of the forest growth varies in the at rout ait
eto gigantic red-

=)
°
=)
®
eo
=

316 The Botanical Gazette. [May,

woods, the soft sugar pine and the hard bull pine, Meese spruces and
firs conar és hemlocks, ane larch form the valuable supplies. In the
Ro fe untains no woods of commercial caiae occur, the
arowih being mainly ats podices firs, and bull pine, with other pines
and cedars of more or less value. e southern states contain in their

regions. The northern states are mainl scoupled by hardwood

Adirondacks, and here a nd there in the pineries of Mi chigan, Wis-
consin, fe poe or in the hemlock regions of Pennsylvania
a or

The amount of timber standing is, roughly, 2,300,000,000,000 ft., board
measure, while the total ann ual c ut is estimated at 40,000,000,000 It,
w

Prussia where reproduction is secured by skillful managem

es products stand easily second in value to agricultural products ise
ceeding mineral products Sy more than 50 per cent. The ann ual loss

by fire is estimated at $25,000,000.

BOTANICAL GAZETTE

FUNE, 1896.

Contributions from the Cryptogamie Laboratory of Har-
vard University. XXXY.

New or peculiar aquatic fungi. 4. Rhipidium, Sapromyces,
and Araiospora, nov. gen.

ROLAND THAXTER.
WITH PLATES XXI-XXIII.

Of the numerous aquatic forms the discovery of which we
owe to the researches of Cornu, the four species which he
Placed in the genus Rhipidium! are among the most interest-
ing from their striking peculiarities as well as from the fact
that, as far as the writer is aware, they have been observed
y fo other botanist. It is true that Cornu regarded the

aegelia of Reinsch as identical with one of his species of
net idium; but, as has been mentioned in a previous note,”
hy “ems quite unlikely that this is the case. Owing to the

ct that Cornu’s account, which was avowedly a preliminary

Ph itself are by no means clear. The difficulty is further
eon from the fact that the figures just mentioned do not
Ne ° Set to the description of the species represented in
taint “ty important respect, so that in view of this uncer-
| Y both as to generic and specific characters, the writer

1
ins ley donographie des Saprolégniées. Ann. d. Sci, Nat. Bot. V. 15: 15 ff.
* Bot ull. Soc. Bot. de France 18:58. 1871.

- Gazette 19: 50. 1894.
*4—Vol. XXI.—No, 6,
[317]

318 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

has felt obliged not only to describe under a new name the
common American species, but to modify the limitations of
the genus as described by Cornu.

In general terms Rhipidium Cornu may be said to be char-
acterized as possessing a highly developed basal cell, attached
to the substratum by rhizoids, which gives rise terminally to
a number of filaments successively constricted and bearing sex-
ual and non-sexual reproductive organs. The sexual organs
consist of oogonia in which single oospores are produced as a
result of fertilization by an antheridium, peculiar from the
fact that it always penetrates the oogonium at a definite
point on the surface of the latter. The sporangia are more
or less oval in form and emit the zoospores in a cylindrical
mass surrounded by a thin membrane which ruptures almost
immediately, allowing them to escape. oe

Such in general are the characters of the genus as origin-
ally described; and in regard to the species, a comparison ’ .
the scattered references which one finds in the ‘‘Monograph

ng The
g and
twisted filaments and apply themselves near the base of the
oogonium,* although in the figure given in Van Tieghem

species in all respects except that the filaments are pate
ous, the only constrictions present being those which sepa!

long, attaining a length sometimes of a millimeter. ei rid-
face of the oospore is, moreover, undulate, and the oe
* Cornu, Mon
Sig vl — l. c. pp. 15 and 103.
5 Traité de Bot. 1024. fig. 617.

1896. ] Aquatic Fungi. 319
ial filament is spirally twisted below the antheridium, which
applies itself to the apex of the oogonium by means of a ter-
minal beak-like process. Whether the filaments are umbel-
lately or otherwise branched is not mentioned.

R. spinosum, the fourth and last of the species described,
is still more imperfectly known; but may be distinguished
from the others by the fact that its sporangia are furnished
with stout spines directed upwards and downwards, and are
borne sub-umbellately at or near (?) the tips of the segments.

Ifone compares this fragmentary information, which, al-
though it is perhaps sufficient to distinguish these four spe-
ties from one another, is quite inadequate to afford a means
of separating them from other allied forms, it becomes ap-
parent that, although the two first, together with the Amer-
(Can species subsequently described, are undoubtedly con-
generic, the others are by no means certainly so. The
characters of R. elongatum in particular, so far as we are in-
formed concerning them, when compared with those of the
Species of Sapromyces, indicate a generic identity which can
hardly be-doubted. On the other hand the characters of R.
‘Pinosum suggest a similar identity with the generic type
described below as Araiospora. To make these points more
"at @ brief review of the chief characters of the three genera
Nst mentioned will be necessary. ee

he genus Rhipidium, if we limit it as above indicated to
the three species R. interruptum, R. continuum and R. Amer-
anum, is characterized by a differentiation, more extreme

setts to which it gives rise. This basal cell is distinctly
4. seneris, and although it may be variously modified from
> fact that it is often more or less regularly branched -
; d, is utterly different in character from the segments 0
€ bra

tie? thickened and it is, as a rule, very abruptly expanded
by Num
“utface of the expanded portion, from which they al dae
by: a constriction, are produced the filaments; an¢ on

|
“a are borne the reproductive organs. These peer reine be
tial members of the Leptomitacee, are characteriz

g

: : rked
Mentation which, as we have seen, 1s very well ma

320 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

in R. interruptum,; while in R. continuum the whole filament
constitutes asinglesegment. In R. Americanum, on the other
hand, we have a transitional form, in which the filament may
consist of one or of several segments. The filaments them-
selves are in all the species apparently simple, although in
reality they consist of a succession of sympodial branches
which arise below each sporangium after it has formed, the
further upward growth of the branch causing the sporangium,
though really terminal, to assume an apparently lateral po-
sition. This type of filament is distinctly characteristic of the
genus as limited above; and, although it occurs neither in
Sapromyces nor in Araiospora, is identical with that which is
Present in the ordinary sporangiferous filaments of Apod-
achlya. The sporangia, as has just been mentioned, are terml-
nal, and are typically solitary, although they may, especially in
rather depauperate specimens, occur several together at the
extremity of a filament. Several, however, often succeed
one another at intervals on the same filament (fig. 5). The
form of the sporangia, although in R. Americanum it shows
a considerable degree of variation (figs. 7 and 15), tends, 1
specimens that have developed under favorable conditions,
assume the characteristic shape represented in fig. 6; and the
same peculiarity is noticeable in the published figure of B.
tnterruptum.

The sporangia produce a comparatively small number of
rather large zoospores, which are peculiar not only from their
appearance, but from the manner in which they make thett
escape. As the sporangium matures, a broad and conspiclr
ous papilla is formed at its summit (fig. 7), and its wall is evl-
dently double; for when the zoospores are ready to emerge;
the outer wall splits around the base of this papilla which 1s
then carried upwards at the extremity of the emergent fur
of spores (fig. 8), remaining attached to the inner wa
also surrounds the spore mass. The latter makes its ex!t .
the form of a cylindrical column (fig. 9) which may re@ hi
length equal to twice that of the sporangium before the st
Surrounding wall becomes ruptured, usually at the side ai
10), allowing the zoospores (fig. I1) to escape. s pt

1896, ] Aquatic Fung. 321

spores are biciliate, much flattened, bean-shaped, with a
slight indentation on one side, near which the cilia are at-

tépresents the same coarsely granular structure. € z00-
spores are monoplanetic and in R. Americanum only the first
stages of germination have beenobserved. The figures given
inthe Traité de Botanique® illustrate their further develop-
ment in R. znterruptum, and indicate that the body of the
toospore itself gives rise directly to the expanded portion of
the basal cell, the hypha of germination forming the stalk and
Producing the rhizoids from its apex. The spore thus devel-
ops as it were upside down.

: The oogonia are formed like the sporangia, but are usually,
if not invariably terminal, and are similarly distinguished from
the filaments which bear them by the characteristic constric-
tion. They are almost perfectly spherical in form and con-
‘ain a single large oosphere which is not readily distinguish-
able from the rather abundant peripheral protoplasm unt
ater fertilization has been accomplished. The antheridial
lament in the American species, which, unlike the two
European forms, is androgynous, arises immediately below
the insertion of the oogonium; and is usually very short and
slender (figs. 13 and 14), seldom, if ever, exceeding the length
presented in fig. 12, The antheridium is rather small

wall of which it per-
brates without indentation. The two European forms differ

Not only fro re heterogynous, but on ac-
. y trom the fact that they a se che atheridial

. «
= In the Traité de Botanique (fig 617, Ia), may ier
“med to be at the base, as in R. Americanum, in accor

Tr
_rraité de Botani

Cos que 1024. fig. 617. 2.

4, Monograph 28.

322 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

cited, it will be seen that in general habit it differs from Rhi-
pictina from the fact that, although the whole plant arises
eg a single cell attached by rhizoids to the substratum (fig.
‘ ), this cell is undifferentiated and similar, except at its
PASE. CO € segments of the filaments; although its wall
4 ‘aici; considerably thickened. In comparing the type
hat ing also, it is evident that it is fundamentally different

¢ whole plant being a several times compounded umbel,

. so peculiar in that it applies itse
Cogonium near the apex of the latter, which it perforates as

4

1896.] Aquatic Fungi. 323

the result of a definite pressure by which the wall becomes
distinctly indented. The species previously described (5;
Reinschit) has been observed by the writer in great abundance
and in perfect condition since the publication of the note above
mentioned, and in specimens growing under favorable condi-
tions the emission of the zoospores has been seen to be simi-
lar to that of Rhipidium except that the membrane surround-
ing the emerging spore mass is ruptured almost immediately,
sothat all but a small number of the spores escape in the
sual way through the open mouth of the sporangium. In
this genus the zoospores are like those of the Saprolegnie
lM general appearance, and are quite unlike those which have
jist been described as occurring in Rhipidium.
If we compare these characters with what few data are avail-
able concerning Rhipidium elongatum it is apparent that,
though we know nothing as to its type of branching, it
strikingly resembles the species of Sapromyces in other essen-
tal points. Its antheridial branch ‘‘présente presque invari-

; "courbé: c’est par ce bec seulement qu'elle touche :
Sgone.”® Again ‘le point ou se fixe lanthéridie semble
Leen constant: c'est vers le sommet chez R. elongaium.

y

® patoi de loogone, et finit par la perforer comme par suite
Ue pression considerable (RAzpidium elongatum). ad
NOW we examine the characters of the genus rian
it Mas Araiospora, it is apparent that it represents a Ces
ge form between Rhipidium on the one hand and n> #
Sg n the other. In general habit it resembles Rhipidiu

¥e have . - +47. while its type of
Seen dium; while 1

atchin » Is not the case in Rhipi , wht reespoird
*xact| as

Y to those of Sapromyces. The oogonia, however,
;Comn, Mon

: °
10. cit. 31. gtaph 209, note.

324 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

well as the antheridia, resemble those of Rhipidium, being
spherical, without encrustation, and containing an abundant
peripheral protoplasm. The antheridia, also, are exactly
like those of Rhipidium, and apply themselves to the oogo-
nium in the same position and in the same way; perforating
the wall without indentation. On the other hand the genus
differs from either of the other two in possessing two kinds
of sporangia, one of which is identical with the type found
in Sapromyces, as has been already mentioned, the other
quite different in shape and furnished with numerous promi-
nent spines; while the oospore is unique from the fact that
it becomes surrounded by a cellular envelop derived from the
peripheral protoplasm. The antheridial filaments, moreover,
arise from special segments which are always derived from
the same segment that produces the oogonia which they fer-
tilize, and grow downward to the base of the latter, often pro-
ducing one or more branches, each terminated by an anthe-
ridium.

In view of the presence of spinose sporangia borne more
or less umbellately, it seems not improbable that the fungus
just described may be very properly considered, at least pro-
visionally, as generically identical with Rhipidium spinosum,
since all we know of this species from the figures given by
Cornu is that the sporangia may be oval to oblong an
spinose,* or piriform and unarmed, 18 and that they may be
sub-umbellately borne. 14

In view of the various distinctions above enumerat wear
provisional summary of the members of the Leptomitace®
may be indicated as follows; the group being separated 35 @
distinct family in accord with the classification adopted by
Schroeter in his revision of the Phycomycetes. ** It may be
said, however, that should the family be united with any
other, it must evidently be with the Pythiacee, if we Borger
nize them as distinct from the Peronosporacee, OF W
latter if we do not; since their reproductive processes ©
with those of the two last mentioned families rather than
those of the Saprolegniacee. It will be observed that 0 ‘
following synopsis, Gonapodya has been retained in the re 2
where, in the writer’s opinion, it may be provisionally place
per th caiman cerrado ri ee

WT Fe eas

a4) 6. fe 6.

*SEngler und Prantl, Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 93: 101. [Th. I. Abth. #]

n with

1896. ] Aquatic Fungi. 325

until we have more definite information by means of which
its true position may be finally determined; and also that the
form described by Humphrey asA podachlya completa has been
omitted, in view of the fact that the non-sexual reproduction
of this remarkable plant was not observed and that the nature
of the sexual process described must remain a matter of great
uncertainty until further observations can be made upon it.

LEPTOMITACE4.—Filaments segmented through the
Presence of successive constrictions. Oogonia containing a
single oosphere surrounded by periplasm.

} GonaPODYA.—Typical segments short and broad. Spo-
fangia pod-shaped, successively several times proliferous. Zo-
‘spores I-ciliate (always ?).

wo species: G. sz/iguaeformis (Reinsch) Thax., Europe and
America; G. polymorpha Thax., America.

LEPTOMITUS.—Filaments slender branched, the segments
long cylindrical. Non-sexual reproduction effected by the
‘onversion of a terminal or of several superposed segments
into zoosporangia which are but slightly ifat all differentiated.
Oospores unknown.

One species: ZL. dacteus Ag., Europe and America.

PPODACHLYa,—-Filaments simple or sparingly branched.
Sporangia terminal, or originally terminal, becoming appat-
ently lateral through the sympodial branching of the segments
Which bear them, broadly oval or piriform and distinctly dif-
ferentiated from the segments. Zoospores becoming encysted,
*1n Achlya, immediately after their exit from the sporan-
eu (always ?), diplanetic. Oospores unknown. ai
Pri WO species: A. pirifera Zopf, and A. brachynema Lasts
‘ings. (probably synonymous), America (Thaxter) and Bu-
Tope,
veloped
he nu-

egy filaments to which it gives rise,
“ler simple lobed or branched. The filaments appare
nal sporangia. Zoosporangia for the
Oval, the zoospores biciliate,
Ylindrica , hin membrane a
mounted by the papilla of dehiscence; monoplanetic, cies

326 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

ing as soon as freed by the rupture of the surrounding mem-
brane. Androgynous or heterogynous, the oogonia spherical,
containing a thick-walled oospore. The antheridia small, ap-
plied to the oogonium near its base, the pollinodium perfor-
ating the wall without indenting it.

Three species: R. interruptum Cornu, R. continuum Cornu,
Europe; R. Americanum, nov. sp. America.

Araiospora, nov. gen.—-Plant consisting of a greatly en-
larged basal cell attached by rhizoids from its base, and sim-
ilar in character to the segments of the filaments which arise
often in considerable numbers from its distal extremity. Fil-
aments repeatedly umbellately branched, cylindrical or nearly
so. Zoosporangia arising from the distal end of the segments
in whorls or umbels of two kinds, the one smooth, the other
differently shaped and furnished with prominent spines. Z00-
spores finely granular, biciliate, monoplanetic, emerging in 4
mass at first surrounded by a thin membrane which ruptures
almost immediately. Oogonia in whorls or umbels, often as-
sociated with the zoosporangia, spherical, separated from the
segment, like the zoosporangia, by a constriction. Oospores
solitary, thick-walled, surrounded by a cellular envelop de-
rived from the periplasm. Antheridial branches arising from
special segments, simple or branched, the small rounded an-
theridia applying themselves close to the base of the 000
nium.

Two species: A. pulchra, nov. sp., America; (?) A. spas?
(Cornu), Europe.

SAPROMYCES.—Plant arising from a basal cell attached by
thizoids from its base and resembling in all respects the Se
ments of the filaments which arise in small numbers from 1%
apex. Filaments as in Araiospora. Zoosporangia eon
elongate, sub-cylindrical or broadly clavate. Zoospores ei
Araiospora. Oogonia borne in whorls or umbels, pe
often encrusted. Oospores solitary, thick-walled. eae
ynous or heterogynous, the antheridial filaments arising re
tally from the segments, the portion immediately below!

antheridium twisted on itself. Antheridium long oblong

of a beak-like process by which the wall of the latter de
dented before perforation.
Three species: S. Reinschit (Schroeter) Fritsch, pr
pe; S. androgynus, nov. sp., America; S. long
(Cornu), Europe.

rica
tus

1896.] Aquatic Fungi. 327

The new species above alluded to may be characterized as
follows:

Rhipidium americanum, nov. sp.—Plate XXI, figs. 1-15.

Basal cell very variable in form and size, attached by copi-
ous thizoids; above more or less regularly one or more times
successively dichotomously branched or lobed, the lobes or

tanches erect or spreading in a radiate fashion, the upper or
external edges giving rise to numerous filaments from which
they are distinguished by the characteristic constrictions. The
filaments continuous or less frequently consisting of two or
three sub-clavate segments. Sporangia typically ovoid taper-
ing from the broad base to the bluntly rounded apex, but
varying greatly in form, erect, originally terminal, one to four
Succeeding one another on a single filament; rarely two or
three borne together terminally. Oogonia terminal, spherical,
the thick-walled oospore colorless, the exospore elevated in a
Series of anastomosing ridges which give the spore an irregu-
larly stellate outline. Antheridial filaments short, slender,
arising immediately beneath the oogonium from the same
segment; the antheridium small, rounded, applied close to the
base of the oogonium. Basal cell 75 to 400¢ long. Fila-
Ments 50 to 800 long, seldom longer. Sporangia 30X20 to
0x27, average 50x35". Oogonia 40-554. Oospores
30-454 in diameter. d
: arious decaying vegetable substances in ponds an
poe, vicinity of Cambridge, Mass., and of Kittery Point,
aine,

e late spring
and were it

iy Observed the occurrence of more tha
‘angium. Such forms are also muc

328 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

duce oospores, and their zoosporangia are also subject to the
greatest amount of variation both in form and in size

Like Blastocladia, with which it is very often associated, it
usually grows under rather unfavorable conditions, being sur-
rounded by a mass of bacteria and other foreign organisms
and under these circumstances it is apt to assume abnormal
and irregular forms. Under such conditions the discharge
of the zoospores, which isin any case a very rapid process, is
usually not accomplished in the characteristic fashion above
described, through the rupture of the inner membrane at the
moment of dehiscence. The filaments are far more com-
monly unsegmented, and each sympodial branch is as a rule
distinctly clavate in form, tapering towards its point of origin
just below the sporangium. The oogonia in all observed in-
stances have been terminal and as a rule are formed after the
production of zoospores has begun to cease. The species is
more closely allied to R. continuum than to R. interruptum and
may prove identical with it when the former has been intel-
ligibly described. The dichotomous branching of its basal
cell, and its androgynous character as well as its very short
antheridial filaments serve to distinguish it in the absence of
further knowledge of the European form.

Araiospora pulchra, nov. sp.—Plate XXIII, figs. 20-25:

Basal cell variably developed, usually large, sub-cylindrical,
the ramiferous extremity sub-conical, bearing often numerous
(forty or less) acropleurogenous branches in a more OF is
distinctly umbellate fashion and separated from it by the usu
constrictions. The branches composed of more or less cylin-
drical segments and re eatedly umbellately branched, the
segments sub-cylindrical becoming more slender and usually

smooth; or broadly oval to piriform and furnished with large
Spines radiating in all directions but sometimes short v
stout and confined to the distal extremity. Oogonla pie
like the sporangia, the constricted portion which sepatee
them from the segment very short. Oospore spherical, yl
thick wall colorless, surrounded by a single layer of mor a
less hexagonal peripheral cells derived from the periplas™
Basal cell 1 to 1, 5™ long by 50-25. Filaments 2750-27 a8
ong. Sporangia 120x 30-1 75X35paverage 125 X 30H: long
Spinose forms about 45-60 x 48-70p the spines 10-350 te

1896.] Aquatic Fungi. 329
Oogonia 50-6oz. Oospores 3 5-454. Peripheral cells about
7X tO.

On submerged sticks in ponds and ditches, vicinity of Cam-
bridge, Mass., and of Kittery Point, Maine.

This strikingly beautiful form is very common in the vicin-
ity of Cambridge and may be found in abundance at almost
any time during the late spring and summer. It is subject
toconsiderable variation as regards the relative development
of the basal cell and of the filaments arising from it. In
some cases the latter are branched not more than once or
twice as is represented in fig. 20, and in such instances the
oogonia greatly outnumber the sporangia. In other cases
the filaments are far more highly developed being many times
successively branched, the branches growing more slender
and usually longer as they are successively formed, and bear-
mg many more zoosporangia than oogonia. It is in such
individuals that the spinose sporangia most frequently occur
and often greatly outnumber these of the ordinary type. The
cellular envelop of the oospores remains about them after the
Sgonium wall has disappeared, and may be seen to consist
f distinct cells. The latter are slightly inflated and the
Wall of the oospore follows the contour of their inner margins.
The Species seems to differ from the Rhipidium spinosum of
Cornu from the different shape of its sporangia and from the
fact that in the spinose form the spines are radiate and not
directed “en haut ou en bas.”!5 Nevertheless the species,
like the Rhipidium just described, may yet prove synony-
Tous with the European form.

Sipromyces androgynus, nov. sp.—Plate XXII, figs. 10-19.

Like S, Reinschii though somewhat smaller. The oogonia
Piriform, Sometimes encrusted by a blackish scaly deposit.
Oospores spherical, the thick colorless wall more or less mod-
ited by the Presence of elevations which sometimes give it
*Toughly undulate outline. Antheridial branches arising we
othe base of the oogonium from the same segment, . He
: Ist Usually present below the antheridium which app Je
si ® the apex of the oogonium and is similar in hie ul
sees = Reinschit. Total length PSE aa ie
20-26, ut 75x 264. Oogonia 27-30 3

*’Comy Mo
, nograph 15.

330 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

On submerged sticks in ponds and ditches, vicinity of Cam-
bridge, Mass.

This Species is not uncommon about Cambridge, but I
have never found it growing in any very great abundance.
It almost invariably produces oospores and its androgynous
character is constant. It differs from S. Reinschit in its
smaller habit, in the modification of its exospore, which, ahi
ever, is not always very pronounced, and especially in t =
origin of its antheridial branch which in the last a :
species always arises at a distance from the oogonium, er
that has been established by the examination of abundan
material collected about Kittery Point.

arvard University, C. ambridge, Mass.

EXPLANATION OF PLates XXI-XXIII.

Rhipidium americanum Thaxter.

ichot-
Fig. 1. General habit of a more typical plant, the basal sinh
omously thrice-lobed, the filaments showing occasional segm¢ th
Fi eneral habit of a much branched specimen bearing
oogonia and zoosporangia. €,
Fig A Futlistety Prarhed depauperate plant seen from abov
the zoosporangia not yet mature. : avout
Fig Lobe of a depauperate plant with mature filam . cowine
ig. 5. Portion of the margin of the lobe of a basal Acie nt bear:
the origin of several filaments and the whole of a single fila
three sporangia, two of them empt
1g.

Fig. 7. Z
the papilla of dehiscence have been formed : wid
Fi porangium killed at the moment of dehiscence. ica fe,
a portion ot te spore mass extruded, surrounded by its en
terminated by the papilla of dehiscence. e en-
ig. 9. ehiscent pct tes just before the rubs fe me pa-
velop surrounding the spore mass which is still terminated by
pilla of dehiscence. broken at
Fig. ro. meamoment later. The envelop = dehiscence
the right allowing the zoospores to escape. The papillao
is out attached to the envelop. ie
Ta wi oospores, the lowest in dorsal view. : e ex0-
Fig. 12. Gusentun: the periplasm in process of forming th
spore.
Fig. 13.
view. : ical section.
Fig. 14. Mature Oospore in oogonium, seen in optical depaupe
Fig. 15. An abnormal form of sporangium common in
ate individuals,

w

: ce
. : in surfa
Mature oospore in oogonium, the former seen

;
:
4

1896.] Aquatic Fungi. 331

Sapromerecs androgynus Thaxter.

Fig. 17. Bisa of zoosporangia, two of t mpty
Fig. 18. Oogonium during fertilization, before. the aatheridial fila-
ment “a ne twisted.
ig. 1 oup e two oogonia with mature oospores and twisted
antheridial ee

Araiospora pulchra Thaxter.

Fig. 20. General habit of an oosporiferous plant of medium size.
Wig. 21. Terminal portion of a basal ce bearing several filaments
ot oogonia and both varieties Hs inne

g. 24. Segment eas aera an dilation. segment and two seve
he seen in “ped go amy 3 faa pgg as in surface view

#aNote. The figures are pte tee from ink drawings and r
duced about Sek thicn from the 5. nals. The os ieee! magoideatons in in
diameters are as follows: Figs. 1 , X50. Figs 4, 16,2

Bho 24, x 240, Figs. 6 to 15, if 3 x 320. Fig. 25, X

Contribution to the life-history of Sequoia sempervirens.
WALTER ROBERT SHAW.

WITH PLATE XXIV.

widely distributed genus of the Conifer. Each species is
limited to a narrow natural distribution in California. We
have no account of the development of the sexual generation
(prothallium), our knowledge of the reproduction in this genus
being limited to accounts of the development of the flowers’
and the germination of the seed? of S. sempervirens. The
arboretum of Leland Stanford Junior University contains 4
large number of young fruiting trees of the latter species. 1t
also lies within the zone of distribution of the species, there
being one tree one hundred and forty feet high on the unl
versity grounds. Atthe suggestion of Dr. Douglas H. Camp-
bell a study of the development of the macrosporang!@
(ovules) and the prothallia by microtome methods was be-
gun in November, 1891, and carried on under his direction.
The publication of the results was several times delayed
hope of being able to make them more complete. ;

The material for study was collected from young trees a
the arboretum of Stanford University during the season ©
1891-92. Collections were made in December, 1891 (n0t
dated), and from January 9 to July 5, 1892, at intervals of I ee
to seven days. The young flowers were split longitudinally,
and the sporophylls were removed from the older flowers.
The specimens were fixed in 1 per cent. chromic acid od
eighteen hours, washed in water, and transferred gradually

with a solution of Bismarck brown in 70 per cent. alcohol, 49
mounted in Canada balsam.
1Strasburger, Die Angi : 8s. Jena, 1879:
» “© Anglospermen und die Gymnospermen 85.
*Strasburger, Die Coniferen und die Giietineen 307. Jena, !
[332]

1896.] The Life-History of Sequoia. 333

The female flower.

which bore flowers. The sporophylls (cone scales) of these
flowers are closely arranged spirally on an axis which is at
this time about 4™™ in length, and are surrounded by scale
leaves which are borne lower down on the same axis. Each

tight or ten in number, most numerous on the middle sporo-
phylls of each flower. The middle sporangium on each sporo-
Phyll has its axis nearly parallel with, but slightly inclined

sl (lower or outer) side of the single fibrovascular bundle.
The abrupt bend between the basal and terminal parts of the

broad (figs. t and 2), and the integument reaches to a level
mith the flat top of the sporangium.

Just as the flowers had closed in F ebruary, Mr. B. M
Davis Collected a hermaphrodite flower. In this flower the
‘Pet sporophylls are macrosporangiate and like those of the
female flowers, and five of the lower sporophylls are micro-
‘Porangiate (male) and, with the exception of the upper one
Which is in forin like a female sporophyll, are similar to those
of the tegular male flowers. The relative positions of the
Wo kinds of Sporophylls is the same as the relative positions
Which the two kinds of flowers occupy on the branches of iG
tee; the female flowers are formed on the terminal shoot an
"ghboring twigs of each fertile branch, and the male ake
on the lateral twigs of the same branches. And correspond-

"gly the lower branches of the tree bear more male than fe-
Male flowers,

arly in
‘Pollen ang

; f
"8 Separation of the sporophylls by intercalary growth o
Vol. XXI.—-No. 6.

334 The Botanical Gazette. June,

the floral axis accompanied by an elongation of the basal por-
tion of each sporophyll. The growth of the axis is greatest be-
tween the lowest sporophyll and the upper scale leaves, so that
the flower is carried out ofits envelope. In the macrosporan-
giate flower the basal part of the axis is negatively geotropic
at this time and the flower assumes a more or less upright po-
sition. Open flowers were collected for about a month dur-
ing which time the integument grows out beyond the spo-
rangium forming a vestibule into which a thick fluid substance
is excreted. In this the pollen grains are caught and held.
About the time when the flowers open, the transverse thick-
ening in the bend between the basal and terminal portions of
the sporophyll begins to increase. This thickening develops
in all directions nearly at right angles to the basal portion of
the sporophyl! and by it the flower is closed. This growth
involves also that part of the base of the sporophyll which
bears the sporangia and by it the sporangia are inclined to-
ward the floral axis (figs. 6 and 7). When the flowers close,
early in February, the middle sporangia on each sporophyll
are about half way turned toward the axis, and about the first
of March the micropyles are directed toward the floral axis
In the thickened part of the sporophyll secondary resin-ducts
are developed and in the base of the sporophyll fibrovascular
bundles are formed which end beneath the sporangia.

The cones continue to grow until about the first of June,
which time they are 21-24"" in length and 15-17"" in thick-
ness. The cones open by shrinkage of the fleshy, obconical
middle portion of the sporophyll, which takes place at the ef
of the summer, in September, or later in the same year.

The macrosporangia.
rcular 18
vel with

to exceed the sporangium in length, and when gee as
closes, about a month later, the integument is about wt se
long as the sporangium. The micropyle then begins ee out
by radial elongation of the integument epidermal cells 2 :
it. In this way the pollen grains on the flat circular 10P

1896.] The Life-History of Sequoia. 335

the sporangium become enclosed in a subconical cavity, the
micropyle. About the time when the micropyle begins to
close, the hypodermal tissue of two opposite sides of the in-
tegument begins to grow in a radial direction to form the
wings of the seed. In some cases the thickening of the in-
tegument occurs on three or four sides, in the directions of
least resistance, but only two wings are developed. About
the middle of February, when the micropyle has closed, the
hypodermal cells in that part of the integument which sur-
rounds it develop thick pitted walls which appear to be ligni-
fed (fig. 5, e). Upto this time the sporangium has grown
slowly and it now begins to elongate by growth of the cha-
zal portion (fig. 3). The seed reaches its full length and
width in June, when it is about 5°" wide by 6°" long.

In December the sporangium is cylindrical in form and
about as long as broad, and surrounded by the integument
which reaches about to the same level. Within the epidermis
ae five to seven central longitudinal rows of cells surrounded
by one or two layers of smaller cells which are also arranged
longitudinal rows. Each of the central rows of cells ap-
ears to have originated in a single cell immediately beneath
the epidermis, and the rows extend from the apex of the

‘porangium nearly to the chalaza, in which no regular ar-
In the earliest

tells (fig. 1). Later stages show several cells in each row,
Which the innermost, larger and longitu

dermis at the micropyle (fig. 3, 4)

© apex of the sporangium (figs. 4, ¢ and 5, ¢)-
Middle of March eh aes mb about the base of the

336 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

somewhat enlarged sporogenous cell or cells begin to weaken
and disorganize (fig. 4, @), and each sporogenous cell divides
twice to produce four macrospores (fig. 5, f). The first di-
vision is transverse and the second, which follows before the
first wall develops to any thickness, is transverse in the lower
cell and either transverse, oblique, or longitudinal in the
upper cell.
The female prothallium.

A number of spores begin at once to develop female pro-
thallia. They increase in length and grow toward the chalaza
at the expense of the cells which lie in their paths, and the
growing end of each becomes gradually larger. After about
three weeks, April 8th, sacs are found with two nuclei (fg.
8, 4). Already one sac is considerably larger than the oth-

fourths becomes thicker. Usually the smaller sacs are a
quarter of the sporangium W i“
they become tangled and surround the upper part of = fs
cipal sac. This upper part of the principal sac becomes the
phied and does not develop tissue. The formation * es
cellular prothallium in the sac was not observed but It oe
place about the first of June. When this occurs all or sie
all of the tissue of the sporangium has been absorbed fo th

mary sac becomes shriveled and bent. The cells of
thalli

1896, ] The Life-History of Sequoia. 337

not always. The cells in the upper end are as a rule larger
than those in the lower end.

The date of maturation of the archegonia seems to vary as
muchas a month. The archegonia are numerous and usually
arranged radially in the upper half or third of the prothallium,
sometimes distributed to the upper end and sometimes not.
They are, then, as a rule lateral. Only a few preparations
showed the archegonia. In these the archegonia were nearly
as long as half the transverse diameter of the prothallium and
each consisted of a small neck cell and a large egg-mother
cell (fig. 10, s, ¢ ). The farther development of the arche-
gonia remains to be studied.

By July 5th the central part of the upper half of the pro-
thallium contains several intertwined tubular suspensors each
with an eight- or twelve-celled embryo on the lower end (figs.
Wand 12). The origin of the proembryos (suspensors with

Ab ha ys j . ary each grain con-

he time the pollen is shed in January ell with a large
tucleus, and a smaller, lenticular, parietal
Nucleus. The germination of the pollen
the middle of February, and by the end of the t

| that month the pollen-tube reaches across the flat top of the

ium
‘Porangium and begins to grow down between the sporangiu

i he
as integument. The vegetative mee riddle pare the
ube : the mi

and is usually to be found between tion in the rate

of development of the pollen-tubes than of the principal em-

Hyo-sacs, During March the tube may re
tds the length of the small sporangium an

dial cell in the microspore enlarg ;
bic (fig, 8, x Apr. Sth). The two daughter nuclei,

338 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

are smaller than the vegetative nucleus, move together into
the tube. In a number of preparations these two nuclei were
seen a short distance behind the vegetative nucleus near the
place where the tube penetrates the sporangium wall. After
entering the sporangium the tube passes obliquely downward
and enlarges considerably. It soon becomes impossible to
distinguish it in sections from the numerous windings of the
Several variously developed embryo-sacs with which it inter-
twines; and so it was not traced to the mature female prothal-
ium. A study of the sectioned material is often made still
more confusing by the fact that one or more of the secondary
embryo-sacs with their free nuclei sometimes escape from
the sporangia and grow around, up or down inside the integu-
ment. These are however larger than the pollen-tubes. An
attempt was made to isolate the older pollen-tubes by macer-
ating the sporangia in 5 per cent. and 10 per cent. caustic
potash solutions but without success. It was found that this
method showed clearly the course of the tubes before entet-
ing the sporangia but not farther. Some sectioned specimens
show with little doubt that the pollen-tube usually or at least
frequently grows down alongside the female prothallium, but
as some of the secondary embryo-sacs with free nuclei often
do the same thing nothing more definite was learned.

In some cases several of the embryo-sacs develop 155
and again the single large prothallium may appear as Seve
in sections by reason of constrictions produced by other 1m-
mature sacs or by pollen-tubes.

The peculiarity of the pollen-tubes is that they do not pet
etrate the wall of the sporangium in the immediate neighbor
hood of the micropyle but at lateral points in the uppe
of the sporangium. In this respect, and in the distinctly
branched form which the tube develops, * Sequoia beats a
least a remote resemblance to some of the so-called chala-

ue,
ral

development of the secondary embryo-sacs, are characters

*S. Nawaschin, Botanisches Centralblatt 63: 355. 1895.

1896.) The Life-History of Sequoia. 339

Bier of e structure the author does not know to occur in
i the vale the Gymnospermez. The knowledge obtained
that the Taxa, eal of the sporangia and prothallia indicates
Bere ot H ete devs been very properly, if Seguota is a
ily, i phe ;
Miaddern Coniferse. y, considered as a most primitive group
Stanford University, California.
“Ta EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV.
ig. 1. itudi F : ee
Mot i ena section of sporangium with integument. x 266.
ig.2, Longitudinal i ; ae
showi section through sporangium with int
“6 shee sporogenous cells. 266. A sat Dec. re ere
X 36. i. © Sango section through sporangium and integument.
X : 16 Feb. i: : 802. in same section showing three sporogenous cells.
x ae xt na te de section through sporangium and integument.
X 178, March gern same section showing one sporogenous cell.

formed
E om two sporogenous cells. x 180. March 14, 1
| alte, howing position
gium; the resin-duct, 7, does not appear in its full length in

Ae ¢ 21. January 17, 1892.
8-7. Median longitudinal section through sporophyll; 7, resin-

X 21. gonus I .
thallfs (naiv Ongitudinal section through sporan ivm with male pro-
(pollen-tubes) and an embryo api. * nbeiee the broken

followed in a different section,
; a nucleus at tl
the antheridial
», the x go. 2, pollen spore
thetidial ect tube, drawn from two sections, showing the: divided an-
ig. 9. =. be es 4. April 8, 1892.
TY0-sac ongitudinal section through a sporangium containing an
e a sixteen nuclei in the lower end, of which five appear
cit in obi; nN; two smaller sacs which wind about the larger one are
Tuclei, of que section, one of the smaller sacs contains about sixteen
Fig. 10, three appear in the section. X April 15, 1892.
‘ftom abou rchegonia from a longitudinal section of a prothallium;
Nor end: 4 ene orth the length of the prothallium from the ante-
June 21, 1892 out three-eighths from the ariterior end. x 110. About
Section of an embryo of eight cells from a longitudinal
pl July Re Page ata x, ¥, 2, indicate the order of the sections
Ig, » 1592. :
orang Longitudinal section through prothallium enclosed in
by abortive of which the upper one-fourth is shrunken and occupied
‘USpensors €mbryo-sacs; the upper half of the prothallium contains
lly 5 ig.) vith embryos; & is the embryo section of fig. 11 *-

Ig. rr
eee:
x tion of a

ie Rita
Tawings sketched with an Abbé camera lucida.

Notes concerning the development of Nemalion multifidum.
GRACE D. CHESTER.
WITH PLATES XXV AND XXVI.

The resemblance between the structure of the frond and

plant. The fortunate discovery of young Nemalion plants

Nemalion multifidum.”* In this same connection it is
by Bornet and Thuret that they have never found tetraspore
nsist

of slender gelatinous fronds of a deep red-purple color. phey

younger is often very irregular in outline. The |
found attached to rocks or to the shells of barnacles.
1 FaRLow, W.
2 Fartow, W.
* Borner & Ty

G., Marine Algze of New England 116.
‘» OP. Cit. 117,—Harvey, Nereis Bor. Am. 2: 134-
UrET, Etudes Phycologiques 65.

[340]

1896.] The Development of Nemation. 341

fronds are from one millimeter to about forty centimeters
in length, and from one to three millimeters in diameter.
Dichotomous branching is the rule, but irregular branching
may be found at various points. Branches occur with more
frequency near the tip of the frond where the gelatinous
sheath is thinner and where the central filaments can easily
make their way to the outside. The writer has never found
new branches arising near the very bases of old fronds. The
appearance of a tuft of fronds as if all arising from one point,
which is frequently seen on barnacle shells, is due to the fact
that the young frond sometimes divides very early in its
gtowth into several branches, separated by short intervals,
and the expanded base is common to all these branches.

n order to study the earliest development of the Nemalion
Plants, it was necessary to devise some method of cultivating
the spores. For this purpose shallow dishes were used, upon
the bottom of which glass slides were placed. A gentle
‘tteam of sea-water ran constantly into the dishes, and the
Water was drawn off from the bottom of each dish over the
edge by asiphon. Fronds possessing mature cystocarps were
hid over the slides and the spores were shed upon the slides
m large numbers. Other spores were collected upon slides
Placed in dishes which were not supplied with running water.
1 this case the water was very carefully drawn off and re-
ewed four to five times every day. Spores obtained in this
Way were watched daily from the Ist until the 12th of ecco

93. The spores, immediately upon being shed, attache
themselves to the slides, so that it was possible to keep the
“ame spores under continuous observation, verifying in indi-

Viduals i hown in a series of plants.
snot i from the slides which

the attached spore is spherical,

342 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

a large portion of the cell and the deep red color of the whole
cell is due to its presence. The nucleus of the spore and of
the other cells of the plant is not visible in cells untreated
by reagents and hence is not shown in any of the figures of
this paper. Figure 1 shows the characteristic form and posi-
tion of the chromatophore in a freshly attached spore.

The spore itself after remaining apparently unchanged for
about twenty-four hours begins to elongate. It extends a
protuberance at one end; the chromatophore a little later
takes up its position near the tip of this elongating portion
and is accompanied by nearly all the cytoplasm of the spore.
The protuberance is next separated from the original spore
portion by a transverse wall. At this stage, therefore, the
sporeling consists of two cells, one a basal almost empty cell,
the original spore, and the other, somewhat smaller, ellip-
soidal in form (fig. 2). The original spore cell, which loses
its chromatophore and a large part of its cytoplasm when the
new cell is formed, persists for some time, after gradually los-
ing its contents, as an empty spore-case (figs. 3, 4, 1%; 13).

rom the newly formed cell there arises in each case, by
repeated division, a filament of cells branched or unbranched,
each cell of which is similar to the one from which all have
originated (figs. 3, 5, 6, etc.). :

n many cases branches arise while the sporeling 's
ery young. Fig. 7 shows the first indication of suc
ranch in the protrusion of the process a. Fig. 8 shows 4

still
a

v
b

this sort at a

The sporeling may also form a flat expansion of cells “
branches developing in double rows from the original chain ©
cells as is shown in fig. 9, to which reference has already bee?
made. This bears a decided resemblance to the more 4°
vanced structures found at the base of the Nemalion frowd
attached to the barnacle shells where they grow. ig. !
shows one typical plant of this sort, many of which form d
Spots on the barnacles, suggestive of the similar spots of

red

|
|

6.
1896.] The Development of Nemation. 343

awh Farlow as occurring at the base of the fronds of
Bae cate Kiitz., which, as also suggested by him,
of that plant. 4 connection with the growth of the mature frond
ya “sateen g has developed from three to ten rounded
Dnanti of a decidedly different type are developed in the
in in the filament. These are long, narrow and
deeply ier aches cytoplasmic contents and smaller, less
ecna - chromatophores (figs. 13, 14, 15). In fig. 13,
are nec cells are followed by elongated forms which at 4
from this A ed by two cells which have developed as buds
ei i cell of the filament, b, and this is the first case
ling. “tte mene of dichotomous branching in the spore-
dther Dsireli this elementary stage of branching are traced in
nerfection ae more advanced stages, showing degrees of
proachin: of dichotomous and of fascicled branching, ap-
branches of th e and more in their appearance the fascicled
ter Fi e filament of the mature frond, to be described
ftumero BS. 13, 14) 35 and 12 show sucha series, taken from
us plants of similar structure.

this poj : lings are of interest at
of ies. Fig. 13 shows three of these cells extending back
irkea b e, a. Fig. 14 shows two such processes and three
cG. ranches or rhizoidal processes
formed These are similar to the branc
abundantly at the bases of mature
btless identical in forma-

tion wi
with these sporeling processes.
i ies, as the

tur ’
hom ' f These arms would later divi
Continue "s ascicles with occasional single
ength a n the manner of the early spore

nd thus increase the frond in lengt

of th
Mass, om le plant, was next investigated.
» Which surrounds every filament of the plant,

*Farro.
w, W. G., Marine Alge of New England 84.

344 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

difficult to see the real structure of the tip region. The tip
may be seen, however, by directly crushing the frond. This
removes too many of the branchlets or disturbs too much
their relative position. The application of boiling water to
dissolve a large amount of the gelatinous substance allows us
to examine the tip with every axial filament and branch in its
natural position.

The tip of the plant is never conical. The number of axial
filaments and their branches is so great even in the youngest
plants examined, that extreme care is necessary to distin-
guish those occupying the exact tip. It is certain that no
single filament at the tip exceeds the others in size, and that
there are present at the extreme tip of the plant a number of
filaments almost exactly alike (fig. 11). The smallest num-
ber of filaments possible to trace to the very tip was three
(fig. 11), the lower filaments and the final branchlets of each
filament having been gradually removed by gently crushing
the plant which had been treated with hot water.

_ Turning now to the adult frond below the tip, we find that
it is made up of distinct axial and cortical layers. Each of
these layers is made up of branching filaments. In the ax!s
the filaments are made up of long narrow cells, from 30
125p in length, containing small colorless chromatophores
(fig. 11, a, 4). The walls marking the cell divisions of these
threads are so far apart (often 125) as to have made Agardhs
statement® a most natural one. ‘‘The filaments proceeding
downwards are inarticulate and cylindrical; those growing
upwards are articulated, and more or less contracted at the
dissepiments.” These central cells divide at irregular inte™

cell wall,

branches which may proceed undivided in the central region

the perfect fascicle. The ‘“‘downward growing” arms tur :
the periphery as much as do the ‘“upward growin e” arms, 4

—— ho Piery as Muchas do the “upward. growing ETT

® Harvey, Nereis Bor. Am. 134.

1896. ] The Development of Nemalion. 345
form fascicles of branches by dichotomous division (fig.

I, g).

Thus tracing these different filaments to the tip, we find at
the very last three main axial threads (fig. 11, 7, 2, 3) bearing
lateral fascicles and ending in three distinct fascicles, 4, 5, 6,
each bearing single arms, 7, 8, 9. like those formed lower
down on the frond. These single arms, 7, 8, 9, by their in-
ctease in length will extend upward beyond the divided arms
or fascicles of branches, and by later division increase the
length of the whole frond.

Increase in diameter is produced by the pushing to the
petiphery of direct or lateral branches of the axial filaments.
These divide dichotomously to form new fascicles (fig. 11,
4g, etc.). Very young tufts are thus found with fully fruited
ones at the base of even the oldest fronds. Young undevel-
oped trichophores are found in the next fascicle to one bear-
ing ripe cystocarps. Agardh’s description of the mode of the
development of the Nemalion frond is interesting, at this
point, §

Agardh states that the frond consists of three regions, ‘‘cen-
tral, lateral and peripheral.” The peripheral branches grow
'st, and send their branches inward, making the increase in
diameter of the frond ‘‘like that of an endogenous tree from
the outside to the inside.” ‘

definite resemblance between the structure of the tip of

pe frond and the sporeling tip both in respect to the fascicu-

Clearly seen. Both of these conditions have been already de-
“ribed. The possibility of the development

F l

already been mentioned (fig. 14). The meeting of severa
te "4 7 ite
dean different strata of the frond seem to me to be peo i pig
Wloped i Fitsts unless I am deceived, the peripheric strat Wt) 1 anches

latter, at § : rected

: : rst, by an ob ique course are hare urse.

a then they take a dows wai direction, by 4 ep ee
Pects, therefore, the growth of an endogenous ste

346 The Botanical Gazette. (June,

such sporeling plants and the consequent interlacing of the
filaments belonging to each seems a very probable method of
formation for a plant with the axial structure of Nemalion.
It also seems probable that the increase in length of the fila-
ments developed on any of the plants found on the barnacle
shells which there form red spots (fig. 10), the subsequent di-
vision into branchlets, and the interlacing of these filaments
may give rise to an erect frond of Nemalion. The possible
origin of Mesogloia from similar ‘‘spots” has already been
mentioned.

In conclusion I would compare or homologize the prostrate
series of rounded cells developed from a spore of Nemalion
forming a short filament or a flat expansion of cells with that
series of prostrate cells formed from the Batrachospermum
spore and called by Sirodot a prothallus or protonema, and
described by him as such in ‘‘Les Batrachospermes.” The
resemblance seems so exact as to admit of calling this stage
in Nemalion also a protonema. From this there arises the
branched sporeling already described. The chantransia stage
of Batrachospermum is an erect plant, branching irregularly
and bearing the sexual plant as abud. This sexual plant has
an axis of single cells placed end to end, covered by the
branches which grow up and down its surface. In Lemanea,
the chantransia is a similar branching plant, bearing the sex-
ual plant as a bud. The resemblance between this stage '?
Lemanea and Batrachospermum and the branched sporelings
described in this paper is so close as to admit of calling these
branched sporelings the chantransia stage of Nemalion.

It remains my pleasant privilege to thank Dr. W. A- Set-
chell of the University of California for his suggestive direc-
tion of the work done on Nemalion at the Marine Biological
Laboratory, at Woods Hole, Mass., in 1893, for material col-
lected by him in 1894, and for criticism during the develop-
ment of these observations.

Smith College, Northampton, Mass.

EXPLANATION OF PLaTEs XXV anp XXVI.
Plate XXV.
Fig. 1. Carpospore of Vemalion multifidum. X 409.
Fig. 2. Spore in early stage of amore three days old. * we
Fig. 3. Sporeling in later stage of germination (protonema); tak
days old. x 400. 4, empty spore case; 2, second cell of plant; ’
orless protuberance developing into third cell of the plant-

1896.] The Development of Nemalion. 347

patie common form of sporeling or protonema; three
g 5. Characteristic filamentous sporeling or protonema; five
Fig. 6. eed protonema with hair cell, a; seven days old.
400.

Fig. 7. Filamentous protonema showing origin of branch, a; nine
days old. X 400.
ig. - lamentous aegis with branching process, a, further
developed; nine days o
Fig 9. Protonema forming flat expansion of cells; ten days old.

g. Io. ae with seven branches forming flat expansion on
oh shell. x 4

Plate XXVI.

Go. a of frond crushed to remove extra filaments and tip

chl

ui. 12. Detail of typical lateral or tip fascicle of mature frond.
Me

ts Filamentous growth from sporeling showing first indica-
ion’ of ichotomous branchin ng. X 240. f.

ig. 1 Ider sporeling or “chantransia” stage, with aan ons
cle of branchlets may well developed rhizoidal branches. X h

ig. 15. Chantransia seis advanced than the seep ‘wit BEY:
‘tal rhizoida) branches. xX 240.

‘te I-9 from nature, with Abbé camera. Material under cultivation
Fig. 0 from peer ith Abbé camera. Material on barnacle shell.
Fig. 13-15 wit AbbS cacsire: Material cultivated in 1894 by Dr. Setchell
aad preserved in pie ie

Synopsis of North American Amaranthaces. YV.
(Concluded,)

EDWIN B. ULINE AND WILLIAM L. BRAY.

IRESINE L. Gen. Pl. n. 1113. 1737.
Lithophiia Sw. Prod. Veg. Ind. Occ. 14. 1788.
Philoxerus R. Br. Prodr. Flor. Nov. Hol. 1: 416. 1810.
Tromsdorfia Mart. Nov. Gen. et Spec. Bras. 2: 40. 1826.

are actually shrubby trees and in one case a small tree six
meters in height.
* Hermaphrodite.
+ Inflorescence capitate.

IRESINE VERMICULARIS (L.) Moq. DC. Prodr. 1372’ 34° 1849:
Gomphrena vermicularis L. Sp. 224. 1737. no. 6. is
Philoxerus vermicularis R. Br. Prodr. Flor. Nov. Hol. 1: 41% * ae

Low fleshy seaside herbs with narrow sessile leaves, ©P e
[348]

1896, ] North American Amaranthacee, 349

tate inflorescence and ¥ flowers: sepals five, unequal, the flower
flattened dorso-ventrally: stamens five, staminodia none.

Florida, West Indies, Guiana, Brazil; also on lower Rio
Grande and in Panama.

On the supposition that the specimens examined were accu-
tately named, this will embrace /vesine portulacoides (St. Hil.)
Mog. |. c. and Jresine aggregata (Willd.) Mog. 1. c. With our
Present view of Iresines, the descriptions in DC. Prodr. 187:
340, 341 do not indicate satisfactory specific differences.

+ + Inflorescence paniculate.
Tresine completa, n. sp.

Shrubby, with rather dense appressed grayish pubescence:
leaves long and narrow elliptical-lanceolate, glabrous except
the under surface of young and midrib of older leaves, these
and the stem blackish in the dried specimens: inflorescence
4natrow panicle with short strictly opposite branches and
branchlets, each pair subtended by short acute scarious bracts,
ot by reduced leaves lower on the main axis; spikelets Pedi-
ellate in the axils of bracts, or terminal on the ultimate
branchlets: flowers %, rather large, 2.5™" long, bracts broadly
ovate, less than half the length of the perianth: calyx with
glabrous sepals, nerved and with scarious margins, ona dis-
tinct pedicel from which arises a dense growth of long woolly
fairs: utricle as in the next species, from which this differs in
its complete hermaphroditism, pubescence and narrower

rescence with opposite arrangement: stamen cup rather
deep and the staminodia prominent. ; 388

Honduras, San Pedro Sula, Dr. Carl Thieme no. 338 (1888).
Type in John Donnell Smith herbarium.

IRESINE ELATIOR Rich. in Willd. Sp. Pl. 4: 756.

Rosea elatior Mart. Nov. Gen. et Spec. Bras. 2: 59. P+ 155- 9 3

Stem herbaceous, erect, striated, glabrous: leaves ages
lanceolate and narrower: panicle pyramidal; givin =
nate, short pedicellate; flowers $: staminodia present but very
minute: utricle orbicular.

€x1co, Lower California,

= Vol. Xkt — Wo: 6.

Central America, West Indies.

350 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

x » Polygamo-diecious.
+ Shrubs or shrubby trees.
Iresine nigra, n. sp.

Shrubs, sometimes shrubby trees, undergrowth in forests,
turning black on drying, glabrous except among the flowers:
leaves much as in the preceding but thicker, smaller and with
longer petioles: inflorescence a lax panicle with very long,
slender alternate branches loosely set with small spikelets,
which are pedunculate only at the base of branches: flowers
sometimes §, but apparently generally unisexual by failure of
pollen or ovules to mature, some plants being prevailingly
pistillate, others staminate: bracts and sepals in ¥ and $ flow-
ers as in the preceding, but the flowers are smaller, 1.5"
long; in those flowers which are more conspicuously stamin-
ate the sepals are longer, narrowly oblong, somewhat pilose,
but the woolly growth from the base is inconspicuous: utricle
top-shaped, narrowed below into a stalk-like base and above
into a short style with two long filiform stigmatic branches:
staminodia very minute.

onduras, San Pedro Sula, Dr. Carl Thieme nos. 312, 314
(1888) 1061, 38 (1887); Guatemala, Heyde & Lux 4573
(1893); Orizaba, Botteri 990. Types in J. D. S., Coulter
and Gray herbaria.

Iresine arbuscula, n. sp. |

A small tree 4.5 to 6" high with large oblong-elliptical
green leaves 14-21" long including petiole 3-4" pty
branches and petioles black in dried specimens: inflorescenct
a pedunculate naked drooping panicle at the ends of leafy
branches, the larger branches of the panicle subtended by
Scarious bracts, never by reduced leaves as in /. paniculale
which it resembles considerably in inflorescence; branches °
inflorescence long, filiform, not divaricate: spikelets very
small and closely set along the ultimate branchlets; rhachis
short woolly, but pedicel of flower little hairy. The spect
men examined seems to be staminate, although the utricle '8
so largely developed as to possess papillate stigmatic branche
S No apparent reason why seed shoul not |

prominent, long and broad.
Guatemala, Volcan Tecroamburro, Santa Rosa, Hey@ ole
4570. (1893).

1896. | North American Amaranthacee. 351

+ + Herbaceous or suffruticose.
Iresine jaliseana, n. sp.

Herbaceous or suffruticose with green stems longitudinally
tidged: leaves green, small, ovate-lanceolate, 3 to 8™ long
including petiole, appearing in fasciculate clusters at the
nddes, these and the stem glabrous except on the very young-
est growths: inflorescence a lax mostly leafless panicle with
very slender branches, those of the second order long divari-
cate, bearing pedicelled spikelets mostly on one side; rachis
of spikelets woolly, bracts acuminate, nearly as long as the
sepals: sepals membranous, narrowly oblong; calyx slightly
pedicellate with comparatively inconspicuous hairiness at base:
in $ flowers the stamen cup is present bearing five imperfect
stamens and very minute staminodia: utricle flat top-shaped,
terminating above in a short style with two filiform stigmatic
branches: g plants not seen.

Mexico, state of Jalisco near Guadalajara, Palmer no. 92
(1886). Types in Columbia College, U. S., and John Don-
nell Smith herbaria.

* « * Dicwcious.
+ The whole plant (except older woody portions) densely white
or gray tomentose.

+ Staminodia papillate, i. ¢., dissected into fine hair-like
processes.

; oe CANESCENS Humb. et Bonpl. in Willd. Sp. Pl.
* 765.
Tromsdorfia canescens Matt. Nov. Gen. et Spec. Bras. 2: 42. 1826.
_ Distinguished by its sub-pyramidal very profuse paniculate
inflorescence, The male flowers have prominent but abortive
ttricles Showing even rudiments of stigmatic lobes: the stam-
Modia are prominent and finely dissected into hair-like pa-
Bile, In the female flowers the white woolly growth from the
ower portion of calyx lobes and base of the flower is unusu-
ly Conspicuous and dense.
€xico, Lower California, Central America.
TResing CASSIN@FORMIS Schauer in Linnza 19: 708. 1847.
Determined by Sereno Watson, who notes, ‘‘imperfectly
Prteing with the description.” It has the flower characters of
Onescens but differs in habit, being more woody, with nar-

352 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

rower thicker leaves which are white tomentose beneath: the
branches of female inflorescence are condensed into narrow
panicles much less profuse than in typical 7. canescens, of
which it is possibly only a form.

Mexico, Monterey, Palmer 1133 (1880).

IRESINE SCHAFFNERI Wats. Proc. Amer. Acad. 21: 437.1886.

Suffrutescent: panicles mostly long pedunculate, the spike-
lets sessile and somewhat crowded upon the short branches:
emale flowers as in J. canescens: male flowers more pubes-
cent on the sepals and longer bracted. The long peduncu-
late panicles seem to distinguish this plant from the two pre-
cedin

Mexico. Types in Gray, J. D. S. and Columbia College
herbaria.

++ ++ Staminodia entire.

IRESINE PRINGLE! Wats. Proc. Amer. Acad. 25: 161. 1890.

Shrubby, finely tomentose, the very young leaves densely
white tomentose, becoming bright green and nearly glabrous
above and thinly tomentose beneath, lanceolate: sepals of
female flowers rigid, 1™ long, acuminate, spreading tips, 4
Prominent bright green mid-nerve and white margins, very
woolly, especially near the base. The species is well marked
by the peculiar calyx of the female flower.

_ Reported from several states in northern Mexico. Types
in Gray, J. D. S., and Columbia College herbaria.

IRESINE LATIFOLIA Benth. & Hook. Gen. Pl. 3: 42. 1883.

Alternanthera latifolia Moq. 1. c. 351. 1849.
Crashers latifolia Mart. & Gal. Bail. Aad Brux. (Reprint p. 9)-
I

Iresine laxa Wats. Proc. Amer. Acad. 21: 454. 1886.

Suffruticose or woody, tomentose, leaves from broadly
ovate to ovate-lanceolate, those on the flowering branches
narrower and reduced: panicle more diffuse than in J. canes
cens, with flowering branches slenderer and more lax: flowers
aggregated in spikelets, alternate and pedunculate along the
Opposite branchlets of the diffuse panicle: sepals of male flow-
ers short hairy: staminodia long and narrow, not papillate:
sepals of female flowers thin, densely long woolly. Those

1896.) North American Amaranthacee. 353

specimens described as /. Jara by Watson are like cer-
tain specimens which he called J. /atifolia, agreeing also with
those sheets from other herbaria labelled J. latifolia, which
leads us to believe there is no distinction of species here.
Mexico, Lower California.

++ Plants mostly glabrous.
IRESINE INTERRUPTA Benth. Bot. Voy. ‘‘Sulphur” 156. 1844.

Alternanthera Richardii Moq. |. c. 353. 1849.

Suffruticose, erect, glabrous: leaves bright green and also
glabrous: primary branches of inflorescence opposite and
widely divaricate; secondary alternate, loosely set with
spikelets of small unisexual flowers, the rachis and base of
the flowers pilose: staminodia broad, dentate at summit.

Mexico.

_IRESINE PANICULATA (L.) Kuntze Rev. Gen. Pl. 454. 1891.

Tresine celosioides L.. Sp. Pl. 1456. 1762.

Mostly glabrous erect annuals or perennials according to
labitat, those of the southwestern desert regions with stronger
tendency to the latter: stem nerved or angled, often swol-
‘iat the joints; plant diffusely branching, often with small
indeveloped branchlets in the axils of leaves: leaves petioled,
‘apering at both ends, ovate to lance-linear: inflorescence
Paniculate, always with reduced green leaves subtending the
larger branches; spikelets oblong or linear, seldom pedicellate
and never properly glomerate: in the male flowers there are
fostly five stamens (sometimes only three?): staminodia if

Present very minute: usually no rudimentary ovary: sepals o
iss

Sines,
Widely distributed over the southern half of the United
tates from Atlantic coast to New Mexico and south. Not
Ported north of Kentucky, Arkansas and southern Kansas.
IRESINE PANICULATA, var. Floridana, n. var.

Diffusely branching from a woody base, branches ascend-
"8 and equal: roots long and fleshy: nodes crowded, less than

354 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

3™ apart: leaves small and crowded: pistillate flowers clothed
with long, straight, white wool.
Anastasia Island, Fla., Miss Mary C. Reynolds, 1875.
Labeled /. diffusa in J. D. S. herb. and J. flavescens in Col-
umbia Coll. herb. Types in above herbaria.

IRESINE PANICULATA, var. OBTUSIFOLIA Coulter Bot. West.
2 894.

Lower leaves smaller, ovate or broadly spatulate, obtuse,
more scabrous, especially beneath on the prominent white
veins: panicle narrower, more leafy.

The species shades gradually into this variety, which how-
ever may stand as the type of a departure from the normal
quite general among the southwestern forms.

Western Texas to Chihuahua.

Since lresine paniculata is so widely distributed, it is nat-
urally found to vary considerably in specific characters, so much
so that without a large number of specimens for comparison
one would be inclined to choose out certain forms for specific
distinction. But with the large amount of material from va-
rious regions at our disposal there seems abundant reason to
say that the following forms are to be included in the synon-
omy of /. paniculata.

Iresine flavescens Humb. et Bonpl. ex Willd. Sp. Pl. 4: 766.

Alternanthera flavescens Mog. 1. c. 350, 1849.—Those
plants called A. flavescens Mog. by Chapman, and others so
labeled (probably on the strength of Chapman’s determina
tions) may be referred to /. paniculata. It is not certain that
Chapman’s type is identical with the original, but it accords
well with the descriptions,

Tresine diffusa Humb. et Bonpl. 1. c. 4: 765.—Nuttall’s
plant which Moquin has cited under J. diffusa is identical
with our specimens called /. flavescens.

lresine gracilis Mart. and Gal. Bull. Acad. Brux. 10: oa,
1643.—Here againall the specimens examined may be referre
tol. paniculata. Weare bound to say however that while we
feel warranted in the present disposition of these species, W°
lack the important evidence of an examination of the type
These are not in American herbaria.

DICRAURUS Hooker f, Benth. et Hook. Gen. Pl. 8: 42: te
Apparently differing from the shrubby Iresines only by #5

1866. North American Amaranthacee. 355

alternate leaves. Not completely dicecious as previously de-
stibed, for some plants have ¥ flowers. Staminodia present
inall the flowers, papillate.

In this genus, as in Iresine, there are characteristic male
and female inflorescences differing obviously from each other.
Occasionally in both genera one finds a plant in which the
tharacteristic male flower has a functional utricle, but more
often the female flower is found producing functional stamens.
Inone of the Dicraurus specimens (Nealley, Chenates region
Western Texas [1889] Coulter herb.), although the plant is
evidently of the female type, all the flowers have from two to
lve pollen-bearing stamens.

DICRAURUS LEPTOCLADUS Hook.f., 1. c.

Leaves very small, ovate or ovate-lanceolate, 12-25" long.
Flowering branches rather long and stout, with compact in-
orescence. J. alternifolia var. Texana Coulter. Referred
| ‘Oabove as having ¥ flowers.

Western Texas and Mexico.

DICRAURUS ALTERNIFOLIA (Wats. ).

Jresine alternifolia Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 24: 72. 1889.

Leaves larger, ovate or oblong, truncate or cuneate at base,
“curring in fascicles which subtend the flowering branches,
these being short, slender and divaricate, much branched:
fowers smaller than in the preceding, the female with more
“nspicuous woolliness.

€xico, Guaymas, Palmer 276 (1887). .

In Concluding the synopsis of Notth American Amar-
anthacee we append a brief account of two genera which
Not included in order, earlier in the revision; namely,

“losia and Acanthochiton.

CELOSIA L. Gen. Pl. no. 289. 1737-

Distinguished from our other genera by its two to several
“eded utricle.

CELOSIA PANICULATA L. Sp. Pl. 206. 1753-
Our Most common species. Florida, Southern Texas,
O.

Mexic

356 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

CELOSIA PALMERI Wats. Proc. Amer. Acad. 18: 143. 1883.
Differing from C. paniculata in foliage, inflorescence and
broader and less acuminate bracts and sepals.
North Mexico.
CELOSIA FLORIBUNDA Gray Proc. Amer. Acad. 5: 167. 1861.
Very distinct in foliage and its abundant compact inflores-
c

nce.
Lower California.
ACANTHOCHITON Torr. Bot. Sitgr. Rep. 170. pl. 73. 1893.

A monotypic genus between Amaranthus and Acnida.
Dicecious; distinguished by the remarkable bract development
in the 2 flowers.

ACANTHOCHITON WRIGHTII Torrey. 1. c.; also in Bot. Mex.
Bound. 179. 1859.
Texas.

Herbarium Lake Forest University.

Astudy of some anatomical characters of North American
Graminex. VI.
THEO. HOLM.

|
|
|

WITH PLATES XXVII AND XXVIII.
Oryza sativa L.

The leaf of this grass shows a very great resemblance to
that of Leersta oryzotdes Swtz. which we have described in a
previous article upon the leaf-structure of the genus Leersia. '

¢ leaf of Oryza (fig. 1) shows the large development of the
median part, containing not only a mass of colorless paren-
tyma, but also several mestome bundles on the superior face
ofthe blade. But it differs by the presence of the large la-
‘ines, the larger number of mestome bundles on both faces
{the keel, and the absence of bulliform cells on the inferior
face of the blade. We remember that in Leersia there was
oe group of bulliform cells developed on each side of the keel
® the superior and the inferior face.

_ Considered by itself, the leaf of Oryza may be character-
ted as follows: The epidermis, seen en face, represents two
forms, viz, : strata of short broad cells with undulated radial
re which cover the mesophyll and in which the stomata are
° be observed, and strata of long and very narrow cells which
ver the stereome. A transverse section of these strata (fig.
eo the narrow lumen of the last mentioned form, that
| oc lies outside the stereome in contrast to the other one,
| a & the mesophyll. The bulliform cells (fig. 4) occur only
ar © Superior face between the mestome bundles, and none
| : tobe observed above the keel. Epidermal expansions
‘Vode wmerous, as roundish warts or as curved thorn-shaped
4&8; the last are confined, however, to the strata outside
mereome. The stomata seemed to be equally distributed
“tr ah faces of the leaf-blade, but as stated above, they oc-
the a. in the strata outside the mesophyll, excepting where

T iform cells are situated. ae
~_‘€ Mestome bundles are very variable in size, a fact which

I

os Gazerre 17: 358-362. N1892.

357]

358 The Botanical Gazette. [June

is especially noticeable when we examine the median part of
the leaf (fig. 1). There are two midribs, one above the other,
of which that nearest the inferior face is the largest (a, fig.
1). Besides these the section contains eight other ribs, of
which those of the superior face are the smallest. We have,
however, examined leaves of other specimens in which the
median part of the blade contained no less than twenty-four
mestome bundles, two of which were imbedded in the color-
less parenchyma.

Turning to the lateral parts of the blade (fig. 2), we observe
a similar difference in the development of the mestome bun-
dles and by comparing them with those of the keel, we may
distinguish four different degrees of development. The mid-
rib of the inferior face represents the largest mestome bundle.
It is surrounded by colorless parenchyma, of which the inner
layer forms a sheath all around the bundle, bordering on a
thick-walled and perfectly closed mestome sheath. The lep-
_ tome and the hadromeare well differentiated and separated from
each other by a small layer of thick walled mestome paren-
chyma. This mestome bundle is not in connection with any

parenchyma.
The mestome bundles of second degree (4, fig. 1) are repre-
sented not only in the median but also in the lateral parts of

their smaller size and by the fact that the parenchyma sheath
is here interrupted by the stereome on the inferior face of the
bundle. The Superior face, on the contrary, shows a group

1896. ] Anatomical Characters of N. Am. Graminee. 359

tiated parenchyma sheath, while the mestome sheath is very
well developed, perfectly closed, and thick walled as in all
the other mestome bundles. There is only one vessel in this
bundle and a small group of leptome. These small bundles
were observed only in the keel, in the parenchymatic layers
which connect the two surfaces of the keel with each other,
bordering on the large lacunes (Z, fig. I

In regard to the general distribution of these various forms
of mestome bundles in the leaf-blade of Oryza, those of the
third degree are the most numerous, while those of second de-
gree are less so; these last constitute the very rough ribs,
which are so prominent on the upper surface of the leaf.

The stereome has attained a large development in this
grass, and forms layers above and below all the mestome
bundles of the lateral parts of the blade; as we have seen in
figure 1, there is no stereome on the inner side of those mes-
tome bundles which are situated in the keel. The margins

which Haberlandt? has designated as ‘‘Armpallisadenzellen
(fig. 3), in which the cell wall shows deep foldings inwards.

his orm of tissue has been observed in representatives of
widely separated families of the vascular plants, e. g. Anemone
and several other Ranunculaceez, Bambusa, Arundinaria and

Filices, Equisetum, etc. Haberlandt has explained the
Physiological signification of this peculiar folding of the cell
Wall in this way, that thereby the inner surface of the cell be-
‘omes considerably enlarged so as to be able to give space for
1 Increased number of chlorophyll-grains.

The mesophyll in Oryza forms isolated groups between the
eome bundles, and surrounds the large lacunes of the

el,

The colorless parenchyma is very well represented as we
oe already seen above from the description of the mestome
| Sundles and their surroundings. We have discussed the col-

| of tissue above the mestome bundles, and finally the

2 £ ioe
G. HABeRLanpt: Physiologisches Pflanzenanatomie 174. Leipzig 1884.

360 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

numerous mestome bundles and large lacunes in which dia-

phragms are to be found (as shown in fig. 7), somewhat re-

sembling those which characterize various species of Juncus.
Washington, D. C.

EXPLANATION OF PLaTes XXVII anp XXVIII.
face, those of the inferior face being the largest. The lacunes (Z) are
Separated by narrow strata of colorless parenchyma. mestome

a
bundles a, 4, ¢c, represent respectively first, second and third degree of
Seetopmpent, TS

ig.

showing deep foldings inward; P, cells of the parenchyma-sheath;

Fig. 6. Epidermis of the superior face, #2, bordering on a group
X 320.

°. A very small mestome bundle, representing the fourth oe
cu of development, from the colorless parenchyma of the keel.
340.

A synopsis of the American species of Ctenium.
JARED G. SMITH.

WITH PLATE XXIX.

Artificial key to the species.

BS Pa sk Pes ea aa ok asa eae
1, Spikes 3 to 6, awns of the third and fourth glumes three times
as long as the glumes themselves . . . . C. polystachyum.

2 Awn of the fourth glume nearly 2 inches, recurved. C. cirrhosum.

2, Awn of the fourth glume less than 1 inch, straight or simply
Be Sh SRE k a) LABS eee eg OR egy aes

3 Nerves of the second glume strongly tuberculate-roughened .

3 Nerves simply scabrous. . . . Smile’ eG Capanente.

+ Awn of the fourth glume twice exceeding it . . . . - 5
4 Awn about equaling or shorter than the fourth glume. . .- 6
5 Fifth glume twice as long as its awn; spike 4to5inches . .

. C. planifolium.

: ay glume equaling its awn; spikes 2 inches . C glandulosum.

6 wn of the fourth glume about equaling the glume itself

' Awn of the fourth glume less than half as long as the glume

aoe . . . €. brachystachyum.

. C. brevispicatum.
C. Carolinianum.

: oe 1% inch long, sens slender :
‘Spike 2% to 5 inches long, awns stout .
1. Spikes three to stx.
go, ENTUM POLYSTACHYUM Balansa Bull. Soc. Bot. de France
* 244. 1885.
oe cespitose, two to four feet high; leaves pubescent;
X€s three to six, digitate-paniculate; spikelets 4-flowered;
th and fourth glumes 3-nerved, long-ciliate on the lateral
aioe the middle nerve prolonged into a scabrous awn three
.. lore times the length of the glume; fifth glume keeled,

[361]

362 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

2. Spikes one or two; awn of the fourth glume nearly two
inches, recurved.

CTENIUM CIRRHOSUM Kth. Rev. Gram. 445. pl. 136.

Campulosus cirrhosus Nees Agrost. Bras. 416.

Culms slender, cespitose, two to four feet high; leaves
scabrous; spike one; first empty glume nearly as long as the
spikelet; second empty glume much exceeding it; third glume
with an awn twice as long as itself; fourth glume with a re-
curved awn nearly two inches long; fifth glume cuspidate or
mucronate at the apex.

On high plains in southern Brazil.

3. Spikes one or two; awn of the fourth glume one-half inch
long or less.
a. Nerves of the second glume scabrous, not glandular-
tuberculate.
CTENIUM CHAPADENSE Doell. in Mart. Flor. Bras. 2°: 73-
Campulosus Chapadensis Trin. Sp. Gram. A/. 703. ;
Culms slender, three feet high, basal leaves six to nine
inches, those of the culm about four inches long, the uppet-
most shorter; spike one, terminal; first glume a little shorter
than the spikelet; second glume twice exceeding it; third and
fourth glumes ciliate, pilose at the base, with awns four or five
times longer than themselves; fifth glume ciliate, naked at the
base, longer than the third and fourth glume, with an awn 4
little longer than itself,
Florida to Argentina.

b. Nerves of the second glume strongly glandular-tuberculate.

Culmi 14-18 pollices longi, simplices, erecti, teretes, abe
ati, scabri praesertim sub nodis, apice distincte striati pubes

pollices longa, recta aut falcata subspiralis, rachis plana s¢®

1896. ] American Species of Ctenium. 363

prima obliqua linealis, basi tuberculato-crassa, I-nervis, acuta
interdum dentata; gluma vacua secunda 3 lineas longa, obli-
qua, lanceolata, trinervis, nervo medio in aristam scabram
excurrente ex quarta basali glume, pulvino in axilla ariste
prominente, arista glumz subaequali, nervis lateralibus glan-
duloso-tuberculatis per inferiorem bessem, scabris superne;
gluma tertia vacua lanceolata acuta, sesquilinealis, arista
duplo longiore, tenui, scabra, excurrente ex tertia summa
glume, trinervis, marginibus albis ciliis cristatis basi dense
barbata; gluma quarta cum palea neutra duas lineas excedens,
lanceolata acuta, trinervata, marginibus medio pilis albis cris-
tatis, semilinealis, arista dorso 4 lineas longa sub apice oriente;
gluma quinta florens, duas lineas longa, arista 3 lineas longa,
palea subaequilonga, apice bidentata 2-nervis, ciliatis; gluma
sexta sterilis, glabra, brevipedicellata subapice mucronata
sesquilinealis; gluma septima rudimentum, linearis, semiline-
alis, pedicella tenuissima.
is species is founded on no. 2814 Nelson, collected be-
tween Niltepec and Zanatepec, Oaxaca, July 15, 1895, at an
altitude of 400 feet. It has the habit of the Brazilian C.
brevispicatum nom. nov., but the details of the spikelets do not
agree,

Ctenium brevispicatum, nom. nov.

Campulosus brachystachyus Trin. Sp. Gram. f/. 302, not Nees.

Culms cespitose, one to two feet high, distinctly pubescent
above, glabrous at the nodes; leaves about a foot long, smooth
and glabrous except on the slightly hispid margins; spikes
one or two, digitate, from one and one-half to two inches
long or longer; first empty glume one-fourth the length of the
Spikelet; second empty glume as long as the spikelet; third
and fourth glumes pilose at the base and along the margins
above, awned from below the apex, the awns about equaling
ibe glumes; fifth glume densely villous on the margins above,
al usually a little shorter than the glume.

razil.

CTENIUM BRACHYSTACHYUM Kth. Rev. Gram. 447. p/. 137.
oambulosus brachystachyus Nees Agrost. Bras. 417, not Trin. Spec.

am. 22. 302.
Culms cespitose, very slender, glabrous, one and one-fourth
% two feet high; culm leaves rigid, scabrous on both sides,
ur to five inches long; spike terminal, one and one-fourth
0 one and one half inch long; spikelets 5-flowered; first
“mpty glume very much shorter than the spikelet; the second

364 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

nearly equaling it, third and fourth glumes densely clothed
along the margins with long, strict, white hairs, scabrous to-
wards the apex, the awns one-half as long as the glumes;
fifth glume emarginate at the apex and mucronate-awned,
clothed with long strict white hairs at the Margin, its awn very
short straight and scabrous.

Brazil.

CTENIUM PLANIFOLIUM Kth. Enum. Pl. 1: 275,

Campulosus planifolius Presl. Rel. Haenk. 287.

Culms two to two and one-half feet high, scabrous, espe-
cially below the nodes; leaves scabrous on both sides; spike
one, more than four inches long; first empty glume very much
shorter than the spikelet; second empty glume nearly equal-
ing the spikelet, 2-nerved, hirsute; third and fourth glumes
pilose on the’ back and margins, the third with a straight awn
as long as itself; the fourth with an awn twice as long as it-
self; fifth glume a little longer than the lower ones, hirsute on
the back, the margins densely white-pilose, terminated with
a straight scabrous awn half as long as itself.

Mexico.

CTENIUM CAROLINIANUM Panz. in Denkschr. Akad.
Muench. 1818: 311. 1814.

Ctenium Americanum Spreng. Syst. 1: 274. 1825.

Aegilops aromatica Walt. Flor. Car. 249.

Campulosus aromaticus Scribn. Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 5: 45:

Culms one and one-half to four and one-half feet high;
leaves six to fourteen inches long, glabrous; spikes one or two,
one and one-half to six inches long; first empty glume one-
third as long as the second, which is about as long as the
spikelet; third glume pilose at the base and along the mar-
gins, awned below the apex with a stout spreading awn shorter

as long as the fourth, similar to it, except for the much shorter
and less spreading awn.

North Carolina along the coast to Alabama.

Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.

i EXPLANATION oF Plate XXIX. a
entum glandulosum Scribn. & Smith.—a, ¢, ¢, empty glumes
florets: 4, third glume; é*, fourth glume; 43, fifth glume.—d ne
glume and palea.—c. Sterile rudiments.

The rate and mode of growth of banana leaves.
WALTER MAXWELL.

The quick rate of growth of young banana trees is a mat-
ter of general observation. This unusual growth is, in
itself, a subject of interest; and when viewed in comparison
with the development of the sugar cane and other plants, and
in the light of the general laws and conditions of vegetable
growth, this great rapidity of development, by which it un-
folds leaf after leaf, makes the banana a very conspicuous ex-
ample, and it has led me to record data showing the daily in-
crease in the length and substance of growing leaves.

The following observations were made upon banana trees
gfowing in front of my veranda, which were planted in
December. The data may appear to cover a large surface of
paper; they were recorded, however, during the spare min-
utes around meal times, and may properly be called a door
slep study.

In the two first examples noted the young leaf was ob-
served just as it emerged from its enclosure within the stem of
the Previously grown leaf, which mode of development it is
instructive to watch. When fairly started, the length of the
taf was taken, and the measurement was repeated, at a given
time, on each succeeding day, until the leaf was unfolded and
full-grown,

The two following tables give the history of two leaves whose
development was observed in the way explained. bserva-
tions were made upon no. I at I P. M., and upon no. 2 at
3330. M. In all tables lengths are given in inches and tem-
Peratures in degrees Fahrenheit.

Leaf J.
Seeing
D LENGTH OF DalILy MEAN WIND.
ata Lzar. GrowTH. TEMP.
Se a ella anigni
Jan. 26 N. E.
6. 0.0 70.5
27 5% 3.0 71.5 net ae
28 14.5 5.0 74.0 S.
29 20.5 6.0 76.5 N-N.E
. 25.25 4.75 asda N. N. E.
ae 29.5 4.25 74-0 NE
bog 35.0 5-5 73.0 E_N Ez
2 36.0 1,0 73-5 uuapee

377—Vol. XXI.—No. 6.
[365]

366 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

Leaf II.
LENGTH OF DalILy MEAN
Dare. Lear. GRowTH. TEMP. Winn.
Feb. 1 6.0 0.0 73.0 E
2 9.75 3-75 73-5 E.-N. E
yy 13.5 3-75 74.0 N.E
4 18.5 ‘6 73.0 of
5 25.25 6.75 v2.5 44
6 33, 6.75 71,0 “
r 38.0 6.0 71.0 Me
8 41.0 3.0 70.5 s
9 41.5 5 68.5 =

The same observations were continued during the develop-
ment of two more leaves, but with these examples the measure-
ments were recorded twice daily for the purpose of noting
the relative proportions of the day and night growths. The,
divisions of time were from 7:30 A. M. to 5:30 P. M., givinga
period of day growth of ten hours; and from 5:30 P. M. to 7:30
A. M., giving a night period of fourteen hours. The day per-
iod represents approximately the hours that the sun was above
the horizon.

Leaf IlI.—Night.

Dice. LENGTH oF NIGHT NIGHT Wind.
Lear. GrowTH TEMP.

Feb. 9 0.0 0.0 65 N.E
10 5.75 75 64 i
II 8.75 1,25 66 %
12 13.25 1.25 62 NN. E
13 16.5 1.0 60 fe
14 22.25 2.0 65 >
15 28.0 1.5 61 S. E.
16 35-5 3.0 62 N. W
it 41.5 1.0 62 ~~ > .
I 45.25 : 62 ‘
19 47.0 . 63 Pont

1896.] Growth of Banana Leaves. 367
Leaf Ilfl.—Day.
LENGTH Day Day aden
pete. OF LzaF. | GROWTH. TEMP. ey Wino.
Feb, 9 5.0 0.0 76 0.0 N. E
1g 7-5 1.75 73 2.5 o
II 12.0 3-25 75 4.5 a
12 15.5 2.25 75 3.5 N.-N. E.
13 20.25 -75 76 4.75 4
if 26.5 4.25 78 6.25 Ss.
15 32.5 4.5 76 6.0 S.E.
16 40.5 5.0 77 8.0 N. W.
17 44.5 3.0 78 4.0 W.-S. W.
18 46.5 1.25 79 2.0 Ss.
Ig 48.0 1.0 78 15 Ss. W.
———
Leaf IV.—Night.
Tere
Date LENGTH OF NicHtT NicuT Wri:
LEzarF. GROWTH, ‘EMP.
oe
Feb, 26 Pe 0,0 67 E.-N. E.
I 8.5 75 72 S. W.
28 10.75 1 71 E.-N. E.
| m 29 13.5 fe) 67 SS. W.
saa 16.5 1.25 67 S.
3 19.25 75 65 Se Ws
3 23.2 1.25 64 E.-W.
4 28.0 2.0 61 W.-S. W.
5 36.5 2.75 62 W.-S. W.
: 44.75 1.25 64 2"
7 48:5 75 65 es
8 50.5 5 65
9 52.75 25 66 me
oa

368 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

Leaf IV.—Day.
DatTE. Lencrs Day Day Sede WInp.
OF Lear, | GrowTH. | TeEmp. Cisiierd,
Feb. 26 7.75 2.25 78 0.0 E.-N. E.
27 10.0 1.5 78 2.25 Sit W.
28 12.5 1.75 80 a5 E.-N. E
29 15.25 1.75 80 2.75 Ss: W.
mary 18.5 2.0 81 3-75 S.
2 22.0 2.75 77 3-5 Ss.
3 26.0 2.75 72 4.0 E.-W
4 33-75 5.75 78 7.75 | W.-S. W
5 2.0 5.5 80 8.25 w.-S. W
6 47.75 3-5 77 5.75
7 50.0 1.8 76 2.25 N.E
8 52.5 2.0 77 2:5 N. E.
9 53-25 8 76 75 N. E

Before speaking in detail of the data presented by the four
tables giving the history of each leaf, for convenience, we
shall bring these data together in a table of averages, in which
are given the length, breadth, and surface development of the
leaves, with the more detailed data. The ‘‘length of leaf
given is the total length of the mature leaf, less its length at
the time of the first measurement. This correction is neces-
Sary, or the total ‘‘surface of the mature leaf,” and the ‘‘daily
surface growth” would be given too high.

The averages are as follows:

ae

: “< : :

i | fy Es 5. i 3] <
: a 4 a Ge = 9 Bg .
| be Eo Be So 1 tae bp ee

& ) me Z #3 = na = Pre] =
* re) on o 8 O Py <0 <0 as

~ a 6 Gk rca cEsl A ABR a oH
é = a On a <0 | 22
° v < < Zz zo Zz z <
. Z by <x <2 = <o a0
C} Fe FI a EI az = aD s
Z ra a) . = s b= 1)

No. I. 29.5 14 413 4.25 59.0 72.5
II.| 35.5 | 14 | 497 - 4.5 62.0 |. 72-0
| Se | ee go 4 ie t eas 1 ee ee
Wi 5 1 1p) Gop 1 ae | ss 1: 5.8 | Oe

pena, See ee Bae

1896. ] Growth of Banana Leaves. 369

The first thing to which attention is called in this table is
the mode of development. In the first place, a striking uni-
formity of growth is noted, and at the same time a gradual
increase in the tree’s capacity of assimilation, which is shown
by the gradual increase in the ‘‘mean daily surface growth”
from leaf I up to IV. I will state that these observations
were made on one banana tree only, in order to exclude in-
dividual errors arising from the differences in individual trees,
and that the four leaves were developed one after the other.
This statement enables me to explain that the gradual in-
crease in the daily surface growth from I to IV is due to the
increasing area of assimilating surface. Each succeeding leaf
has the last additional one to assist in gathering food for its
growth, and the work goes more rapidly.

The increase in the rate of assimilation with the addition of
new leaves is less than I expected to find. It is not in any
way proportional to the increase of leaf surface; and this sug-
gests that the chief burden in the work of making the next new
leaf lies upon the previous leaf that was made. This is also
further Suggested by the banana tree’s mode of growth. The

anana appears to have only one center of growth and elabor-

ation; it makes only one leaf at a time, and practically com-
pletes one leaf before it begins with the next. Many other
trees are producing scores of leaves at the same time, showing
that centers of work are distributed over the tree’s complete
rganism. Moreover, the full grown leaves of the banana are
‘oon frayed out with the wind and rendered useless for work,
Which forces the work of assimilation upon the new leaves.
The details in the tables also show strikingly the variation in
the rate of growth along the period of development. e
Young leaf begins slowly, daily increasing its rate of increase
Up to the Stage of its maximum power of growth, where it
‘attics for two or more days, until the leaf, which hitherto
has been almost as tightly rolled up as a cigar, begins to un-
fold to the light, when the rate of growth falls off till it is
full stown. In the history of the four leaves this mode of
sTowth is seen to obtain. :

One other striking truth set forth by the daily data of de-
Yelopment is the difference between the growths of the ‘‘day
“nd “night” periods. The observations were continued upon
leaves III and IV not only to compare the results of the day
and night growths, but also to note the results of variations

370 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

of temperature. The mean night growth of leaves III and IV
was 1.25 inch, and the mean daily growth was 2.8 inch, which
shows that about 70 per cent. of the total growth ‘took place
during the day, between 7:30 A. M. and 5:30 P. M. It also
illustrates the. éffect of length of day.

The effect produced by variations of either day or night tem-
peratures it is not easy to decide. In leaf I, for example, it is
strongly indicated that the sudden and great fall of tempera-
ture on Jan. 30th, continuing over Jan. 31st, caused a decrease
in the growth of the leaf. In the other examples, such as
IV, a small fallin the night temperature, as on March 4th,
does not at all interfere with the maximum growth. From
this it appears that a great lowering of the temperature is nec-
essary to seriously arrest progressive growth.

I am of opinion that the action of direct sunlight, and the
direction and force of the wind, are more potent factors in
increasing or arresting growth than small variations of tem-
Benny On this subject I have, at present, no conclusive

ata

The banana is an excellent subject in which to study given
features of physiological development. The growth of its
leaves is so rapid that Measurements can be recorded twice
daily with a measuring rule, and with the possibility of ex-
tremely small error. This is of great value in affording light
upon the laws and conditions affecting the growth of other
plants. The Sugar cane, for example, grows so. comparatively

plants.
Hawaiian Experiment Station, Honolulu, H. I.

Noteworthy anatomical and physiological researches.

Researches on Drosophyllum lusitanicum.

the ab-
method

nts.
developed, and the

| .
Plant is perfectly well able to dispense with the nitrogen sup-
the anatomical

oe: Since the supply of al
me ace of the leaf would
ie. oe author is inclined to questi
GMa etween the nutritive function an é
oo” pep one-containing secretion formed by the glands in

rt the interior tissues of this pant :

Vent Bae nce: The glands and their secretions prt

tiuci) is since spores of fungi were found not to grow 1n this
age.—RODNEY H. TRUE.

1
Annales des Sci. Nat. Bot. VIII. 2: 19. 1896.
[371]

372 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

The root-hairs of Coniferz.

Dr. C. von Tubeuf closes a series of papers entitled, ‘‘Die
Haarbildungen der Coniferen” in Forstlich-naturwissenschaft-
liche Zeitschrift with an account of the root-hairs of the Con-
ifere,’ of which the following is an abstract.

Of the root-hairs of Conifere little is known. In the few
instances in which they have been observed they have been
considered functionless. Schwarz found among all the spe-
cies of Pinus and Abies observed, only Abies obovata some-
times with very short hairs which could scarcely be of any
importance in absorbing water.

Strasburger states? that root-hairs are entirely wanting in
species of Thuja, Sequoia, and Araucaria; are present excep-
tionally in Ephedra, sparingly in Pinus spp., and abundantly
only in Taxus.

But von Tubeuf finds twenty-four species capable at least
of producing root-hairs, and though no root-hairs were found
on seven species he thinks it not certain that these species do
not, at other times or under other conditions, form root-hairs.

root tip.

The function of the root-hairs appears to be that of these
structures elsewhere, viz.: to increase the surface by whic
water and food materials are absorbed. Frank combats the
idea that they can suffice for this work and thinks that it 1s
properly accomplished only when fungi (which he calls
‘‘Baumammen”) invest the lateral roots as a mycorhiza. From

orstl.-naturwiss. Zeits. 5: 173-1 1 My 1806
? Coniferen u. Gnetaceen 343. 73-193. pls. 7. My 1896.

rn ee

1866, ?
896, ] Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 373

al Ageia eit Botanik it is not apparent that the Conifere
| ied Ee zm airs but one is left to infer that they are sup-
oF that - Pisobit a the fungi. Indeed he says (op. cit.
Bt c. eer iza is a constant phenomenon in all forest
_ a iferee, Betulacez and Conifere; that this sym-
... ae found everywhere it has been sought, in all
.. = at the fungus is present from the first year
. ee eooehont its life upon all the absorbing roots;
of De hise eigen of root-hairs is a striking peculiarity
ee col — that the tree receives water and food ma-
_. ihe rough the mycorhiza fungus. These state-
. ope essentially in his ‘‘Die Krankheiten der
ong ett*95) and are much more radical than his earlier
gaat c-apeals of root-hairs of pines as normal in
1. oa while mycorhiza generally appears in humus
ee wii . publications he recognizes only one form of
“ae ich he calls the ectotrophic.
Sine ee 1893 had found intracellular mycelium in
eh cree Von Tubeuf, also investigating num-
a 4 all situations, has discovered that an intra-
is of fee ium occurs very commonly among the living
Franks seg oF. in many species of certain families so that
bution rophic mycorhiza has an unexpectedly wide dis-
I A ge
9 > Beeetince, and in this family alone, ectotrophic my-
one ot vagal either (a) as a purely external jacket, or
ia et sending hyphe into the intercellular spaces of
|, , on (c) as an intracellular mycelium only, with root-
Sete ro as found that all Abietinez are capable of pro-
ot-hairs at the same time. Endotrophic mycorhiza

curs j
in : a
neither oes many conifers of other families, agreeing
’ : .
Frank’s ericaceous nor orchidaceous types, but
having the

— COnstitut;

omstituting a coniferous type, characterized by
he cortical cells, the outer
‘al connection with
hic mycorhiza. It

luxy :
tia

of the Nd developed on mycorhizal roots.

rs suggests that they are functional and experiments

ivated in sterilized soils

dem

wit Shae this. Plants were cult

abundant cial fertilizers; they developed normally, produced
root-hairs and grew vigorously for two years.—K.

BRIEFER ARTICLES.

A remarkable macrospore.—In recent literature references to Treub’s
“Casuarina”’ are becoming quite frequent, and deservedly so, for
Casuarina is a remarkable plant and the monograph gives the results
of extensive investigations. The account of chalazogamy alone would
make the paper a classic, but the peculiarities in the embryo-sac seem
to merit equal attention. Treub says that the embryo-sac of Casuarina
contains a sex-apparatus normally composed of two or three cells
which seem to be derived from a single mother cell, yet the author
claims that the cells associated with the oosphere are not synergide,
but have anentirely different origin. The assertion is also made that
in Casuarina no antipodal cells are formed. The lack of a secondary
nucleus formed by the fusion of two polar nuclei is another excep-
tional feature, while the formation of endosperm and also the forma-
tion of cell walls around the oosphere and other cells of the sex-appa-
ratus before fertilization complete a list of striking variations from the
normal angiosperm type.

I have been deeply interested in Casuarina’s embryo-sac without
antipodals, as I have been studying Sa/x, and for more than a year
was unable to discover any trace of antipodals. However, Salix has
antipodals, as some of m preparations now prove. Some slides also
show the fusion of polar nuclei to form the endosperm nucleus.
There is no doubt that the antipodals of Sa/ix are exceedingly transl
tory but they are formed nevertheless. It may be that Caswarina has
antipodals of this evanescent character. Since the technique betray ed
by Treub’s figures and text could be greatly improved, I should be
glad to see the Casuarina sac studied again and in much greater de-
tail, in order that Treub’s conclusions may receive additional confir-
mation or be corrected.—Cuas. CHAMBERLAIN, University of Chicago.

Aster tardiflorus: a correction.—My attention has been called to
a clerical error in my paper on Aster tardiflorus in the preceding
number of the Gazetrr. On age 275, in the last clause of the first
paragraph, the words “inner” and “outer” should be transposed; and
the clause should read: the outer scales of the imbricated involucre
longer than the inner. The error originally arose through mistaking
the phrase “inferioribus longioribus” for interioribus longioribus.—MER-
RITT LYNDON FERNALD, Cambridge, Mass.

— les Casuarinées et leur place dans le systeme naturel. Ann. Jard. Butt.

[374]

apenas

acini eneenan

CURRENT LITERATURE.

Essentials of Botany.+

Wuen Professor Bessey began to publish his text-books the botan-
ical instructors of the United States were teaching chiefly the gross
morphology and classification of “flowering plants” as presented by
Gray's fascinating text and manual. A larger view of plants had
taken possession of Germany, and this view Professor Bessey sought
to transplant. How well he succeeded is witnessed by the revolution
that followed in American botanical teaching, especially in the col-
leges. The ready response, the adoption of real laboratory methods,
the multiplication of texts and laboratory guides on the new basis, all
show how great was the need. Among all the American books, how-
ever, which belong to the new dispensation, those of Professor Bessey
fairly stand as the pioneers. His very large and successful experience
aSa teacher has peculiarly fitted him for the work, and has enabled
him to organize the text and touch the needs in a way quite beyond
the comprehension of the mere investigator.

It is with great pleasure that we welcome the new edition of his
Yery useful “Essentials,” for the rapid advance of the science had left
the old one inadequate in many important particulars, which the au-
thor appreciated more keenly than any one. As the book has been
and must continue to be one of the most largely used texts it is to the
interest of botany for it to present current views. The most notable
change is to be found in the new chapter on plant physiology, a sub-
l€ct which has been made a science since the old text was written.
Frotoplasm and the cell-structures are also freshly presented in the
light of new knowledge. In the matter of classification, Professor
Bessey has his own views, presented to the botanical public before,

ungi
doubtedly the merit of easy presentation to beginners.

‘Bessey, Cuartes E.—The Essentials of Botany. Sixth Edition, revised and
6 & Co.

B
“tlarged, 18y6. New York: Henry Holt
[375]

376 The Botanical Gazette. (June,

Professor Bessey had abandoned the term “Anthophyta,” as but little
more appropriate than “Phanerogamia,” and adopted the really sig-
nificant term “Spermatophyta” (too often written “Spermaphyta”); and
that his popular name “flowering plants” had been changed to “seed-
plants.”

In the presentation of the angiosperms Professor Bessey follows
neither the grouping and sequence of Bentham and Hooker, nor of
Engler and Prantl, but has formulated one of his own. That the pres-
entation of Bentham and Hooker should be abandoned is clear; but
those of Engler and Prantl, and of this book are based upon opposite
propositions which the morphology of the future must settle. Bes-
sey’s proposition that “in the primitive flower all the parts were sep-
arate” coincides with the Engler position as far as it goes. But Bes-
sey’s “primitive flower” has some or all the parts in a cyclic arrange-
ment, and then calls for the reduction process to produce the simpler
flowers. Engler, on the contrary, sees in these simpler flowers not
reduced forms but primitive forms ; his primitive flowers having free
parts, to be sure, but these parts spirally arranged and consequently
indefinite in number, the cyclic arrangement and hence definite num-
bers appearing later. Whether the so-called “simpler flowers” are so
because of reduction or because they are primitive is as yet largely a
matter of opinion, and Professor Bessey has chosen the former alter-
native.

But such a discussion leads us far away from the purpose of the
book before us, which is certainly an effective recasting of a long-tried
and very useful text.

Citrous fruits.
Messrs. W. T. SwincLe anp H. J. Wesser, of the Division of Veg-
etable Physiology and Pathology, Department of Agriculture, have

rot or mal-di-gomma, and melanose. In each case the symptoms,
cause, and treatment are described, illustrated by eight plates, three
of them colored. While much of the Bulletin deserves reprinting
and wide attention, the following outline from the summary may indi-
cate a few of the results:

_ 1. Blight: Attacks trees only when over five years old and in beat
ing, causing sudden wilting of the leaves; in the spring after the toP

ee

1896,] Current Literature. 377

vilts the branches bloom profusely, but the flowers are small and al-
most never set fruit; the affected trees may linger for many years, and
tarely die outright; the annual loss from this disease in Florida is
about $150,000; the cause is unknown, but it is probably a contagious
malady and incurable; affected trees should be dug up and burned.

2. Die-back or exanthema: Caused by malnutrition, accompanied by
improper drainage, improper cultivation, etc.; recognized by the very
large dark pointed leaves and the reddish-brown stains on certain of
the new-growth twigs, which later die back; brown eruptions occur
abundantly on young and old twigs, all of which finally die back; mul-
tiple buds form in the leaf axils; diseased trees bear little fruit, which
is off color and commonly disfigured by the reddish-brown stain; an-
nual loss from the disease in Florida about $100,000; withholding all
oyganic nitrogenous manures, ceasing to cultivate, and mulching the
soil have been found beneficial.

3. Scab or verrucosis: Attacks principally sour oranges and lemons,
the common sweet orange being exempt; probably introduced into
America from Japan; shows as small excrescences on young leaves and
fruit, at first pale, but soon coated with a dusky growth of Cladospor-
tu, the parasite causing the disease; very much distorts young leaves
and the fruits; loss chiefly from action on lemons, causing an annual
loss in Florida of about $50,000; prevented on lemons by spraying
young fruits from three to five timeswith ammoniacal solution of cop-
Per carbonate. A

4. Sooty mold: A black fungus, which follows the attacks of certain
honeydew-secreting insects; recognized by the sooty black membrane
formed principally over upper surfaces of leaves,
steatly reduces productivity of trees, and the oranges formed are

dly disfigured; annual loss in Florida from the disease about $50,-
°0; spraying with resin wash has been found very effective, also fu-
migation with hydrocyanic acid gas; a parasite fungus (Aschersonia
‘ahitensis) promises to be a very great aid in combating the malady.

5: Foot rot or mal-di-gomma: The most wi
diseases: recognized by exudation of gum
hear the base, resulting in falling off of th
o. and around the trunk, the tree often be!

Parently contagious and caused by some ml
zee Neca sempe and disease may be prevented by using sour
Tange stocks on lowlands and flat woods, and grape
ig and dry pine lands; removing soil from around ae pag shee

€ most effective treatment; annual loss from the dise
about $100,000.

378 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

6. Melanose: A new disease, not yet causing much damage in Flor-
ida, probably only about $5,000 in 1894; forms minute brown spots on
eaves, twigs, and fruits, greatly staining and disfiguring the fruit; cause
not certainly known, but probably some parasitic fungus; very effective
remedy is the application of Bordeaux mixture or ammoniacal solu-
tion of copper carbonate to the young fruits.

A manual on the food of plants.

Elementary guides to simple laboratory practice, constructed upon
approved methods, are not yet numerous, and must be always wel-
come. In many respects the little pocket manual on the food of
plants, prepared by A. P. aurie,* is a model. It is arranged in a
strictly logical sequence, is inductive in method, and brings the sub-
ject within the apprehension of the beginner. The aim of the work
is to show the elementary composition of plants, the source of food
supply and to some extent the manner in which plants obtain their
food. The author seems to think that this leads, as a matter of
course, to agricultural chemistry, but on the contrary it is quite as
good an introduction to vegetable physiology, or even better. The
work was written for use in Great Britain; and in many parts of the
United States and Canada the chapter on the derivation of soils from
primitive rock would need modification to apply to the drift region.

The work consists of thirty-three simple laboratory experiments
with only enough text to bind them together. They would be most
excellent for high school work, or any elementary course where pupils
are under the guidance of a teacher.

Minor Notices.

A SMALL WORK on vegetable culture, by Alexander Dean,? has come
to us for notice. It is a concise manual for pactical instructions for

ca
will interest those who are curious about the methods of English cul-
inary gardening, as the work is well written.
THE work of Arthur and Bolley on Bacteriosis of Carnations, is
sued as bulletin 59 of Purdue University, deserves more than the pass-
ee ae

__,_ VAURIE, A. P.—The food of plants: an introduction to agricultural chem-
Deira nton and New York, Macmillan & Co. 1893, 16mo. pp. ix+77-
Illustrated.

Dean, ALEXANDER. —Vegetable culture: a primer for amateurs, cottagers,
and allotment-holders. Edited by J. Wright. London and New York, Mac
millan & Co., 1896. 16mo. pp. 136. 38 illust. in text. 35 cents.

ieaasiee —

1896. ] Current Literature. 379

ing notice on p. 252 which the senior author gave it. Although pre-
liminary notices of this work have been given in various places, the
full paper is now published for the first time with adequate illustra-
tions and is particularly important as making known the symptoms,
nature, and preventive treatment cf another bacterial disease. The
disease was discovered by Dr. Arthur in 1887-8. In January, 1889,
Mr. Bolley’s work began and continued for about a year and a half,
since which time Dr. Arthur has continued the investigation.

Bacteriosis is a widespread disease of carnations, affecting primarily
the leaves, thereby checking growth and productiveness. It is caused
by a parasitic bacterium, entering the plant from the air through sto-
mata or the punctures of aphides, which has been isolated and de-
scribed as a new species, Bacterium Dianthi. The disease shows itself
first by producing minute translucent yellowish spots, visible when the
leaf is looked at against astrong light. These spread and the leaf finally
Withers and dries up. Other pinks may be artificially infected but the
chief damage is to carnations, especially old and weak or poorly grown
Plants. It may be almost wholly prevented by keeping the foliage dry
and free from aphides. Wire netting bent into A-shape and placed
between the rows of plants supports the foliage and permits proper
Watering without wetting the leaves. Overhead spraying should be
done occasionally on bright days with water containing a small amount
of ammoniacal copper carbonate.

The Paper is illustrated by eight plates, of which two are remark-
ably fine chromolithographs. The four drawn by Mr. Bolley are rather
‘ude. Two others are half-tones, showing proper methods of growing
houses at Lafayette, Ind., and Queens, N.

NOTES AND NEWS.

Mr. Ws. L. Bray sails for Berlin about the middle of July to be
abroad a year.

Dr. Victor ScHIFFNER has been called to the professorship of sys-
tematic botany at the German University of Prague.

A List of the orchids grown in the Botanic Gardens of Jamaica Is
given in the Bulletin of the Bot. Dept. Jamaica, for April. It numbers
256 species belonging to eighty-one genera.

THE BOTANISTS of Vermont have organized what seems to be a very
vigorous state botanical club, which held its first winter meeting last
February at the Museum of the University of Vermont.

_ Prors. J. C. ArrHur and D. T. MacDougal sailed for gate: early
in june. Dr. Arthur will spend the summer at Bonn with Stras-
burger and Prof. MacDougal at Tiibingen with Vochting.

Mr. T. D. A. CockerELL has announced the proposed establish-
ment of a biological station in New Mexico, as a “health and holiday

Posed for scientific persons.” He may be addressed at Las Cruces,
ew

PRoressor E. L. Greens, in Pittonia (May 16), has given a histoyy
of Viola pedata, var. bicolor; showing that the variety is really the /.
pedata L., and that the V. pedata of American authors was a form dis-
covered much later, for which he proposes the name var. nornaia.

RITTON, professor of botany in Columbia University ~
been appointed director of the New York Botanical Garden, and the
Place so made vacant has been filled by the appointment of Dr. Lu-
cien M. Underwood, now professor of botany in Alabama Polytechnic
Institute.

Pror. W. Wuitman BalLey has been appointed by President Cleve-
land a member of the Board of Vision eo the West Point Military
Academy. Prof. Bailey was born at West Point in 1843, the younges
son of Prof. J. W. Bailey the microscopist, who was a graduate of t
Academy.

AN ILLUSTRATION of Lrythronium Johnsoni Bolander, of the Coast

i shed in Zhe Gardeners Sis
cle (May 2). In the same number the fertile cones of the A ee
Sequoia (We ellingtonia) gigantea and the Californian S. sempervirens
illustrated, showing also individual bracts and ovules.

e

arranged by advanced students. The work is under the direction of
Prof. C. R. Barnes,
[380]

1896.] Notes and News. 381

Mr. C. G. Lioyp of Cincinnati, Ohio, has distributed a list of 243

tostudents, and in other ways, that his request for donations of the
larger fungi, especially of such as preserve their characters when dried,
should meet with a hearty response from collectors.

A Flora of the Alps, intended especially for English visitors, is an-
tounced for the spring of 1896, from the hand of Mr. Alfred W. Ben-
nett, lecturer on botany at St. Thomas’s Hospital, London. It is to
| tm two octavo volumes, with 120 colored plates—not exactly a
landy size, one would think, for tourists. The Fora will of course
)iclude many alpine plants of the adjacent mountain districts of
France, Italy, and Austria.

THE NEXT VOLUME in the “Rural Science Series” will probably be
Professor Bailey’s monograph of Zhe Apple. * is to com-
btise two parts, the first treating of all the practical matters of apple-
swing, and the second of such scientific matters as the botany of
the apple, its history and evolution, production of new varieties, and
the like. It is expected the work will be completed and ready tor
publication in the fall—Book Reviews.

ig te Roentgen rays” are compared, in Gardeners’ Chronicle (May 2),
With the feeble but very penetrating light given out by

“nt fungi.” Mr. W. G. Smith records having seen the light of phos-
Plorescent mycelia “penetrating several thicknesses of packing paper
11875 he “recorded the light as having been distinctly seen through
no thicknesses of writing paper;” while in 1872 “the Rev. M. J.
f teley has recorded an instance of the phosphorescent light from
Ong penetrating through five thicknesses of paper, the light penetrat-
ng through all the folds on either side of the example, as if the spect-
€N was exposed.”

WE arE INFORMED by M. Cardot that he intends sending to the
National Herbarium the original types of most of the pees =
_ Pecles of mosses already described by Renauld and himself. = a of
_ Promises that in the future, whenever it is possible, a type of eac

rei appreciated. We wish the custom might spread among all

«THER
-~ BOTANICAL COURSES Offered at t
Vetsity of p tia s follows:
ennsylvania, beginning July 6th, are as fo :
Q lectures = T ri and distribution of flowering
; rvard University; two

“

to

ee)
eet

p

3

°

useums; five lectures on “Fungous diseases of plants,
' Byron D. Halsted, of Rutgers College.
*8—Vol. XXI.—No. 6,

382 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

ARTICLES of taxonomic interest in the Journal of Botany for May
are as follows: Cape alge, illustrated, by Ethel S. Barton; some new
Polygalas from Africa, by Dr. R. Chodat; a continuation of Wainio’s

ing numerous new species; a revision of the species of
Babington herbarium, by Francois i ; pl
pose better if translated; another fascicle of the never ending British

PROFESSOR GEORGE F. ATKINSON has been experimenting upon
species of Onoclea, and showing “that the sporophylls can be made to
assume the form and function of the foliar organs by cutting off the
latter, thus disturbing the nutrition and forcing the vegetation func-

tion) on the evolution of the vegetative phas the sporophyte,”
printed in Amer y), a very suggestive discussion; in
Bower’

means of which carbon-assimilation was gradually transferred from the
gametophyte to the sporophyte.

THE CURRENT NUMBER of Acta Horti iad one (Vol. XIV. no. 1)
contains the following papers: The Potentil

A. Petunnikoy, illustrated by eleven plates, in which a full discussion

bearing a North American aspect; some new Asiatic Composite,
among which Senecio predominates, by C. Winkler; and notes con-
cerning Asiatic plants, by A. Batalin, in which there are several new
Species and varieties of Pruxus and Lonicera, and a synopsis of the
species of Dipelta and Incarvillea

T'HE LATEST STUDIES among North American plants, as recorded in
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club (A sil ase as follows: a provisional list of the
: ) nN

7 9
mudianum of Amer. authors, and the S. awceps of Watson in mace
Manual, no old name being available), S. A¢/anticum (a new species),

1896. ] Notes and News. 383

and S. angusttfolium Miller; notes on Metbomia (Desmodium), by Anna
Murray Vail; some new and interesting grasses, by F. Lamson-Scrib-
ner, and others by Geo. V. Nash.

THE RELATION between calcium and the conduction of carbohy-
drates has been a subject of investigation by Mr. Percy Groom, who
lati his results in Annals of Botany (March). His summary is as
ollows:

“(1) Acid potassic oxalate retards the action of diastase on starch.
_ (2) In the living plant the first, and, at the commencement, the only
visible effect of acid potassic oxalate on the assimilating organs is the
accumulation of starch, owing to an arrest of the change of the starch
into sugar.

(3) The second effect, as the soluble oxalate accumulates, is a re-
ardation of the manufacture of starch, and hence probably of the
| ssimilation of carbon. ;

4) The last effect, with increased accumulation of the oxalate, is
he death of the protoplasm.” iiegmes tee

of which indicates that the lack of calcium permits this injuri-
dus accumulation of acid potassic oxalate, which otherwise would be
teutralized by the manufacture of calcium oxalate.

1

None of the most popular of all current horticultural books and
tas found a wide circulation both amongst nurserymen and amateurs.
Many new illustrations have been made for this edition, bringing the
lumber of cuts up to over 150. It is one of the Garden Craft Series.

‘tire range of the theory and practice of pruning, both of fruit and
ony trees and ahrdbs It is expected to be on sale early in
97 Or before. ay
jjlaemillan & Co. also announce for early publication volume I o
y° Columbia University Botanical Series, entitled Elementary Botany,
Dr Carlton C. Curtis, tutor in botany
introduction by Dr. N. L. Britton.
pete HOPKINs SEASIDE LABORATORY of the Leland Stanford Hap york
--iWersity, founded by Mr. Timothy Hopkins in 1892, Opens ts ee
0 Onday, June 15, 1896. The regular course of bbl i a
ig Continue six weeks, closing July 25th. Investigators — ane fe :
hig without instruction may continue their work throug
‘Umer,
€ laboratory provides 0; portunities for investig: !
ted to Carry fe besacetee in morphology or physiology; for
“nts in the departments of zoology and botany 1n
Wish to supplement their work under

Th
Dre

sty
Who

384 The Botanical Gazette. [June,

such an institution, and to gain a knowledge of the methods of re-
search in biology; and for students and teachers not members of the
university, who desire to pursue biological studies and to become ac-
quainted with the practical methods of laboratory work. For the lat-
ter regular courses are conducted in zoology and botany, accom-
panied by lectures and by individual instruction at the work table.

The instructor in botany is Mr. Walter R. Shaw. ,

The laboratory is located on a low bluff immediately overlooking
the beach at Pacific Grove, a seaside resort on the southern shore 0
Monterey Bay, two miles west of Monterey. In the immediate vicin-
ity of the laboratory are exceptionally fine collecting grounds. To
investigators prepared to carry on original work the use of the labora-
tory and its equipment is tendered free of charge. Other students
pay a moderate fee for the term of six weeks

Th rse in botany consists mainly of a comparative study of the
principal groups of fresh water and marine alg, with collateral work
in other groups of plants.

_ THE FOLLOWING STATEMENT concerning the herbarium and botan-
ical library of Columbia University is of general botanical interest,
It is taken from the announcement of the “School of Pure Science,
just issue

The herbarium contains about 500,000 specimens, being one of the
largest in America; additions are at present made to it at the rate of

t
time of Dr. Ves death, by Mr. John J. Crooke. (3) The collec-

. em
cently acquired. (6) Miscellaneous accumulations since Dr. Torrey A
€ath, now making up more than one-third of the whole collection.

Britton, and Dr. Morong. The various collections are now all ar
ranged in a single series, but each sheet is identified by a designative
label or stamp. ere are also extensive collections of fruits, S¢ 3
yh and material illustrating economic botany, placed in cases 4?
vers,
The portion of the university library classified under botany 18
shelved in the room containing the herbarium. It now contains 3:70
ound volumes and about 5,000 pamphlets and extracts. These nu

rs do not, how ical f
collection, for all general works, scientific journals and publications
: cieties are shelved in the main library. ot the
regularly published journals devoted to botany are received, an
sets of the most of them are complete.

, Floras

A

4A. A.S., Buffalo meetin:
kadeny of Science, a Rage 100; Iowa, 99;

Es

}

er cetes, sex-reprodu
we niger, 1 deg

oe 356; Wrightit, 356.
Fe sf e, 253; pilosum, 253;
co ies: apat . Soe.
oe 253: SP pathulatum, 254.
» Cedars of, 182 .
ks brent 2; new sea from, 248.
» aqueous m

aan
thera — 354; latifolia, 3
eatin of generations, 183.

ogra ace, 4 synOD sis of N. Am., 348.

rica, 3
Am “geal re) .
Opsis, accessory buds of, 167.
{ndro typ ! ng tse! ong .

oceros “
{pluda nd doy ong 136.
hlya, 325; brachynema, 325; pirifera,
ory, in Scolopendrium, 42.
monograph of, 381. ies
= pata’ ort ae 326; pulchra, 328.

ne.

» 44.
tida, protection against insects, 98.
ction in, 259.

chaerophylioides, 2551 ‘gliemas arucets.

mmum, 2553 iu
te . mc
sum » 255; toab usculum, 255; strigillo-

Names of synonyms are printed in /¢a/ics; names o
bold face.

GENERAL INDEX.

The more important classified entries will be found under the following heads:
, Host Plants, Journals, Nomenclature, Personals, Reviews.
f

new species, etc., in

Asterina dillitescens, ony papers: 228.
pried stolontfer,
Athyrium pharocarpum. aati
Atriplex arenarium, me i of, 212.
na Mortoniana,

B

Bacteria,

Bacterium Pianth

Bem: nese laiolins 157.

Batr: tra achosae fertilization of, 231
Beans, mimicry rat "pebble S, 235.
Be Lap erg ig apr toa of, 65;
Betula, chalassaiaal in, 44; seedlings of lutea,

Bibli iography, of American botany, 23
Blastocladia, 45; Pringsheimii, 45, 51; Sen,

biographical

ames fiber from, 98.

Botanica Club, of Vermont, 380.
ety of America, 333,

pains he seedlings of, 2

Buds, mceeeery, 3

a: Coulter’s revision, 242; mescal but-

Calcium; ny role of, en age insects,

Corpor outer for preserv:
364; ing sie Sta,
p

Campulosus aroma in
363; Ci oe nati cirrhosus, 362;
inigt

Carbon ate _ sccm aes

lene seen $,7 » 6; branching of,
317 hotles ips feat sore.

, 6; mmmonsil iptica, vagra-

ris, 5; feta mul wad Helleri, 7;
H i, 5; i ee esit, 8; pei lo-

Asp] 258.
& aah nes formis, 8; Peckzz,
a: Batoal an ve i aes oe 8; quadrifida a rosea Arkansana, 6;
mM ‘oni, got “erectumm rash dubios Jean Sarueiaes ; scabrata X crin nf yes
ee ; fragrans, “a2 hastatum, ubfusc: Phe ony semitana, 6
desig) monanth enim, 3 258; Serr Cassia multipinnata, 234.
stomata on, effect o t of sot a role of | Casuarina, embryo-sac of, 374.
abbren es eanothus 0 18,
natus, . 1g pg boc of, 29: 9 3.
973 lens, ; | Cellulose, reserve 1n post » 309. :
felts, 27 5 87 cone 2 Sa ope Fe ae 355i So ga bunda, 356; Palmeri, 356; pan-
ms 26, 3743 fr ie a eae = i ere aates: §
de ’ 1s *
ae #, 277; ¥ mat Ce rospheres, 184; in n Alisma, 125.

[3 85]

386

The Botanical Gazette.

ous accessory buds, 167.
azogamy, 44, 2
cena parvula, Font of cystocarp,

Chellanthes aurantiaca, 259; ochracea, 259.
Chichi,

hrysophlyctis eadoblation rips
Citrour | fils ae ag of, 3
Clusius, Carolus
Clypeum, 311.
Columbine Association, ss i:
oniferz, root-hairs of, 3
Esrptoatachys * vaginala, 1 ce
m, 364; pea achystachyum.
"635 te im, 3 ie Oariitenani. 364;
pong ne ense, ot cirrhosum, 362; glandulo=

m, 362; planifolium, 364; ‘polystachyum,

Cupressinoxylon Bibbinsii, 312.
Curvature, Baebes nics of, 160,
Cutinized a ranes, and gases, 169.
Cyathea Sceaekin gt

Cystocarp of Champia,

D

Danthonia Parryi, 13
a hank Mexicana er » 137.
Dicraurus, 354; alternifolius, 355; leptocladus,

Diervilla trifida, accessory buds, 166
yews gob um MacOwanianum, 228; psilosto-
Hite pal and in:
Diseases, oti cients fits. pas La otatoes, 247,
tt ps spot & isease of or-
92; of tobacco,
; not abeak
pise an esgge wate ae 293.
Drosera rotundifolia, hysiolo
Drosophyllum aa oh m,nu Dt we 371.
Dryopteris se abriuscula, 256; strigilosa, 257.

E
hinacea, stifolia,
Eine tricity pte di
Eisochere melan isorganization, =
of Sequo 332.

Embryo-sac, 182; ofA (Alisma, 123; of Cm a
; of ix, 374; of Sequoia, on ee ~

4
ecuroides, 16; ¢
saccharoides, 16, 157." ompactus, 16;
Erythrontvm Americ canum, oe in,

Ethn o-bot: y, purpose

Repherne corollata -
oni lia, ee eh 74; poly:
Exobas Andr romedz, — ture of, ror;

= Vaccinii, culture of, ror.

F
Ferns, of Jamaica, 42; of Mexico
oe oe — 22; in an 126; in r Bistredis-
de woe ; in hampia, 109; in Sphae-
Viius Gaatics. 35; religiosa, 36

Flora, of Chicago and vicinity, 11

118; lichens of
Chicago, 309; lichens ot Iowa, 43; of Metro
pelt tan sues sof Wes ie of i cou
ents o

Rowers ra ties rae

haart hy, na - y snow and sleet, 248; of
Tra ucasus, bac of United States, 315.

Hiteastig! for preserving alge, 143.

Wiser: Helleri, 36

Fraxinus, seedlings of, 213.

Freezing device,

Fruit, = diseases ai citrous, 376.

Fungi, tic, new or ‘peculiar, 45, 31 Ve

eitrous fru its, 376; Exobasidium, 101; it “4

fio new and critical, 311; parasiti
as ines of hybrids, 38; oe norescet
381; a destructive root fungus,

G

Gardens, Bartram, 43; Geneva, a Kew, 247;
Missouri, si New York, 97, 182; Smith
Gas wg Laer ear mbranes, 169.
Contnaten, heterostyly = 247.
Geothallus bas berosus, 9
Gillettia, in cP
Gledftschia ory buds, 167.
editschia voto.
ae eichenia lon afl 259; pubescens, 259.
tifolia, 352; vermicu
Someta) os polymorpha, 325; "siliquae-
formis, 32 A

Graminez, ee characters of, 357; A
istida, a were beans : cee
oat mar eo lee a: to inolORY
: Ss oe 0. ce ;
of fo ral Spaane 4 18, 41; validity 0 of Nash’s

Greealand collections from, 97

hindrance Soh 231; of ban-

Gymnosperms, life eee y of Sequoia, 333i
root- oe of Coniferz, 372.

Hamamelis Virginiana, i ee ™
Heligath ane Rest ray zation,

us, 119

5 . Geothallus, 3
ne rena, Rabod and sassy

exsicc
College, 384: D

ia otnbe od Geld’s, 131; U. S. i.

Heterostyly, i in ( Gentianace2, 247-
Heterotopi a
Homalocenc cet lenticularis, 122.

Host “plants, Andrometts 101 104;

alli
226; Bignon
1 ; citrus fruits, 376; 128:
Camelia, bag Bs Gordonia, ie Tex, ee:
ag es att

Arundin-

La . 226; Oo za, 249;
ni, 227 Rhododendron, — . Vac einiumn
tg al, 227; sweet p'
, 98.
, itic fungi as an index 259%
ie vith axilare. 259; hirsutum ai
neareé, 260; poly: , 260.

I

Index Kewensis, su
pplemen
east a plants, parbecr hain, i.
ats Raoain Sg TS, 72, 266; protection of Ar-
Iresine, 348; aber Za, 355; alternifolia Tez-
ty 350; dee aaa 357;
; celo lostott J. na

dana, 353;
Pringlei, 352; Sc eats

Its,
. wand insects, 79; versicolor, and insects,

1, 3523 sae no

; sacch a, 218,
| ore ag Saob titers of, pay eo
phorus, 18, 158; wzzsetus, 158.

J

Ee Acta Hort, Petrop., 382; Am. Jour

ae ee 382; "Anat. fare 183;
230, 231, 248, 249, 383;

een ie 181; Phi: "Sci. Bo, 383

. Deutsch. Bot. Gee ell., ie

entr: “

=

:. K
Tyokin

rallies s* 7495

Kr Nee ist. of Pl bes
ombholzia latifolia, 136; Pevicena 136.

|
Lactuca nibs distrib. in U. S., 34.

Plodia tubericola, 92
Basar 2 256; strigilosa, 257+
mus, a ings of, 211.

ag

Legis of of, 381, poe -veine ed,
i mi ry buds

taceze, 32 25

General Index.

387
in it hel aoe

Leptomitus,
Leptostromel)
Library
Lichen, at ‘Coe: 309; of Iowa, 43;

P = o on Parmelia, 202; the na ON Minsito:
ig wie and disorganization, 295.
anthemum npn pnOMe 234.

ie lacteus, 325.
a elastica, 35.

—

14.
opine acez, an sexi
Lycopodium alpinum sa ee a 42.

M

Marattia laxa, 260.

m virginicum, and insects, 273.

a, 226; bidentata, 227;
ocarpa,

Mescal but
open journals articles in, 178.
eigee

caged 1 of _ ects, 41, 248; of peb-
es
Mosse: D Cardoes. ai Kindberg’s, 308.

Mueller, Sears 247, 313-
Muhlen — aspericaulis, 15.
Museum

Mycorhiza, “at ‘Coniferz, 373-
Myosotis laxa, 120
Myriophyllum Farwellii, 97;

N

Necrology, George Lawson, 42;
ultifidum, er of, 349.
scabriusculum,
ig ilosumt, 257

scabratum, 97.
Jean Mueller,

; Spreroc
Ww Zed, bo otaaiiate, 314.
oe and, botany of, 182; destructive fun-
Nomenclature binary name, 179, 24 of Car
: dates and reference phe double
tation: t; general c = ments, 85, 88; in-
consisten ncies, 82; it rity, 90; suppressed
names, 4; vari rietal n es, 3.
Notholaena Hookeri ar
Nothoecor Hp oraithogaloides,
an ects,
uslootes, rts I 83, 24
Nuttall’s Composite,

266; striatum,
iates of, 42.
O

cgi
pa pe be n, “et or senate 308.

Oso
Omibrophilous, foliage, im

experimen , 382.
Ophioglo 40 ssacez, Bower's: studies in, 249.
Hoe is, oot disease

c foods, iSiection aL 161.

Sap za oe sativa, anatomical characters of, 357.

388

The Botanical Gazette.

P

Paleohillia, a fossil plant, » 207.
hip eee mispera I Raa capillare, 158; dichot-
catum, 17, 157; get
i ert TH olin dive m7, 574 laxiflorum, 18
158; minus, 17; Porte
Parmelia, 202; acetabu tu vio 208 orreri, 205;
coe — 203i jcompac sagen 4; CONgruens, 205;
203; hypotropa, 204;
hypotropcides, 2 204; metdinccer ra, 206; Kamt-
potegmaniee! 205; molliuscula, 205; perlata,
vy none Saccattioba, 204; sphe-
submarginalis, 204; tilia-
cea, 205; pian Saag 204.
a Ro Jos Scena gg a new
mbranacea, 262 ; Pringlei,

—s 20
(20% sag pm 161.
Peniila futescens, 2 45 ocimotdes, 2
Personals, Bailey
yy 380:

182;
W.

om

Ward (Marshall),

Philoxer

ng of grain
Plagiochila, he asplen nioides, 187; Columbi-
ana, 189; » 100; inte errupta, 187;
; nodo.

Ludovic Clana, 192; macrostoma, 1

R

Ramie, 98.

Repr —— ction, criticism of Kern

cap cts? Fiabe, 3 and Po "s UBacterio osis 0 of
arm g,7?' 978° ) aly vs AE
r 1753 (Ww. a
owe vatny, Ft Ber, gen’s dpatert 173

Essentials,” 3753 alkings

f Chicag 6,17 a Campbell's

as Jellife’s 3 Bot, for parent ee
San pve s “Ttal. bibl.,’ a ae
“Gen. Biol., 176%, e
aed s “Citrous Lalas
Rhancws i aaasik 27;
ericanum, 320, 3
ah a7 Bi elongatum, 313; ” interrup-

Roasa maser a
Rosellinia radiciperda, 250.

S

Sa
187 orelloides, 187; spinulosa, 191; Sulli- Saccharomyces farciminosus, ft ts, 76:
191; nudat: t ; rdata, and insects, ¢
P oleate: of Sequoia “4 pe Virginica, x Salts, : mas eg pio Hen be S, 75; humilis, a0 in-
Pollination, 24,73 Erythroni sect oe 322, 326; androgynus, 329;
on ’ ’
Polygonatum, and i “insects, 268 5 iporum m com- Se agate 9 Reinschi os
P ions ie S$, 268. | Saxifragacee, tw
rn Pomel livdropiperotdes and wet oy 72; | Scirpus Torreyi, 2 “4
A: Jor ihc and insects, 72; seed- scitamines, seeds ee. re aA
fom : ’ ; IIe,
Polypedium angus tifolium, 263; angustum, 263; Seedy dissem. it? etmamels i 7 etemine®,
fallax, 263; fraternum 263; loriceum,’ 263; ; reserve cellulose, 309
Martensii, 263; monilifo 2633 plect
wa, ey hy repens, 263; reptans, 263; ca Seediiz ings, collection of, of, 210.
Poplars of N Selottiee po See tena, Ages
Polamogeton diversifolius, 121; hybridus, 121; | Sequoia a sempery Doomed lterhistory of
t » 158; %
Prentiss, A N.. , biogr i amg sketch of, 283. Sibaray 3i3 : até
m, Sium cicutaefolium, ee of, 270; stellata
rotoplasm, aie carbon dioxide, 20 % Smilacin: cemosa, and insects, ;
» accesso u oe ts, 269. rvi
Pteris /utea, 259; pod an | 42; sempe roms.
Puccinia dips on a, 264; merittede: 261. | Solidago, _Boisoning by,

General Index.

389

thularia a crispata, 3Ir

iraea sorbifolia, accessory bud:

robolus oo gyn + 155 renin, af 353
gin 5, 156; va,

‘aginat

a, st

apeola Secon wy sugar, 24 249.

Stomata, in assimilation, 29; in transpiration,
Sugar, conversion from starch, 249.

a ger angey beg stanton ay 3835 Univ. of

oe:
Taraxacum, embryo-sa
Tendrils, physiology oH = ‘tenigeradaek irrit-
um barbin stomps cs : _ eres 118,
eta he eet a 249; 0 a Prag ‘
peice "26; regulation by
beige ag and cuticular, 27.

mn, 271; recurvatum, and
ee sessile, and and insects, 272.
Tiber fits 348: caneicens, 35

Ts 0 i vans 250, 280.

U
; Tepehitere, substance of oil-tubes, 181.
baat)
University of Chicago, botany at, 183.

Urochloa uniseta, 18, 158.
Us —— virens, 249.
Uvulari: oe — insects, 270; grandiflora, and in-

V

Vagnera racemosa, 270; stellata, 269.

Villa conten 14, 15. 1553 iors 14; Rich-
155.
ta, 380

Vitis, accessory buds
Vittaria lineata, 264.

W
Widdringtonia, 182.

Xanthium, seedlings of, 212.

4

athogenic, 181.
accata, 311; mohavensis, 311.

z
6; corre ae
Zeugites, 136; Americana, 13 “att lta,

aleottiana, 1365 i, Harkwogl 139

136; Mexicana, I

Yeast,
Yucca

INDEX TO AUTHORS.

Atkinson, G. F., 283. Maxwell, W., ee
Mowat *Thos.,
Mor; Ay? 33 a7.
Bailey, L. H., 1, Phos

Barnes, C. R.,
Bray, W. ES, der Nash, G. V., 41, 155.

ampbell, D. H., Osterhout, W. J. V., 140, 195.
Chamberlag Cis, 229, 374.

Es ely No C., 218
es dnd race fea +, 218,

= in, a0 Da. pam bay 255
T, mr, J. M., 231. Pollard, °C. L., 233:

tnam, Bessie L.,. 170.

Davenport, be - oS :
paws BM —

et = sda a 41, 290, 7 Igoe
char H: ~~.
ae Was, 53 210, Robertson, cha S.» 7% 266.
Dewey, L Rose, J. N
pe WwW. Wes
Russell, H. L.,
eet ad
ans, A. Sym 185,
Schaffner, oH i. .? ae
Fernald, M.'L., 275, 374. ease 140 0.
pe w in,
Greene, E. L., 179. ull G. H., 166. :
Grout, A. J., 97 ner A &. zs 36, cane
Smith,

Harshberger, J. W., 146.
Hill, E. J., 118:
Holm, ‘the, 163, 207, 357. Thaxter, Roland, 45, 317.

Holzinger, J True, R. H., 161, 230, 298, 299, 371-
Knowlton, F. H., 82, 348.

Kuntze, Otto, 88. Caen L. M., 67.
eee ps 160, 280. :

MacMillan, C be ille 4 ree

[390]

TANICAL GAZETTE, 1896.
PLATE |.

BAILEY on CAREX.

VG

8

PLATE ll.

iy

3 ere
ye" ae
CO a
ee seis Ns
‘

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1896.

DH. Campbell del.

CAMPBELL on GEOTHALLUS.

PLATE III.

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1896.

HELIOTYPE FRINFING Cf, BOSTON

THAXTER on AQUATIC FUNGI

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1896. PLATE IV.

MICHAEL SCHUCK BEBB.

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1896. PLATE V.

BZOw=

Eee

XSI AZY/\; le
| Ly =e WL
TN

SZ
NSS

Sk bP
INN d ff cs 2) ‘

<J Mi XA
f if

Ke
SAGX

A

NY al 3)
N

CLENDENIN on LASIOD!PLODIA.

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1896. PLATE Vi.

RICHARDS on EXOBASIDIUM. ,

PLATE Vil.

|
|
HOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1896.

Davis del.

DAVIS on CHAMPIA.

PLATE VIll.

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1896.

DAVIS on CHAMPIA.

PLATE IX.

TANICAL GAZETTE, 1896.

SCHAFFNER on ALISMA.

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1896. PLATE X.

SCHAFFNER on ALISMA.

PLATE XI.

$0TANICAL GAZETTE, 1896.

AVENA.

SCRIBNER on

a J y
WY 4
\ No
aye
a
Q 4
——- ry
~s oe
=
Q —s
4 {
SQ y 2
\ Fa

TANICAL GAZETTE, 1896.
PLATE Xill.

=

=
“a

~~
=

SCRIBNER on PRINGLEOCHLOA.

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1896. PLATE XIV.

SHULL on ACCESSORY BUDS.

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1896. PLATE XVI.

EVANS on PLAGIOCHILA.

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1896. PLATE XVIII.

aa Ss ~<

Fanon del,
DAVENPORT on FILICES MEXICANA.

eee Oe: Seg ome “
ee We
Be eae xs
oe oie MS cee eat
e Wee
toe

e

Neca

ie
cee th ees
ek Resins
ot ag
Saree

one

Ps sheet

se

engl

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1896.

PLATE XX.

acsetecnta carne on

PLATE XxI.

- BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1896.

|

MELIOTYPE PRINTING CO, BOSTON

THAXTER on AQUATIC FUNGI.

PLATE Xxil.

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1896.

THAXTER on AQUATIC FUNGI.

PLATE XxXIill

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1896.

WELIO?YPE PRINTERS CO, BosTOR

THAXTER on AQUATIC FUNGI.

PLATE XXIV.

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1896.

)
me)
OD

————

SIS)

\S
Nee

SHAW on SEQUOIA.

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1896. PLATE XxV.

CHESTER on NEMALION.

&

PLATE XXVl.

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1896.

CHESTER on NEMALION.

PLATE XXVII.

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1896.

2

&

1;
OO
Sroexses
Pee SOOTY
Yas

S
o

rapt

HOLM on ORYZA.

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1896. PLATE XxXVill.

SS ——@— oe out
Weel IK |
Or 4 :

ee 2G ae: ‘a’
On Ss
rey [ Vee
oom

H

Os

BIO

Oy

eo

BL aa.
Ch

HOLM on ORYZA.

BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1896. PLATE XXIX.

Rss

a
io,
Mas

ANY

Wine

\'

Nt ATT
IN

SMITH on CTENIUM.